Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Cakra (?) on Suśr
Comm. on the Kāvyālaṃkāravṛtti
Khādiragṛhyasūtrarudraskandavyākhyā
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
Kaṭhopaniṣad
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedavedāṅgajyotiṣa
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Rāmāyaṇa
Saṅghabhedavastu
Śira'upaniṣad
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Amaruśataka
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Daśakumāracarita
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Harṣacarita
Kirātārjunīya
Kumārasaṃbhava
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kāśikāvṛtti
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Meghadūta
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
Sūryasiddhānta
Tantrākhyāyikā
Tattvavaiśāradī
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṃśatikāvṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Śatakatraya
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Ṭikanikayātrā
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Ayurvedarasāyana
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Dhanvantarinighaṇṭu
Garuḍapurāṇa
Gītagovinda
Gṛhastharatnākara
Haṃsasaṃdeśa
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Mahācīnatantra
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasendrasārasaṃgraha
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Ratnadīpikā
Rājamārtaṇḍa
Rājanighaṇṭu
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
Smaradīpikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
Tantrāloka
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
Ānandakanda
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śāktavijñāna
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Bhāvaprakāśa
Carakatattvapradīpikā
Commentary on the Kādambarīsvīkaraṇasūtramañjarī
Dhanurveda
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Hārāṇacandara on Suśr
Janmamaraṇavicāra
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasakāmadhenu
Rasaratnasamuccayabodhinī
Rasaratnasamuccayadīpikā
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
Rasasaṃketakalikā
Rasikasaṃjīvanī
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Cakra (?) on Suśr
Comm. on the Kāvyālaṃkāravṛtti
Khādiragṛhyasūtrarudraskandavyākhyā
Khādiragṛhyasūtrarudraskandavyākhyā zu KhādGS, 2, 2, 17, 7.0 atra kecit atikrānte'pi mukhyakāle prasavāt prākkālātikramaprāyaścittaṃ kṛtvā
kartavyamevetyāhuḥ upanayane darśanāt tena ca smṛtiṣu tulyavadgaṇanāt kāsucit smṛtiṣu kālānirdeśena vidhānād āpatkalpatayābhyanujñānaṃ sarvadā saṃskārāṇām astyevetyāhuḥ jananādūrdhvaṃ tu dvārābhāvāt prāyaścittenaiva jātaṃ saṃskuryādekadeśe'gnau //
Khādiragṛhyasūtrarudraskandavyākhyā zu KhādGS, 2, 2, 17, 7.0 atra kecit atikrānte'pi mukhyakāle prasavāt prākkālātikramaprāyaścittaṃ kṛtvā kartavyamevetyāhuḥ upanayane darśanāt tena ca smṛtiṣu tulyavadgaṇanāt kāsucit smṛtiṣu kālānirdeśena vidhānād āpatkalpatayābhyanujñānaṃ sarvadā saṃskārāṇām
astyevetyāhuḥ jananādūrdhvaṃ tu dvārābhāvāt prāyaścittenaiva jātaṃ saṃskuryādekadeśe'gnau //
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
AĀ, 1, 1, 1, 4.0 dve etasyāhna ājye kuryād iti haika
āhur ekam iti tv eva sthitam //
AĀ, 1, 1, 1, 8.0 atithim iti padaṃ bhavati naitat kuryād ity
āhur īśvaro 'tithir eva caritoḥ //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 1.0 gāyatraṃ praugaṃ kuryād ity
āhus tejo vai brahmavarcasaṃ gāyatrī tejasvī brahmavarcasī bhavatīti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 2.0 auṣṇihaṃ praugaṃ kuryād ity
āhur āyur vā uṣṇig āyuṣmān bhavatīti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 3.0 ānuṣṭubhaṃ praugaṃ kuryād ity
āhuḥ kṣatraṃ vā anuṣṭup kṣatrasyāptyā iti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 4.0 bārhataṃ praugaṃ kuryād ity
āhuḥ śrīr vai bṛhatī śrīmān bhavatīti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 5.0 pāṅktaṃ praugaṃ kuryād ity
āhur annaṃ vai paṅktir annavān bhavatīti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 6.0 traiṣṭubhaṃ praugaṃ kuryād ity
āhur vīryaṃ vai triṣṭub vīryavān bhavatīti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 7.0 jāgataṃ praugaṃ kuryād ity
āhur jāgatā vai paśavaḥ paśumān bhavatīti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 4, 12.0 dāśvāṃso dāśuṣaḥ sutam iti yad
āha daduṣo daduṣaḥ sutam ity eva tad āha //
AĀ, 1, 1, 4, 12.0 dāśvāṃso dāśuṣaḥ sutam iti yad āha daduṣo daduṣaḥ sutam ity eva tad
āha //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 3.0 tad
āhur atha kasmād vāsukreṇaitan marutvatīyaṃ pratipadyata iti na ha vā etad anyo vasukrān marutvatīyam udayacchan na vivyāceti tasmād vāsukreṇaivaitan marutvatīyaṃ pratipadyate //
AĀ, 1, 2, 3, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ kiṃ preṅkhasya preṅkhatvam ity ayaṃ vai preṅkho yo 'yaṃ pavata eṣa hy eṣu lokeṣu preṅkhata iti tat preṅkhasya preṅkhatvam //
AĀ, 1, 2, 3, 2.0 ekaṃ phalakaṃ syād ity
āhur ekadhā hy evāyaṃ vāyuḥ pavate 'sya rūpeṇeti //
AĀ, 1, 2, 3, 4.0 trīṇi phalakāni syur ity
āhus trayo vā ime trivṛto lokā eṣāṃ rūpeṇeti //
AĀ, 1, 2, 4, 1.0 aratnimātra upari bhūmeḥ preṅkhaḥ syād ity
āhur etāvatā vai svargā lokāḥ saṃmitā iti //
AĀ, 1, 2, 4, 6.0 purastāt pratyañcaṃ preṅkham adhirohed ity
āhur etasya rūpeṇa ya eṣa tapati purastāddhyeṣa imāṃllokān pratyaṅṅ adhirohatīti //
AĀ, 1, 2, 4, 8.0 tiryañcam adhirohed ity
āhus tiryañcaṃ vā aśvam adhirohanti teno sarvān kāmān avāpnavāmeti //
AĀ, 1, 2, 4, 10.0 anvañcam adhirohed ity
āhur anūcīṃ vai nāvam adhirohanti naur vaiṣā svargayāṇī yat preṅkha iti tasmād anvañcam evādhirohet //
AĀ, 1, 3, 2, 8.0 tad
āhur naitad ahar ṛcā na yajuṣā na sāmnā pratyakṣāt pratipadyeta narco na yajuṣo na sāmna iyād iti //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 7.0 avyanac ca vyanac ca sasnīti yac ca prāṇi yac cāprāṇakam ity eva tad
āha //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 8.0 saṃ te navanta prabhṛtā madeṣv iti tava sarvaṃ vaśa ity eva tad
āha //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 9.0 tve kratum api vṛñjanti viśva iti tvayīmāni sarvāṇi bhūtāni sarvāṇi manāṃsi sarve kratavo 'pi vṛñjantīty eva tad
āha //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 15.0 svāṃ yat tanūṃ tanvām airayatety asyāṃ śārīryām imāṃ chandomayīm ity eva tad
āha //
AĀ, 1, 3, 4, 16.0 atho tanūr eva tanvo astu bheṣajam ity asyai śārīryā iyaṃ chandomayīty eva tad
āha //
AĀ, 1, 3, 5, 6.0 dhenūnām iṣudhyasītī3ṁ āpo vāva dhenavas tā hīdaṃ sarvaṃ dhinvantīṣudhyasīti yad
āha patīyasīty eva tad āha //
AĀ, 1, 3, 5, 6.0 dhenūnām iṣudhyasītī3ṁ āpo vāva dhenavas tā hīdaṃ sarvaṃ dhinvantīṣudhyasīti yad āha patīyasīty eva tad
āha //
AĀ, 1, 4, 1, 18.0 tā virājo bhavanti tasmāt puruṣaḥ puruṣam
āha vi vā asmāsu rājasi grīvā vai dhārayasīti stabhamānaṃ vā yad vā dutāḥ saṃbāḍhatamāḥ satyo 'nnatamāṃ pratyacyante 'nnaṃ hi virāḍ annam u vīryam //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 3.0 etaddha sma vai tad vidvān
āha hiraṇyadan vaido na tasyeśe yan mahyaṃ na dadyur iti prahitāṃ vā aham adhyātmaṃ saṃyogaṃ niviṣṭaṃ vedaitaddha tat //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 2.0 etaddha sma vai tad vidvān
āha mahidāsa aitareya āhaṃ māṃ devebhyo veda o mad devān vedetaḥpradānā hy eta itaḥ saṃbhṛtā iti //
AĀ, 2, 3, 1, 4.0 tasmin yo 'nnaṃ cānnādaṃ ca
vedāhāsminn annādo jāyate bhavaty asyānnam //
AĀ, 2, 3, 1, 7.0 tasmin yo 'nnaṃ cānnādaṃ ca
vedāhāsminn annādo jāyate bhavaty asyānnam //
AĀ, 2, 3, 5, 7.0 sa heśvaro yaśasvī kalyāṇakīrtir bhavitor īśvaro ha tu purāyuṣaḥ praitor iti ha
smāhākṛtsno hy eṣa ātmā yad vāg abhi hi prāṇena manase 'syamāno vācā nānubhavati //
AĀ, 2, 3, 5, 11.0 sa heśvaro yaśasvī kalyāṇakīrtir bhavitor īśvaro ha tu purāyuṣaḥ praitor iti ha
smāha kṛtsno hy eṣa ātmā yad bṛhatī tasmād bṛhatīm evābhisaṃpādayet //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 12.0 parāg vā etad riktam akṣaraṃ yad etad o3m iti tad yat kiñcom ity
āhātraivāsmai tad ricyate sa yat sarvam oṃ kuryād riñcyād ātmānaṃ sa kāmebhyo nālaṃ syāt //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 2.0 sa ya evam etam indraṃ bhūtānām adhipatiṃ veda visrasā haivāsmāl lokāt praitīti ha
smāha mahidāsa aitareyaḥ pretyendro bhūtvaiṣu lokeṣu rājati //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 3.0 tad
āhur yad anena rūpeṇāmuṃ lokam abhisaṃbhavatī3ṃ atha kena rūpeṇemaṃ lokam ābhavatī3ṃ //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 8.0 atha hāsya putra
āha jyeṣṭho manaḥ pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ manasā vā agre saṃkalpayaty atha vācā vyāharati tasmān mana eva pūrvarūpaṃ vāg uttararūpaṃ prāṇas tv eva saṃhiteti //
AĀ, 5, 3, 3, 9.0 nedam ekasminn ahani samāpayed iti ha
smāha jātūkarṇyaḥ samāpayed iti gālavo yad anyat prāk tṛcāśītibhyaḥ samāpayed evety āgniveśyāyano 'nyam anyasmin deśe śamayamāna iti //
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 1, 6.0 tad
āhur yad ekādaśakapālaḥ puroᄆāśo dvāv agnāviṣṇū kainayos tatra kᄆptiḥ kā vibhaktir iti //
AB, 1, 2, 5.0 tad
āhur yad anyo juhoty atha yo 'nu cāha yajati ca kasmāt taṃ hotety ācakṣata iti //
AB, 1, 2, 5.0 tad āhur yad anyo juhoty atha yo 'nu
cāha yajati ca kasmāt taṃ hotety ācakṣata iti //
AB, 1, 3, 21.0 tad
āhur na pūrvadīkṣiṇaḥ saṃsavo 'sti parigṛhīto vā etasya yajñaḥ parigṛhītā devatā naitasyārtir asty aparadīkṣiṇa eva yathā tatheti //
AB, 1, 6, 7.0 atho khalv
āhuḥ ko 'rhati manuṣyaḥ sarvaṃ satyaṃ vadituṃ satyasaṃhitā vai devā anṛtasaṃhitā manuṣyā iti //
AB, 1, 6, 11.0 tasmād ācakṣāṇam
āhur adrāg iti sa yady adarśam ity āhāthāsya śraddadhati yady u vai svayam paśyati na bahūnāṃ canānyeṣāṃ śraddadhāti //
AB, 1, 6, 11.0 tasmād ācakṣāṇam āhur adrāg iti sa yady adarśam ity
āhāthāsya śraddadhati yady u vai svayam paśyati na bahūnāṃ canānyeṣāṃ śraddadhāti //
AB, 1, 9, 1.0 devaviśaḥ kalpayitavyā ity
āhus tāḥ kalpamānā anu manuṣyaviśaḥ kalpanta iti sarvā viśaḥ kalpante kalpate yajño 'pi //
AB, 1, 9, 6.0 sarvaiś chandobhir yajed ity
āhuḥ sarvair vai chandobhir iṣṭvā devāḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānaḥ sarvaiś chandobhir iṣṭvā svargaṃ lokaṃ jayati //
AB, 1, 10, 2.0 tāsu padam asti svasti rāye maruto dadhātaneti maruto ha vai devaviśo 'ntarikṣabhājanās tebhyo ha yo 'nivedya svargaṃ lokam etīśvarā hainaṃ ni vā roddhor vi vā mathitoḥ sa yad
āha svasti rāye maruto dadhātaneti tam marudbhyo devaviḍbhyo yajamānaṃ nivedayati na ha vā enam maruto devaviśaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yantaṃ nirundhate na vimathnate //
AB, 1, 11, 1.0 prayājavad ananuyājaṃ kartavyam prāyaṇīyam ity
āhur hīnam iva vā etad īṅkhitam iva yat prāyaṇīyasyānuyājā iti //
AB, 1, 11, 9.0 amuṣmin vā etena loke rādhnuvanti nāsminn ity
āhur yat prāyaṇīyam iti prāyaṇīyam iti nirvapanti prāyaṇīyam iti caranti prayanty evāsmāl lokād yajamānā iti //
AB, 1, 11, 14.0 tad yathaivāda iti ha
smāha tejanyā ubhayato 'ntayor aprasraṃsāya barsau nahyaty evam evaitad yajñasyobhayato 'ntayor aprasraṃsāya barsau nahyati yad ādityaś caruḥ prāyaṇīyo bhavaty āditya udayanīyaḥ //
AB, 1, 13, 12.0 tasmād
āhur mānuvoco mā pracārīḥ kilbiṣaṃ nu mā yātayann iti //
AB, 1, 13, 23.0 gayasphānaḥ prataraṇaḥ suvīra iti gavāṃ naḥ sphāvayitā pratārayitaidhīty eva tad
āha //
AB, 1, 13, 28.0 kratuṃ dakṣaṃ varuṇa saṃ śiśādhīti vīryam prajñānaṃ varuṇa saṃ śiśādhīty eva tad
āha //
AB, 1, 16, 3.0 tad
āhur yad agnaye mathyamānāyānu vācāhātha kasmāt sāvitrīm anvāheti //
AB, 1, 16, 3.0 tad āhur yad agnaye mathyamānāyānu
vācāhātha kasmāt sāvitrīm anvāheti //
AB, 1, 16, 6.0 tad
āhur yad agnaye mathyamānāyānu vācāhātha kasmād dyāvāpṛthivīyām anvāheti dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ vā etaṃ jātaṃ devāḥ paryagṛhṇaṃs tābhyām evādyāpi parigṛhītas tasmād dyāvāpṛthivīyām anvāha //
AB, 1, 16, 6.0 tad āhur yad agnaye mathyamānāyānu
vācāhātha kasmād dyāvāpṛthivīyām anvāheti dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ vā etaṃ jātaṃ devāḥ paryagṛhṇaṃs tābhyām evādyāpi parigṛhītas tasmād dyāvāpṛthivīyām anvāha //
AB, 1, 18, 3.0 taṃ
saṃbhṛtyāhatur brahman pravargyeṇa pracariṣyāmo hotar abhiṣṭuhīti //
AB, 1, 25, 15.0 tad u ha
smāhopāvir jānaśruteya upasadāṃ kila vai tad brāhmaṇe yasmād apy aślīlasya śrotriyasya mukhaṃ vy eva jñāyate tṛptam iva rebhatīvety ājyahaviṣo hy upasado grīvāsu mukham adhyāhitaṃ tasmāddha sma tad āha //
AB, 1, 25, 15.0 tad u ha smāhopāvir jānaśruteya upasadāṃ kila vai tad brāhmaṇe yasmād apy aślīlasya śrotriyasya mukhaṃ vy eva jñāyate tṛptam iva rebhatīvety ājyahaviṣo hy upasado grīvāsu mukham adhyāhitaṃ tasmāddha sma tad
āha //
AB, 1, 26, 3.0 tad
āhuḥ krūram iva vā etat somasya rājño 'nte caranti yad asya ghṛtenānte caranti ghṛtena hi vajreṇendro vṛtram ahan //
AB, 1, 28, 16.0 ayam u ṣya iti yad
āhāyam u syāgamaṃ yā purā gandharveṣv avāksam ity eva tad vāk prabrūte //
AB, 1, 29, 1.0 havirdhānābhyām prohyamāṇābhyām anubrūhīty
āhādhvaryuḥ //
AB, 1, 29, 4.0 tad
āhur yaddhavirdhānābhyām prohyamāṇābhyām anu vācāhātha kasmāt tṛcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyam anvāheti dyāvāpṛthivī vai devānāṃ havirdhāne āstāṃ te u evādyāpi havirdhāne te hīdam antareṇa sarvaṃ havir yadidaṃ kiṃca tasmāt tṛcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyam anvāha //
AB, 1, 29, 4.0 tad āhur yaddhavirdhānābhyām prohyamāṇābhyām anu
vācāhātha kasmāt tṛcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyam anvāheti dyāvāpṛthivī vai devānāṃ havirdhāne āstāṃ te u evādyāpi havirdhāne te hīdam antareṇa sarvaṃ havir yadidaṃ kiṃca tasmāt tṛcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivīyam anvāha //
AB, 1, 29, 10.0 ukthyaṃ vaca iti yad
āha yajñiyaṃ vai karmokthyaṃ vaco yajñamevaitena samardhayati //
AB, 1, 29, 12.0 yad evādaḥ pūrvaṃ yattavat padam
āha tad evaitena śāntyā śamayati //
AB, 1, 30, 1.0 agnīṣomābhyām praṇīyamānābhyām anubrūhīty
āhādhvaryuḥ //
AB, 1, 30, 3.0 tad
āhur yad agnīṣomābhyām praṇīyamānābhyām anu vācāhātha kasmāt sāvitrīm anvāheti savitā vai prasavānām īśe savitṛprasūtā evainau tat praṇayanti tasmāt sāvitrīm anvāha //
AB, 1, 30, 3.0 tad āhur yad agnīṣomābhyām praṇīyamānābhyām anu
vācāhātha kasmāt sāvitrīm anvāheti savitā vai prasavānām īśe savitṛprasūtā evainau tat praṇayanti tasmāt sāvitrīm anvāha //
AB, 1, 30, 5.0 tad
āhur yad agnīṣomābhyām praṇīyamānābhyām anu vācāhātha kasmād brāhmaṇaspatyām anvāheti brahma vai bṛhaspatir brahmaivābhyām etat purogavam akaḥ na vai brahmaṇvad riṣyati //
AB, 1, 30, 5.0 tad āhur yad agnīṣomābhyām praṇīyamānābhyām anu
vācāhātha kasmād brāhmaṇaspatyām anvāheti brahma vai bṛhaspatir brahmaivābhyām etat purogavam akaḥ na vai brahmaṇvad riṣyati //
AB, 2, 2, 5.0 yad ūrdhvas tiṣṭhā draviṇeha dhattād yad vā kṣayo mātur asyā upastha iti yadi ca tiṣṭhāsi yadi ca śayāsai draviṇam evāsmāsu dhattād ity eva tad
āha //
AB, 2, 2, 15.0 yad vai devānāṃ neti tad eṣām om iti tiṣṭha deva iva savitety eva tad
āha //
AB, 2, 2, 20.0 rakṣāṃsi vai pāpmātriṇo rakṣāṃsi pāpmānaṃ dahety eva tad
āha //
AB, 2, 2, 21.0 kṛdhī na ūrdhvāñcarathāya jīvasa iti yad
āha kṛdhī na ūrdhvāñcaraṇāya jīvasa ity eva tad āha //
AB, 2, 2, 21.0 kṛdhī na ūrdhvāñcarathāya jīvasa iti yad āha kṛdhī na ūrdhvāñcaraṇāya jīvasa ity eva tad
āha //
AB, 2, 3, 10.0 tad
āhur dvirūpo 'gnīṣomīyaḥ kartavyo dvidevatyo hīti tat tan nādṛtyam pīva iva kartavyaḥ pīvorūpā vai paśavaḥ kṛśita iva khalu vai yajamāno bhavati tad yat pīvā paśur bhavati yajamānam eva tat svena medhena samardhayati //
AB, 2, 3, 11.0 tad
āhur nāgnīṣomīyasya paśor aśnīyāt puruṣasya vā eṣo 'śnāti yo 'gnīṣomīyasya paśor aśnāti yajamāno hy etenātmānaṃ niṣkrīṇīta iti //
AB, 2, 5, 6.0 ata upapreṣya hotar havyā devebhya ity
āhādhvaryuḥ //
AB, 2, 5, 8.0 tad
āhur yad adhvaryur hotāram upapreṣyaty atha kasmān maitrāvaruṇa upapraiṣam pratipadyata iti //
AB, 2, 6, 1.0 daivyāḥ śamitāra ārabhadhvam uta manuṣyā ity
āha //
AB, 2, 6, 5.0 atho khalv
āhur yasyai vāva kasyai ca devatāyai paśur ālabhyate saiva medhapatir iti //
AB, 2, 6, 9.0 tasmād
āhur āgneyo vāva sarvaḥ paśur agniṃ hi so 'nuprācyavateti //
AB, 2, 6, 16.0 ūvadhyagoham pārthivaṃ khanatād ity
āhauṣadhaṃ vā ūvadhyam iyaṃ vā oṣadhīnām pratiṣṭhā tad enat svāyām eva pratiṣṭhāyām antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 2, 7, 1.0 asnā rakṣaḥ saṃsṛjatād ity
āha tuṣair vai phalīkaraṇair devā haviryajñebhyo rakṣāṃsi nirabhajann asnā mahāyajñāt sa yad asnā rakṣaḥ saṃsṛjatād ity āha rakṣāṃsy eva tat svena bhāgadheyena yajñān niravadayate //
AB, 2, 7, 1.0 asnā rakṣaḥ saṃsṛjatād ity āha tuṣair vai phalīkaraṇair devā haviryajñebhyo rakṣāṃsi nirabhajann asnā mahāyajñāt sa yad asnā rakṣaḥ saṃsṛjatād ity
āha rakṣāṃsy eva tat svena bhāgadheyena yajñān niravadayate //
AB, 2, 7, 2.0 tad
āhur na yajñe rakṣasāṃ kīrtayet kāni rakṣāṃsy ṛterakṣā vai yajña iti //
AB, 2, 7, 12.0 śamitāro yad atra sukṛtaṃ kṛṇavathāsmāsu tad yad duṣkṛtam anyatra tad ity
āhāgnir vai devānāṃ hotāsīt sa enaṃ vācā vyaśād vācā vā enaṃ hotā viśāsti tad yad arvāg yat paraḥ kṛntanti yad ulbaṇaṃ yad vithuraṃ kriyate śamitṛbhyaś caivainat tan nigrabhītṛbhyaś ca samanudiśati svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya //
AB, 2, 9, 6.0 sarvābhir vā eṣa devatābhir ālabdho bhavati yo dīkṣito bhavati tasmād
āhur na dīkṣitasyāśnīyād iti sa yad agnīṣomāv amuñcataṃ gṛbhītān iti vapāyai yajati sarvābhya eva tad devatābhyo yajamānam pramuñcati tasmād āhur aśitavyaṃ vapāyāṃ hutāyāṃ yajamāno hi sa tarhi bhavatīti //
AB, 2, 9, 6.0 sarvābhir vā eṣa devatābhir ālabdho bhavati yo dīkṣito bhavati tasmād āhur na dīkṣitasyāśnīyād iti sa yad agnīṣomāv amuñcataṃ gṛbhītān iti vapāyai yajati sarvābhya eva tad devatābhyo yajamānam pramuñcati tasmād
āhur aśitavyaṃ vapāyāṃ hutāyāṃ yajamāno hi sa tarhi bhavatīti //
AB, 2, 10, 1.0 manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānubrūhīty
āhādhvaryuḥ //
AB, 2, 10, 3.0 tad
āhur yad anyadevatya uta paśur bhavaty atha kasmād āgneyīr eva manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānvāheti //
AB, 2, 11, 10.0 tad
āhur yad eṣa havir eva yat paśur athāsya bahv apaiti lomāni tvag asṛk kuṣṭhikāḥ śaphā viṣāṇe skandati piśitaṃ kenāsya tad āpūryata iti //
AB, 2, 12, 1.0 tasya vapām utkhidyāharanti tām adhvaryuḥ sruveṇābhighārayann
āha stokebhyo 'nubrūhīti //
AB, 2, 12, 9.0 hotaḥ prāśāna prathamo niṣadyety agnir vai devānāṃ hotāgne prāśāna prathamo niṣadyety eva tad
āha //
AB, 2, 13, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ kā svāhākṛtīnām puronuvākyāḥ kaḥ praiṣaḥ kā yājyeti //
AB, 2, 14, 5.0 tad
āhur yaddhiraṇyaṃ na vidyeta kathaṃ syād iti dvir ājyasyopastīrya vapām avadāya dvir upariṣṭād abhighārayati //
AB, 2, 15, 1.0 devebhyaḥ prātaryāvabhyo hotar anubrūhīty
āhādhvaryuḥ //
AB, 2, 16, 6.0 tad
āhuḥ sa vai hotā syād ya etasyām ṛci sarvāṇi chandāṃsi prajanayed ity eṣā vāva trir anūktā sarvāṇi chandāṃsi bhavaty eṣā chandasām prajātiḥ //
AB, 2, 18, 5.0 tad
āhur yad vyūᄆhaḥ prātaranuvākaḥ katham avyūᄆho bhavatīti yad evāsya bṛhatī madhyān naitīti brūyāt teneti //
AB, 2, 18, 11.0 tad
āhur yat trīn kratūn anvāhāgneyam uṣasyam āśvinaṃ katham asyaikayarcā paridadhataḥ sarve trayaḥ kratavaḥ parihitā bhavantīti //
AB, 2, 22, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ sarpet na sarpet iti sarped iti haika āhur ubhayeṣāṃ vā eṣa devamanuṣyāṇām bhakṣo yad bahiṣpavamānas tasmād enam abhisaṃgacchanta iti vadantaḥ //
AB, 2, 22, 1.0 tad āhuḥ sarpet na sarpet iti sarped iti haika
āhur ubhayeṣāṃ vā eṣa devamanuṣyāṇām bhakṣo yad bahiṣpavamānas tasmād enam abhisaṃgacchanta iti vadantaḥ //
AB, 2, 23, 4.0 tad
āhur anusavanam puroᄆāśān nirvaped aṣṭākapālam prātaḥsavana ekādaśakapālam mādhyaṃdine savane dvādaśakapālaṃ tṛtīyasavane tathā hi savanānāṃ rūpaṃ tathā chandasām iti //
AB, 2, 23, 6.0 tad
āhur yato ghṛtenānaktaṃ syāt tataḥ puroᄆāśasya prāśnīyāt somapīthasya guptyai ghṛtena hi vajreṇendro vṛtram ahann iti //
AB, 2, 28, 4.0 tad
āhur dvir āgūrya maitrāvaruṇo dviḥ preṣyati sakṛd āgūrya hotā dvir vaṣaṭkaroti kā hoturāgūr iti //
AB, 2, 30, 2.0 tad
āhur avāntareᄆām pūrvām prāśnīyāt hotṛcamasam bhakṣayet iti //
AB, 2, 32, 5.0 tad u vā
āhuḥ śaṃsed evāpi vai tad ṛtvije 'hitaṃ yaddhotā tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ na śaṃsaty ṛtviji hi sarvo yajñaḥ pratiṣṭhito yajñe yajamānas tasmācchaṃstavyaḥ śaṃstavyaḥ //
AB, 2, 37, 4.0 tad
āhur yathā vāva stotram evaṃ śastram pāvamānīṣu sāmagāḥ stuvata āgneyaṃ hotājyaṃ śaṃsati katham asya pāvamānyo 'nuśastā bhavantīti //
AB, 2, 37, 8.0 tad
āhur yathā vāva stotram evaṃ śastraṃ gāyatrīṣu sāmagāḥ stuvata ānuṣṭubhaṃ hotājyaṃ śaṃsati katham asya gāyatryo 'nuśastā bhavantīti //
AB, 2, 37, 15.0 tad
āhur yathā vāva śastram evaṃ yājyāgneyaṃ hotājyaṃ śaṃsaty atha kasmād āgnendryā yajatīti //
AB, 2, 38, 6.0 pitā mātariśvety
āha prāṇo vai pitā prāṇo mātariśvā prāṇo reto retas tat siñcati //
AB, 2, 38, 8.0 achidrokthā kavayaḥ śaṃsann iti ye vā anūcānās te kavayas ta idam achidraṃ retaḥ prajanayann ity eva tad
āha //
AB, 2, 38, 13.0 vāg āyur viśvāyur viśvam āyur ity
āha prāṇo vā āyuḥ prāṇo reto vāg yonir yoniṃ tad upasaṃdhāya retaḥ siñcati //
AB, 2, 38, 14.0 ka idaṃ śaṃsiṣyati sa idaṃ śaṃsiṣyatīty
āha prajāpatir vai kaḥ prajāpatiḥ prajanayiṣyatīty eva tad āha //
AB, 2, 38, 14.0 ka idaṃ śaṃsiṣyati sa idaṃ śaṃsiṣyatīty āha prajāpatir vai kaḥ prajāpatiḥ prajanayiṣyatīty eva tad
āha //
AB, 2, 39, 10.0 tad
āhur yat tṛtīyasavanam eva jātavedasa āyatanam atha kasmāt prātaḥsavane jātavedasyām purorucaṃ śaṃsatīti //
AB, 2, 40, 3.0 sa naḥ śarmāṇi vītaya iti śaṃsati vāg vai śarma tasmād vācānuvadantam
āha śarmavad āsmā ayāṃsīti vācam eva tat saṃbhāvayati vācaṃ saṃskurute //
AB, 2, 40, 6.0 ṛtāvā yasya rodasī iti śaṃsati cakṣur vā ṛtaṃ tasmād yataro vivadamānayor
āhāham anuṣṭhyā cakṣuṣādarśam iti tasya śraddadhati cakṣur eva tat saṃbhāvayati cakṣuḥ saṃskurute //
AB, 3, 2, 3.0 etaddha vai yajamānasyādhyātmatamam ivokthaṃ yat praugaṃ tasmād enainaitad upekṣyatamam ivety
āhur etena hy enaṃ hotā saṃskarotīti //
AB, 3, 2, 4.0 vāyavyaṃ śaṃsati tasmād
āhur vāyuḥ prāṇaḥ prāṇo reto retaḥ puruṣasya prathamaṃ sambhavataḥ sambhavatīti yad vāyavyaṃ śaṃsati prāṇam evāsya tat saṃskaroti //
AB, 3, 2, 6.0 maitrāvaruṇaṃ śaṃsati tasmād
āhuś cakṣuḥ puruṣasya prathamaṃ sambhavataḥ sambhavatīti yan maitrāvaruṇaṃ śaṃsati cakṣur evāsya tat saṃskaroti //
AB, 3, 3, 2.0 kiṃ sa yajamānasya pāpabhadram ādriyeteti ha
smāha yo 'sya hotā syād ity atraivainaṃ yathā kāmayeta tathā kuryāt //
AB, 3, 4, 1.0 tad
āhur yathā vāva stotram evaṃ śastram āgneyīṣu sāmagāḥ stuvate vāyavyayā hotā pratipadyate katham asya āgneyyo 'nuśastā bhavantīti //
AB, 3, 5, 3.0 imān evāgnīn upāsata ity
āhur dhiṣṇyān atha kasmāt pūrvasminn eva juhvati pūrvasmin vaṣaṭkurvantīti //
AB, 3, 5, 5.0 asaṃsthitān somān bhakṣayantīty
āhur yeṣāṃ nānuvaṣaṭkaroti ko nu somasya sviṣṭakṛdbhāga iti //
AB, 3, 6, 4.0 tad u ha
smāha hiraṇyadan baida etāni vā etena ṣaṭ pratiṣṭhāpayati dyaur antarikṣe pratiṣṭhitāntarikṣam pṛthivyām pṛthivy apsv āpaḥ satye satyam brahmaṇi brahma tapasīty etā eva tat pratiṣṭhāḥ pratitiṣṭhantīr idaṃ sarvam anupratitiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiṃca pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 3, 7, 8.0 kiṃ sa yajamānasya pāpabhadram ādriyeteti ha
smāha yo 'sya hotā syād ity atraivainaṃ yathā kāmayeta tathā kuryāt //
AB, 3, 8, 4.0 tad u ha
smāha dīrgham etat sad aprabhv ojaḥ saha ojaḥ //
AB, 3, 11, 3.0 yad vai tad devā yajñaṃ samabharaṃs tasmād aśvaḥ samabhavat tasmād
āhur aśvaṃ nividāṃ śaṃstre dadyād iti tad u khalu varam eva dadati //
AB, 3, 12, 1.0 devaviśaḥ kalpayitavyā ity
āhuś chandaś chandasi pratiṣṭhāpyam iti śoṃsāvom ity āhvayate prātaḥsavane tryakṣareṇa śaṃsāmodaivom ity adhvaryuḥ pratigṛṇāti pañcākṣareṇa tad aṣṭākṣaraṃ sampadyate 'ṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī gāyatrīm eva tat purastāt prātaḥsavane 'cīkᄆpatām //
AB, 3, 12, 2.0 ukthaṃ vācīty
āha śastvā caturakṣaram om ukthaśā ity adhvaryuś caturakṣaraṃ tad aṣṭākṣaraṃ sampadyate 'ṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī gāyatrīm eva tad ubhayataḥ prātaḥsavane 'cīkᄆpatām //
AB, 3, 12, 3.0 adhvaryo śoṃsāvom ity āhvayate madhyaṃdine ṣaᄆakṣareṇa śaṃsāmodaivom ity adhvaryuḥ pratigṛṇāti pañcākṣareṇa tad ekādaśākṣaraṃ sampadyata ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup triṣṭubham eva tat purastān madhyaṃdine 'cīkᄆpatām ukthaṃ vācīndrāyety
āha śastvā saptākṣaram om ukthaśā ity adhvaryuś caturakṣaraṃ tad ekādaśākṣaraṃ sampadyata ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup triṣṭubham eva tad ubhayato madhyaṃdine 'cīkᄆpatām //
AB, 3, 12, 4.0 adhvaryo śośoṃsāvom ity āhvayate tṛtīyasavane saptākṣareṇa śaṃsāmodaivom ity adhvaryuḥ pratigṛṇāti pañcākṣareṇa tad dvādaśākṣaraṃ sampadyate dvādaśākṣarā vai jagatī jagatīm eva tat purastāt tṛtīyasavane 'cīkᄆpatām ukthaṃ vācīndrāya devebhya ity
āha śastvaikādaśākṣaram om ity adhvaryur ekākṣaraṃ tad dvādaśākṣaraṃ sampadyate dvādaśākṣarā vai jagatī jagatīm eva tad ubhayatas tṛtīyasavane 'cīkᄆpatām //
AB, 3, 17, 3.0 tau vā etau pragāthāv astutau santau punarādāyaṃ śasyete tad
āhur yan na kiṃcanāstutaṃ sat punarādāyaṃ śasyate 'tha kasmād etau pragāthāv astutau santau punarādāyaṃ śasyete iti //
AB, 3, 17, 4.0 pavamānokthaṃ vā etad yan marutvatīyaṃ ṣaṭsu vā atra gāyatrīṣu stuvate ṣaṭsu bṛhatīṣu tisṛṣu triṣṭupsu sa vā eṣa trichandāḥ pañcadaśo mādhyaṃdinaḥ pavamānas tad
āhuḥ kathaṃ ta eṣa trichandāḥ pañcadaśo mādhyaṃdinaḥ pavamāno 'nuśasto bhavatīti //
AB, 3, 18, 9.0 taddhaika
āhus tān vo maha iti śaṃsed etāṃ vāva vayam bharateṣu śasyamānām abhivyajānīma iti vadantaḥ //
AB, 3, 19, 17.0 mumugdhy asmān nidhayeva baddhān iti pāśā vai nidhā mumugdhy asmān pāśād iva baddhān ity eva tad
āha //
AB, 3, 23, 5.0 te yat pañcānyad bhūtvā pañcānyad bhūtvākalpetāṃ tasmād
āhuḥ pāṅkto yajñaḥ pāṅktāḥ paśava iti //
AB, 3, 23, 6.0 yad u virājaṃ daśinīm abhisamapadyetāṃ tasmād
āhur virāji yajño daśinyām pratiṣṭhita iti //
AB, 3, 28, 6.0 ekaṃ vai sat tat tredhābhavat tasmād
āhur dātavyam evaṃ viduṣa ity ekaṃ hi sat tat tredhābhavat //
AB, 3, 31, 2.0 yathā vai prajā evaṃ vaiśvadevaṃ tad yathāntaraṃ janatā evaṃ sūktāni yathāraṇyāny evaṃ dhāyyās tad ubhayato dhāyyām paryāhvayate tasmāt tāny araṇyāni santy anaraṇyāni mṛgaiś ca vayobhiś ceti ha
smāha //
AB, 3, 32, 6.0 taṃ haike pūrvaṃ chandogebhyo haranti tat tathā na kuryād vaṣaṭkartā prathamaḥ sarvabhakṣān bhakṣayatīti ha
smāha tenaiva rūpeṇa tasmād vaṣaṭkartaiva pūrvo 'vekṣetāthainaṃ chandogebhyo haranti //
AB, 3, 33, 1.0 prajāpatir vai svāṃ duhitaram abhyadhyāyad divam ity anya
āhur uṣasam ity anye tām ṛśyo bhūtvā rohitam bhūtām abhyait taṃ devā apaśyann akṛtaṃ vai prajāpatiḥ karotīti te tam aicchan ya enam āriṣyaty etam anyonyasmin nāvindaṃs teṣāṃ yā eva ghoratamās tanva āsaṃs tā ekadhā samabharaṃs tāḥ saṃbhṛtā eṣa devo 'bhavat tad asyaitad bhūtavan nāma //
AB, 3, 36, 5.0 tāsu vā ahinā budhnyena parokṣāt tejo 'dadhād eṣa ha vā ahir budhnyo yad agnir gārhapatyo 'gninaivāsu tadgārhapatyena parokṣāt tejo dadhāti tasmād
āhur juhvad evājuhvato vasīyān iti //
AB, 3, 37, 2.0 tad
āhū rākām pūrvāṃ śaṃsej jāmyai vai pūrvapeyam iti //
AB, 3, 37, 19.0 tad
āhur vyāhāvam pitryāḥ śaṃset avyāhāvām iti vyāhāvam eva śaṃsed asaṃsthitaṃ vai pitṛyajñasya sādhv asaṃsthitaṃ vā eṣa pitṛyajñaṃ saṃsthāpayati yo 'vyāhāvaṃ śaṃsati tasmād vyāhāvam eva śaṃstavyam //
AB, 3, 39, 5.0 tad vai yad idam
āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti gāyatrī vai tan na ha vai gāyatrī kṣamā ramata ūrdhvā ha vā eṣā yajamānamādāya svar etīty agniṣṭomo vai tan na ha vā agniṣṭomaḥ kṣamā ramata ūrdhvo ha vā eṣa yajamānam ādāya svar eti //
AB, 3, 43, 7.0 tad
āhur yat trivṛt prāyaṇam ekaviṃśam udayanaṃ kena te same iti //
AB, 3, 46, 10.0 api yadi samṛddhā iva ṛtvijaḥ syur iti ha
smāhātha haitaj japed eveti //
AB, 3, 47, 8.0 tad vai yad idam
āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti chandāṃsi vai tat sudhāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ chandāṃsi dadhati //
AB, 3, 47, 10.0 taddhaika
āhur dhātāram eva sarvāsām purastāt purastād ājyena pariyajet tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhātīti //
AB, 3, 47, 11.0 tad u vā
āhur jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra samānībhyām ṛgbhyāṃ samāne 'han yajatīti //
AB, 3, 48, 4.0 etāni vāva sarvāṇi chandāṃsi gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubham anv anyāny etāni hi yajñe pratamām iva kriyanta etair ha vā asya chandobhir yajataḥ sarvaiś chandobhir iṣṭam bhavati ya evaṃ veda tad vai yad idam
āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti chandāṃsi vai tat sudhāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ chandāṃsi dadhaty ananudhyāyinaṃ lokaṃ jayati ya evaṃ veda taddhaika āhuḥ sūryam eva sarvāsām purastāt purastād ājyena pariyajet tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhātīti tad u vā āhur jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra samānībhyām ṛgbhyāṃ samāne 'han yajatīti yadi ha vā api bahvya iva jāyāḥ patir vāva tāsām mithunaṃ tad yad āsāṃ sūryam purastād yajati tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 3, 48, 4.0 etāni vāva sarvāṇi chandāṃsi gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubham anv anyāny etāni hi yajñe pratamām iva kriyanta etair ha vā asya chandobhir yajataḥ sarvaiś chandobhir iṣṭam bhavati ya evaṃ veda tad vai yad idam āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti chandāṃsi vai tat sudhāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ chandāṃsi dadhaty ananudhyāyinaṃ lokaṃ jayati ya evaṃ veda taddhaika
āhuḥ sūryam eva sarvāsām purastāt purastād ājyena pariyajet tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhātīti tad u vā āhur jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra samānībhyām ṛgbhyāṃ samāne 'han yajatīti yadi ha vā api bahvya iva jāyāḥ patir vāva tāsām mithunaṃ tad yad āsāṃ sūryam purastād yajati tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 3, 48, 4.0 etāni vāva sarvāṇi chandāṃsi gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubham anv anyāny etāni hi yajñe pratamām iva kriyanta etair ha vā asya chandobhir yajataḥ sarvaiś chandobhir iṣṭam bhavati ya evaṃ veda tad vai yad idam āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti chandāṃsi vai tat sudhāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ chandāṃsi dadhaty ananudhyāyinaṃ lokaṃ jayati ya evaṃ veda taddhaika āhuḥ sūryam eva sarvāsām purastāt purastād ājyena pariyajet tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhātīti tad u vā
āhur jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra samānībhyām ṛgbhyāṃ samāne 'han yajatīti yadi ha vā api bahvya iva jāyāḥ patir vāva tāsām mithunaṃ tad yad āsāṃ sūryam purastād yajati tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 3, 49, 8.0 tad
āhuḥ sākamaśvenokthāni praṇayed apraṇītāni vāva tāny ukthāni yāny anyatra sākamaśvād iti //
AB, 3, 49, 9.0 pramaṃhiṣṭhīyena praṇayed ity
āhuḥ pramaṃhiṣṭhīyena vai devā asurān ukthebhyaḥ prāṇudanta //
AB, 4, 1, 5.0 tad
āhuḥ kiṃ ṣoᄆaśinaḥ ṣoᄆaśitvam iti ṣoᄆaśaḥ stotrāṇāṃ ṣoᄆaśaḥ śastrāṇāṃ ṣoᄆaśabhir akṣarair ādatte ṣoᄆaśibhiḥ praṇauti ṣoᄆaśapadāṃ nividaṃ dadhāti tat ṣoᄆaśinaḥ ṣoᄆaśitvam //
AB, 4, 2, 2.0 nānadaṃ ṣoᄆaśi sāma kartavyam ity
āhur indro vai vṛtrāya vajram udayacchat tam asmai prāharat tam abhyahanat so 'bhihato vyanadad yad vyanadat tan nānadaṃ sāmābhavat tan nānadasya nānadatvam abhrātṛvyaṃ vā etad bhrātṛvyahā sāma yan nānadam //
AB, 4, 5, 5.0 api śarvaryā anusmasīty abruvann apiśarvarāṇi khalu vā etāni chandāṃsīti ha
smāhaitāni hīndraṃ rātres tamaso mṛtyor bibhyatam atyapārayaṃs tad apiśarvarāṇām apiśarvaratvam //
AB, 4, 6, 8.0 pavamānavad ahar ity
āhur na rātriḥ pavamānavatī katham ubhe pavamānavatī bhavataḥ kena te samāvadbhājau bhavata iti //
AB, 4, 6, 10.0 pañcadaśastotram ahar ity
āhur na rātriḥ pañcadaśastotrā katham ubhe pañcadaśastotre bhavataḥ kena te samāvadbhājau bhavata iti //
AB, 4, 7, 5.0 taddhaika
āhur agnim manye pitaram agnim āpim ity etayā pratipadyeta //
AB, 4, 8, 6.0 tad
āhur yacchasyata āgneyaṃ śasyata uṣasyam śasyata aindram atha kasmād etad āśvinam ity ācakṣata ity aśvinau hi tad udajayatām aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ yad aśvinā udajayatām aśvināv āśnuvātāṃ tasmād etad āśvinam ity ācakṣate //
AB, 4, 9, 5.0 tad
āhuḥ sapta sauryāṇi chandāṃsi śaṃsed yathaivāgneyaṃ yathoṣasyaṃ yathāśvinaṃ sapta vai devalokāḥ sarveṣu devalokeṣu rādhnotīti //
AB, 4, 9, 7.0 tad
āhur ud u tyaṃ jātavedasam iti sauryāṇi pratipadyeteti //
AB, 4, 10, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ sūryo nātiśasyo bṛhatī nātiśasyā yat sūryam atiśaṃsed brahmavarcasam atipadyeta yad bṛhatīm atiśaṃset prāṇān atipadyeteti //
AB, 4, 12, 8.0 agniṣṭoma etad ahaḥ syād ity
āhur agniṣṭomo vai saṃvatsaro na vā etad anyo 'gniṣṭomād ahar dādhāra na vivyāceti //
AB, 4, 22, 2.0 tad
āhur viṣuvaty evaitad ahaḥ śaṃsed viṣuvān vā etad ukthānām ukthaṃ viṣuvān viṣuvān iti ha viṣuvanto bhavanti śreṣṭhatām aśnuvata iti //
AB, 4, 24, 8.0 tad
āhur yad anyāni chandāṃsi varṣīyāṃsi bhūyo 'kṣaratarāṇy atha kasmād etām bṛhatīty ācakṣata iti //
AB, 4, 25, 5.0 sa vā ayam prajāpatiḥ saṃvatsara ṛtuṣu ca māseṣu ca pratyatiṣṭhat te vā ima ṛtavaś ca māsāś ca prajāpatāv eva saṃvatsare pratyatiṣṭhaṃs ta ete 'nyonyasmin pratiṣṭhitā evaṃ ha vāva sa ṛtviji pratitiṣṭhati yo dvādaśāhena yajate tasmād
āhur na pāpaḥ puruṣo yājyo dvādaśāhena ned ayam mayi pratitiṣṭhād iti //
AB, 4, 26, 7.0 tad
āhur yad anyeṣu paśuṣu yathaṛṣy āpriyo bhavanty atha kasmād asmin sarveṣāṃ jāmadagnya eveti //
AB, 4, 26, 10.0 tad
āhur yad anyadevatya uta paśur bhavaty atha kasmād vāyavyaḥ paśupuroᄆāśaḥ kriyata iti //
AB, 5, 2, 3.0 taddhāpyāhuś chandogās tṛtīye 'hani bahvṛcā indrasyendriyam śaṃsantīti //
AB, 5, 3, 6.0 caturakṣareṇa nyūṅkhayed ity
āhuś catuṣpādā vai paśavaḥ paśūnām avaruddhyai //
AB, 5, 3, 7.0 tryakṣareṇa nyūṅkhayed ity
āhus trayo vā ime trivṛto lokā eṣām eva lokānām abhijityai //
AB, 5, 3, 8.0 ekākṣareṇa nyūṅkhayed iti ha
smāha lāṅgalāyano brahmā maudgalya ekākṣarā vai vāg eṣa vāva samprati nyūṅkhaṃ nyūṅkhayati ya ekākṣareṇa nyūṅkhayatīti //
AB, 5, 9, 2.0 na vai devā anyonyasya gṛhe vasanti nartur ṛtor gṛhe vasatīty
āhus tad yathāyatham ṛtvija ṛtuyājān yajanty asaṃpradāyaṃ tad yathartv ṛtūn kalpayanti yathāyathaṃ janatāḥ //
AB, 5, 9, 3.0 tad
āhur nartupraiṣaiḥ preṣitavyaṃ nartupraiṣair vaṣaṭkṛtyaṃ vāg vā ṛtupraiṣā āpyate vai vāk ṣaṣṭhe 'hanīti //
AB, 5, 10, 3.0 tad
āhur yat pañcapadā eva pañcamasyāhno rūpaṃ ṣaṭpadāḥ ṣaṣṭhasyātha kasmāt saptapadāḥ ṣaṣṭhe 'hañchasyanta iti //
AB, 5, 14, 6.0 taṃ svar yanto 'bruvann etat te brāhmaṇa sahasram iti tad enaṃ samākurvāṇam puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upotthāyābravīn mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham iti so 'bravīn mahyaṃ vā idam adur iti tam abravīt tad vai nau tavaiva pitari praśna iti sa pitaram ait tam pitābravīn nanu te putrakādūr ity adur eva ma ity abravīt tat tu me puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upodatiṣṭhan mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham ity āditeti tam pitābravīt tasyaiva putraka tat tat tu sa tubhyaṃ dāsyatīti sa punar etyābravīt tava ha vāva kila bhagava idam iti me
pitāheti so 'bravīt tad ahaṃ tubhyam eva dadāmi ya eva satyam avādīr iti //
AB, 5, 22, 11.0 sa yad iha ramety
āhāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayatīha ramadhvam iti yad āha prajām evaiṣu tad ramayatīha dhṛtir iha svadhṛtir iti yad āha prajāṃ caiva tad vācaṃ ca yajamāneṣu dadhāty agne vāᄆ iti rathaṃtaram svāhā vāᄆ iti bṛhat //
AB, 5, 22, 11.0 sa yad iha ramety āhāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayatīha ramadhvam iti yad
āha prajām evaiṣu tad ramayatīha dhṛtir iha svadhṛtir iti yad āha prajāṃ caiva tad vācaṃ ca yajamāneṣu dadhāty agne vāᄆ iti rathaṃtaram svāhā vāᄆ iti bṛhat //
AB, 5, 22, 11.0 sa yad iha ramety āhāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayatīha ramadhvam iti yad āha prajām evaiṣu tad ramayatīha dhṛtir iha svadhṛtir iti yad
āha prajāṃ caiva tad vācaṃ ca yajamāneṣu dadhāty agne vāᄆ iti rathaṃtaram svāhā vāᄆ iti bṛhat //
AB, 5, 23, 9.0 yam brāhmaṇam anūcānaṃ yaśo narcched iti ha
smāhāraṇyam paretya darbhastambān udgrathya dakṣiṇato brahmāṇam upaveśya caturhotṝn vyācakṣīta //
AB, 5, 25, 22.0 atha brahmodyam vadanty agnir gṛhapatir iti haika
āhuḥ so 'sya lokasya gṛhapatir vāyur gṛhapatir iti haika āhuḥ so 'ntarikṣalokasya gṛhapatir asau vai gṛhapatir yo 'sau tapaty eṣa patir ṛtavo gṛhā yeṣāṃ vai gṛhapatiṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavati rādhnoti sa gṛhapatī rādhnuvanti te yajamānā yeṣāṃ vā apahatapāpmānaṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavaty apa sa gṛhapatiḥ pāpmānaṃ hate 'pa te yajamānāḥ pāpmānaṃ ghnate 'dhvaryo arātsmārātsma //
AB, 5, 25, 22.0 atha brahmodyam vadanty agnir gṛhapatir iti haika āhuḥ so 'sya lokasya gṛhapatir vāyur gṛhapatir iti haika
āhuḥ so 'ntarikṣalokasya gṛhapatir asau vai gṛhapatir yo 'sau tapaty eṣa patir ṛtavo gṛhā yeṣāṃ vai gṛhapatiṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavati rādhnoti sa gṛhapatī rādhnuvanti te yajamānā yeṣāṃ vā apahatapāpmānaṃ devaṃ vidvān gṛhapatir bhavaty apa sa gṛhapatiḥ pāpmānaṃ hate 'pa te yajamānāḥ pāpmānaṃ ghnate 'dhvaryo arātsmārātsma //
AB, 5, 26, 1.0 uddharāhavanīyam ity aparāhṇa
āha yad evāhnā sādhu karoti tad eva tat prāṅ uddhṛtya tadabhaye nidhatte //
AB, 5, 26, 2.0 uddharāhavanīyam iti prātar
āha yad eva rātryā sādhu karoti tad eva tat prāṅ uddhṛtya tadabhaye nidhatte //
AB, 5, 33, 1.0 tad
āhur mahāvadāḥ yad ṛcaiva hautraṃ kriyate yajuṣādhvaryavaṃ sāmnodgīthaṃ vyārabdhā trayī vidyā bhavaty atha kena brahmatvaṃ kriyata iti trayyā vidyayeti brūyāt //
AB, 5, 34, 1.0 tad
āhur yad grahān me 'grahīt prācārīn ma āhutīr me 'hauṣīd ity adhvaryave dakṣiṇā nīyanta udagāsīn ma ity udgātre 'nvavocan me 'śaṃsīn me 'yākṣīn ma iti hotre kiṃ svid eva cakruṣe brahmaṇe dakṣiṇā nīyante 'kṛtvāho svid eva haratā iti //
AB, 5, 34, 5.0 sa prastotopākṛte stotra
āha brahman stoṣyāmaḥ praśāstar iti sa bhūr iti brahmā prātaḥsavane brūyād indravantaḥ studhvam iti bhuva iti mādhyaṃdine savane brūyād indravantaḥ studhvam iti svar iti tṛtīyasavane brūyād indravantaḥ studhvam iti bhūr bhuvaḥ svar ity ukthe vātirātre vā brūyād indravantaḥ studhvam iti //
AB, 5, 34, 6.0 sa yad
āhendravantaḥ studhvam ity aindro vai yajña indro yajñasya devatā sendram eva tad udgīthaṃ karotīndrān mā gād indravantaḥ studhvam iti evaināṃs tad āha tad āha //
AB, 5, 34, 6.0 sa yad āhendravantaḥ studhvam ity aindro vai yajña indro yajñasya devatā sendram eva tad udgīthaṃ karotīndrān mā gād indravantaḥ studhvam iti evaināṃs tad
āha tad āha //
AB, 5, 34, 6.0 sa yad āhendravantaḥ studhvam ity aindro vai yajña indro yajñasya devatā sendram eva tad udgīthaṃ karotīndrān mā gād indravantaḥ studhvam iti evaināṃs tad āha tad
āha //
AB, 6, 2, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ kiyatībhir abhiṣṭuyād iti śatenety āhuḥ śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatavīryaḥ śatendriya āyuṣy evainaṃ tad vīrya indriye dadhāti //
AB, 6, 2, 1.0 tad āhuḥ kiyatībhir abhiṣṭuyād iti śatenety
āhuḥ śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatavīryaḥ śatendriya āyuṣy evainaṃ tad vīrya indriye dadhāti //
AB, 6, 2, 2.0 trayastriṃśatā vety
āhus trayastriṃśato vai sa devānām pāpmano 'pāhaṃs trayastriṃśad vai tasya devā iti //
AB, 6, 2, 6.0 tad
āhuḥ katham abhiṣṭuyād ity akṣaraśaḥ caturakṣaraśaḥ pacchaḥ ardharcaśaḥ ṛkśaḥ iti tad yad ṛkśo na tad avakalpate 'tha yat paccho no eva tad avakalpate 'tha yad akṣaraśaś caturakṣaraśo vi tathā chandāṃsi lupyeran bahūni tathākṣarāṇi hīyerann ardharcaśa evābhiṣṭuyāt pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 2, 8.0 tad
āhur yan madhyaṃdine madhyaṃdina eva grāvṇo 'bhiṣṭauti katham asyetarayoḥ savanayor abhiṣṭutam bhavatīti yad eva gāyatrībhir abhiṣṭauti gāyatraṃ vai prātaḥsavanaṃ tena prātaḥsavane 'tha yaj jagatībhir abhiṣṭauti jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ tena tṛtīyasavane //
AB, 6, 2, 10.0 tad
āhur yad adhvaryur evānyān ṛtvijaḥ saṃpreṣyaty atha kasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyata iti mano vai grāvastotrīyāsampreṣitaṃ vā idaṃ manas tasmād eṣa etām asampreṣitaḥ pratipadyate //
AB, 6, 3, 3.0 tad
āhuḥ kiṃ subrahmaṇyāyai subrahmaṇyātvam iti vāg eveti brūyād vāg vai brahma ca subrahma ceti //
AB, 6, 3, 4.0 tad
āhur atha kasmād enam pumāṃsaṃ santaṃ strīm ivācakṣata iti vāgghi subrahmaṇyeti brūyāt teneti //
AB, 6, 3, 5.0 tad
āhur yad antarvedītara ṛtvija ārtvijyaṃ kurvanti bahirvedi subrahmaṇyā katham asyāntarvedy ārtvijyaṃ kṛtam bhavatīti veder vā utkaram utkiranti yad evotkare tiṣṭhann āhvayatīti brūyāt teneti //
AB, 6, 3, 6.0 tad
āhur atha kasmād utkare tiṣṭhan subrahmaṇyām āhvayatīty ṛṣayo vai satram āsata teṣāṃ yo varṣiṣṭha āsīt tam abruvan subrahmaṇyām āhvaya tvaṃ no nediṣṭhād devān hvayiṣyasīti varṣiṣṭham evainaṃ tat kurvanty atho vedim eva tat sarvām prīṇāti //
AB, 6, 3, 7.0 tad
āhuḥ kasmād asmā ṛṣabhaṃ dakṣiṇām abhyājantīti vṛṣā vā ṛṣabho yoṣā subrahmaṇyā tan mithunaṃ tasya mithunasya prajātyā iti //
AB, 6, 7, 10.0 āhaṃ sarasvatīvator ity achāvākasya vāg vai sarasvatī vāgvator iti haitad
āhendrāgnyor avo vṛṇa ity etaddha vā indrāgnyoḥ priyaṃ dhāma yad vāg iti priyeṇaivainau tad dhāmnā samardhayati //
AB, 6, 10, 1.0 athāha yad aindro vai yajño 'tha kasmād dvāveva prātaḥsavane prasthitānām pratyakṣād aindrībhyāṃ yajato hotā caiva brāhmaṇācchaṃsī cedaṃ te somyam madhviti hotā yajatīndra tvā vṛṣabhaṃ vayaṃ iti brāhmaṇācchaṃsī nānādevatyābhir itare kathaṃ teṣām aindryo bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 11, 3.0 tad
āhur yat tṛtīyasavanasyaiva rūpam madvad atha kasmān madhyaṃdine madvatīr anu cāha yajanti cābhir iti //
AB, 6, 11, 3.0 tad āhur yat tṛtīyasavanasyaiva rūpam madvad atha kasmān madhyaṃdine madvatīr anu
cāha yajanti cābhir iti //
AB, 6, 11, 4.0 mādyantīva vai madhyaṃdine devatāḥ sam eva tṛtīyasavane mādayante tasmān madhyaṃdine madvatīr anu
cāha yajanti cābhiḥ //
AB, 6, 12, 2.0 tad
āhur yan nārbhavīṣu stuvate 'tha kasmād ārbhavaḥ pavamāna ity ācakṣata iti //
AB, 6, 12, 4.0 athāha yad yathāchandasam pūrvayoḥ savanayor anvāha gāyatrīḥ prātaḥsavane triṣṭubho mādhyaṃdine 'tha kasmāj jāgate sati tṛtīyasavane triṣṭubho 'nvāheti //
AB, 6, 12, 6.0 athāha yad aindrārbhavaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād eṣa eva tṛtīyasavane prasthitānām pratyakṣād aindrārbhavyā yajatīndra ṛbhubhir vājavadbhiḥ samukṣitam iti hotaiva nānādevatyābhir itare kathaṃ teṣām aindrārbhavyo bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 12, 7.0 indrāvaruṇā sutapāv imaṃ sutam iti maitrāvaruṇo yajati yuvo ratho adhvaraṃ devavītaya iti bahūni
vāha tad ṛbhūṇām rūpam //
AB, 6, 12, 8.0 indraś ca somam pibatam bṛhaspata iti brāhmaṇācchaṃsī yajaty ā vāṃ viśantv indavaḥ svābhuva iti bahūni
vāha tad ṛbhūṇāṃ rūpam //
AB, 6, 12, 9.0 ā vo vahantu saptayo raghuṣyada iti potā yajati raghupatvānaḥ pra jigāta bāhubhir iti bahūni
vāha tad ṛbhūṇāṃ rūpam //
AB, 6, 12, 10.0 ameva naḥ suhavā ā hi gantaneti neṣṭā yajati gantaneti bahūni
vāha tad ṛbhūṇāṃ rūpam //
AB, 6, 12, 11.0 indrāviṣṇū pibatam madhvo asyety achāvāko yajaty ā vām andhāṃsi madirāṇy agmann iti bahūni
vāha tad ṛbhūṇāṃ rūpam //
AB, 6, 12, 12.0 imaṃ stomam arhate jātavedasa ity āgnīdhro yajati ratham iva saṃ mahemā manīṣayeti bahūni
vāha tad ṛbhūṇāṃ rūpam //
AB, 6, 13, 1.0 athāha yad ukthinyo 'nyā hotrā anukthā anyāḥ katham asyaitā ukthinyaḥ sarvāḥ samāḥ samṛddhā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 13, 5.0 athāha śaṃsanti prātaḥsavane śaṃsanti mādhyaṃdine hotrakāḥ katham eṣāṃ tṛtīyasavane śastam bhavatīti //
AB, 6, 13, 7.0 athāha yad dvyuktho hotā kathaṃ hotrakā dvyukthā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 14, 1.0 athāha yad etās tisra ukthinyo hotrāḥ katham itarā ukthinyo bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 14, 3.0 athāha yad ekapraiṣā anye hotrakā atha kasmād dvipraiṣaḥ potā dvipraiṣo neṣṭeti //
AB, 6, 14, 5.0 athāha yaddhotā yakṣaddhotā yakṣad iti maitrāvaruṇo hotre preṣyaty atha kasmād ahotṛbhyaḥ sadbhyo hotrāśaṃsibhyo hotā yakṣaddhotā yakṣad iti preṣyatīti //
AB, 6, 14, 6.0 prāṇo vai hotā prāṇaḥ sarva ṛtvijaḥ prāṇo yakṣat prāṇo yakṣad ity eva tad
āha //
AB, 6, 14, 7.0 athāhāsty udgātṝṇām praiṣaḥ nāṁ iti astīti brūyād yad evaitat praśāstā japaṃ japitvā studhvam ity āha sa eṣām praiṣaḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 7.0 athāhāsty udgātṝṇām praiṣaḥ nāṁ iti astīti brūyād yad evaitat praśāstā japaṃ japitvā studhvam ity
āha sa eṣām praiṣaḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 8.0 athāhāsty achāvākasya pravarāḥ nāṁ iti astīti brūyād yad evainam adhvaryur āhāchāvāka vadasva yat te vādyam ity eṣo 'sya pravaraḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 8.0 athāhāsty achāvākasya pravarāḥ nāṁ iti astīti brūyād yad evainam adhvaryur
āhāchāvāka vadasva yat te vādyam ity eṣo 'sya pravaraḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 9.0 athāha yad aindrāvaruṇam maitrāvaruṇas tṛtīyasavane śaṃsaty atha kasmād asyāgneyau stotriyānurūpau bhavata ity agninā vai mukhena devā asurān ukthebhyo nirjaghnus tasmād asyāgneyau stotriyānurūpau bhavataḥ //
AB, 6, 14, 10.0 athāha yad aindrābārhaspatyam brāhmaṇācchaṃsī tṛtīyasavane śaṃsaty aindrāvaiṣṇavam achāvākaḥ katham enayor aindrāḥ stotriyānurūpā bhavantītīndro ha sma vā asurān ukthebhyaḥ prajigāya so 'bravīt kaś cāhaṃ cety ahaṃ cāhaṃ ceti ha sma devatā anvavayanti sa yad indraḥ pūrvaḥ prajigāya tasmād enayor aindrāḥ stotriyānurūpā bhavanti yad v ahaṃ cāhaṃ ceti ha sma devatā anvavayus tasmān nānādevatyāni śaṃsataḥ //
AB, 6, 15, 1.0 athāha yad vaiśvadevaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād etāny aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyanta itīndram evaitair ārabhya yantīti brūyād atho yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ taj jagatkāmyaiva tad yat kiṃcāta ūrdhvaṃ chandaḥ śasyate taddha sarvaṃ jāgatam bhavaty etāni ced aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyante //
AB, 6, 15, 5.0 athāha yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād eṣāṃ triṣṭubhaḥ paridhānīyā bhavantīti vīryaṃ vai triṣṭub vīrya eva tad antataḥ pratitiṣṭhanto yanti //
AB, 6, 15, 11.0 indraś ca ha vai viṣṇuś cāsurair yuyudhāte tān ha sma jitvocatuḥ kalpāmahā iti te ha tathety asurā ūcuḥ so 'bravīd indro yāvad evāyaṃ viṣṇus trir vikramate tāvad asmākam atha yuṣmākam itarad iti sa imāṃllokān vicakrame 'tho vedān atho vācaṃ tad
āhuḥ kiṃ tat sahasram itīme lokā ime vedā atho vāg iti brūyāt //
AB, 6, 15, 14.0 abhyasyet ṣoᄆaśini nābhyasyait iti abhyasyed ity
āhuḥ katham anyeṣv ahaḥsv abhyasyati katham atra nābhyasyed iti tasmād abhyasyet //
AB, 6, 16, 1.0 athāha yan nārāśaṃsaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād achāvāko 'ntataḥ śilpeṣv anārāśaṃsīḥ śaṃsatīti //
AB, 6, 18, 6.0 tad
āhuḥ kasmād achāvāko vahnivad etat sūktam ubhayatra śaṃsati parāñciṣu caivāhaḥsv abhyāvartiṣu ceti //
AB, 6, 26, 10.0 tad
āhur yathā vāva stotram evaṃ śastraṃ vihṛtā vālakhilyāḥ śasyante vihṛtāṃ stotrām avihṛtām iti //
AB, 6, 26, 12.0 tad
āhur yathā vāva śastram evaṃ yājyā tisro devatāḥ śasyante 'gnirindro varuṇa ity athaindrāvaruṇyā yajati katham agnir anantarita iti //
AB, 6, 31, 1.0 tad
āhur yad asmin viśvajity atirātra evaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani kalpate yajñaḥ kalpate yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham atrāśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty atha maitrāvaruṇo vālakhilyāḥ śaṃsati te prāṇā reto vā agre 'tha prāṇā evam brāhmaṇācchaṃsy aśasta eva nābhānediṣṭho bhavaty atha vṛṣākapiṃ śaṃsati sa ātmā reto vā agre 'thātmā katham atra yajamānasya prajātiḥ katham prāṇā avikᄆptā bhavantīti //
AB, 6, 33, 2.0 aitaśo ha vai munir agner āyur dadarśa yajñasyāyātayāmam iti haika
āhuḥ so 'bravīt putrān putrakā agner āyur adarśaṃ tad abhilapiṣyāmi yat kiṃca vadāmi tan me mā parigāteti sa pratyapadyataitā aśvā āplavante pratīpam prātisatvanam iti //
AB, 6, 33, 5.0 tasmād
āhur abhyagnaya aitaśāyanā aurvāṇām pāpiṣṭhā iti //
AB, 6, 35, 2.0 tasmād
āhur na nivṛttadakṣiṇām pratigṛhṇīyān nenmā śucā viddhā śucā vidhyād iti //
AB, 6, 35, 11.0 yajñā ned asann apurogavāsa iti dakṣiṇā vai yajñānām purogavī yathā ha vā idam ano 'purogavaṃ riṣyaty evaṃ haiva yajño 'dakṣiṇo riṣyati tasmād
āhur dātavyaiva yajñe dakṣiṇā bhavaty apy alpikāpi //
AB, 6, 36, 15.0 tad
āhuḥ saṃśaṃset ṣaṣṭhe 'hān na saṃśaṃsait iti saṃśaṃsed ity āhuḥ katham anyeṣv ahassu saṃśaṃsati katham atra na saṃśaṃsed ity atho khalv āhur naiva saṃśaṃset svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti sa yat saṃśaṃset samānaṃ tat kuryād atha yan na saṃśaṃsatīṁ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ tasmān na saṃśaṃsed yad eva na saṃśaṃsatīṁ //
AB, 6, 36, 15.0 tad āhuḥ saṃśaṃset ṣaṣṭhe 'hān na saṃśaṃsait iti saṃśaṃsed ity
āhuḥ katham anyeṣv ahassu saṃśaṃsati katham atra na saṃśaṃsed ity atho khalv āhur naiva saṃśaṃset svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti sa yat saṃśaṃset samānaṃ tat kuryād atha yan na saṃśaṃsatīṁ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ tasmān na saṃśaṃsed yad eva na saṃśaṃsatīṁ //
AB, 6, 36, 15.0 tad āhuḥ saṃśaṃset ṣaṣṭhe 'hān na saṃśaṃsait iti saṃśaṃsed ity āhuḥ katham anyeṣv ahassu saṃśaṃsati katham atra na saṃśaṃsed ity atho khalv
āhur naiva saṃśaṃset svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti sa yat saṃśaṃset samānaṃ tat kuryād atha yan na saṃśaṃsatīṁ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ tasmān na saṃśaṃsed yad eva na saṃśaṃsatīṁ //
AB, 7, 2, 1.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir upavasathe mriyeta katham asya yajñaḥ syād iti nainaṃ yājayed iti āhur anabhiprāpto hi yajñam bhavatīti //
AB, 7, 2, 1.0 tad āhur ya āhitāgnir upavasathe mriyeta katham asya yajñaḥ syād iti nainaṃ yājayed iti
āhur anabhiprāpto hi yajñam bhavatīti //
AB, 7, 2, 2.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir adhiśrite 'gnihotre sāṃnāyye vā haviṣṣu vā mriyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir ity atraivaināny anuparyādadhyād yathā sarvāṇi saṃdahyeran sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 2, 3.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir āsanneṣu haviṣṣu mriyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti yābhya eva tāni devatābhyo havīṃṣi gṛhītāni bhavanti tābhyaḥ svāhety evaināny āhavanīye sarvahunti juhuyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 2, 4.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgniḥ pravasan mriyeta katham asyāgnihotraṃ syād ity abhivānyavatsāyāḥ payasā juhuyād anyad ivaitat payo yad abhivānyavatsāyā anyad ivaitad agnihotraṃ yat pretasya //
AB, 7, 2, 6.0 athāpy
āhur evam evainān ajasrān ajuhvata indhīrann ā śarīrāṇām āhartor iti //
AB, 7, 3, 1.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnihotry upāvasṛṣṭā duhyamānopaviśet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti tām abhimantrayeta //
AB, 7, 3, 3.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnihotry upāvasṛṣṭā duhyamānā vāśyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir ity aśanāyāṃ ha vā eṣā yajamānasya pratikhyāya vāśyate tām annam apy ādayec chāntyai śāntir vā annaṃ sūyavasād bhagavatī hi bhūyā iti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 3, 4.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnihotry upāvasṛṣṭā duhyamānā syandeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sā yat tatra skandayet tad abhimṛśya japed yad adya dugdham pṛthivīm asṛpta yad oṣadhīr atyasṛpad yad āpaḥ payo gṛheṣu payo aghnyāyām payo vatseṣu payo astu tan mayīti tatra yat pariśiṣṭaṃ syāt tena juhuyād yady alaṃ homāya syād yady u vai sarvaṃ siktaṃ syād athānyām āhūya tāṃ dugdhvā tena juhuyād ā tv eva śraddhāyai hotavyaṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 4, 1.0 tad
āhur yasya sāyaṃdugdhaṃ sāṃnāyyaṃ duṣyed vāpahared vā kā tatra prāyaścittir iti prātardugdhaṃ dvaidhaṃ kṛtvā tasyānyatarām bhaktim ātacya tena yajeta sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 4, 2.0 tad
āhur yasya prātardugdhaṃ sāṃnāyyaṃ duṣyed vāpahared vā kā tatra prāyaścittir ity aindraṃ vā māhendraṃ vā puroᄆāśaṃ tasya sthāne nirupya tena yajeta sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 4, 3.0 tad
āhur yasya sarvam eva sāṃnāyyaṃ duṣyed vāpahared vā kā tatra prāyaścittir ity aindraṃ vā māhendraṃ veti samānaṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 4, 4.0 tad
āhur yasya sarvāṇy eva havīṃṣi duṣyeyur vāpahareyur vā kā tatra prāyaścittir ity ājyasyaināni yathādevatam parikalpya tayājyahaviṣeṣṭyā yajetāto 'nyām iṣṭim anulbaṇāṃ tanvīta yajño yajñasya prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 1.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnihotram adhiśritam amedhyam āpadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sarvam evainat srucy abhiparyāsicya prāṅ udetyāhavanīye haitāṃ samidham abhyādadhāty athottarata āhavanīyasyoṣṇam bhasma nirūhya juhuyān manasā vā prājāpatyayā varcā taddhutaṃ cāhutaṃ ca sa yady ekasmin unnīte yadi dvayor eṣa eva kalpas tac ced vyapanayituṃ śaknuyān niṣṣicyaitad duṣṭam aduṣṭam abhiparyāsicya tasya yathonnītī syāt tathā juhuyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 2.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnihotram adhiśritaṃ skandati vā viṣyandate vā kā tatra prāyaścittir iti tad adbhir upaninayec chāntyai śāntir vā āpo 'thainad dakṣiṇena pāṇinābhimṛśya japati //
AB, 7, 5, 6.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnihotram adhiśritam prāṅ udāyan skhalate vāpi vā bhraṃśate kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sa yady upanivartayet svargāl lokād yajamānam āvartayed atraivāsmā upaviṣṭāyaitam agnihotraparīśeṣam āhareyus tasya yathonnītī syāt tathā juhuyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 7.0 tad
āhur atha yadi srug bhidyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir ity anyām srucam āhṛtya juhuyād athaitāṃ srucam bhinnām āhavanīye 'bhyādadhyāt prāgdaṇḍām pratyakpuṣkarāṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 8.0 tad
āhur yasyāhavanīye hāgnir vidyetātha gārhapatya upaśāmyet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sa yadi prāñcam uddharet prāyatanāc cyaveta yat pratyañcam asuravad yajñaṃ tanvīta yan manthed bhrātṛvyaṃ yajamānasya janayed yad anugamayet prāṇo yajamānaṃ jahyāt sarvam evainaṃ sahabhasmānam samopya gārhapatyāyatane nidhāyātha prāñcam āhavanīyam uddharet sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 6, 1.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnāv agnim uddhareyuḥ kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sa yady anupaśyed udūhya pūrvam aparaṃ nidadhyād yady u nānupaśyet so 'gnaye 'gnivate 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye agnināgniḥ samidhyate tvaṃ hy agne agninety āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye 'gnivate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 6, 2.0 tad
āhur yasya gārhapatyāhavanīyau mithaḥ saṃsṛjyeyātāṃ kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye vītaye 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye agna āyāhi vītaye yo agniṃ devavītaya ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye vītaye svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 6, 3.0 tad
āhur yasya sarva evāgnayo mithaḥ saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye vivicaye 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye svar ṇa vastor uṣasām aroci tvām agne mānuṣīr īᄆate viśa ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye vivicaye svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 6, 4.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnayo anyair agnibhiḥ saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye kṣāmavate'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye akrandad agni stanayann iva dyaur adhā yathā naḥ pitaraḥ parāsa ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye kṣāmavate svāheti sa tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 7, 1.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnayo grāmyeṇāgninā saṃdahyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye saṃvargāyāṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye kuvit su no gaviṣṭaye mā no asmin mahādhana ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye saṃvargāya svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 7, 2.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnayo divyenāgninā saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye 'psumate 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye apsv agne sadhiṣ ṭava mayo dadhe medhiraḥ pūtadakṣa ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye 'psumate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 7, 3.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnayaḥ śavāgninā saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye śucaye 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye agniḥ śucivratatama ud agne śucayas tavety āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye śucaye svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 7, 4.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnaya āraṇyenāgninā saṃdahyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sam evāropayed araṇī volmukaṃ vā mokṣayed yady āhavanīyād yadi gārhapatyād yadi na śaknuyāt so'gnaye saṃvargāyāṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasyokte yājyānuvākye āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye saṃvargāya svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 8, 1.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir upavasathe 'śru kurvīta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye vratabhṛte 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye tvamagne vratabhṛc chucir vratāni bibhrad vratapā adabdha ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye vratabhṛte svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 8, 2.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir upavasathe 'vratyam āpadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye vratapataye 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye tvam agne vratapā asi yad vo vayam pramināma vratānīty āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye vratapataye svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 8, 3.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir amāvāsyām paurṇamāsīṃ vātīyāt kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye pathikṛte 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye vetthā hi vedho 'dhvana ā devānām api panthām aganmety āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye pathikṛte svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 8, 4.0 tad
āhur yasya sarva evāgnaya upaśāmyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye tapasvate janadvate pāvakavate 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye āyāhi tapasā janeṣv ā no yāhi tapasā janeṣv ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye tapasvate janadvate pāvakavate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 1.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir āgrayaṇenāniṣṭvā navānnam prāśnīyāt kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye vaiśvānaro ajījanat pṛṣṭo divi pṛṣṭo agniḥ pṛthivyām ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye vaiśvānarāya svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 2.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir yadi kapālaṃ naśyet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'śvibhyāṃ dvikapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye aśvinā vartir asmad ā gomatā nāsatyā rathenety āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād aśvibhyāṃ svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 3.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir yadi pavitraṃ naśyet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye pavitravate 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye pavitraṃ te vitatam brahmaṇaspate tapoṣ pavitraṃ vitataṃ divas pada iti āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye pavitravate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 4.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir yadi hiraṇyaṃ naśyet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye hiraṇyavate 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye hiraṇyakeśo rajaso visāra ā te suparṇā aminantaṁ evair iti āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye hiraṇyavate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 5.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir yadi prātar asnāto 'gnihotraṃ juhuyāt kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye varuṇāyāṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān sa tvaṃ no agne 'vamo bhavotīty āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye varuṇāya svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 6.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir yadi sūtakānnam prāśnīyāt kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye tantumate 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye tantuṃ tanvan rajaso bhānum anv ihy akṣānaho nahyatanota somyā iti āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye tantumate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 7.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir jīve mṛtaśabdaṃ śrutvā kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye surabhimate 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye agnir hotā ny asīdad yajīyān sādhvīm akar devavītiṃ no adyety āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye surabhimate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 8.0 tad
āhur ya āhitāgnir yasya bhāryā gaur vā yamau janayet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye marutvate trayodaśakapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye maruto yasya hi kṣaye 'rā ived acaramā ahevety āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye marutvate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 9.0 tad
āhur apatnīko 'py agnihotram āharait nāharait iti //
AB, 7, 10, 3.0 putrān pautrān naptṝn ity
āhur asmiṃśca loke 'muṣmiṃścāsmiṃlloke 'yaṃ svargo 'svargeṇa svargaṃ lokam ārurohety amuṣyaiva lokasya saṃtatiṃ dhārayati yasyaiṣām patnīṃ naicchet tasmād apatnīkasyādhānaṃ kurvanti //
AB, 7, 11, 1.0 tad
āhur yad darśapūrṇamāsayor upavasati na ha vā avratasya devā havir aśnanti tasmād upavasaty uta me devā havir aśnīyur iti //
AB, 7, 12, 1.0 tad
āhur yasyāgnim anuddhṛtam ādityo 'bhyudiyād vābhyastamiyād vā praṇīto vā prāgghomād upaśāmyet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti //
AB, 7, 12, 3.0 tad
āhur yasya gārhapatyāhavanīyāv antareṇāno vā ratho vā śvā vā pratipadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti nainan manasi kuryād ity āhur ātmany asya hitā bhavantīti tac cen manasi kurvīta gārhapatyād avicchinnām udakadhārāṃ haret tantuṃ tanvan rajaso bhānum anvihīty āhavanīyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 12, 3.0 tad āhur yasya gārhapatyāhavanīyāv antareṇāno vā ratho vā śvā vā pratipadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti nainan manasi kuryād ity
āhur ātmany asya hitā bhavantīti tac cen manasi kurvīta gārhapatyād avicchinnām udakadhārāṃ haret tantuṃ tanvan rajaso bhānum anvihīty āhavanīyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 12, 4.0 tad
āhuḥ katham agnīn anvādadhāno 'nvāhāryapacanam āhārayait nāhārayait iti //
AB, 7, 12, 5.0 āhārayed ity
āhuḥ prāṇān vā eṣo 'bhyātmaṃ dhatte yo 'gnīn ādhatte teṣām eṣo 'nnādatamo bhavati yad anvāhāryapacanas tasminn etām āhutiṃ juhoty agnaye 'nnādāyānnapataye svāheti //
AB, 7, 12, 8.0 tad
āhuḥ katham agnīn pravatsyann upatiṣṭheta proṣya vā pratyetyāhar ahar veti tūṣṇīm ity āhus tūṣṇīṃ vai śreyasa ākāṅkṣante 'thāpy āhur ahar ahar vā ete yajamānasyāśraddhayodvāsanāt praplāvanād bibhyati tān upatiṣṭhetaivābhayaṃ vo 'bhayam me 'stv ity abhayaṃ haivāsmai bhavaty abhayaṃ haivāsmai bhavati //
AB, 7, 12, 8.0 tad āhuḥ katham agnīn pravatsyann upatiṣṭheta proṣya vā pratyetyāhar ahar veti tūṣṇīm ity
āhus tūṣṇīṃ vai śreyasa ākāṅkṣante 'thāpy āhur ahar ahar vā ete yajamānasyāśraddhayodvāsanāt praplāvanād bibhyati tān upatiṣṭhetaivābhayaṃ vo 'bhayam me 'stv ity abhayaṃ haivāsmai bhavaty abhayaṃ haivāsmai bhavati //
AB, 7, 12, 8.0 tad āhuḥ katham agnīn pravatsyann upatiṣṭheta proṣya vā pratyetyāhar ahar veti tūṣṇīm ity āhus tūṣṇīṃ vai śreyasa ākāṅkṣante 'thāpy
āhur ahar ahar vā ete yajamānasyāśraddhayodvāsanāt praplāvanād bibhyati tān upatiṣṭhetaivābhayaṃ vo 'bhayam me 'stv ity abhayaṃ haivāsmai bhavaty abhayaṃ haivāsmai bhavati //
AB, 7, 20, 1.0 athāto devayajanasyaiva yācñyas tad
āhur yad brāhmaṇo rājanyo vaiśyo dīkṣiṣyamāṇaṃ kṣatriyaṃ devayajanaṃ yācati kaṃ kṣatriyo yāced iti //
AB, 7, 20, 2.0 daivaṃ kṣatraṃ yāced ity
āhur ādityo vai daivaṃ kṣatram āditya eṣām bhūtānām adhipatiḥ //
AB, 7, 20, 4.0 sa yat tatra yācita uttarāṃ sarpaty oṃ tathā dadāmīti haiva tad
āha //
AB, 7, 22, 1.0 tad u ha
smāha saujāta ārāᄆhir ajītapunarvaṇyaṃ vā etad yad ete āhutī iti yathā ha kāmayeta tathaite kuryād ya ito 'nuśāsanaṃ kuryād itīme tv eva juhuyāt //
AB, 7, 22, 4.0 brahma vā eṣa prapadyate yo yajñam prapadyate brahma vai yajño yajñād u ha vā eṣa punar jāyate yo dīkṣate tam brahma prapannaṃ kṣatraṃ na parijināti brahma mā kṣatrād gopāyatv ity
āha yathainam brahma kṣatrād gopāyed brahmaṇe svāheti tad enat prīṇāti tad enat prītaṃ kṣatrād gopāyati //
AB, 7, 22, 6.0 kṣatram prapadye kṣatram mā brahmaṇo gopāyatu kṣatrāya svāheti tat tad itīṁ kṣatraṃ vā eṣa prapadyate yo rāṣṭram prapadyate kṣatraṃ hi rāṣṭraṃ taṃ kṣatram prapannam brahma na parijināti kṣatram mā brahmaṇo gopāyatv ity
āha yathainaṃ kṣatram brahmaṇo gopāyet kṣatrāya svāheti tad enat prīṇāti tad enat prītam brahmaṇo gopāyati //
AB, 7, 25, 1.0 athāto dīkṣāyā āvedanasyaiva tad
āhur yad brāhmaṇasya dīkṣitasya brāhmaṇo 'dīkṣiṣṭeti dīkṣām āvedayanti kathaṃ kṣatriyasyāvedayed iti //
AB, 7, 26, 1.0 athāto yajamānabhāgasyaiva tad
āhuḥ prāśnīyāt kṣatriyo yajamānabhāgā3m na prāśnīyā3t iti //
AB, 7, 34, 3.0 sarvo haiva so 'mṛta iti ha
smāha priyavrataḥ somāpo yaḥ kaśca savanabhāg iti //
AB, 8, 4, 2.0 ukthya evāyam pañcadaśaḥ syād ity
āhur ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryam pañcadaśa ojaḥ kṣatraṃ vīryaṃ rājanyas tad enam ojasā kṣatreṇa vīryeṇa samardhayati //
AB, 8, 4, 3.0 tasya triṃśat stutaśastrāṇi bhavanti triṃśadakṣarā vai virāḍ virāḍ annādyaṃ virājy evainaṃ tad annādye pratiṣṭhāpayati tasmāt tadukthyaḥ pañcadaśaḥ syād ity
āhuḥ //
AB, 8, 7, 7.0 taddhaika
āhuḥ sarvāptir vā eṣā yad etā vyāhṛtayo 'tisarveṇa hāsya parasmai kṛtam bhavatīti tam etenābhiṣiñced devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhiṣiñcāmi balāya śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāyeti //
AB, 8, 7, 8.0 tad u punaḥ paricakṣate yad asarveṇa vāco 'bhiṣikto bhavatīśvaro ha tu purāyuṣaḥ praitor iti ha
smāha satyakāmo jābālo yam etābhir vyāhṛtibhir nābhiṣiñcantīti //
AB, 8, 7, 9.0 īśvaro ha sarvam āyur aitoḥ sarvam āpnod vijayenety u ha
smāhoddālaka āruṇir yam etābhir vyāhṛtibhir abhiṣiñcantīti tam etenaivābhiṣiñced devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhiṣiñcāmi balāya śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāya bhūr bhuvaḥ svar iti //
AB, 8, 9, 2.0 upary evāsīno bhūmau pādau pratiṣṭhāpya pratyavaroham
āha //
AB, 8, 9, 7.0 atha yad varaṃ dadāmi jityā abhijityai vijityai saṃjityā iti vācaṃ visṛjata etad vai vāco jitaṃ yad dadāmīty
āha yad eva vāco jitam tan ma idam anu karma saṃtiṣṭhātā iti //
AB, 8, 11, 9.0 etaddha sma vai tad vidvān
āha janamejayaḥ pārikṣita evaṃvidaṃ hi vai mām evaṃvido yājayanti tasmād aham jayāmy abhītvarīṃ senāṃ jayāmy abhītvaryā senayā na mā divyā na mānuṣya iṣava ṛcchanty eṣyāmi sarvam āyuḥ sarvabhūmir bhaviṣyāmīti //
AB, 8, 20, 2.0 so 'bhiṣikto 'bhiṣektre brāhmaṇāya hiraṇyaṃ dadyāt sahasraṃ dadyāt kṣetraṃ catuṣpād dadyād athāpy
āhur asaṃkhyātam evāparimitaṃ dadyād aparimito vai kṣatriyo 'parimitasyāvaruddhyā iti //
AB, 8, 24, 6.0 agnir vā eṣa vaiśvānaraḥ pañcamenir yat purohitas tasya vācy evaikā menir bhavati pādayor ekā tvacy ekā hṛdaya ekopastha ekā tābhir jvalantībhir dīpyamānābhir upodeti rājānaṃ sa yad
āha kva bhagavo 'vātsīs tṛṇāny asmā āharateti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya vāci menir bhavaty atha yad asmā udakam ānayanti pādyaṃ tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya pādayor menir bhavaty atha yad enam alaṃkurvanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya tvaci menir bhavaty atha yad enaṃ tarpayanti tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsya hṛdaye menir bhavaty atha yad asyānāruddho veśmasu vasati tenāsya tāṃ śamayati yāsyopasthe menir bhavati //
AB, 8, 26, 4.0 bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti bṛhaspatir ha vai devānām purohitas tam anv anye manuṣyarājñām purohitā bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti yad
āha purohitaṃ yaḥ subhṛtaṃ bibhartīty eva tad āha //
AB, 8, 26, 4.0 bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti bṛhaspatir ha vai devānām purohitas tam anv anye manuṣyarājñām purohitā bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti yad āha purohitaṃ yaḥ subhṛtaṃ bibhartīty eva tad
āha //
AB, 8, 26, 5.0 valgūyati vandate pūrvabhājam ity apacitim evāsmā etad
āha //
AB, 8, 26, 9.0 yasmin brahmā rājani pūrva etīti purohitam evaitad
āha //
AB, 8, 26, 12.0 avasyave yo varivaḥ kṛṇotīti yad
āhāvasīyase yo vasīyaḥ karotīty eva tad āha //
AB, 8, 26, 12.0 avasyave yo varivaḥ kṛṇotīti yad āhāvasīyase yo vasīyaḥ karotīty eva tad
āha //
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 2, 8, 3.0 anyavatsāyā goḥ payasety
āhur adugdhāyā vā śūdradugdhāyā vā //
AVPr, 3, 8, 1.0 atha yady enam anāhitāgnim iva vṛthāgninā daheyur evam asyaiṣa mṛtpātraviniyoga iti patnya bhavatīty
āhāśmarathyaḥ //
AVPr, 3, 8, 4.0 atha katham asyām āpattau yathaiva śarīrādarśane vā samāmnātānām āpadāṃ kathaṃ tatra pātraviniyogaṃ pratīyād ity
āhāśmarathyaḥ //
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 7, 3.2 samudra āsāṃ sadanaṃ ma
āhur yataḥ sadya ā ca parā ca yanti //
AVP, 1, 32, 1.2 tatra ta
āhuḥ paramaṃ janitraṃ sa naḥ saṃvidvān pari vṛṅdhi takman //
AVP, 1, 53, 2.2 stomāś chandāṃsi nivido ma
āhus te asmai rāṣṭram upa saṃ namantu //
AVP, 1, 61, 5.2 jarā tvā bhadrayā neṣad vy anye yantu mṛtyavo yān
āhur itarāñ chatam //
AVP, 4, 1, 6.1 yasya viśve himavanto mahitvā samudraṃ yasya rasayā
sahāhuḥ /
AVP, 4, 31, 2.2 ādhraś cid yaṃ manyamānas turaś cid rājā cid yaṃ bhagaṃ bhakṣīty
āha //
AVP, 5, 29, 7.1 hiraṇyavarcasam uta hastivarcasaṃ saṃgrāmaṃ yaj jajñuṣāṃ varca
āhuḥ /
AVP, 10, 7, 3.2 trivṛtaṃ stomaṃ trivṛta āpa
āhus tās tvā rakṣantu trivṛtā trivṛdbhiḥ //
AVP, 12, 9, 3.1 imāṃ vaśāṃ vācam
āhur vaśeti tisro vaśā atihitāḥ sadhasthe /
AVP, 12, 14, 5.1 yaṃ smā pṛcchanti kuha seti ghoram utem
āhur naiṣo astīty enam /
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 1, 25, 1.2 tatra ta
āhuḥ paramaṃ janitraṃ sa naḥ saṃvidvān pari vṛṅgdhi takman //
AVŚ, 2, 2, 3.2 samudra āsāṃ sadanaṃ ma
āhur yataḥ sadya ā ca parā ca yanti //
AVŚ, 2, 35, 2.1 yajñapatim ṛṣayaḥ
enasāhur nirbhaktaṃ prajā anutapyamānam /
AVŚ, 3, 4, 5.2 tad ayaṃ rājā varuṇas
tathāha sa tvāyam ahvat sa upedam ehi //
AVŚ, 3, 11, 7.2 jarā tvā bhadrā neṣṭa vy anye yantu mṛtyavo yān
āhur itarān chatam //
AVŚ, 3, 16, 2.2 ādhraś cid yaṃ manyamānas turaś cid rājā cid yaṃ bhagaṃ bhakṣīty
āha //
AVŚ, 3, 21, 4.1 yo devo viśvād yam u kāmam
āhur yaṃ dātāraṃ pratigṛhṇantam āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 3, 21, 4.1 yo devo viśvād yam u kāmam āhur yaṃ dātāraṃ pratigṛhṇantam
āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 4, 2, 5.1 yasya viśve himavanto mahitvā samudre yasya rasām id
āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 5, 17, 4.1 yām
āhus tārakaiṣā vikeśīti ducchunāṃ grāmam avapadyamānām /
AVŚ, 5, 28, 6.2 apām ekaṃ vedhasāṃ reta
āhus tat te hiraṇyaṃ trivṛd astv āyuṣe //
AVŚ, 8, 4, 15.2 adhā sa vīrair daśabhir vi yūyā yo mā moghaṃ yātudhānety
āha //
AVŚ, 8, 5, 5.1 tad agnir
āha tad u soma āha bṛhaspatiḥ savitā tad indraḥ /
AVŚ, 8, 5, 5.1 tad agnir āha tad u soma
āha bṛhaspatiḥ savitā tad indraḥ /
AVŚ, 8, 9, 7.2 virājam
āhur brahmaṇaḥ pitaraṃ tāṃ no vidhehi yatidhā sakhibhyaḥ //
AVŚ, 8, 9, 16.2 ṣaḍyogaṃ sīram anu sāma sāma ṣaṭ
āhur dyāvāpṛthivīḥ ṣaṭ urvīḥ //
AVŚ, 8, 9, 17.1 ṣaḍ
āhuḥ śītān ṣaḍ u māsa uṣṇān ṛtuṃ no brūta yatamo 'tiriktaḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 1, 2.1 mahat payo viśvarūpam asyāḥ samudrasya tvota reta
āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 2, 5.1 sā te kāma duhitā dhenur ucyate yām
āhur vācaṃ kavayo virājam /
AVŚ, 9, 4, 7.1 ājyaṃ bibharti ghṛtam asya retaḥ sāhasraḥ poṣas tam u yajñam
āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 4, 8.2 bṛhaspatiṃ saṃbhṛtam etam
āhur ye dhīrāsaḥ kavayo ye manīṣiṇaḥ //
AVŚ, 9, 4, 9.1 daivīr viśaḥ payasvān ā tanoṣi tvām indraṃ tvāṃ sarasvantam
āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 5, 7.1 ajo agnir ajam u jyotir
āhur ajaṃ jīvatā brahmaṇe deyam āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 5, 7.1 ajo agnir ajam u jyotir āhur ajaṃ jīvatā brahmaṇe deyam
āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 6, 19.1 yad
āha bhūya ud dhareti prāṇam eva tena varṣīyāṃsaṃ kurute //
AVŚ, 9, 9, 12.1 pañcapādaṃ pitaraṃ dvādaśākṛtiṃ diva
āhuḥ pare ardhe purīṣiṇam /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 12.2 atheme anya upare vicakṣaṇe saptacakre ṣaḍara
āhur arpitam //
AVŚ, 9, 9, 15.1 striyaḥ satīs tām u me puṃsaḥ
āhuḥ paśyad akṣaṇvān vi cetad andhaḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 16.1 sākaṃjānāṃ saptatham
āhur ekajaṃ ṣaḍ id yamā ṛṣayo devajā iti /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 19.1 ye arvāñcas tāṁ u parāca
āhur ye parāñcas tāṁ u arvāca āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 19.1 ye arvāñcas tāṁ u parāca āhur ye parāñcas tāṁ u arvāca
āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 21.2 tasya yad
āhuḥ pippalaṃ svādv agre tan non naśad yaḥ pitaraṃ na veda //
AVŚ, 9, 10, 3.2 gāyatrasya samidhas tisra
āhus tato mahnā pra ririce mahitvā //
AVŚ, 9, 10, 28.1 indraṃ mitraṃ varuṇam agnim
āhur atho divyaḥ sa suparṇo garutmān /
AVŚ, 9, 10, 28.2 ekaṃ sad viprā bahudhā vadanty agniṃ yamaṃ mātariśvānam
āhuḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 19.2 virājam ūdho
yasyāhuḥ skambhaṃ taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 53.1 aviḥ kṛṣṇā bhāgadheyaṃ paśūnāṃ sīsaṃ kravyād api candraṃ ta
āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 4.2 tāsāṃ bhajadhvam amṛtaṃ yam
āhur odanaṃ pacati vāṃ janitrī //
AVŚ, 13, 2, 36.2 paśyāma tvā savitāraṃ yam
āhur ajasraṃ jyotir yad avindad attriḥ //
AVŚ, 15, 11, 3.0 yad enam
āha vrātya kvāvātsīr iti patha eva tena devayānān avarunddhe //
AVŚ, 15, 11, 5.0 yad enam
āha vrātya tarpayantv iti prāṇam eva tena varṣīyāṃsaṃ kurute //
AVŚ, 15, 11, 6.0 yad enam
āha vrātya yathā te priyaṃ tathāstv iti priyam eva tenāvarunddhe //
AVŚ, 15, 11, 8.0 yad enam
āha vrātya yathā te vaśas tathāstv iti vaśam eva tenāvarunddhe //
AVŚ, 15, 11, 10.0 yad enam
āha vrātya yathā te nikāmas tathāstv iti nikāmam eva tenāvarunddhe //
AVŚ, 16, 9, 2.0 tad agnir
āha tad u soma āha pūṣā mā dhāt sukṛtasya loke //
AVŚ, 16, 9, 2.0 tad agnir āha tad u soma
āha pūṣā mā dhāt sukṛtasya loke //
AVŚ, 18, 1, 14.1 na vā u te tanūṃ tanvā saṃ papṛcyāṃ pāpam
āhur yaḥ svasāraṃ nigacchāt /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 37.2 yamaś cikitvān praty etad
āha mamaiṣa rāya upa tiṣṭhatām iha //
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 3, 6, 13.1 api vā goniṣkrāntānāṃ yavānām ekaviṃśatirātraṃ pītvā gaṇān paśyati gaṇādhipatiṃ paśyati vidyāṃ paśyati vidyādhipatiṃ paśyatīty
āha bhagavān baudhāyanaḥ //
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 2, 37.2 tenāha madhuno madhavyena parameṇānnādyena vīryeṇa paramo 'nnādo madhavyo 'sāni iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 22.1 atha yadaiṣā malavadvāsāḥ syānnainayā saha saṃvadeta na sahāsīta nāsyā annamadyād brahmahatyāyai hyoṣā varṇaṃ pratimucyāste 'tho
khalvāhur abhyañjanaṃ vāva striyā annamabhyañjanameva na pratigṛhyaṃ kāmamanyat iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 39.1 tasyāgreṇa kumāro darbheṣu pratyaṅmukha upaviśya pādāv
anvārabhyāha sāvitrīṃ bho anubrūhi iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 3, 34.1 etena dhātrantaraśaivabahurūpapārṣadaskandendrāṇāṃ vratānāṃ samāpanaṃ brahmābhyased ṛksāma yajur vā chandasām anusavanaṃ labheta kāmam iti ha
smāha bodhāyanaḥ //
BaudhGS, 3, 8, 6.0 sarvaṃ pāpmānaṃ tarati tarati brahmahatyām apa punarmṛtyuṃ jayatīty
āha bhagavān bodhāyanaḥ //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 13.1 tasmiṃs tiraḥ pavitram apa ānayann
āha brahmann apaḥ praṇeṣyāmi yajamāna vācaṃ yaccheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 20.0 avahantryai prayacchann
āha triṣphalīkartavai triṣphalīkṛtān me prabrūtād iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 26.0 yad āgnīdhras trir haraty atha saṃpraiṣam
āha brahmann uttaraṃ parigrāhaṃ parigrahīṣyāmīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 29.0 athāntarvedi tiryañcaṃ sphyaṃ stabdhvā saṃpraiṣam
āha prokṣaṇīr āsādayedhmābarhir upasādaya sruvaṃ ca srucaś ca saṃmṛḍḍhi patnīṃ saṃnahya ājyenodehīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 1.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāti ghṛtavatīm adhvaryo srucam āsyasveti taj juhūpabhṛtāv
ādāyātyākramyāśrāvyāha samidho yajeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 11.0 athopastīrya dakṣiṇasya puroḍāśasya pūrvārdhād avadyann
āha agnaye 'nubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 21.0 athopastīryottarasya puroḍāśasyāparārdhād avadyann
āhāgnīṣomābhyām iti paurṇamāsyām indrāya vaimṛdhāyeti ca indrāgnibhyām ity amāvāsyāyām asaṃnayata indrāyeti saṃnayato mahendrāyeti vā yadi mahendrayājī bhavati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 17, 8.0 athopastīrya dviḥ puroḍāśasyāvadyann
āhendrāyānubrūhīti mahendrāyeti vā yadi mahendrayājī bhavati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 17, 14.0 athopastīrya dakṣiṇasya puroḍāśasyottarārdhād avadyann
āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 1.0 atha saṃpraiṣam
āha brahman prasthāsyāmaḥ samidham ādhāyāgnīd agnīn sakṛtsakṛt saṃmṛḍḍhīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 5.0 athādhvaryur vedam upabhṛtaṃ kṛtvā catura ājyasya gṛhṇāna
āha somāyety upāṃśv anubrūhīty uccaiḥ //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 14.0 atha catura evājyasya gṛhṇāna
āhāgnaye gṛhapataya ity upāṃśv anubrūhīty uccaiḥ //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 7.0 āhaihi yajamāneti pūrvayā dvāropaniṣkramya tāṃ diśaṃ yanti yatrāsya yūpa spaṣṭo bhavati yatra vā vetsyan manyate //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 37.0 athāgnīdhram
āha agnīd ehīmaṃ yūpāvaṭaṃ khana uparasaṃmitaṃ prāk purīṣam udvapatāt caturaṅgulenoparam atikhanatāt iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 44.0 atha saṃpraiṣam
āha agnaye praṇīyamānāyānubrūhi agnīd ekasphyayānusaṃdhehīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 3, 27.0 agnivaty uttaraṃ parigrāhaṃ parigṛhya yoyupitvā tiryañcaṃ sphyaṃ stabdhvā saṃpraiṣam
āha prokṣaṇīr āsādaya idhmābarhir upasādaya sruvaṃ svadhitiṃ srucaś ca saṃmṛḍḍhi tūṣṇīṃ pṛṣadājyagrahaṇīm patnīṃ saṃnahya ājyena ca dadhnā codehīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 36.0 athaitāṃ triguṇāṃ raśanāṃ triḥ saṃbhujya madhyamena guṇena nābhidaghne parivyayann
āha parivīyamāṇāyānubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 7, 8.0 parihitāsu stokīyāsu śṛtāyāṃ vapāyāṃ juhūpabhṛtāv
ādāyātyākramyāśrāvyāha svāhākṛtībhyaḥ preṣya iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 7, 11.0 athopastīrya dviḥ sruveṇa vapāṃ samavalumpann
āha indrāgnibhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyā medaso 'vadīyamānasyānubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 7, 13.0 atyākramyāśrāvyāha indrāgnibhyāṃ chāgasya vapāṃ medaḥ prasthitaṃ preṣya iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 1.0 atha saṃpraiṣam
āha agnīt paśupuroḍāśaṃ nirvapa pratiprasthātaḥ paśuṃ viśādhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 6.0 atha juhūpabhṛtor upastṛṇāna
āha indrāgnibhyāṃ puroḍāśasyāvadīyamānasyānubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 22.0 atha saṃpraiṣam
āha agnīd uttarabarhir upasādaya pratiprasthātaḥ paśau saṃvadasva iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 9, 27.0 atha pradakṣiṇam āvṛtya pṛṣadājyāt sruveṇopaghnann
āha vanaspataye 'nubrūhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 10, 2.0 atha saṃpraiṣam
āhāgnīd aupayajān aṅgārān āhara upayaṣṭar upasīda brahman prasthāsyāmaḥ samidham ādhāyāgnīd agnīn sakṛtsakṛt saṃmṛḍḍhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 10, 6.0 athādhvaryuḥ pṛṣadājyaṃ vihatya juhvāṃ
samānīyātyākramyāśrāvyāha devebhyaḥ preṣyeti //
BaudhŚS, 10, 23, 5.0 athopaniṣkramya saṃpraiṣam
āha subrahmaṇya subrahmaṇyām āhvaya tristanavrataṃ prayacchateti //
BaudhŚS, 10, 23, 20.0 yad āgnīdhras trir haraty athāgreṇa śālāṃ tiṣṭhan saṃpraiṣam
āha vedikārā vediṃ kalpayateti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 sakṛd āśrāvite sa
yatrāha bharatavad iti tad gṛhapater evārṣeyaṃ prathamaṃ vṛṇīte 'tha hotur athātmano 'tha brahmaṇo 'thodgātur atha pratiprasthātur atha prastotur atha praśāstur atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'cchāvākasya sadasyasyāgnīdhaḥ potur neṣṭur grāvastuta unnetuḥ subrahmaṇyasya pratihartur antataḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 5, 4.0 sa
yatrāha adhvaryū yajatam iti tad adhvaryū jaghanena havirdhāne upaviśya svayamṛtuyājaṃ yajato ye3 yajāmahe aśvinādhvaryū ādhvaryavād ṛtunā somaṃ pibatām arvāñcam adya yayyaṃ nṛvāhaṇam rathaṃ yuñjāthām iha vāṃ vimocanaṃ pṛṅktaṃ havīṃṣi madhunā hi kaṃ gatam athā somaṃ pibataṃ vājinīvasū ṛtunā somaṃ pibatām vau3ṣat iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 5, 5.0 sa
yatrāha gṛhapate yajeti tad gṛhapatir jaghanena gārhapatyam upaviśya svayamṛtuyājaṃ yajati ye3 yajāmahe agniṃ gṛhapatiṃ gārhapatyāt sugṛhapatayas tvayāgna ime sunvanto yajamānāḥ syuḥ sugṛhapatis tvam ebhiḥ sunvadbhir yajamānaiḥ syā agnir gṛhapatir gārhapatyāt ṛtunā somaṃ pibatu joṣy agne samidhaṃ joṣy āhutim joṣi brahma janyaṃ joṣi suṣṭutiṃ viśvebhir viśvāṁ ṛtunā vaso maha uśan devāṁ uśataḥ pāyayā haviḥ ṛtunā somaṃ pibatū vau3ṣaḍ iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 9, 5.0 tad u vā
āhur yo vā apathena pratipadyate sthāṇuṃ vā hanti gartaṃ vā patati bhreṣaṃ sa nyeti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 12, 1.0 tad u vā
āhur yad dvādaśa dīkṣā dvādaśopasado dvādaśāhaṃ prasutāḥ katham asyaitāny ahānīṣṭāny āprītāni paśumanti bhavantīti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 12, 5.0 tad u vā
āhur yad dvādaśa dīkṣā dvādaśopasado dvādaśāhaṃ prasutāḥ kathaṃ dvādaśāhena saṃvatsara āpyata iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 16, 11.0 tad u vā
āhur yad vācā yajñas tāyate tena sarasvaty āptā yad u yajñas tena viṣṇuḥ //
BaudhŚS, 16, 21, 13.0 prastute sāmni saṃpraiṣam
āha ājisṛta ājiṃ dhāvata dundubhīn samāghnata abhiṣotāro 'bhiṣuṇuta agnīd āśiraṃ vinayolūkhalam udvādaya pratiprasthātaḥ saumyasya viddhi iti //
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
BhārGS, 1, 9, 6.0 tāṃ khalvimāṃ sāvitrīṃ saṃvatsarādeka
āhur dvādaśarātrād eke trirātrādeke sadya eke //
BhārGS, 1, 9, 8.0 athāsmai daṇḍaṃ prayacchann
āha brahmacāryasi samidha ādhehy apo 'śāna karma kuru mā divā suṣupthā bhikṣācaryaṃ carācāryādhīno vedam adhīṣveti //
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
BhārŚS, 7, 15, 11.0 prayutā dveṣāṃsīti vapāśrapaṇībhyāṃ pramucya ghṛtavatīm ity abhijñāyottamāya
prayājāyātyākramyāśrāvyāha svāhākṛtībhyaḥ preṣyeti //
BhārŚS, 7, 20, 10.0 atra nāriṣṭhān hutvā juhvā pṛṣadājyasya
sakṛdupahatyāha vanaspataye 'nubrūhīti //
BhārŚS, 7, 21, 8.0 juhūpabhṛtāv ādāya pṛṣadājyaṃ juhvāṃ
samānīyātyākramyāśrāvyāha devebhyaḥ preṣyeti //
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 3, 28.6 mṛtyur vā asat sad amṛtaṃ mṛtyor māmṛtaṃ gamayāmṛtaṃ mā kurv ity evaitad
āha /
BĀU, 1, 3, 28.8 mṛtyur vai tamo jyotir amṛtaṃ mṛtyor māmṛtaṃ gamayāmṛtaṃ mā kurv ity evaitad
āha /
BĀU, 1, 4, 3.7 tasmād idam ardhabṛgalam iva sva iti ha
smāha yājñavalkyaḥ /
BĀU, 1, 4, 6.5 tad yad idam
āhur amuṃ yajāmuṃ yajety ekaikaṃ devam etasyaiva sā visṛṣṭiḥ /
BĀU, 1, 4, 9.1 tad
āhur yad brahmavidyayā sarvaṃ bhaviṣyanto manuṣyā manyante /
BĀU, 1, 5, 2.18 tad yad idam
āhuḥ saṃvatsaraṃ payasā juhvad apa punarmṛtyuṃ jayatīti /
BĀU, 1, 5, 15.7 tasmād yady api sarvajyāniṃ jīyata ātmanā cej jīvati pradhināgād ity
evāhuḥ //
BĀU, 1, 5, 17.2 yadā praiṣyan manyate 'tha putram
āha tvaṃ brahma tvaṃ yajñas tvaṃ loka iti /
BĀU, 3, 7, 2.3 tasmād vai gautama puruṣaṃ pretam
āhur vyasraṃsiṣatāsyāṅgānīti /
BĀU, 3, 9, 10.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam
āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 11.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam
āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 12.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam
āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 13.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam
āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 14.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam
āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 15.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam
āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 16.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam
āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 17.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam
āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 22.9 tasmād api pratirūpaṃ jātam
āhur hṛdayād iva sṛpto hṛdayād iva nirmita iti /
BĀU, 4, 4, 9.1 tasmiñśuklam uta nīlam
āhuḥ piṅgalaṃ haritaṃ lohitaṃ ca /
BĀU, 6, 4, 4.3 etaddha sma vai tad vidvān kumārahārita
āha bahavo maryā brāhmaṇāyanā nirindriyā visukṛto 'smāllokāt prayanti ya idam avidvāṃso 'dhopahāsaṃ carantīti /
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 2, 1, 2.2 sāmnainam upāgād iti sādhunainam upāgād ity eva tad
āhuḥ /
ChU, 2, 1, 3.2 sāma no bateti yat sādhu bhavati sādhu batety eva tad
āhuḥ /
ChU, 2, 1, 3.3 asāma no bateti yad asādhu bhavaty asādhu batety eva tad
āhuḥ //
ChU, 4, 1, 3.1 tam u ha paraḥ pratyuvāca kam v ara enam etat santaṃ sayugvānam iva raikvam
āttha iti /
ChU, 4, 1, 5.2 sa ha saṃjihāna eva kṣattāram uvācāṅgāre ha sayugvānam iva raikvam
āttheti /
ChU, 4, 2, 3.1 tam u ha paraḥ
pratyuvācāha hāretvā śūdra tavaiva saha gobhir astv iti /
ChU, 4, 3, 7.3 mahāntam asya mahimānam
āhur anadyamāno yad anannam atti /
ChU, 6, 2, 1.2 taddhaika
āhur asad evedam agra āsīd ekam evādvitīyam /
ChU, 6, 4, 5.1 etaddha sma vai tadvidvāṃsa
āhuḥ pūrve mahāśālā mahāśrotriyāḥ /
ChU, 7, 5, 2.2 tasmād yady api bahuvid acitto bhavati nāyam astīty evainam
āhuḥ /
ChU, 7, 11, 1.2 tad vā etad vāyum āgṛhyākāśam abhitapati
tadāhur niśocati nitapati varṣiṣyati vā iti /
ChU, 7, 11, 1.4 tad etad ūrdhvābhiś ca tiraścībhiś ca vidyudbhir āhrādāś caranti tasmād
āhur vidyotate stanayati varṣiṣyati vā iti /
ChU, 8, 8, 5.1 tasmād apyadyehādadānam aśraddadhānam ayajamānam
āhur āsuro bateti /
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
DrāhŚS, 15, 3, 21.0 ahargaṇeṣvenaṃ sadātipraiṣeṇa praśāstā vācaṃ yamayati rājānaṃ rakṣeti
cāha tadubhayaṃ kuryād ā vasatīvarīṇāṃ pariharaṇāt //
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 1, 7, 5.0 triḥphalīkṛtāṃs taṇḍulān trir devebhyaḥ prakṣālayed ity
āhur dvir manuṣyebhyaḥ sakṛt pitṛbhya iti //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 1, 13, 11.0 taṃ ha smaitam evaṃ vidvāṃsaḥ pūrve śrotriyā yajñaṃ tataṃ sāvasāya ha
smāhety abhivrajanti //
GB, 1, 1, 15, 1.0 tad u ha
smāhātharvā devo vijānan yajñaviriṣṭānandānīty upaśamayeran yajñe prāyaścittiḥ kriyate 'pi ca yad u bahv iva yajñe vilomaṃ kriyate na caivāsya kācanārtir bhavati na ca yajñaviṣkandham upayāty apahanti punarmṛtyum apātyeti punarājātiṃ kāmacāro 'sya sarveṣu lokeṣu bhāti ya evaṃ veda yaś caivaṃ vidvān brahmā bhavati yasya caivaṃ vidvān brahmā dakṣiṇataḥ sado 'dhyāste yasya caivaṃ vidvān brahmā dakṣiṇata udaṅmukha āsīno yajña ājyāhutīr juhotīti brāhmaṇam //
GB, 1, 1, 25, 14.0 udāttodātta dvipada a u ity ardhacatasro mātrā makāre vyañjanam ity
āhuḥ //
GB, 1, 1, 32, 18.0 sa hovācātra vā upetaṃ ca sarvaṃ ca kṛtaṃ pāpakena tvā yānena carantam
āhuḥ //
GB, 1, 1, 32, 25.0 taṃ hopetya papraccha kiṃ svid
āhur bhoḥ savitur vareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya kavayaḥ kim āhur dhiyo vicakṣva yadi tāḥ pravettha //
GB, 1, 1, 32, 25.0 taṃ hopetya papraccha kiṃ svid āhur bhoḥ savitur vareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya kavayaḥ kim
āhur dhiyo vicakṣva yadi tāḥ pravettha //
GB, 1, 2, 4, 21.0 taṃ ha sma tatputraṃ bhrātaraṃ vopatāpinam
āhur upanayetainam iti //
GB, 1, 2, 5, 26.0 apy apakīrtitam ācāryo brahmacārīty eka
āhur ākāśam adhidaivatam //
GB, 1, 2, 21, 1.0 agniṃ
tvāhur vaiśvānaraṃ sadanān pradahanv agāḥ sa no devatrādhibrūhi mā riṣāmā vayaṃ taveti //
GB, 1, 3, 1, 4.0 evam evaiṣā vyāhṛtiḥ sarvān vedān abhivahaty om iti harcām om iti yajuṣām om iti sāmnām om iti
sarvasyāhābhivādaḥ //
GB, 1, 3, 3, 1.0 tad u ha
smāha śvetaketur āruṇeyo brahmāṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhāṣamāṇam ardhaṃ me 'sya yajñasyāntaragād iti //
GB, 1, 3, 19, 18.0 annastho nāmastho bhavatīty
āhus tasya ye 'nnam adanti te 'sya pāpmānam adanti //
GB, 1, 3, 19, 22.0 sa dīkṣāṇāṃ prātar jāyate somaṃ krīṇanti tasya jātasya vijñātasya krītasomasya bhojanīyaṃ bhavatīty
āhuḥ //
GB, 1, 4, 19, 1.0 tad
āhur yad dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaro 'tha haitad ahar avāpnuyāmeti //
GB, 1, 4, 20, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ katham ubhayatojyotiṣo 'bhiplavā anyataratojyotiḥ pṛṣṭhya iti //
GB, 1, 4, 20, 8.0 daśarātram uddhiṃ pṛṣṭhyābhiplavau cakre tantraṃ kurvīteti ha
smāha vāsyuḥ //
GB, 1, 5, 2, 23.0 atha ha
smāha śvetaketur āruṇeyaḥ saṃvatsarāya nv ahaṃ dīkṣā iti //
GB, 1, 5, 12, 6.0 sa yad
āha gāyatrachandā anu tvārabha iti gāyatreṇa chandasā vasubhir devaiḥ prātaḥsavane 'smiṃlloke 'gniṃ santam anvārabhate //
GB, 1, 5, 12, 7.0 sa yad
āha svasti mā saṃpārayeti gāyatreṇaiva chandasā vasubhir devaiḥ prātaḥsavane 'smiṃlloke 'gninā devena svasti mā saṃpārayeti gāyatreṇaivainaṃ tacchandasā vasubhir devaiḥ prātaḥsavane 'smiṃlloke 'gninā devena svasti sampadyate ya evaṃ veda //
GB, 1, 5, 13, 6.0 sa yad
āha triṣṭupchandā anu tvārabha iti traiṣṭubhena chandasā rudrair devair mādhyaṃdine savane 'ntarikṣaloke vāyuṃ santam anvārabhate //
GB, 1, 5, 13, 7.0 sa yad
āha svasti mā saṃpārayeti traiṣṭubhenaiva chandasā rudrair devair mādhyaṃdine savane antarikṣaloke vāyunā devena svasti mā saṃpārayeti //
GB, 1, 5, 14, 10.0 sa yad
āha jagacchandā anu tvārabha iti jāgatena chandasādityair devais tṛtīyasavane 'muṣmiṃlloke sūryaṃ santam anvārabhate //
GB, 1, 5, 14, 11.0 sa yad
āha svasti mā saṃpārayeti jāgatenaiva chandasādityair devais tṛtīyasavane 'muṣmiṃlloke sūryeṇa devena svasti mā saṃpārayeti jāgatenaivainaṃ tacchandasādityair devais tṛtīyasavane 'muṣmiṃlloke sūryeṇa devena svasti sampadyate ya evaṃ veda //
GB, 1, 5, 16, 1.0 sa yad
āha mayi bharga iti pṛthivīm evaitallokānām āhāgniṃ devānāṃ vasūn devān devagaṇānāṃ gāyatraṃ chandasāṃ prācīṃ diśāṃ vasantam ṛtūnāṃ trivṛtaṃ stomānām ṛgvedaṃ vedānāṃ hautraṃ hotrakāṇāṃ vācam indriyāṇām //
GB, 1, 5, 16, 1.0 sa yad āha mayi bharga iti pṛthivīm evaitallokānām
āhāgniṃ devānāṃ vasūn devān devagaṇānāṃ gāyatraṃ chandasāṃ prācīṃ diśāṃ vasantam ṛtūnāṃ trivṛtaṃ stomānām ṛgvedaṃ vedānāṃ hautraṃ hotrakāṇāṃ vācam indriyāṇām //
GB, 1, 5, 17, 1.0 sa yad
āha mayi maha ity antarikṣam evaitallokānām āha vāyuṃ devānāṃ rudrān devān devagaṇānāṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ chandasāṃ pratīcīṃ diśāṃ grīṣmam ṛtūnāṃ pañcadaśaṃ stomānāṃ yajurvedaṃ vedānām ādhvaryavaṃ hotrakāṇāṃ prāṇam indriyāṇām //
GB, 1, 5, 17, 1.0 sa yad āha mayi maha ity antarikṣam evaitallokānām
āha vāyuṃ devānāṃ rudrān devān devagaṇānāṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ chandasāṃ pratīcīṃ diśāṃ grīṣmam ṛtūnāṃ pañcadaśaṃ stomānāṃ yajurvedaṃ vedānām ādhvaryavaṃ hotrakāṇāṃ prāṇam indriyāṇām //
GB, 1, 5, 18, 1.0 sa yad
āha mayi yaśa iti divam evaitallokānām āhādityaṃ devānām ādityān devagaṇānāṃ jāgataṃ chandasām udīcīṃ diśāṃ varṣā ṛtūnāṃ saptadaśaṃ stomānāṃ sāmavedaṃ vedānām audgātraṃ hotrakāṇāṃ cakṣur indriyāṇām //
GB, 1, 5, 18, 1.0 sa yad āha mayi yaśa iti divam evaitallokānām
āhādityaṃ devānām ādityān devagaṇānāṃ jāgataṃ chandasām udīcīṃ diśāṃ varṣā ṛtūnāṃ saptadaśaṃ stomānāṃ sāmavedaṃ vedānām audgātraṃ hotrakāṇāṃ cakṣur indriyāṇām //
GB, 1, 5, 19, 1.0 sa yad
āha mayi sarvam ity apa evaitallokānām āha candramasaṃ devānāṃ viśvān devān devagaṇānām ānuṣṭubhaṃ chandasāṃ dakṣiṇāṃ diśāṃ śaradam ṛtūnām ekaviṃśaṃ stomānāṃ brahmavedaṃ vedānāṃ brahmatvaṃ hotrakāṇāṃ mana indriyāṇām //
GB, 1, 5, 19, 1.0 sa yad āha mayi sarvam ity apa evaitallokānām
āha candramasaṃ devānāṃ viśvān devān devagaṇānām ānuṣṭubhaṃ chandasāṃ dakṣiṇāṃ diśāṃ śaradam ṛtūnām ekaviṃśaṃ stomānāṃ brahmavedaṃ vedānāṃ brahmatvaṃ hotrakāṇāṃ mana indriyāṇām //
GB, 2, 1, 4, 28.0 sa yajñaṃ pāhi sa yajñapatiṃ pāhi sa māṃ pāhi sa māṃ karmaṇyaṃ pāhīty
āha //
GB, 2, 1, 19, 20.0 atho
āhur daśinīṃ virājam iti prayājānuyājā havīṃṣy āghārāv ājyabhāgāv iti //
GB, 2, 1, 24, 3.0 tad
āhur yad aparapakṣabhājo vai pitaraḥ kasmād enān pūrvapakṣe yajantīti //
GB, 2, 2, 3, 26.0 anu me dīkṣāṃ dīkṣāpatir manyatām anu tapas tapaspatir añjasā satyam upa geṣaṃ svite mā dhā ity
āha yathāyajur evaitat //
GB, 2, 2, 4, 7.0 aṃśur aṃśuṣ ṭe deva somāpyāyatām indrāyaikadhanavida ity
āha //
GB, 2, 2, 6, 31.0 tad
āhur na prathamayajñe pravargyaṃ kurvītānupanāmukā ha vā enam uttare yajñakratavo bhavantīti //
GB, 2, 2, 9, 1.0 atha
yatrāhādhvaryur agnīd devapatnīr vyācakṣva subrahmaṇya subrahmaṇyām āhvayeti tad apareṇa gārhapatyaṃ prāṅmukhas tiṣṭhann anavānann āgnīdhro devapatnīr vyācaṣṭe //
GB, 2, 2, 10, 9.0 taṃ ha sma yad
āhuḥ kasmāt tvam idam āsandyām āsīnaḥ saktubhir upamathya somaṃ pibasīti //
GB, 2, 2, 17, 1.0 tad
āhur atha kasmāt saumya evādhvare pravṛtāhutīr juhvati na haviryajña iti //
GB, 2, 2, 20, 1.0 tad
āhur yad aindro yajño 'tha kasmād dvāv eva prātaḥsavane prasthitānāṃ pratyakṣād aindrībhyāṃ yajato hotā caiva brāhmaṇācchaṃsī ca //
GB, 2, 2, 22, 1.0 tad
āhur yad aindrārbhavaṃ tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād eka eva tṛtīyasavane prasthitānāṃ pratyakṣād aindrārbhavyā yajati //
GB, 2, 3, 1, 8.0 atha saṃsthitān somān bhakṣayantīty
āhur yeṣāṃ nānuvaṣaṭkaroti //
GB, 2, 3, 1, 10.0 yad eva somasyāgne vīhīty anuvaṣaṭkaroti tenaiva saṃsthitān somān bhakṣayantīty
āhuḥ //
GB, 2, 3, 3, 13.0 kiṃ svit sa yajamānasya pāpabhadram ādriyeteti ha
smāha yo 'sya vaṣaṭkartā bhavati //
GB, 2, 3, 5, 7.0 tad u
smāha dīrgham evaitat sadaprabhv ojaḥ saha oja ity anumantrayeta //
GB, 2, 3, 20, 23.0 te vai pañcānyad bhūtvā pañcānyad bhūtvākalpetām āhāvaś ca hiṃkāraś ca prastāvaś ca prathamā carg udgīthaś ca madhyamā ca pratīhāraś cottamā ca nidhanaṃ ca vaṣaṭkāraś ca te yat pañcānyad bhūtvā pañcānyad bhūtvākalpetāṃ tasmād
āhuḥ pāṅkto yajñaḥ //
GB, 2, 3, 20, 25.0 yad u virājaṃ daśinīm abhisaṃpadyetāṃ tasmād
āhur virāji yajño daśinyāṃ pratiṣṭhita iti //
GB, 2, 4, 13, 1.0 tad
āhur yad dvayor devatayo stuvata indrāgnyor ity atha kasmād bhūyiṣṭhā devatā ukthe śasyanta iti //
GB, 2, 6, 6, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ kathaṃ dvyuktho hotaikasūkta ekokthā hotrā dvisūktā iti //
GB, 2, 6, 6, 28.0 tad
āhur yad dvyuktho hotaikasūkta ekokthā hotrā dvisūktāḥ kathaṃ tat samaṃ bhavati //
GB, 2, 6, 6, 30.0 tad
āhur yad agniṣṭoma eva sati yajñe dve hotur ukthe atiricyete kathaṃ tato hotrā na vyavacchidyanta iti //
GB, 2, 6, 6, 32.0 tad
āhur yad agniṣṭoma eva sati yajñe sarvā devatāḥ sarvāṇi chandāṃsy āpyāyayanty atha katamena chandasāyātayāmāny ukthāni praṇayanti kayā devatayeti //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 6, 10.0 ādityāyāñjaliṃ kṛtvācāryāyopasaṃgṛhya dakṣiṇataḥ kumāra upaviśyādhīhi bho ity
uktvāthāha sāvitrīṃ bho anubrūhīti //
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 19, 60.0 trayaḥ snātakā bhavantīti ha
smāhāruṇir gautamo vidyāsnātako vratasnātako vidyāvratasnātaka iti //
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 2, 6.1 tad etad
āhur idānīṃ vā ayam ito 'vāsīd athetthād vātīti /
JUB, 1, 9, 1.1 tad
āhur yad ovā ovā iti gīyate kvātrarg bhavati kva sāmeti //
JUB, 1, 10, 9.1 taddha pṛthur vainyo divyān vrātyān papraccha sthūṇāṃ divastambhanīṃ sūryam
āhur antarikṣe sūryaḥ pṛthivīpratiṣṭhaḥ /
JUB, 1, 10, 10.1 te ha pratyūcuḥ sthūṇām eva divastambhanīṃ sūryam
āhur antarikṣe sūryaḥ pṛthivīpratiṣṭhaḥ /
JUB, 1, 14, 4.2 sa ha
smāha sucittaḥ śailano yo yajñakāmo mām eva sa vṛṇītām //
JUB, 1, 17, 1.1 tad
āhur yad ovā ovā iti gīyate kvātrarg bhavati kva sāmeti //
JUB, 1, 22, 8.1 sa yathā madhvālopam adyād iti ha
smāha sucittaḥ śailana evam etasya rasasyātmānam pūrayeta /
JUB, 1, 30, 1.1 tad yathā girim panthānaḥ samudiyur iti ha
smāha śāṭyāyanir evam eta ādityasya raśmaya etam ādityaṃ sarvato 'piyanti /
JUB, 1, 37, 5.1 atho uccā khalv
āhur ekayaivāgayodgeyaṃ yad evāsya madhyaṃ vāca iti /
JUB, 1, 45, 1.1 taddha pṛthur vainyo divyān vrātyān papracchendram uktham ṛcam udgītham
āhur brahma sāma prāṇaṃ vyānam /
JUB, 1, 45, 1.2 mano vā cakṣur apānam
āhuḥ śrotraṃ śrotriyā bahudhā vadantīti //
JUB, 1, 54, 6.1 tāṃ sambhaviṣyann
āhāmo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sā tvam asy amo 'ham /
JUB, 1, 58, 1.1 tad yad idam
āhuḥ ka udagāsīr iti ka etam ādityam agāsīr iti ha vā etat pṛcchanti //
JUB, 2, 5, 12.1 etaṃ ha sma vai tad udgīthaṃ vidvāṃsaḥ pūrve brāhmaṇāḥ kāmāgāyina
āhuḥ kati te putrān āgāsyāma iti //
JUB, 3, 1, 20.1 tad yad idam
āhur na batādya vātīti sa haitat puruṣe 'ntar niramate sa pūrṇaḥ svedamāna āste //
JUB, 3, 2, 4.2 mahāntam asya mahimānam
āhur anadyamāno yad adantam attīti //
JUB, 3, 3, 14.1 tad
āhur yad asya prāṇasya puruṣaḥ śarīram atha kenānye prāṇāḥ śarīravanto bhavantīti //
JUB, 3, 7, 6.1 sa ha
smāha sudakṣiṇaḥ kṣaimir yatra bhūyiṣṭhāḥ kurupañcālāḥ samāgatā bhavitāras tan na eṣa saṃvādo nānupadṛṣṭe śūdrā iva saṃvadiṣyāmaha iti //
JUB, 3, 8, 3.1 taṃ ha saṃgrahītovācātha yad bhagavas te tābhyāṃ na kuśalaṃ kathettham
āttheti //
JUB, 3, 13, 5.1 mahad ivābhiparivartayan gāyed iti ha
smāha nāko mahāgrāmo mahāniveśo bhavatīti /
JUB, 3, 14, 1.2 sa yo ha nāmnā vā gotreṇa vā prabrūte taṃ
hāha yas te 'yam mayy ātmābhūd eṣa te sa iti //
JUB, 3, 14, 5.1 taṃ
hāha yas tvam asi so 'ham asmi yo 'ham asmi sa tvam asy ehīti //
JUB, 3, 17, 1.1 sa yadi yajña ṛkto bhreṣann iyād brahmaṇe prabrūtety
āhuḥ /
JUB, 3, 17, 1.4 atha yadi anupasmṛtāt kuta idam ajanīti brahmaṇe prabrūtety
evāhuḥ //
JUB, 3, 17, 4.1 tad
āhur yad ahauṣīn me grahān me 'grahīd ity adhvaryave dakṣiṇā nayanty aśaṃsīn me vaṣaḍakar ma iti hotra udagāsīn ma ity udgātre 'tha kiṃ cakruṣe brahmaṇe tūṣṇīm āsīnāya samāvatīr evetarair ṛtvigbhir dakṣiṇā nayantīti //
JUB, 3, 19, 1.2 yad
āha somaḥ pavata iti vopāvartadhvam iti vā vācaiva tad vāco vajraṃ vigṛhyate vācaḥ satyenātimucyate /
JUB, 3, 22, 7.1 yad vāva me yuvayor ity
āha tad vāva me punar dattam iti //
JUB, 3, 29, 5.1 atha yad bhagava
āhur iti hovāca ya āvirbhavaty anye 'sya lokam upayantīty atha katham aśako ma āvirbhavitum iti //
JUB, 3, 31, 9.1 tasmai ha kurupañcālānām brāhmaṇā asūyanta
āhur eṣu ha vā ayaṃ kulyeṣu satsūdgāsyati /
JUB, 3, 32, 1.1 taddha sātyakīrtā
āhur yāṃ vayaṃ devatām upāsmaha ekam eva vayaṃ tasyai devatāyai rūpaṃ gavy ādiśāma ekaṃ vāhana ekaṃ hastiny ekam puruṣa ekaṃ sarveṣu bhūteṣu /
JUB, 3, 34, 2.1 tad yatrāda
āha somaḥ pavata iti vopāvartadhvam iti vā tat sahaiva vācā manasā prāṇena svareṇa hiṃkurvanti /
JUB, 4, 9, 3.1 tad
āhuḥ sa vā udgātā yo yajamānasya prāṇebhyo 'dhi mṛtyupāśān unmuñcatīti //
JUB, 4, 9, 9.1 tad
āhuḥ sa vā udgātā yo yajamānasya prāṇebhyo 'dhi mṛtyupāśān unmucyāthainaṃ sāṅgaṃ satanuṃ sarvamṛtyoḥ spṛṇātīti //
JUB, 4, 10, 9.0 tad
āhuḥ sa vā udgātā yo yajamānasya prāṇebhyo 'dhi mṛtyupāśān unmucyāthainaṃ sāṅgaṃ satanuṃ sarvamṛtyoḥ spṛtvā svarge loke saptadhā dadhātīti //
JUB, 4, 23, 7.1 etacchuklaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ tāmraṃ sāmavarṇa iti ha
smāha yadaiva śuklakṛṣṇe tāmro varṇo 'bhyavaiti sa vai te vṛṅte daśama mānuṣam iti tridhātu /
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 2, 1.0 tad yad
āhuḥ kena juhoti kasmin hūyata iti prāṇenaiva juhoti prāṇe hūyate tad etad annaṃ prāṇe juhoti //
JB, 1, 11, 1.0 atha ha
smāha nagarī jānaśruteyo 'sau vā ādityo 'staṃ yann agnim eva yoniṃ praviśatīti //
JB, 1, 15, 1.0 tad
āhur yaj jīvan puruṣaḥ karoty eva sādhu karoti pāpaṃ kā tayor duṣkṛtasukṛtayor vyāvṛttir iti //
JB, 1, 15, 5.0 tad
āhur durviditaṃ vai tad yadā martyavān duṣkṛtena saha vasāt //
JB, 1, 18, 7.1 sa yo ha nāmnā vā gotreṇa vā prabrūte taṃ
hāha yas te 'yaṃ mayy ātmābhūd eṣa te sa iti /
JB, 1, 41, 3.0 taṃ gandharvāpsarasa
āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 5.0 taṃ grahāś ca pitaraś
cāhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 7.0 taṃ prāṇāpānāv
āhatuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 9.0 tam udānāpānāv
āhatuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 11.0 taṃ samānavyānau garbhāś
cāhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 13.0 taṃ devajanā
āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 15.0 taṃ vayāṃsy
āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 17.0 tam ṛṣaya
āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 19.0 taṃ sarpajanā
āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 51, 4.0 tad
āhur yad etasya dīrghasattriṇo 'gnihotraṃ juhvato 'gnīn antareṇa yuktaṃ vā viyāyāt saṃ vā careyuḥ kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 53, 1.0 tad
āhur yad etasya dīrghasattriṇo 'gnihotraṃ juhvato 'gnihotraṃ duhyamānaṃ skandet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 54, 3.0 atho khalv
āhur yat prāca uddrutasya skandet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 55, 1.0 tad
āhur yad etasya dīrghasattriṇo 'gnihotraṃ juhvato 'gnihotraṃ duhyamānam amedhyam āpadyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 55, 11.0 atho khalv
āhur yad dugdham amedhyam āpadyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 55, 17.0 atho khalv
āhur yad adhiśritam amedhyam āpadyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 56, 12.0 atho khalv
āhur yad avavarṣet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 56, 14.0 atho khalv
āhur yat pūrvasyām āhutau hutāyām aṅgārā anugaccheyuḥ kvottarāṃ juhuyād iti //
JB, 1, 57, 5.0 atho khalv
āhur yat prācy uddrute yajamāno mriyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 57, 8.0 atho
khalvāhur yat pūrvasyām āhutau hutāyāṃ yajamāno mriyeta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 58, 1.0 tad
āhur yad etasya dīrghasattriṇo 'gnihotraṃ juhvato 'gnihotrī duhyamānopaviśet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 60, 1.0 tad
āhur yad etasya dīrghasattriṇo 'gnihotraṃ juhvato 'gnihotrīvatso naśyet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 60, 8.0 yadā vā eṣā suspṛṣṭaṃ varṣaty abhiniṣadyeva batāvarṣīd ity enām
āhuḥ //
JB, 1, 60, 9.0 atho khalv
āhur yad eṣā lohitaṃ duhīta kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 61, 8.0 atho khalv
āhur yad āhavanīya uddhṛto 'nugacchet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 61, 12.0 atho khalv
āhur yad āhavanīya uddhṛte gārhapatyo 'nugacchet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 62, 1.0 atho khalv
āhur yad āhavanīyam anuddhṛtam abhy astamiyāt kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 63, 11.0 atha haika
āhur ete ha vai svargaṃ lokaṃ paśyanto juhvati ya ādityam iti //
JB, 1, 65, 5.0 atho khalv
āhur yad agnāvagnim abhyuddharet kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 65, 12.0 atho khalv
āhur yad āhavanīyagārhapatyau saṃsṛjyeyātāṃ kiṃ tatra karma kā prāyaścittir iti //
JB, 1, 70, 8.0 yad
āha āyoṣ ṭvā sadane sādayāmīti yajño vā āyus tasyaitat sadanaṃ kriyate //
JB, 1, 72, 15.0 yad udīcīnadevatyā udgātāro 'tha kasmād viparyāvṛtya diśa ārtvijyaṃ kurvantīty
āhuḥ //
JB, 1, 73, 16.0 yad
āha bārhaspatyam asīti bṛhaspatir hy etam agre pratyagṛhṇāt //
JB, 1, 73, 17.0 yad
āha vānaspatyam iti vanaspatibhyo hy enam adhikurvanti //
JB, 1, 73, 19.0 yad
āha atyāyupātram ity ati hy etad anyāni pātrāṇi pātraṃ //
JB, 1, 76, 1.0 tad
āhur adhvaryo kiṃ stutaṃ stotraṃ hotā prātaranuvākenānvaśaṃsīd iti //
JB, 1, 76, 2.0 akarma vayaṃ tad yad asmākaṃ karmety
āha hotāraṃ pṛcchateti //
JB, 1, 76, 4.0 akarma vayaṃ tad yad asmākaṃ karmety
āhodgātāraṃ pṛcchateti //
JB, 1, 84, 11.0 grāvo ha
smāha maitreyaḥ kiṃ mama ekasmā āgāsyāmi kim ekasmā iti //
JB, 1, 84, 12.0 etena ha sma vai sa tad
āha somodgāyodgāya somedam amuṣmā idam amuṣmā iti //
JB, 1, 87, 19.0 tad u vā
āhuḥ satraitat pratyavarūḍhaṃ svargakāmyā vai yajata iti //
JB, 1, 89, 7.0 kapivano ha
smāha bhauvāyanaḥ kiṃ te yajñaṃ gacchanti ye devasomasyābhakṣayitvā pra vā sarpanti pra vā dhāvayantīti //
JB, 1, 98, 4.0 ugradevo ha
smāha rājanir nāhaṃ manuṣyāyārātīyāmi yān asmai trīn devānāṃ śreṣṭhān arātīyato 'śṛṇom //
JB, 1, 101, 1.0 tad
āhur hiṃkāreṇa vai prajāpatiḥ prajābhyo 'nnādyam asṛjata //
JB, 1, 101, 5.0 tad u vā
āhur mradīya iva vā ato reto dāruṇatara iva hiṃkāraḥ //
JB, 1, 103, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ samadam iva vā etac chandobhyaḥ kurvanti yad gāyatre sati prātassavane sarvāṇi chandāṃsy abhigīyante yodhukāḥ prajā bhavantīti //
JB, 1, 106, 11.0 tad
āhur yad ājyāni sarvāṇi samānanidhanāni kenājāmi kriyanta iti //
JB, 1, 114, 9.0 sadhryaśvo ha
smāha taigmāyudhiḥ ka u svid adya rasadihāv urasi nimradiṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 118, 10.0 uttarakuravo
hāhur avaṣaṭkṛtasyaiva somasya kurupañcālā bhakṣayantīti //
JB, 1, 118, 15.0 tad u ha
smāha mārjaḥ śailano bhrātṛvyān vāva nidhanena toṣayatīti //
JB, 1, 133, 15.0 atha yan nasthuṣa ity
āha nāsya śrīs tiṣṭhati bahavo 'sya svāyātena yānti //
JB, 1, 134, 9.0 tasmād
āhur na svakṛtam iriṇam adhyavaseyam īśvaraḥ pāpīyān bhavitor yat svakṛtam iriṇam adhyavasyatīti //
JB, 1, 138, 21.0 tad
āhuḥ prāvṛto 'nejann udgāyen nen mopadraṣṭānuvyāharād iti //
JB, 1, 141, 20.0 tad
āhur na puruṣa iti brūyāt parokṣam eva dhyāyen manasaiva niyacched iti //
JB, 1, 141, 21.0 tad u vā
āhur naiva parokṣaṃ dhyāyen na manasā niyacched yad vāva veda tenaivāptam iti //
JB, 1, 144, 17.0 tad
āhuḥ prādeśamātrād vā etad imaṃ lokaṃ na spṛśati prādeśamātrād amuṃ neti //
JB, 1, 144, 18.0 atho
āhur yāvad eva goḥ sūtāyā ulbaṃ tāvataivemaṃ lokaṃ na spṛśati tāvatāmuṃ neti //
JB, 1, 144, 19.0 atho
āhur yāvad eva śakṛty ulbaṃ tāvataivemaṃ lokaṃ na spṛśati tāvatāmuṃ neti //
JB, 1, 144, 21.0 tad u vā
āhur yathā vā akṣeṇa cakrau viṣṭabdhāv evam etenemau lokau viṣṭabdhau //
JB, 1, 156, 3.0 tān vijitya yathālokam āsīnān indra etyābravīt trīṇi chandāṃsi trayaḥ prāṇāpānavyānās traya ime lokās trir deveṣv ity
āhur eta imāni trīṇi savanāni karavāmeti //
JB, 1, 162, 5.0 sa ha punar etyovācaikaṃ tava śepo 'ṅge 'ṅge mama muṣkā na vai tat sampadyata iti vai mām iyam
āheti //
JB, 1, 168, 4.0 tam etena mantreṇādadhata yena hy ājim ajayan nṛcakṣā yena śyenaṃ śakunaṃ suparṇaṃ yad
āhuś cakṣur aditāv anantaṃ somo nṛcakṣā mayi tad dadhātv iti //
JB, 1, 173, 24.0 tad
āhur ā vā etat patny udgātuḥ prajāṃ datte yad vigīte sāman saṃkhyāpayantīti //
JB, 1, 174, 5.0 tad
āhuḥ prāvṛta udgāyed agnir vā eṣa vaiśvānaro yad yajñāyajñīyaṃ tasya śāntyā apradāhāyeti //
JB, 1, 175, 9.0 atha yad o yirā yirā cā dākṣāsā ity
āha annaṃ vā irā annādyam eva tad agner vaiśvānarasya mukhato 'pidadhāti //
JB, 1, 176, 10.0 atha yad dāyivam ity
āha divaṃ saṃstuto yajño gamayitavya ity āhur divam evaitat saṃstutaṃ yajñaṃ gamayanti //
JB, 1, 176, 10.0 atha yad dāyivam ity āha divaṃ saṃstuto yajño gamayitavya ity
āhur divam evaitat saṃstutaṃ yajñaṃ gamayanti //
JB, 1, 176, 13.0 atha yat priyaṃ mitraṃ nu śaṃsiṣam ity
āha priyam eva mitraṃ śaṃsate //
JB, 1, 177, 3.0 atha yad āyumety
āhāyur evaitad udgātātmaṃś ca yajamāne ca dadhāti //
JB, 1, 177, 11.0 atha yad bahūnām ity
āha bahūnām evainam etat trātāraṃ karoti //
JB, 1, 178, 13.0 tad
āhur yathāpūrvaṃ yathājyaiṣṭhyaṃ chandāṃsi vimucyamānāni chandasāṃ kᄆptiṃ vimuktim anu prajāḥ kalpāntā iti //
JB, 1, 181, 5.0 tad
āhur yad etāvān eva yajño yāvān agniṣṭomas tasminn antagate kim abhy ukthāni praṇayantīti //
JB, 1, 188, 3.0 tad
āhur yanti vā ete 'nuṣṭubho ya uṣṇikṣv acchāvākasāma kurvantīti //
JB, 1, 192, 7.0 tato ye catustriṃśe akṣare sāmnas tābhyāṃ loko vidhīyata ity
āhuḥ //
JB, 1, 204, 5.0 aupoditir ha
smāha gaupālayo viśālaṃ libujayābhyadhād anuṣṭubhi nānadam akrad gaurīvitena ṣoḍaśinam atuṣṭuvan na śriyā avapadyata iti //
JB, 1, 207, 10.0 tad u vā
āhur agniṣṭomamātraṃ vāvāgniṣṭomenābhijayaty ukthyamātram ukthyena ṣoḍaśimātraṃ ṣoḍaśinā //
JB, 1, 212, 4.0 tasmād
āhur naiva tāvad asurā anvābhavitāro yāvad ime lokā bhavitāra iti //
JB, 1, 214, 10.0 tad
āhuḥ preva vā ete 'smāl lokāc cyavante ye 'tirātram upayantīti //
JB, 1, 225, 8.0 tad
āhur yad ājyena divā caranty atha kenaiṣāṃ rātrir ājyavatī bhavatīti //
JB, 1, 229, 1.0 tad
āhū rathantaram eva prathame tṛce syād vāmadevyaṃ dvitīye bṛhat tṛtīya eṣāṃ lokānāṃ samārohāyeti //
JB, 1, 229, 43.0 tad
āhur ekasmin vāvaitasya chandasy ekasmin kāme stutaṃ bhavati ya evaṃ stute //
JB, 1, 230, 1.0 tad
āhur yat trivṛd eva stomānāṃ laghiṣṭho rathantaraṃ sāmnām āśvinam u vai śastrāṇāṃ gariṣṭham atha kasmāt trivṛd eva stomānāṃ rathantaraṃ sāmnām āśvinasya śastraṃ pratyudyantum arhata iti //
JB, 1, 231, 1.0 tad
āhur yat pavamānavanto 'nye yajñakratavo 'tha kenaiṣāṃ rātriḥ pavamānavatī bhavatīti //
JB, 1, 232, 1.0 tad
āhur yad ekaviṃśam anu sarve yajñakratavaḥ saṃtiṣṭhante 'ty u vā ekaviṃśāny ukthāni rātrir ety atha kenaiṣām ekaviṃśam anu rātriḥ saṃtiṣṭhata iti //
JB, 1, 232, 3.0 atha ha
smāha bhāllabeyaḥ ka u svid adyobhayatojyotiṣā yajñakratunā yakṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 235, 13.0 tad u ha kurava
āhur dvāpara eṣa yan navatiśataṃ stotriyās trayāṇām ayānām adhamaḥ //
JB, 1, 236, 1.0 tad u ha
smāha kahoḍaḥ kauṣītakeyo dīrghastanī bata teṣāṃ virāḍ yeṣāṃ stotriye virājaḥ stanāv iti //
JB, 1, 247, 9.0 taddha
smāha nagarī jānaśruteyo na haiva tāvad daivāsuraṃ bhavitā yāvad eṣa trivṛd vajro 'har ahar imān lokān anuvartiteti //
JB, 1, 248, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ sa vādya yajeta sa vānyaṃ yājayed yaś catuṣṭomena yājayan sarvastomena yājayati //
JB, 1, 248, 15.0 atha ha
smāhāruṇiḥ kiṃ so 'bhicaret kiṃ vābhicāryamāṇa ādriyeta ya etaṃ trivṛtaṃ vajraṃ tribhṛṣṭim acchidram acchambaṭkāriṇam ahar ahar imān lokān anuvartamānaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 249, 1.0 tad u ha
smāhopajīvaḥ khāḍāyano 'ham evaitaṃ trivṛtaṃ vajraṃ pratyakṣaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 249, 11.0 atha ha
smāha śvetaketur āruṇeyo yathāśvasya śvetasya kṛṣṇakarṇasyetthādānītasya rūpaṃ syād evam evāham etasya stomasya rūpaṃ veda tāvaddṛśenyaṃ tāvadvapuṣeṇyam //
JB, 1, 250, 1.0 tad
āhur yat puruṣo yoṣāṃ sambhaviṣyan parokṣaṃ nilayanam icchate 'nta evānye paśavo 'nyonyasya skandanti kiṃ tad yajñe kriyate yasmāt tat tatheti //
JB, 1, 250, 4.0 tad v
evāhur yat sa trivṛt stomo gāyatrīṃ skandati kiṃ sā tataḥ prajanayatīti //
JB, 1, 258, 21.0 tad
āhur yad ūrdhvo yajñas tāyeta devā eva jīveyur na manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 264, 14.0 atha yad enān pāpī kīrtir anūttiṣṭhati vyagāsiṣur iti yau vai yudhyete yāv ṛtīyete tāv
āhur vyagāsiṣṭām iti //
JB, 1, 269, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ kiṃ tad yajñe kriyate yasmāj jīvata evānye prāṇā apakrāmanti na prāṇa iti //
JB, 1, 273, 5.0 yāṃ ha vā
āhur ekā dhūr iti retasyā ha vai sā dhurāṃ dhūḥ //
JB, 1, 274, 6.0 bahuvarṣī tatra parjanyo bhavatīti ha
smāha kūṭaś śailano yatrāham udgāyāmīti //
JB, 1, 275, 10.0 tad
āhur yad anyāni stotrāṇi stotriyapratipado 'tha kasmāt pavamānā astotriyapratipada iti //
JB, 1, 276, 1.0 tad
āhur aśāntam iva vā etat stotraṃ yat stotriyeṇa nānupratipadyante //
JB, 1, 276, 9.0 tān yad anuṣṭubhānupratipadyante vāg vā anuṣṭub vāg u vai vācayitrī vācā vā
āha prehi jayābhikrāma māpakramīr iti //
JB, 1, 279, 23.0 ye arvāñcas taṃ u parāca
āhur ye parāñcas taṃ u arvāca āhur indraś ca yā cakrathuḥ soma tāni dhurā na yuktā rajaso vahantīti //
JB, 1, 279, 23.0 ye arvāñcas taṃ u parāca āhur ye parāñcas taṃ u arvāca
āhur indraś ca yā cakrathuḥ soma tāni dhurā na yuktā rajaso vahantīti //
JB, 1, 281, 1.0 tad u ha
smāheyapiḥ saumāpaḥ sa vādya yajeta sa vānyaṃ yājayed yo yathā mahati tīrthe 'sikate gā asaṃbādhamānāḥ saṃtarpayed evaṃ sarvā devatā anusavanaṃ chandassv akṣaram akṣaram anv asaṃbādhamānāḥ saṃtṛpyantīr vidyād iti //
JB, 1, 288, 6.0 tad etad
āhur dhītam iva vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ mukhena hi tad āharad iti //
JB, 1, 290, 5.0 tad
āhur ati trivṛtaṃ stomā yanti na gāyatrīṃ chandāṃsīti //
JB, 1, 291, 25.0 ubhayasāmnā yaṣṭavyam iti ha
smāha śāṭyāyanir etayor ubhayoḥ kāmayor upāptyai //
JB, 1, 298, 26.0 tad
āhur bṛhadrathantarayor antar vāmadevyā3ṃ vāmadevye 'ntar bṛhadrathantare3 iti //
JB, 1, 299, 13.0 tad u ha
smāheyapiḥ saumāpo na bṛhadrathantare yajñaṃ kalpayataḥ //
JB, 1, 315, 13.0 taddhaika
āhuḥ kāmam evāpy anvahaṃ saṃvatsaraṃ retasyām ahiṃkṛtāṃ gāyet //
JB, 1, 318, 11.0 tad
āhuḥ sa vā adya dhuro vigāyed ya enāḥ saṃgātuṃ vidyād iti //
JB, 1, 318, 12.0 taddhaika
āhur bahiṣpavamāne vāva vayaṃ vigāyantaḥ saṃgāyāmo yad o vā iti vāṅnidhanāḥ kurmaḥ //
JB, 1, 329, 5.0 devatāgāyinaḥ kurupañcālā āyatanād acyavanteti ha
smāha śāṭyāyaniḥ //
JB, 1, 333, 8.0 taddha
smāha brahmadattaś caikitāneyo rūkṣitam ivaitad yad vāmadevyaṃ nirdhūtam iva //
JB, 1, 346, 22.0 tad
āhur vīva vā ete prāṇāpānābhyām ṛdhyante ye mṛtāya kurvantīti //
JB, 1, 347, 8.0 atho khalv
āhur yatraivetare 'vabhṛtham abhyaveyus tad asthāny avahareyuḥ //
JB, 1, 348, 6.0 atho khalv
āhur ya evāyaṃ vaiśvānaraḥ prāyaṇīyo 'tirātras tenaiva yajerann iti //
JB, 1, 351, 6.0 tad
āhuḥ kṛtsnaṃ vā etad amṛtam annādyam imaṃ lokam āgacchati yad āpaḥ //
JB, 1, 358, 21.0 tad
āhur yad ṛcā hotṛtvaṃ kriyate yajuṣādhvaryavaṃ sāmnodgītho 'tha kena brahmatvaṃ kriyata iti //
JB, 1, 359, 1.0 tad
āhur yat pūrvapakṣaṃ manuṣyāḥ sunvanty aparapakṣaṃ devā atha sattriṇa ubhau pūrvapakṣāparapakṣau sunvanta āsate yo nvāvaikena manuṣyeṇa saṃsunoti taṃ nv eva paricakṣate //
JB, 1, 360, 1.0 atha ha
smāha bhāllabeya imaṃ ha vai lokaṃ devā aparapakṣe vardhayantīmam āpyāyayantīmaṃ prajanayanti //
JB, 1, 360, 4.0 tad
āhur yad rathāhnyaṃ vā nadīṃ vā giribhidam asaṃsavaṃ manyante 'tha sattriṇaḥ sāmānyāṃ śālāyāṃ bahavaḥ sunvanta āsate yadi vai te manyante nānedaṃ yajāmahā iti saṃ tarhi sunvanti //
JB, 1, 362, 11.0 sa yad
āha saṃ mā siñcantu maruta iti maruta evāsmai tat punaḥ prāṇaṃ dadati ya evaṃ veda tasmai //
JB, 1, 362, 12.0 sa yad
āha sam indra itīndra evāsmai tat punar balaṃ dadāti ya evaṃ veda tasmai //
JB, 1, 362, 13.0 sa yad
āha saṃ bṛhaspatir iti bṛhaspatir evāsmai tad brahmavarcasaṃ dadāti ya evaṃ veda tasmai //
JB, 1, 362, 14.0 sa yad
āha sam agnir ity agnir evainaṃ tat sarveṇetareṇa samardhayati yenāvakīryamāṇo vyṛdhyate //
JB, 2, 23, 1.0 tad
āhuḥ kāṃ devatāṃ dīkṣamāṇā anuniṣīdanti kām anūttiṣṭhantīti //
JB, 2, 23, 3.0 tasmād dīkṣitān sata
āhur āsata iti yady api te śayīrann athottiṣṭheyuḥ //
JB, 2, 23, 6.0 tasmād utthitān sata
āhur udasthur iti yady api ta āsīrann atho śayīran //
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
JaimŚS, 1, 24.0 na dakṣiṇāḥ pṛcched iti ha
smāha śāṭyāyanir vikrayasyaitad rūpamiti //
JaimŚS, 1, 25.0 pṛcched iti ha
smāha tāṇḍya etatphalo vai yajño yad dakṣiṇā iti //
JaimŚS, 5, 3.0 taṃ yadādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati prastotaḥ sāma gāyeti sa padāya padāya stobham
āha //
JaimŚS, 5, 14.0 yadā dvitīyam apaḥ pariṣiñcaty athainam
āha prastotaḥ sāma gāyeti //
JaimŚS, 7, 8.0 janiṣyamāṇānāṃ pitā pitāmahaḥ prapitāmaho yajata ity uttamam
āha //
JaimŚS, 8, 14.0 athāha namaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ pūrvasadbhyo namaḥ sākaṃ niṣadbhyaḥ //
JaimŚS, 20, 12.0 atho saumyasyopahatyākṣṇor ādadhīta yena hy ājim ajayan nṛcakṣā yena śyenaṃ śakunaṃ suparṇaṃ yad
āhuś cakṣur aditāv anantaṃ somo nṛcakṣā mayi taddadhātv iti //
JaimŚS, 22, 4.0 antareṇa cātvālaṃ cotkaraṃ ca niṣkrāmann
āha prastotaḥ sāma gāyeti //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 13, 34, 9.0 athāmuṃ navanītaṃ sauvarṇe pātre vilāpya sauvarṇena sruveṇa rakṣoghnaiś ca sūktair yām
āhus tārakaiṣā vikeśītyetena sūktenājyaṃ juhvan //
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 1, 4, 12.0 agniṃ stomena bodhayety agnaye buddhimate pūrvaṃ kuryād iti ha eka
āhuḥ //
KauṣB, 3, 4, 5.0 āvaha ca jātavedo devānt sayujā ca devatā yajety evainaṃ tad
āha //
KauṣB, 3, 4, 27.0 tad
āhur yat pañca prayājāḥ ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ kvaitaṃ ṣaṣṭham ṛtuṃ yajatīti //
KauṣB, 3, 12, 12.0 atha yad ilām upahvayate yan mārjayate yat śamyorvākam
āha tasyoktaṃ brāhmaṇam //
KauṣB, 5, 8, 4.0 tad
āhur yad aparapakṣabhājaḥ pitaro 'tha kasmād etān pūrvapakṣe yajantīti //
KauṣB, 6, 5, 2.0 tad
āhur yad ṛcā hotā hotā bhavati yajuṣā adhvaryur adhvaryuḥ sāmnodgātodgātā kena brahmā brahmā bhavatīti //
KauṣB, 10, 9, 6.0 tad
āhur yan nānādevatāḥ paśava ālabhyante 'tha kasmād āgneyam evānvāheti //
KauṣB, 11, 5, 6.0 śuddha eva praṇavaḥ syācchastrānuvacanayor madhya iti ha
smāha kauṣītakiḥ //
KauṣB, 11, 7, 8.0 tad
āhur yad imā haviryajñasya vā paśor vā sāmidhenyo 'tha kāḥ saumyasyādhvarasyeti //
KauṣB, 11, 8, 10.0 tad
āhur yat sadasy ukthāni śasyante atha kasmāddhavirdhānayoḥ prātaranuvākam anvāheti //
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
Kaṭhopaniṣad
KaṭhUp, 1, 15.2 sa cāpi tat pratyavadad yathoktam athāsya mṛtyuḥ punar
āha tuṣṭaḥ //
KaṭhUp, 1, 22.1 devair atrāpi vicikitsitaṃ kila tvaṃ ca mṛtyo yan na sujñeyam
āttha /
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 5, 4, 7.0 ājyaprokṣaṇīr udyamyāgnī
cāhāgnibhyāṃ prahriyamāṇābhyām anubrūhy ekasphyayānūdehīti //
KātyŚS, 5, 5, 6.0 saṃmārjanāya preṣite 'saṃmṛṣṭe pratiprasthātā patnīm āneṣyann
āha kena carasīti //
KātyŚS, 6, 4, 3.0 pravṛtya hotāram
āśrāvyāhāgnir ha daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraetāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇāṃ sunvann iti sutye tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvā yū rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
KātyŚS, 6, 6, 24.0 vapayā cariṣyann upastīrya hiraṇyam avadhāya vapām avadyann
āhendrāgnibhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīti //
KātyŚS, 6, 8, 18.0 daivataṃ hutvā pradakṣiṇam āvṛtya juhvā pṛṣadājyasyopaghnann
āha vanaspataye 'nubrūhīti //
KātyŚS, 10, 4, 13.0 praiṣānuvācanayor anyatarasminn
āha priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo maha svasarasya patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhya iti //
KātyŚS, 10, 5, 9.0 hotṛcamasaṃ
gṛhītvāśrāvyāha tṛtīyasya savanasya ṛbhumato vibhumato vājavato bṛhaspatimato viśvadevyāvatas tīvrā3ṃ āśīrvata indrāya somān prasthitān preṣyeti //
KātyŚS, 10, 8, 3.0 unnetānuvācayati mūrdhani kṛtvā dhānāsomebhyo 'nubrūhīty
āśrāvyāha dhānāsomān prasthitān preṣyeti //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 21, 4, 71.0 yad
āhur gāyatrī pakṣiṇī bhūtvā svargaṃ lokam apatad iti svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 4, 5, 36.0 etaddha sma vā
āhaupāvir jānaśruteyaḥ sahasreṇeṣṭvā kam u ṣvid ato 'dhi varaṃ variṣyāmaha iti //
MS, 1, 4, 7, 31.0 yad
āha sam ahaṃ prajayā saṃ mayā prajā sam ahaṃ paśubhiḥ saṃ mayā paśava iti prajāyāṃ caiva paśuṣu ca pratitiṣṭhati //
MS, 1, 4, 7, 39.0 yad
āhāchinno divyas tantur mā mānuṣaś chedīti divyaṃ caiva mānuṣaṃ ca samatānīt //
MS, 1, 4, 10, 17.0 yad aulūkhalā udvādayanti dṛṣadau samāghnanti haviṣkṛd ehi ity
āha rakṣasām apahatyai //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 13.0 atha yad upavat padam
āha yā eva prajā ābhaviṣyantīs tā eva stomam upayunakti //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 19.0 ubhā vām indrāgnī āhuvadhyā ity ubhau hy etau sahāmuṃ vā ayaṃ divā bhūte praviśati tasmād asau divā rocata imām asau naktaṃ tasmād ayaṃ naktaṃ yad ubhā vām ity
āhobhā evainā achambaṭkāram upatiṣṭhata ubhayor lokayo rocate 'smiṃś cāmuṣmiṃś ca //
MS, 1, 6, 4, 41.0 tad
āhuḥ kāmadughāṃ vā eṣo 'varunddhe yo 'gnyādheye dhenuṃ cānaḍvāhaṃ ca dadātīti //
MS, 1, 6, 5, 18.0 etaddha sma vā
āha keśī sātyakāmiḥ keśinaṃ dārbhyam annādaṃ janatāyāḥ //
MS, 1, 8, 2, 25.0 etaddha sma vā
āha nārado yatra gāṃ śayānāṃ nirjānāti mṛtām enām avidvān manyatā iti //
MS, 1, 8, 4, 28.0 tad
āhuḥ kanīyāṃsaṃ vā eṣa yajñakratum upaiti kanīyasīṃ prajāṃ kanīyasaḥ paśūn kanīyo 'nnādyam //
MS, 1, 8, 4, 32.0 tad
āhur jyāyāṃsaṃ vā eṣa yajñakratum upaiti bhūyasīṃ prajāṃ bhūyasaḥ paśūn bhūyo 'nnādyaṃ vasīyān bhavaty ardhuko 'sya putraḥ kaniṣṭho bhavatīti //
MS, 1, 8, 7, 16.0 tad
āhuḥ parā vā etasyāgnihotraṃ patati yasya pradoṣaṃ na juhvatīti //
MS, 1, 8, 7, 56.0 tad
āhur yadā vai jīyate yadā pramīyate yadārtim ārchaty athāgnihotraṃ saṃtiṣṭhatā iti //
MS, 1, 8, 9, 3.0 tad
āhur amuṃ vā eṣa lokaṃ samārohayati saha prajayā paśubhiś ca yajamānasya //
MS, 1, 8, 9, 56.0 etaddha sma vā
āhur dākṣāyaṇās tantūnt samavṛkṣad gām anvatyāvartayeti //
MS, 1, 10, 19, 8.0 paretana pitaraḥ somyāsā ity
āhānuṣaktā vā etān pitaraḥ syur vyāvṛttyai //
MS, 2, 4, 5, 31.0 yaddhiraṇyaṃ dīyate candraṃ gīyatā iti vai
sāmāhuḥ sāmnāṃ tad rūpam //
MS, 2, 5, 1, 58.0 tad
āhur adhṛtā devateśvarā nirmṛja īśvarainam ārtiṃ ninetor iti //
MS, 2, 5, 2, 14.0 atho
āhur yaḥ prathamas tamasy apahate sūryasya raśmir yūpasya caṣāle 'vātanot sāvir vaśābhavad iti //
MS, 2, 5, 3, 35.0 atho
āhur imaṃ vā eṣa lokaṃ paśyann abhyudait sa samaiṣat sa eṣa samīṣitaḥ kubhra iti //
MS, 2, 5, 4, 30.0 atho
āhur etad eva sakṛd indriyaṃ vīryaṃ tejo janayitvā nāparaṃ sūtā āśaṃsata //
MS, 2, 5, 5, 51.0 atho
āhur etam evāgre sṛṣṭaṃ tvaṣṭre ca patnībhyaś ca napuṃsakam ālabhata //
MS, 2, 13, 7, 5.2 sa jāyase mathyamānaḥ saho mahat tvām
āhuḥ sahasas putram aṅgiraḥ //
MS, 3, 7, 4, 1.18 kraye vā ahaṃ somasya tṛtīyaṃ savanam avarundhe vedeti ha
smāhāruṇa aupaveśiḥ /
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
N, 1, 3, 1.0 ato 'nye bhāvavikāra eteṣām eva vikārā bhavantīti ha
smāha te yathāvacanam abhyūhitavyāḥ //
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 1, 5, 19.0 yenā hyājim ajayad vicakṣya yena śyenaṃ śakunaṃ suparṇaṃ yad
āhuś cakṣur aditāv anantaṃ somo nṛcakṣā mayi tad dadhātu //
PB, 4, 2, 10.0 tad
āhur īrma iva vā eṣā hotrā yad acchāvākyā yad acchāvākam anusaṃtiṣṭhata īśvarermā bhavitor iti yadyukthaṃ sma traikakubhaṃ codvaṃśīyaṃ cāntataḥ pratiṣṭhāpye vīryaṃ vā ete sāmanī vīrya evāntataḥ pratitiṣṭhanti //
PB, 4, 2, 11.0 atho
khalvāhur agniṣṭomameva kāryam eṣa vai yajñaḥ svargyo yad agniṣṭoma ūrdhvo hi hotāram anusaṃtiṣṭhate //
PB, 4, 2, 17.0 atho
khalvāhuḥ pavasva vāco agriya ity eva kāryā mukhaṃ vā etat saṃvvatsarasya yad vāco 'graṃ mukhata eva tat saṃvvatsaram ārabhante //
PB, 4, 4, 4.0 tad
āhuḥ saṃśara iva vā eṣa chandasāṃ yad dve chandasī saṃyuñjantīti //
PB, 4, 4, 8.0 tad
āhur anavakᄆptāni vā etāni chandāṃsi madhyandine bṛhatyā caiva triṣṭubhā caitavyam //
PB, 4, 5, 13.0 tad
āhuḥ kartapraskanda iva vā eṣa yat trayastriṃśataḥ saptadaśam upayantīti pṛṣṭhyo 'ntaraḥ kāryaḥ //
PB, 4, 5, 15.0 tad
āhur udaraṃ vā eṣa stomānāṃ yat saptadaśo yat saptadaśaṃ madhyato nirhareyur aśanāyavaḥ prajāḥ syur aśanāyavaḥ sattriṇaḥ //
PB, 4, 5, 17.0 tānāhur ukthāḥ kāryā3 agniṣṭomā3 iti yady ukthāḥ syuḥ //
PB, 4, 5, 19.0 tad
āhur vivīvadham iva vā etad yad agniṣṭomo viṣuvān agniṣṭomau viśvajidabhijitāvathetara ukthāḥ syur iti //
PB, 4, 6, 8.0 yanti vā ete
prāṇādityāhur ye gāyatryāḥ pratipado yantīti yad vāyavyā bhavati tena prāṇān na yanti prāṇo hi vāyuḥ //
PB, 4, 6, 17.0 yat tv ity
āhuḥ ṣaḍbhir ito māsair adhvānaṃ yanti ṣaḍbhiḥ punar āyanti kva tarhi svargo loko yasya kāmāya sattram āsata iti //
PB, 4, 7, 8.0 atho khalv
āhur indra kratuṃ na ābharety eva kāryaṃ samṛddhyai //
PB, 4, 10, 3.0 tad
āhur madhyataḥ saṃvvatsarasyopetyaṃ madhyato vā annaṃ jagdhaṃ dhinoti //
PB, 4, 10, 4.0 tad
vāhur yan madhyata upayanty ardham annādyasyāpnuvanty ardhaṃ chambaṭkurvantīty upariṣṭād eva saṃvvatsarasyopetyaṃ saṃvvatsare vā annaṃ sarvaṃ pacyate //
PB, 5, 1, 11.0 tāv
āhuḥ samau kāryau pañcadaśau vā saptadaśau vā savīvadhatvāya //
PB, 5, 1, 12.0 tad v
āhur yat samau bhavata ekavīryau tarhi bhavata iti pañcadaśasaptadaśāv eva kāryau sācīva vai vayaḥ pakṣau kṛtvā patīyaḥ patati //
PB, 5, 1, 14.0 atho khalv
āhur uttarata eva kāryaṃ brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'rdhāt traiṣṭubhaṃ vai bṛhat traiṣṭubho vai brāhmaṇācchaṃsī traiṣṭubhaḥ pañcadaśastomaḥ //
PB, 5, 1, 19.0 atho khalv
āhur atiśayaṃ vai dvipadāṃ yajñāyajñīyaṃ bhadram kāryaṃ samṛddhyai //
PB, 5, 6, 6.0 atho khalv
āhuḥ katham adhvaryur bahvṛcaḥ sāma gāyed ity udgātaiva sarveṇodgāyet tad eva samṛddhaṃ samṛddhāv eva pratitiṣṭhanti //
PB, 5, 7, 6.0 saṃ vā anyo yajñas tiṣṭhata ity
āhur vāg eva na saṃtiṣṭhata iti yad gaurīvitam anvahaṃ bhavati vācam eva tat punaḥ prayuñjate //
PB, 5, 7, 8.0 devakṣetraṃ vā ete 'bhyārohanti ye svarṇidhanam upayanti sa u vai sattriṇaḥ sattram upanayed ity
āhur ya enān devakṣetram abhyārohayed iti na vai devakṣetra āsīna ārtim ārchati yat svarṇidhanam anvahaṃ bhavati naiva kāṃcanārtim ārchanti //
PB, 5, 7, 9.0 cyavante vā ete 'smāllokād ity
āhur ye svarṇidhanam upayantīti yad ṛcā svarūpaṃ yanty asmiṃlloke pratitiṣṭhanti yad ekāro 'ntarikṣe yat sāmnāmuṣmin sarveṣu lokeṣu pratitiṣṭhanti svarṇidhanena tuṣṭuvānāḥ //
PB, 5, 10, 6.0 atho khalv
āhur ekatrikaṃ kāryaṃ tad eva sākṣād utsṛṣṭam abhyutṣuṇvanti //
PB, 5, 10, 7.0 chidro vā eteṣāṃ saṃvvatsara ity
āhur ye stomam utsṛjantīti //
PB, 6, 3, 6.0 kiṃ jyotiṣṭomasya jyotiṣṭomatvam ity
āhur virājaṃ saṃstutaḥ sampadyate virāḍ vai chandasāṃ jyotiḥ //
PB, 6, 3, 11.0 yat tv ity
āhur gāyatraṃ prātaḥsavanaṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ mādhyandinaṃ savanaṃ jāgataṃ tṛtīyasavanaṃ kva tarhi turīyaṃ chando 'nuṣṭub iti //
PB, 6, 4, 7.0 namaḥ samudrāya namaḥ samudrasya cakṣuṣa ity
āha vāg vai samudro manaḥ samudrasya cakṣus tābhyām eva tan namas karoti //
PB, 6, 4, 8.0 mā mā yūnarvā hāsīd ity
āha sāma vai yūnarvā sāmna eva tan namaskaroty ārtvijyaṃ kariṣyan //
PB, 6, 5, 4.0 yad
āha vānaspatya iti satyenaivainaṃ tat prohati //
PB, 6, 5, 5.0 yad
āha bārhaspatya iti bṛhaspatir vai devānām udgātā tam eva tad yunakti //
PB, 6, 5, 6.0 yad
āha prājāpatya iti prājāpatyo hy eṣa devatāyā yad droṇakalaśo yad āha prajāpater mūrdheti prajāpater hy eṣa mūrdhna udahanyata //
PB, 6, 5, 6.0 yad āha prājāpatya iti prājāpatyo hy eṣa devatāyā yad droṇakalaśo yad
āha prajāpater mūrdheti prajāpater hy eṣa mūrdhna udahanyata //
PB, 6, 5, 7.0 yad
āhātyāyupātram ity ati hy etad anyāni pātrāṇi yad droṇakalaśo devapātraṃ droṇakalaśaḥ //
PB, 6, 5, 16.0 yan nv ity
āhur vācānyān ṛtvijo vṛṇate kasmād udgātāro 'vṛtā ārtvijyaṃ kurvantīti //
PB, 6, 5, 21.0 yannvityāhur antarāśvaḥ prāsevau yujyate 'ntarā śamye anaḍvān ka udgātṝṇāṃ yoga iti yad droṇakalaśam upasīdanti sa eṣāṃ yogas tasmād yuktair evopasadyaṃ na hy ayukto vahati //
PB, 6, 6, 17.0 āyuṣe me pavasva varcase me pavasva viduḥ pṛthivyā divo janitrācchṛṇvantv āpo 'dhaḥ kṣarantīḥ somehodgāyety
āha mahyaṃ tejase brahmavarcasāyeti //
PB, 6, 8, 1.0 sa tu vai yajñena yajetety
āhur yasya virājaṃ yajñamukhe dadhyur iti //
PB, 6, 8, 17.0 parāñco vā eteṣāṃ prāṇā bhavantīty
āhur ye parācībhir bahiṣpavamānībhiḥ stuvata ity āvatīm uttamāṃ gāyet prāṇānāṃ dhṛtyai //
PB, 6, 8, 18.0 cyavante vā ete 'smāl lokād ity
āhur ye parācībhir bahiṣpavamānībhiḥ stuvata iti rathantaravarṇām uttamāṃ gāyed iyaṃ vai rathantaram asyām eva pratitiṣṭhati //
PB, 6, 9, 9.0 viṣeṇa vai tāṃ samām oṣadhayo 'ktā bhavanti yāṃ samāṃ mahādevaḥ paśūn hanti yacchaṃ rājann oṣadhībhya ity
āhauṣadhīr evāsmai svadayaty ubhayyo 'smai svaditāḥ pacyante 'kṛṣṭapacyāś ca kṛṣṭapacyāś ca //
PB, 6, 9, 23.0 vyṛddhaṃ vā etad apaśavyaṃ yat prātaḥsavanam aniḍaṃ hi yad iḍām asmabhyaṃ saṃyatam ity
āha prātaḥsavanam eva tad iḍāvat paśumat karoti //
PB, 6, 10, 18.0 ojasā vā etad vīryeṇa pradīyate yad aprattaṃ bhavati yad vṛṣṇaḥ sutasyaujasa ity
āhaujasaivāsmai vīryeṇa divo vṛṣṭiṃ prayacchati //
PB, 7, 4, 5.0 yannvity
āhur anyāni chandāṃsi varṣīyāṃsi kasmād bṛhaty ucyata eṣā hīmāṃl lokān vyāpnon nānyacchandaḥ kiṃcana yāni sapta caturuttarāṇi chandāṃsi tāni bṛhatīm abhisaṃpadyante tasmād bṛhaty ucyate //
PB, 7, 4, 6.0 yannvity
āhur gāyatraṃ prātaḥsavanaṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ mādhyandinaṃ savanaṃ jāgataṃ tṛtīyasavanaṃ kasmād bṛhatyā madhyandine stuvantīti //
PB, 7, 6, 9.0 yan nv ity
āhur bṛhat pūrvaṃ prajāpatau samabhavat kasmād rathantaraṃ pūrvaṃ yogam ānaśa iti //
PB, 7, 6, 13.0 yan nv ity
āhur ubhe bṛhadrathantare bahirṇidhane kasmād bṛhad bahirṇidhanāni bhajate 'ntarṇidhanāni rathantaram iti //
PB, 7, 7, 16.0 prajananaṃ vai rathantaraṃ yat tasthuṣa ity
āhāsthāyukodgātur vāg bhavaty api prajananaṃ hanty asthuṣa iti vaktavyaṃ susthuṣa iti vā sthāyukodgātur vāg bhavati na prajananam api hanti //
PB, 8, 4, 4.0 tasmād
āhur gāyatrī vāva sarvāṇi chandāṃsi gāyatrī hy etān poṣān puṣyanty aid iti //
PB, 8, 6, 8.0 etaddha sma vā
āha kūśāmbaḥ svāyavo brahmā lātavyaḥ kaṃ svid adya śiśumārī yajñapathe 'pyastā gariṣyati //
PB, 8, 6, 9.0 eṣā vai śiśumārī yajñapathe 'pyastā yajñāyajñīyaṃ yad girā girety
āhātmānaṃ tad udgātā girati //
PB, 8, 6, 11.0 vaiśvānare vā etad udgātātmānaṃ pradadhāti yat pra pra vayam ity
āha praprīṃ vayam iti vaktavyaṃ vaiśvānaram eva parikrāmati //
PB, 8, 6, 13.0 yasya vai yajñā vāgantā bhavanti vācaś chidreṇa sravanty ete vai yajñā vāgantā ye yajñāyajñīyāntā etad vācaś chidraṃ yad anṛtaṃ yad agniṣṭomayājy anṛtam
āha tad anv asya yajñaḥ sravaty akṣareṇāntataḥ pratiṣṭhāpyam akṣareṇaiva yajñasya chidram apidadhāti //
PB, 8, 7, 4.0 katham iva yajñāyajñīyaṃ geyam ity
āhur yathānaḍvān prasrāvayamāṇa ittham iva cettham iva ceti //
PB, 8, 7, 5.0 vaiśvānaraṃ vā etad udgātānu prasīdann etīty
āhur yad yajñāyajñīyasyarcaṃ saṃpratyāheti parikrāmatevodgeyaṃ vaiśvānaram eva parikrāmati //
PB, 8, 8, 10.0 jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyata ity
āhur yad rathantaraṃ pṛṣṭhaṃ rathantaraṃ saṃdhir nāntarā bṛhatā stuvantīti yat saubhareṇa stuvanti bṛhataiva tad antarā stuvanti bṛhato hy etat tejo yat saubharam //
PB, 9, 4, 4.0 atho khalv
āhuḥ savanamukhe savanamukhe kāryā savanamukhāt savanamukhād evaiṣām indraṃ vṛṅkte //
PB, 9, 4, 16.0 atho khalv
āhur duṣprāpa iva vai paraḥ panthā yam evāgre yajñakratum ārabheta tasmān neyād iti //
PB, 9, 5, 6.0 somapītho vā etasmād apakrāmatīty
āhur yasya somam apaharantīti sa oṣadhīś ca paśūṃś ca praviśati tam oṣadhibhyaś ca paśubhyaś cāvarunddhe //
PB, 9, 6, 5.0 tad
āhur na vā ārtyārtir anūdyārtyā vā eṣa ārtim anuvadati yaḥ kalaśe dīrṇe dadrāṇavatīṣu karotīti //
PB, 9, 7, 11.0 etad anyat kuryur ukthāni praṇayeyur ukthāni vā eṣa nikāmayamāno 'bhyatiricyate yo 'gniṣṭomād atiricyate ya ukthyebhyo 'tiricyetātirātraḥ kāryo rātriṃ vā eṣa nikāmayamāno 'bhyatiricyate ya ukthyebhyo 'tiricyate yadi rātrer atiricyeta viṣṇoḥ śipiviṣṭavatīṣu bṛhatā stuyur eṣa tu vā atiricyata ity
āhur yo rātrer atiricyata iti //
PB, 9, 8, 11.0 yanti vā ete patha ity
āhur ye mṛtāya kurvantīty aindravāyavāgrān grahān gṛhṇate punaḥ panthānam apiyanti //
PB, 9, 8, 16.0 prāṇāpānair vā ete vyṛdhyanta ity
āhur ye mṛtāya kurvantīti maitrāvaruṇāgrān grahān gṛhṇate prāṇāpānau mitrāvaruṇau prāṇāpānair eva samṛdhyante //
PB, 9, 9, 3.0 atho khalv
āhur antarhitam iva vā etad yat payo hiraṇyam evāpo 'bhyavanayeddhiraṇyam abhyunnayed iti //
PB, 10, 1, 3.0 tam u
pratiṣṭhetyāhus trivṛddhy evaiṣu lokeṣu pratiṣṭhitaḥ //
PB, 10, 1, 6.0 taṃ caujo balam ity
āhur ardhamāsaśo hi prajāḥ paśava ojo balaṃ puṣyanti //
PB, 10, 1, 9.0 tam u prajāpatir ity
āhuḥ saṃvatsaraṃ hi prajāḥ paśavo 'nuprajāyante //
PB, 10, 1, 12.0 tam u devatalpa ity
āhuḥ pra devatalpam āpnoti ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 10, 2, 7.0 evaṃ vai vidvāṃsam
āhur api grāmyāṇāṃ paśūnāṃ vāca ājānāti //
PB, 10, 4, 4.0 tad
āhuḥ ko 'svaptum arhati yad vāva prāṇo jāgāra tad eva jāgaritam iti //
PB, 10, 4, 7.0 jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyata ity
āhur yat triḥ purastād rathantaram upayantīti saubharam ukthānāṃ brahmasāma bhavati tenaiva tad ajāmi //
PB, 10, 7, 2.0 devā vai śriyam aicchaṃs tāṃ na prathame 'hany avindan na dvitīye na tṛtīye tāṃ caturthe 'hany avindan vindate śriyaṃ ya evaṃ vedāgner iti pañcamasya teno śrīḥ pratyupoditety
āhuḥ //
PB, 11, 4, 5.0 tarobhir vo vidadvasum iti stomo vai taro yajño vidadvasuḥ stomena vai yajño yujyate yat tarobhir vo vidadvasum ity
āha yajñam eva tad yunakti //
PB, 11, 10, 12.0 tad u sīdantīyam ity
āhur etena vai prajāpatir ūrdhva imān lokān asīdad yad asīdat tat sīdantīyasya sīdantīyatvam ūrdhva imān lokān sīdati sīdantīyena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 12, 5, 5.0 sakhāya āniṣīdatety uddhatam iva vai tṛtīyam ahar yad
āha niṣīdatety ahar evaitena pratiṣṭhāpayati //
PB, 14, 3, 17.0 jāmi dvādaśāhasyāstīti ha
smāhogradevo rājanir bārhataṃ ṣaṣṭham ahar bārhataṃ saptamaṃ yat kaṇvarathantaraṃ bhavati tenājāmi //
PB, 14, 5, 17.0 samudraṃ vā ete prasnāntīty
āhur ye dvādaśāham upayantīti yo vā aplavaḥ samudraṃ prasnāti na sa tata udeti yat plavo bhavati svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
PB, 14, 9, 18.0 tad u dhurāṃ sāmety
āhuḥ prāṇā vai dhuraḥ prāṇānām avaruddhyai //
PB, 14, 10, 3.0 tadāhuḥ śithilam iva vā etacchando yat satobṛhatītyeṣā vai pratiṣṭhitā bṛhatī yā punaḥpadā yad indra prāg apāg udag iti diśāṃ vimarśaḥ pratiṣṭhityai //
PB, 15, 3, 36.0 tad u saṃvad ity
āhuḥ saṃvatā vai devāḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ prāyann udvatodāyan //
PB, 15, 7, 2.0 tad
āhur yad anuṣṭubhaṃ stomyāṃ pratyakṣam upeyuḥ parāṃ parāvataṃ yajamāno gacchen na pratitiṣṭhed iti yā vai caturviṃśatir gāyatryas tā aṣṭādaśānuṣṭubho 'nuṣṭubham eva tat stomyāṃ parokṣam upayanti pratiṣṭhāyai pratitiṣṭhati //
PB, 15, 7, 6.0 abhi vā ete devān ārohantīty
āhur ye daśabhir aharbhiḥ stuvata iti pañcānām ahnām anurūpaiḥ pratyavayanti yathābhyāruhya pratyavarohet tathā tan navarco bhavati yā evāmūḥ prayacchan yā avadadhāti tā etā udasyati //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
TB, 1, 1, 8, 6.11 virāṭ ca svarāṭ ca yās te agne śivās tanuvas tābhis tvādadha ity
āha /
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 6, 8, 6.0 tad
āhur ati vā etā vartraṃ nedanty ati vācaṃ mano vāvaitā nātinedantīti //
TS, 1, 6, 11, 62.0 agneḥ sviṣṭakṛto 'haṃ devayajyayāyuṣmān yajñena pratiṣṭhāṃ gameyam ity
āha //
TS, 1, 7, 1, 45.1 yajamānena khalu vai tat kāryam ity
āhur yathā devatrā dattaṃ kurvītātman paśūn ramayeteti /
TS, 2, 2, 4, 7.5 agnaye jyotiṣmate puroḍāśam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvaped yasyāgnir uddhṛto 'hute 'gnihotra udvāyed apara ādīpyānūddhṛtya ity
āhus tat tathā na kāryaṃ yad bhāgadheyam abhi pūrva uddhriyate kim aparo 'bhy ut //
TS, 2, 2, 4, 8.4 chandobhir evainaṃ svād yoneḥ prajanayaty eṣa vāva so 'gnir ity
āhur jyotis tvā asya parāpatitam iti yad agnaye jyotiṣmate nirvapati yad evāsya jyotiḥ parāpatitaṃ tad evāvarunddhe //
TS, 2, 2, 10, 2.3 śvetāyai śvetavatsāyai dugdham mathitam ājyam bhavaty ājyam prokṣaṇam ājyena mārjayante yāvad eva brahmavarcasaṃ tat sarvaṃ karoty ati brahmavarcasaṃ kriyata ity
āhuḥ /
TS, 3, 4, 8, 6.1 ādadīyeti tasya sabhāyām uttāno nipadya bhuvanasya pata iti tṛṇāni saṃgṛhṇīyāt prajāpatir vai bhuvanasya patiḥ prajāpatinaivāsyānnādyam ādatta idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyānnādyaṃ harāmīty
āhānnādyam evāsya harati ṣaḍbhir harati ṣaḍ vā ṛtavaḥ prajāpatinaivāsyānnādyam ādāyartavo 'smā anuprayacchanti //
TS, 5, 2, 2, 6.1 prapra dātāraṃ tāriṣa ūrjaṃ no dhehi dvipade catuṣpada ity
āha //
TS, 5, 3, 6, 12.1 yad
āha vasuko 'si veṣaśrir asi vasyaṣṭir asīti prajā eva prajātā eṣu lokeṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 6.0 nāsmāl lokāt svetavyam ivety
āhuḥ ko hi tad veda yady amuṣmiṃ loke 'sti vā na veti //
TS, 6, 1, 3, 7.6 kṛṣyai tvā susasyāyā ity
āha tasmād akṛṣṭapacyā oṣadhayaḥ pacyante /
TS, 6, 1, 3, 7.7 supippalābhyas tvauṣadhībhya ity
āha tasmād oṣadhayaḥ phalaṃ gṛhṇanti /
TS, 6, 1, 4, 75.0 yad vo medhyaṃ yajñiyaṃ sadevaṃ tad vo māvakramiṣam iti vāvaitad
āha //
TS, 6, 1, 8, 4.1 idam ahaṃ rakṣaso grīvā apikṛntāmi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity
āha /
TS, 6, 1, 9, 9.0 aruṇo ha
smāhaupaveśiḥ somakrayaṇa evāhaṃ tṛtīyasavanam avarundha iti //
TS, 6, 1, 11, 45.0 yad evādaḥ somam āhriyamāṇaṃ gandharvo viśvāvasuḥ paryamuṣṇāt tasmād evam
āhāparimoṣāya //
TS, 6, 2, 3, 4.0 tasmād
āhur yaś caivaṃ veda yaś ca na upasadā vai mahāpuraṃ jayantīti //
TS, 6, 2, 8, 52.0 atho khalv
āhur ete vāvainaṃ te bhrātaraḥ pariśere yat pautudravāḥ paridhaya iti //
TS, 6, 2, 10, 9.0 idam ahaṃ rakṣaso grīvā apikṛntāmi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity
āha //
TS, 6, 2, 11, 11.0 idam ahaṃ taṃ valagam udvapāmi yaṃ naḥ samāno yam asamāno nicakhānety
āha //
TS, 6, 3, 3, 1.2 aty anyān agāṃ nānyān upāgām ity
āhāti hy anyān eti nānyān upaity arvāk tvā parair avidam parovarair ity āhārvāgghyenaṃ parair vindati parovarais taṃ tvā juṣe //
TS, 6, 3, 3, 1.2 aty anyān agāṃ nānyān upāgām ity āhāti hy anyān eti nānyān upaity arvāk tvā parair avidam parovarair ity
āhārvāgghyenaṃ parair vindati parovarais taṃ tvā juṣe //
TS, 6, 3, 3, 2.2 devas tvā savitā madhvānaktv ity
āha tejasaivainam anakty oṣadhe trāyasvainaṃ svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīr ity āha vajro vai svadhitiḥ śāntyai /
TS, 6, 3, 3, 2.2 devas tvā savitā madhvānaktv ity āha tejasaivainam anakty oṣadhe trāyasvainaṃ svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīr ity
āha vajro vai svadhitiḥ śāntyai /
TS, 6, 3, 3, 3.1 evainam āharatīme vai lokā yūpāt prayato bibhyati divam agreṇa mā lekhīr antarikṣam madhyena mā hiṃsīr ity
āhaibhya evainaṃ lokebhyaḥ śamayati /
TS, 6, 3, 4, 1.1 pṛthivyai tvāntarikṣāya tvā dive tvety
āhaibhya evainaṃ lokebhyaḥ prokṣati /
TS, 6, 3, 4, 8.2 purastān minoti purastāddhi yajñasya prajñāyate 'prajñātaṃ hi tad yad atipanna
āhur idaṃ kāryam āsīd iti sādhyā vai devā yajñam atyamanyanta tān yajño nāspṛśat tān yad yajñasyātiriktam āsīt tad aspṛśad atiriktaṃ vā etad yajñasya yad agnāv agnim mathitvā praharaty atiriktam etat //
TS, 6, 3, 6, 1.3 upo devān daivīr viśaḥ prāgur ity
āha daivīr hy etā viśaḥ satīr devān upayanti /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 1.4 vahnīr uśija ity
āhartvijo vai vahnaya uśijas tasmād evam āha /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 1.4 vahnīr uśija ity āhartvijo vai vahnaya uśijas tasmād evam
āha /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 2.1 āha brahma vai devānām bṛhaspatir brahmaṇaivāsmai paśūn avarunddhe /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 2.3 deva tvaṣṭar vasu raṇvety
āha tvaṣṭā vai paśūnām mithunānāṃ rūpakṛd rūpam eva paśuṣu dadhāti /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 2.4 revatī ramadhvam ity
āha paśavo vai revatīḥ paśūn evāsmai ramayati /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 3.1 raśanām ādatte prasūtyā aśvinor bāhubhyām ity
āhāśvinau hi devānām adhvaryū āstām pūṣṇo hastābhyām ity āha yatyai /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 3.1 raśanām ādatte prasūtyā aśvinor bāhubhyām ity āhāśvinau hi devānām adhvaryū āstām pūṣṇo hastābhyām ity
āha yatyai /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 3.2 ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśenārabha ity
āha satyaṃ vā ṛtaṃ satyenaivainam ṛtenārabhate /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 4.1 tvauṣadhībhyaḥ prokṣāmīty
āhādbhyo hy eṣa oṣadhībhyaḥ sambhavati yat paśuḥ /
TS, 6, 3, 6, 4.3 svāttaṃ cit sadevaṃ havyam āpo devīḥ svadatainam ity
āha svadayaty evainam /
TS, 6, 3, 7, 1.1 agninā vai hotrā devā asurān abhyabhavann agnaye samidhyamānāyānubrūhīty
āha bhrātṛvyābhibhūtyai /
TS, 6, 3, 7, 4.2 saṃ te prāṇo vāyunā gacchatām ity
āha vāyudevatyo vai prāṇo vāyāv evāsya prāṇaṃ juhoti saṃ yajatrair aṅgāni saṃ yajñapatir āśiṣety āha yajñapatim evāsyāśiṣaṃ gamayati /
TS, 6, 3, 7, 4.2 saṃ te prāṇo vāyunā gacchatām ity āha vāyudevatyo vai prāṇo vāyāv evāsya prāṇaṃ juhoti saṃ yajatrair aṅgāni saṃ yajñapatir āśiṣety
āha yajñapatim evāsyāśiṣaṃ gamayati /
TS, 6, 3, 7, 5.5 vajro vai svadhitir vajro yūpaśakalo ghṛtaṃ khalu vai devā vajraṃ kṛtvā somam aghnan ghṛtenāktau paśuṃ trāyethām ity
āha vajreṇaivainaṃ vaśe kṛtvā labhate //
TS, 6, 3, 8, 1.3 anvārabhyaḥ paśū3r nānvārabhyā3 iti mṛtyave vā eṣa nīyate yat paśus tam yad anvārabheta pramāyuko yajamānaḥ syād atho khalv
āhuḥ /
TS, 6, 3, 8, 3.4 paścāllokā vā eṣā prācy udānīyate yat patnī namas ta ātānety
āhādityasya vai raśmayaḥ //
TS, 6, 3, 8, 4.3 ghṛtasya kulyām anu saha prajayā saha rāyaspoṣeṇety
āhāśiṣam evaitām āśāsta āpo devīḥ śuddhāyuva ity āha yathāyajur evaitat //
TS, 6, 3, 8, 4.3 ghṛtasya kulyām anu saha prajayā saha rāyaspoṣeṇety āhāśiṣam evaitām āśāsta āpo devīḥ śuddhāyuva ity
āha yathāyajur evaitat //
TS, 6, 3, 9, 1.2 vāk ta ā pyāyatām prāṇas ta ā pyāyatām ity
āha prāṇebhya evāsya śucaṃ śamayati /
TS, 6, 3, 9, 1.5 oṣadhe trāyasvainaṃ svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīr ity
āha vajro vai svadhitiḥ //
TS, 6, 3, 9, 2.4 idam ahaṃ rakṣo 'dhamaṃ tamo nayāmi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity
āha dvau vāva puruṣau yaṃ caiva //
TS, 6, 3, 9, 3.4 ghṛtena dyāvāpṛthivī prorṇvāthām ity
āha dyāvāpṛthivī eva rasenānakti /
TS, 6, 3, 9, 4.2 krūram iva vā etat karoti yad vapām utkhidaty urv antarikṣam anv ihīty
āha śāntyai /
TS, 6, 3, 9, 6.3 svāhordhvanabhasam mārutaṃ gacchatam ity
āhordhvanabhā ha sma vai māruto devānāṃ vapāśrapaṇī praharati tenaivaine praharati viṣūcī praharati tasmād viṣvañcau prāṇāpānau //
TS, 6, 3, 10, 1.4 śṛtaṃ havī3ḥ śamitar iti triṣatyā hi devā yo 'śṛtaṃ śṛtam
āha sa enasā /
TS, 6, 3, 10, 3.4 manotāyai haviṣo 'vadīyamānasyānubrūhīty
āha mana evāsyāvarunddhe /
TS, 6, 3, 11, 2.1 vā etat paśuṃ yat saṃjñapayanty aindraḥ khalu vai devatayā prāṇa aindro 'pāna aindraḥ prāṇo aṅge aṅge nidedhyad ity
āha prāṇāpānāv eva paśuṣu dadhāti /
TS, 6, 3, 11, 2.2 deva tvaṣṭar bhūri te saṃ sam etv ity
āha tvāṣṭrā hi devatayā paśavaḥ /
TS, 6, 3, 11, 2.3 viṣurūpā yat salakṣmāṇo bhavathety
āha viṣurūpā hy ete santaḥ salakṣmāṇa etarhi bhavanti /
TS, 6, 3, 11, 3.1 avase sakhāyo 'nu tvā mātā pitaro madantv ity
āhānumatam evainam mātrā pitrā suvargaṃ lokaṃ gamayati /
TS, 6, 5, 9, 18.0 atho khalv
āhur etā vā indrasya pṛśnayaḥ kāmadughā yaddhāriyojanīr iti //
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 2, 11, 7.0 trīn eva prāyuṅkta bhūr bhuvaḥ svar ity
āhaitad vai vācaḥ satyaṃ yad eva vācaḥ satyaṃ tat prāyuṅkta //
TĀ, 2, 18, 1.1 katidhāvakīrṇī praviśati caturdhety
āhur brahmavādino marutaḥ prāṇair indraṃ balena bṛhaspatiṃ brahmavarcasenāgnim evetareṇa sarveṇa tasyaitāṃ prāyaścittiṃ vidāṃcakāra sudevaḥ kāśyapaḥ //
TĀ, 5, 3, 7.2 uttiṣṭha bṛhan bhavordhvas tiṣṭha dhruvas tvam ity
āha pratiṣṭhityai /
TĀ, 5, 3, 7.7 ṛjave tvā sādhave tvā sukṣityai tvā bhūtyai tvety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 3, 8.4 idam aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇaṃ viśā paśubhir brahmavarcasena paryūhāmīty
āha /
TĀ, 5, 4, 1.1 brahman pracariṣyāmo hotar gharmam abhiṣṭuhīty
āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 1.1 agniṣ ṭvā vasubhiḥ purastād rocayatu gāyatreṇa chandasety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 1.5 indras tvā rudrair dakṣiṇato rocayatu traiṣṭubhena chandasety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 1.9 varuṇas tvādityaiḥ paścād rocayatu jāgatena chandasety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 2.3 dyutānas tvā māruto marudbhir uttarato rocayatv ānuṣṭubhena chandasety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 2.7 bṛhaspatis tvā viśvair devair upariṣṭād rocayatu pāṅktena chandasety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 3.5 samrāḍ gharma rucitas tvaṃ deveṣv āyuṣmāṃs tejasvī brahmavarcasy asīty
āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 3.7 rucito 'haṃ manuṣyeṣv āyuṣmāṃs tejasvī brahmavarcasī bhūyāsam ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 6, 5.8 atra prāvīr madhu mādhvībhyāṃ madhu mādhūcībhyām ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 6, 9.2 saṃ devo devena savitrāyatiṣṭa saṃ sūryeṇāruktety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 7, 3.7 usra gharmaṃ śiṃṣosra gharmaṃ pāhi gharmāya śiṃṣety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 7, 4.6 aśvibhyāṃ pinvasva sarasvatyai pinvasva pūṣṇe pinvasva bṛhaspataye pinvasvety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 7, 7.1 svāhā tvā sūryasya raśmaye vṛṣṭivanaye juhomīty
āha /
TĀ, 5, 7, 8.4 devānāṃ tvā pitṝṇām anumato bhartuṃ śakeyam ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 7, 8.10 divispṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīr antarikṣaspṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīḥ pṛthivispṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīr
ityāhāhiṃsāyai //
TĀ, 5, 7, 9.1 suvar asi suvar me yaccha divaṃ yaccha divo mā pāhīty
āha /
TĀ, 5, 7, 11.6 savitre tvarbhumate vibhumate prabhumate vājavate svāhety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 7, 12.11 ahar jyotiḥ ketunā juṣatāṃ sujyotir jyotiṣāṃ svāhā rātrir jyotiḥ ketunā juṣatāṃ sujyotir jyotiṣāṃ svāhety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 1.6 svāhākṛtasya gharmasya madhoḥ pibatam aśvinety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 2.1 aśvinā gharmaṃ pātaṃ hārdivānam ahardivābhir ūtibhir ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.4 taṃ prāvyaṃ yathāvaṇṇamo dive namaḥ pṛthivyā ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.6 divi dhā imaṃ yajñaṃ yajñam imaṃ divi dhā ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.8 divaṃ gacchāntarikṣaṃ gaccha pṛthivīṃ gacchety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 4.2 devān gharmapān gaccha pitṝn gharmapān gacchety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 6.8 tviṣyai tvā dyumnāya tvendriyāya tvā bhūtyai tvety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 10.3 apīparo māhno rātriyai mā pāhy eṣā te agne samit tayā samidhyasvāyur me dā varcasā māñjīr ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 10.5 apīparo mā rātriyā ahno mā pāhy eṣā te agne samit tayā samidhyasvāyur me dā varcasā māñjīr ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 10.7 agnir jyotir jyotir agniḥ svāhā sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ sūryaḥ svāhety
āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 12.4 aśyāma te deva gharma madhumato vājavataḥ pitumata ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 9, 8.7 vy asau yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 9, 11.9 durmitrās tasmai bhūyāsur yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity
āha /
TĀ, 5, 10, 6.1 idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya śucā prāṇam apidahāmīty
āha /
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
VaikhGS, 2, 6, 9.0 śatam in nv ityādityaṃ namaskṛtyāgantrā samaganmahīti pradakṣiṇaṃ kārayitvā śakāya tvety uttamāṅgam abhimṛśyādhīhi bho iti tena prārthito
gururathāha sāvitrīṃ bho iti śiṣyam anuśāsti //
VaikhGS, 3, 21, 3.0 vedasnātakasya yadahni vivāho bhavati māsike vārṣike cāhni tasmin yat striya
āhuḥ pāraṃparyāgataṃ śiṣṭācāraṃ tattatkaroti //
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
VaitS, 1, 4, 16.2 bṛhaspatir brahmā sa yajñaṃ pāhi sa yajñapatiṃ pāhi sa māṃ pāhi sa māṃ karmaṇyaṃ pāhīty
āha //
VaitS, 3, 5, 3.1 yatrāhādhvaryur agnīd devapatnīr vyācakṣveti tadapareṇa gārhapatyaṃ prāṅmukhas tiṣṭhann anavānann āgnīdhro devapatnīr vyācaṣṭe /
VaitS, 3, 7, 12.1 athādhvaryur
āhāgnīd agnīn vihara barhi stṛṇīhi paroḍāśān alaṃkurv iti //
VaitS, 4, 3, 5.1 yūpam ārohyamāṇo yajamāna
āha devasya savituḥ save svargaṃ varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam pṛṣṭhāt pṛthivyā aham iti //
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
VasDhS, 3, 15.1 ātatāyinaṃ hatvā nātra prāṇachettuḥ kiṃcit kilbiṣam
āhuḥ //
VasDhS, 6, 30.2 strīṣu kṣāntaṃ dhārmikaṃ gośaraṇyaṃ vrataiḥ klāntaṃ tādṛśaṃ pātram
āhuḥ //
VasDhS, 16, 36.2 viprasya cārthe hy anṛtaṃ vadeyuḥ pañcānṛtāny
āhur apātakāni //
VasDhS, 17, 22.1 yaṃ pitṛgṛhe 'saṃskṛtā kāmād utpādayen mātāmahasya putro bhavatīty
āhuḥ //
VasDhS, 17, 38.1 śūdrāputra eva ṣaṣṭho bhavatīty
āhur ity ete 'dāyādabāndhavāḥ //
VasDhS, 19, 2.1 bhayakāruṇyahānaṃ jarāmaryaṃ vā etat sattram
āhur vidvāṃsaḥ //
VasDhS, 24, 5.0 śmaśrukeśān vāpayed bhruvo'kṣilomaśikhāvarjaṃ nakhān nikṛtyaikavāso 'ninditabhojī sakṛd bhaikṣam aninditaṃ triṣavaṇam udakopasparśī daṇḍī kamaṇḍaluḥ strīśūdrasaṃbhāṣaṇavarjī sthānāsanaśīlo 'has tiṣṭhed rātrāv āsītety
āha bhagavān vasiṣṭhaḥ //
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 6, 22.3 yad
āhur aghnyā iti varuṇeti śapāmahe tato varuṇa no muñca /
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 5, 15.2 ādhraścidyaṃ manyamānas turaś cid rājā cidyaṃ bhagaṃ bhakṣīmahīty
āha /
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 3, 4, 17.2 sphyasaṃmārgaṃ pāṇau kṛtvāpara āgnīdhro vedyās tṛṇam avyantam
apādāyāha ka idam adhvaryur bhaviṣyati sa idam adhvaryur bhaviṣyati /
VārŚS, 1, 3, 4, 17.8 brahman pravarāyāśrāvayiṣyāmīty āmantryāśrāvya pratyāśruta
āha agnir devo daivyo hotā devān yakṣad vidvāṃś cikitvān manuṣvad bharatavad amuvad amuvad iti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 5, 15.1 anuyājasamidham
ādāyāha brahman prasthāsyāmaḥ samidham ādhāyāgnīt paridhīṃś cāgniṃ ca sakṛt sakṛt saṃmṛḍḍhīti saṃpreṣyati //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 6, 7.1 pratyavarohaiḥ punar aktvāyuṣe tveti prastarāt tṛṇam apādāya mūlaiḥ pratiṣṭhāpya prastaram āsīna āśrāvya pratyāśruta
āha iṣitā daivyā hotāro bhadravācyāya preṣito mānuṣaḥ sūktavākāya sūktā brūhīti saṃpreṣyati //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 5, 34.1 nārātsur ime sattriṇa ity
āhāpagara orasaḥ keśān prarohya paśūn piṣṭvā pavamānādagnalokam abhyarcanta āsiṣateti //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 5, 35.1 arātsur ime sattriṇa ity
āhābhigaras tapasvino varakᄆptino jayaprarohāpaksupayantaḥ svargalokam abhyarcanta āsiṣateti //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
ĀpDhS, 1, 5, 8.0 atho yat kiṃca manasā vācā cakṣuṣā vā saṃkalpaṃ dhyāyaty
āhābhivipaśyati vā tathaiva tad bhavatīty upadiśanti //
ĀpDhS, 2, 14, 13.0 athāpi nityānuvādam avidhim
āhur nyāyavido yathā tasmād ajāvayaḥ paśūnāṃ saha carantīti tasmāt snātakasya mukhaṃ rebhāyatīva tasmād bastaś ca śrotriyaś ca strīkāmatamāv iti //
ĀpDhS, 2, 15, 9.0 tatpratyayam udakam utsicyāpratīkṣā grāmam etya yat striya
āhus tat kurvanti //
ĀpDhS, 2, 26, 2.0 brāhmaṇasvāny apajigīṣamāṇo rājā yo hanyate tam
āhur ātmayūpo yajño 'nantadakṣiṇa iti //
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
ĀpGS, 11, 8.1 purastāt pratyaṅṅ āsīnaḥ kumāro dakṣiṇena pāṇinā dakṣiṇaṃ pādam
anvārabhyāha sāvitrīṃ bho anubrūhi iti //
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 6, 7, 1.1 devasya tvā savituḥ prasava iti sruksruvam ādāya pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ pratyuṣṭā arātaya ity āhavanīye gārhapatye vā pratitapyāriṣṭo yajamānaḥ patnī ceti saṃmṛśya hiraṇyayaṣṭir asy amṛtapalāśā sroto yajñānām ity agnihotrahavaṇīm abhimantryom unneṣyāmi havyaṃ devebhyaḥ pāpmano yajamānam iti sāyam
āha /
ĀpŚS, 6, 24, 5.1 pūrvavad virāṭkramair upasthāyāśitvā pravasatham eṣyann
āhāgnīn samādhehīti //
ĀpŚS, 6, 27, 1.1 tad
āhur nāgnir upastheyaḥ kaḥ śreyāṃsaṃ viṣuptaṃ bodhayiṣyatīti /
ĀpŚS, 7, 14, 14.0 śamitre svadhitiṃ prayacchann
āha śamitar eṣā te 'śriḥ spaṣṭāstv iti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 25, 17.0 upary āhavanīye juhvām aupabhṛtāni viparyasyann
āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhy agnaye sviṣṭakṛte preṣyeti saṃpraiṣau //
ĀpŚS, 16, 35, 1.8 yaṃ hutādam agniṃ yam u kāmam
āhur yaṃ dātāraṃ pratigrahītāram āhuḥ /
ĀpŚS, 16, 35, 1.8 yaṃ hutādam agniṃ yam u kāmam āhur yaṃ dātāraṃ pratigrahītāram
āhuḥ /
ĀpŚS, 20, 23, 8.1 tad
āhur dvādaśa brahmaudanān saṃsthite nirvaped dvādaśabhir veṣṭibhir yajeteti //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 1, 1, 4.4 vaca eva ma idaṃ ghṛtācca madhunaśca svādīyo 'sti prītiḥ svādīyo 'stvityeva tad
āha /
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
ĀśvŚS, 9, 8, 3.0 atrāha gor amanvata navo navo bhavati jāyamānas taraṇir viśvadarśataś citraṃ devānām udagād anīkam iti yājyānuvākyāḥ //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 10.2 yā vāraṇyā oṣadhayo yadvā vṛkṣyaṃ tad u ha
smāhāpi barkurvārṣṇo māṣān me pacata na vā eteṣāṃ havirgṛhṇantīti tad u tathā na kuryād vrīhiyavayorvā etadupajaṃ yacchamīdhānyaṃ tadvrīhiyavāvevaitena bhūyāṃsau karoti tasmādāraṇyamevāśnīyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 1.2 karmaṇe vāṃ veṣāya vāmiti yajño vai karma yajñāya hi
tasmādāha karmaṇe vāmiti veṣāya vāmiti veveṣṭīva hi yajñam //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 6.2 bhūmā hi vā anas tasmādyadā bahu bhavaty anovāhyam abhūd
ityāhus tad bhūmānam evaitad upaiti tasmādanasa eva gṛhṇīyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.2 dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyāmiti gṛhā vai duryāste heta īśvaro gṛhā yajamānasya yo 'syaiṣo 'dhvaryuryajñena carati tam prayantamanu pracyotos tasyeśvaraḥ kulaṃ vikṣobdhos tān evaitad asyām pṛthivyāṃ dṛṃhati tathā nānupracyavante tathā na vikṣobhante
tasmādāha dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyām ity atha praity urvantarikṣamanvemīti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 23.2 gārhapatye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhi gārhapatyaṃ sādayed yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhyāhavanīyaṃ sādayet pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīti madhyaṃ vai nābhir madhyamabhayaṃ
tasmādāha pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīty adityā upastha ity upastha ivainadabhārṣuriti vā āhur yat suguptaṃ gopāyanti tasmādāhādityā upastha ity agne havyaṃ rakṣeti tadagnaye caivaitaddhaviḥ paridadāti guptyā asyai ca pṛthivyai tasmādāhāgne havyaṃ rakṣeti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 23.2 gārhapatye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhi gārhapatyaṃ sādayed yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhyāhavanīyaṃ sādayet pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīti madhyaṃ vai nābhir madhyamabhayaṃ tasmādāha pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīty adityā upastha ity upastha ivainadabhārṣuriti vā
āhur yat suguptaṃ gopāyanti tasmādāhādityā upastha ity agne havyaṃ rakṣeti tadagnaye caivaitaddhaviḥ paridadāti guptyā asyai ca pṛthivyai tasmādāhāgne havyaṃ rakṣeti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 23.2 gārhapatye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhi gārhapatyaṃ sādayed yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhyāhavanīyaṃ sādayet pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīti madhyaṃ vai nābhir madhyamabhayaṃ tasmādāha pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīty adityā upastha ity upastha ivainadabhārṣuriti vā āhur yat suguptaṃ gopāyanti
tasmādāhādityā upastha ity agne havyaṃ rakṣeti tadagnaye caivaitaddhaviḥ paridadāti guptyā asyai ca pṛthivyai tasmādāhāgne havyaṃ rakṣeti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 23.2 gārhapatye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhi gārhapatyaṃ sādayed yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhyāhavanīyaṃ sādayet pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīti madhyaṃ vai nābhir madhyamabhayaṃ tasmādāha pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīty adityā upastha ity upastha ivainadabhārṣuriti vā āhur yat suguptaṃ gopāyanti tasmādāhādityā upastha ity agne havyaṃ rakṣeti tadagnaye caivaitaddhaviḥ paridadāti guptyā asyai ca pṛthivyai
tasmādāhāgne havyaṃ rakṣeti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 1.2 pavitre stho vaiṣṇavyāviti yajño vai viṣṇur yajñiye stha
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 6.2 saviturvaḥ prasava utpunāmyachidreṇa pavitreṇa sūryasya raśmibhiriti savitā vai devānām prasavitā tatsavitṛprasūta evaitadutpunāty achidreṇa pavitreṇeti yo vā ayam pavata eṣo 'chidram pavitram
etenaitadāha sūryasya raśmibhirity ete vā utpavitāro yatsūryasya raśmayas tasmādāha sūryasya raśmibhiriti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 6.2 saviturvaḥ prasava utpunāmyachidreṇa pavitreṇa sūryasya raśmibhiriti savitā vai devānām prasavitā tatsavitṛprasūta evaitadutpunāty achidreṇa pavitreṇeti yo vā ayam pavata eṣo 'chidram pavitram etenaitadāha sūryasya raśmibhirity ete vā utpavitāro yatsūryasya raśmayas
tasmādāha sūryasya raśmibhiriti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 7.2 dakṣiṇenodiṅgayaty upastauty evainā etanmahayatyeva devīr āpo agreguvo agrepuva iti devyo hy āpas
tasmādāha devīr āpa ity agreguva iti tā yatsamudraṃ gacchanti tenāgreguvo 'grepuva iti tā yatprathamāḥ somasya rājño bhakṣayanti tenāgrepuvo 'gra imamadya yajñaṃ nayatāgre yajñapatiṃ sudhātuṃ yajñapatiṃ devayuvam iti sādhu yajñaṃ sādhu yajñamānam ityevaitad āha //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 7.2 dakṣiṇenodiṅgayaty upastauty evainā etanmahayatyeva devīr āpo agreguvo agrepuva iti devyo hy āpas tasmādāha devīr āpa ity agreguva iti tā yatsamudraṃ gacchanti tenāgreguvo 'grepuva iti tā yatprathamāḥ somasya rājño bhakṣayanti tenāgrepuvo 'gra imamadya yajñaṃ nayatāgre yajñapatiṃ sudhātuṃ yajñapatiṃ devayuvam iti sādhu yajñaṃ sādhu yajñamānam ityevaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 8.2 etā u hīndro 'vṛṇīta vṛtreṇa spardhamāna etābhirhyenamahaṃstasmād
āha yuṣmā indro 'vṛṇīta vṛtratūrya iti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 9.2 etā u hīndramavṛṇata vṛtreṇa spardhamānam etābhirhyenamahaṃs tasmād
āha yūyamindramavṛṇīdhvaṃ vṛtratūrya iti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 3, 12.2 daivyāya karmaṇe śundhadhvaṃ devayajyāyā iti daivyāya hi karmaṇe śundhati devayajyāyai yadvo 'śuddhāḥ parājaghnur idaṃ vastacchundhāmīti tad yad evaiṣām atrāśuddhastakṣā vānyo vāmedhyaḥ kaścit parāhanti tadevaiṣāmetadadbhirmedhyaṃ karoti
tasmādāha yadvo 'śuddhāḥ parājaghnuridaṃ vastacchundhāmīti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 4.2 śarmāsīti carma vā etatkṛṣṇasya tadasya tanmānuṣaṃ śarma devatrā
tasmādāha śarmāsīti tad avadhūnoty avadhūtaṃ rakṣo 'vadhūtā arātaya iti tannāṣṭrā evaitadrakṣāṃsyato 'pahanty atinatyeva pātrāṇyavadhūnoti yad yasyāmedhyam abhūt tadyasyaitad avadhūnoti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 5.2 adityāstvagasi prati tvāditirvettvitīyaṃ vai pṛthivyaditis tasyā asyai tvagyad idamasyāmadhi kiñca
tasmādāhādityās tvag asīti prati tvāditirvettviti prati hi svaḥ saṃjānīte tatsaṃjñāmevaitatkṛṣṇājināya ca vadati nedanyonyaṃ hinasāta ity abhinihitameva savyena pāṇinā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 7.2 adrirasi vānaspatyo grāvāsi pṛthubudhna iti vā tadyathaivādaḥ somaṃ rājānaṃ grāvabhirabhiṣuṇvantyevamevaitadulūkhalamusalābhyāṃ dṛṣadupalābhyāṃ haviryajñamabhiṣuṇotyadraya iti vai teṣāmekaṃ nāma
tasmādāhādrirasīti vānaspatya iti vānaspatyo hyeṣa grāvāsi pṛthubudhna iti grāvā hyeṣa pṛthubudhno hyeṣa prati tvādityāstvagvettviti tatsaṃjñam ivaitatkṛṣṇājināya ca vadati nedanyonyaṃ hinasāta iti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 8.2 agnestanūrasi vāco visarjanamiti yajño hi tenāgnestanūrvāco visarjanamiti yāṃ vā amūṃ havirgrahīṣyanvācaṃ yacchatyatra vai taṃ visṛjate tadyadetāmatra vācaṃ visṛjata eṣa hi yajña ulūkhale pratyaṣṭhādeṣa hi prāsāri
tasmādāha vāco visarjanamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 10.2 bṛhadgrāvāsi vānaspatya iti bṛhadgrāvā hyeṣa vānaspatyo hyeṣa tadavadadhāti sa idaṃ devebhyo haviḥ śamīṣva suśami śamīṣveti sa idaṃ devebhyo haviḥ saṃskuru sādhusaṃskṛtaṃ
saṃskurvityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 12.2 catvāri vāca ehīti brāhmaṇasyāgahy ādraveti vaiśyasya ca rājanyabandhoścādhāveti śūdrasya sa yadeva brāhmaṇasya
tadāhaitaddhi yajñiyatamam etad u ha vai vācaḥ śāntatamaṃ yadehīti tasmādehītyeva brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 18.2 kukkuṭo 'si madhujihva iti madhujihvo vai sa devebhya āsīdviṣajihvo 'surebhyaḥ sa yo devebhya āsīḥ sa na edhīty evaitad
āheṣam ūrjam āvada tvayā vayaṃ saṅghātaṃ saṃghātaṃ jeṣmeti nātra tirohitamivāsti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 24.1 taddhaike devebhyaḥ śundhadhvaṃ devebhyaḥ śundhadhvamiti phalīkurvanti tad u tathā na kuryād ādiṣṭaṃ vā etaddevatāyai havirbhavaty athaitad vaiśvadevaṃ karoti
yadāha devebhyaḥ śundhadhvamiti tatsamadaṃ karoti tasmād u tūṣṇīmeva phalīkuryāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 12.2 viśvābhyastvāśābhya upadadhāmīti sa yadimāṃllokānati caturthamasti vā na vā tenaivaitaddviṣantam bhrātṛvyamavabādhate 'naddhā vai tad yadimāṃllokānati caturthamasti vā na vānaddho tadyadviśvā āśās
tasmādāha viśvābhyastvāśābhya upadadhāmīti tūṣṇīṃ vaivetarāṇi kapālānyupadadhāti cite //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 16.2 diva skambhanīr asīty antarikṣam eva rūpeṇāntarikṣeṇa hīme dyāvāpṛthivī viṣṭabdhe
tasmādāha diva skambhanīr asīti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 17.2 dhiṣaṇāsi pārvateyī prati tvā parvatī vettviti kanīyasī hyeṣā duhiteva bhavati tasmād
āha pārvateyīti prati tvā parvatī vettviti prati hi svaḥ saṃjānīte tatsaṃjñāmevaitad dṛṣadupalābhyāṃ vadati ned anyonyaṃ hinasāta iti dyaurevaiṣā rūpeṇa hanū eva dṛṣadupale jihvaiva śamyā tasmācchamyayā samāhanti jihvayā hi vadati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 22.2 yadvā ādiṣṭaṃ devatāyai havirgṛhyate yāvaddevatyaṃ tadbhavati taditareṇa yajuṣā gṛhṇāti na vā etatkasyai cana devatāyai havirgṛhṇannādiśati yadājyaṃ tasmādaniruktena yajuṣā gṛhṇāti mahīnām payo 'sīti mahya iti ha vā etāsāmeke nāma yadgavāṃ tāsāṃ vā etatpayo bhavati
tasmādāha mahīnām payo 'sīti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 2.2 athaika upasarjanībhiraiti tā ānayati tāḥ pavitrābhyām pratigṛhṇāti sam āpa oṣadhībhiriti saṃ hyetad āpa oṣadhībhiretābhiḥ piṣṭābhiḥ saṃgacchante samoṣadhayo raseneti saṃ hyetad oṣadhayo rasenaitāḥ piṣṭā adbhiḥ saṃgacchanta āpo hyetāsāṃ rasaḥ saṃ revatīrjagatībhiḥ pṛcyantām iti revatya āpo jagatya oṣadhayas tā u hyetad ubhayyaḥ saṃpṛcyante saṃ madhumatīr madhumatībhiḥ pṛcyantām iti saṃ rasavantyo rasavatībhiḥ pṛcyantām ityevaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 6.2 iṣe tveti vṛṣṭyai
tadāha yad āheṣe tveti tat punar udvāsayaty ūrje tveti yo vṛṣṭād ūrg raso jāyate tasmai tadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 6.2 iṣe tveti vṛṣṭyai tadāha yad
āheṣe tveti tat punar udvāsayaty ūrje tveti yo vṛṣṭād ūrg raso jāyate tasmai tadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 6.2 iṣe tveti vṛṣṭyai tadāha yad āheṣe tveti tat punar udvāsayaty ūrje tveti yo vṛṣṭād ūrg raso jāyate tasmai
tadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 12.2 agniṣ ṭe tvacam mā hiṃsīd ityagninā vā enametad abhitapsyan bhavaty eṣa te tvacam mā hiṃsīd
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 14.2 devastvā savitā śrapayatviti na vā etasya manuṣyaḥ śrapayitā devo hyeṣa tadenaṃ deva eva savitā śrapayati varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti devatro
etadāha yadāha varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti tamabhimṛśati śṛtaṃ vedānīti tasmādvā abhimṛśati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 14.2 devastvā savitā śrapayatviti na vā etasya manuṣyaḥ śrapayitā devo hyeṣa tadenaṃ deva eva savitā śrapayati varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti devatro etadāha
yadāha varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti tamabhimṛśati śṛtaṃ vedānīti tasmādvā abhimṛśati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 15.2 mā bhermā saṃvikthā iti mā tvam bheṣīr mā saṃvikthā yattvāham amānuṣaṃ santam mānuṣo
'bhimṛśāmītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 7.2 taṃ khananta ivānvīṣus tamanvavindaṃs tāvimau vrīhiyavau tasmādapyetāvetarhi khananta ivaivānuvindanti sa yāvadvīryavaddha vā asyaite sarve paśava ālabdhāḥ syus tāvadvīryavaddhāsya havireva bhavati ya evametad vedātro sā
sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā
sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 5.2 adhvaro vai yajño yajñakṛtaṃ devebhya
ityevaitadāha taṃ savye pāṇau kṛtvā dakṣiṇenābhimṛśya japati saṃśyatyevainam etad yajjapati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 6.2 indrasya bāhurasi dakṣiṇa ity eṣa vai vīryavattamo ya indrasya bāhurdakṣiṇas tasmād
āhendrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇa iti sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejā iti sahasrabhṛṣṭirvai sa vajra āsīcchatatejā yaṃ taṃ vṛtrāya prāharat tam evaitat karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad
āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas
tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād
āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram
āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti
yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad
āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 19.2 drapsaste dyām mā skannity ayaṃ vā asyai drapso yamasyā imaṃ rasaṃ prajā upajīvanty eṣa te divam mā paptad ity
evaitadāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ... maugiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 7.2 agnim purastāt samādhāya tenārcantaḥ śrāmyantaścerus tenemāṃ sarvām pṛthivīṃ samavindanta tad yad enenemāṃ sarvāṃ samavindanta tasmād vedirnāma tasmād
āhur yāvatī vedistāvatī pṛthivīty etayā hīmāṃ sarvāṃ samavindantaivaṃ ha vā imāṃ sarvāṃ sapatnānāṃ saṃvṛṅkte nirbhajatyasyai sapatnān ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 18.2 devā ha vai saṃgrāmaṃ saṃnidhāsyantas te hocur hanta yadasyai pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanaṃ taccandramasi nidadhāmahai sa yadi na ito 'surā jayeyus tata evārcantaḥ śrāmyantaḥ punar abhibhavemeti sa yadasyai pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tad etaccandramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tasmād
āhuś candramasy asyai pṛthivyai devayajanam ity api ha vāsyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati tasmād vai pratimārṣṭi //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 19.2 purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinn iti saṃgrāmo vai krūraṃ saṃgrāme hi krūraṃ kriyate hataḥ puruṣo hato 'śvaḥ śete purā hyetat saṃgrāmān nyadadhata tasmād
āha purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinnity udādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum ity udādāya hi yadasyai pṛthivyai jīvam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tasmād āhodādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum iti yām airayaṃścandramasi svadhābhir iti yām candramasi brahmaṇādadhur ityevaitad āha tām u dhīrāso 'nudiśya yajanta ity eteno ha tām anudiśya yajante 'pi ha vā asyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 19.2 purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinn iti saṃgrāmo vai krūraṃ saṃgrāme hi krūraṃ kriyate hataḥ puruṣo hato 'śvaḥ śete purā hyetat saṃgrāmān nyadadhata tasmād āha purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinnity udādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum ity udādāya hi yadasyai pṛthivyai jīvam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tasmād
āhodādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum iti yām airayaṃścandramasi svadhābhir iti yām candramasi brahmaṇādadhur ityevaitad āha tām u dhīrāso 'nudiśya yajanta ity eteno ha tām anudiśya yajante 'pi ha vā asyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 19.2 purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinn iti saṃgrāmo vai krūraṃ saṃgrāme hi krūraṃ kriyate hataḥ puruṣo hato 'śvaḥ śete purā hyetat saṃgrāmān nyadadhata tasmād āha purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinnity udādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum ity udādāya hi yadasyai pṛthivyai jīvam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tasmād āhodādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum iti yām airayaṃścandramasi svadhābhir iti yām candramasi brahmaṇādadhur ityevaitad
āha tām u dhīrāso 'nudiśya yajanta ity eteno ha tām anudiśya yajante 'pi ha vā asyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 6.2 aniśito 'si sapatnakṣiditi yathānuparato yajamānasya sapatnānkṣiṇuyādevam etad
āha vājinaṃ tvā vājedhyāyai saṃmārjmīti yajñiyaṃ tvā yajñāya saṃmārjmīty evaitad āhaitenaiva sarvāḥ srucaḥ saṃmārṣṭi vājinīṃ tveti srucaṃ tūṣṇīm prāśitraharaṇaṃ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 6.2 aniśito 'si sapatnakṣiditi yathānuparato yajamānasya sapatnānkṣiṇuyādevam etad āha vājinaṃ tvā vājedhyāyai saṃmārjmīti yajñiyaṃ tvā yajñāya saṃmārjmīty evaitad
āhaitenaiva sarvāḥ srucaḥ saṃmārṣṭi vājinīṃ tveti srucaṃ tūṣṇīm prāśitraharaṇaṃ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 19.2 adabdhena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty anārtena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty evaitad
āhāgner jihvāsīti yadā vā etadagnau juhvatyathāgnerjihvā ivottiṣṭhanti tasmād āhāgner jihvāsīti suhūr devebhya iti sādhu devebhya ity evaitad āha dhāmne dhāmne me bhava yajuṣe yajuṣa iti sarvasmai me yajñāyaidhītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 19.2 adabdhena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty anārtena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty evaitad āhāgner jihvāsīti yadā vā etadagnau juhvatyathāgnerjihvā ivottiṣṭhanti tasmād
āhāgner jihvāsīti suhūr devebhya iti sādhu devebhya ity evaitad āha dhāmne dhāmne me bhava yajuṣe yajuṣa iti sarvasmai me yajñāyaidhītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 19.2 adabdhena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty anārtena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty evaitad āhāgner jihvāsīti yadā vā etadagnau juhvatyathāgnerjihvā ivottiṣṭhanti tasmād āhāgner jihvāsīti suhūr devebhya iti sādhu devebhya ity evaitad
āha dhāmne dhāmne me bhava yajuṣe yajuṣa iti sarvasmai me yajñāyaidhītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 19.2 adabdhena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty anārtena tvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmīty evaitad āhāgner jihvāsīti yadā vā etadagnau juhvatyathāgnerjihvā ivottiṣṭhanti tasmād āhāgner jihvāsīti suhūr devebhya iti sādhu devebhya ity evaitad āha dhāmne dhāmne me bhava yajuṣe yajuṣa iti sarvasmai me
yajñāyaidhītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 15.2 kasmā u tarhyupabhṛti gṛhṇīyād yad upabhṛtā na juhotīti sa yaddhopabhṛtā juhuyāt pṛthagghaivemāḥ prajāḥ syur naivāttā syān nādyaḥ syād atha yat tajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād imā viśaḥ kṣatriyasyaiva vaśe sati vaiśyam paśava upatiṣṭhante 'tha yattajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād yadota kṣatriyaḥ kāmayate
'thāha vaiśya mayi yat te paro nihitaṃ tad āhareti taṃ jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 17.2 dhāma nāmāsi priyaṃ devānām ity etad vai devānām priyatamaṃ dhāma yadājyaṃ
tasmādāha dhāma nāmāsi priyaṃ devānām ity anādhṛṣṭaṃ devayajanamasīti vajro hyājyaṃ tasmādāhānādhṛṣṭaṃ devayajanamasīti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 17.2 dhāma nāmāsi priyaṃ devānām ity etad vai devānām priyatamaṃ dhāma yadājyaṃ tasmādāha dhāma nāmāsi priyaṃ devānām ity anādhṛṣṭaṃ devayajanamasīti vajro hyājyaṃ
tasmādāhānādhṛṣṭaṃ devayajanamasīti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 18.2 sakṛjjuhvāṃ gṛhṇāti tris tūṣṇīm etenaiva yajuṣā sakṛdupabhṛti gṛhṇāti saptakṛtvas tūṣṇīm etenaiva yajuṣā sakṛddhruvāyāṃ gṛhṇāti tristūṣṇīṃ tad
āhus tristrireva yajuṣā gṛhṇīyāt trivṛddhi yajña iti tad u nu sakṛt sakṛd evātro hyeva trir gṛhītaṃ sampadyate //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 11.2 ūrṇamradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi svāsasthāṃ devebhya iti sādhvīṃ devebhya
ityevaitadāha yadāhorṇamradasaṃ tveti svāsasthāṃ devebhya iti svāsadāṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 11.2 ūrṇamradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi svāsasthāṃ devebhya iti sādhvīṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha
yadāhorṇamradasaṃ tveti svāsasthāṃ devebhya iti svāsadāṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 11.2 ūrṇamradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi svāsasthāṃ devebhya iti sādhvīṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha yadāhorṇamradasaṃ tveti svāsasthāṃ devebhya iti svāsadāṃ devebhya
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 4.2 mitrāvaruṇau tvottarataḥ paridhattāṃ dhruveṇa dharmaṇā viśvasyāriṣṭyai yajamānasya paridhir asy agniriḍa īḍita ity agnayo hi tasmād
āhāgniriḍa īḍita iti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 11.2 ūrṇamradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi svāsasthaṃ devebhya iti sādhuṃ devebhya
ityevaitadāha yadāhorṇamradasaṃ tveti svāsasthaṃ devebhya iti svāsadaṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 11.2 ūrṇamradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi svāsasthaṃ devebhya iti sādhuṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha
yadāhorṇamradasaṃ tveti svāsasthaṃ devebhya iti svāsadaṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 11.2 ūrṇamradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi svāsasthaṃ devebhya iti sādhuṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha yadāhorṇamradasaṃ tveti svāsasthaṃ devebhya iti svāsadaṃ devebhya
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 12.2 ā tvā vasavo rudrā ādityāḥ sadantvity ete vai trayā devā yadvasavo rudrā ādityā ete tvāsīdantv ity evaitad
āhābhinihita eva savyena pāṇinā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 16.2 dhruvā asadanniti dhruvā hyasadann ṛtasya yonāviti yajño vā ṛtasya yonir yajñe hyasadaṃs tā viṣṇo pāhi pāhi yajñam pāhi yajñapatimiti
tadyajamānamāha pāhi māṃ yajñanyamiti tadapyātmānaṃ yajñānnāntareti yajño vai viṣṇus tad yajñāyaivaitat sarvam paridadāti guptyai tasmādāha tā viṣṇo pāhīti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 4, 16.2 dhruvā asadanniti dhruvā hyasadann ṛtasya yonāviti yajño vā ṛtasya yonir yajñe hyasadaṃs tā viṣṇo pāhi pāhi yajñam pāhi yajñapatimiti tadyajamānamāha pāhi māṃ yajñanyamiti tadapyātmānaṃ yajñānnāntareti yajño vai viṣṇus tad yajñāyaivaitat sarvam paridadāti guptyai
tasmādāha tā viṣṇo pāhīti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 11.2 api darśapūrṇamāsayor anubrūyād ity
āhur dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya pañcartavas trayo lokās tad viṃśatir eṣa evaikaviṃśo ya eṣa tapati saiṣā gatireṣā pratiṣṭhā tadetāṃ gatim etām pratiṣṭhāṃ gacchati tasmādekaviṃśatimanubrūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 1.2 nāsāmā yajño 'stīti vā
āhur na vā ahiṃkṛtya sāma gīyate sāma yaddhiṃkaroti taddhiṃkārasya rūpaṃ kriyate praṇavenaiva sāmno rūpam upagacchaty o3ṃ o3m ity eteno hāsyaiṣa sarva eva sasāmā yajño bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 21.2 devāñjigāti sumnayuriti yajamāno vai sumnayuḥ sa hi devāñjigīṣati sa hi devāñjighāṃsati
tasmādāha devāñjigāti sumnayuriti saiṣāgneyī satyaniruktā sarvaṃ vā aniruktaṃ sarveṇaivaitatpratipadyate //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 24.2 yajamāno vai havyadātir gṛṇāno yajamānāyety
evaitadāha ni hotā satsi barhiṣīty agnirvai hotāyaṃ loko barhir asminnevaitalloke 'gniṃ dadhāti so 'yamasmiṃlloke 'gnirhitaḥ saiṣemameva lokamabhyanūktemam evaitayā lokaṃ jayati yasyaivaṃ viduṣa etāmanvāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 26.2 bṛhad u hyeṣa śocati samiddho yaviṣṭhyeti yaviṣṭho hyagnis
tasmādāha yaviṣṭhyeti saiṣaitam eva lokamabhyanūktāntarikṣalokameva tasmādāgneyī satyaniruktānirukto hyeṣa loka etamevaitayā lokaṃ jayati yasyaivaṃ viduṣa etāmanvāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 27.2 ado vai pṛthu yasmindevā etacchravāyyaṃ yasmindevā acchā deva vivāsasīty accha deva vivāsasy etan no gamayety evaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 30.2 aśvo ha vā eṣa bhūtvā devebhyo yajñaṃ vahati yadvai netyṛcy omiti tat tasmād
āhāśvo na devavāhana iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 35.2 hotā yo viśvavedasa iti ned aram ity ātmānaṃ bravāṇīti tad u tathā na brūyān mānuṣaṃ ha te yajñe kurvanti vyṛddhaṃ vai tadyajñasya yanmānuṣaṃ nedvyṛddham yajñe karavāṇīti tasmād yathaivarcānūktameva anubrūyāddhotāraṃ viśvavedasam ity evāsya yajñasya sukratum ity eṣa hi yajñasya sukratur yad agnis tasmād
āhāsya yajñasya sukratum iti seyaṃ devān upāvavarta tato devā abhavan parāsurā bhavati ha vā ātmanā parāsya sapatnā bhavanti yasyaivaṃ viduṣa etām anvāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 38.2 adhvaro vai yajñaḥ samidhyamāno yajña
ityevaitadāhāgniḥ pāvaka īḍya iti pāvako hyeṣa īḍyo hyeṣa śociṣkeśastamīmaha iti śocantīva hyetasya keśāḥ samiddhasya samiddho agna āhutety ataḥ prācīnaṃ sarvam idhmam abhyādadhyād yad anyat samidho 'pavṛṅkta iva hy etaddhotā yad vā anyat samidha idhmasyātiricyate tasmād ataḥ prācīnaṃ sarvam idhmam abhyādadhyād yad anyat samidhaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 39.2 adhvaro vai yajño devānyakṣi
suyajñiyetyevaitadāha tvāṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty eṣa hi havyavāḍ yad agnis tasmādāha tvaṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty ā juhotā duvasyatāgnim prayatyadhvare vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanamiti sampreṣyaty evaitayājuhuta ca yajata ca yasmai kāmāya samaindhiḍhvaṃ tat kurutety evaitad āhāgnim prayatyadhvara ity adhvaro vai yajño 'gniṃ prayati yajña ityevaitad āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam ity eṣa hi havyavāhano yad agnis tasmād āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 39.2 adhvaro vai yajño devānyakṣi suyajñiyetyevaitadāha tvāṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty eṣa hi havyavāḍ yad agnis
tasmādāha tvaṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty ā juhotā duvasyatāgnim prayatyadhvare vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanamiti sampreṣyaty evaitayājuhuta ca yajata ca yasmai kāmāya samaindhiḍhvaṃ tat kurutety evaitad āhāgnim prayatyadhvara ity adhvaro vai yajño 'gniṃ prayati yajña ityevaitad āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam ity eṣa hi havyavāhano yad agnis tasmād āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 39.2 adhvaro vai yajño devānyakṣi suyajñiyetyevaitadāha tvāṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty eṣa hi havyavāḍ yad agnis tasmādāha tvaṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty ā juhotā duvasyatāgnim prayatyadhvare vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanamiti sampreṣyaty evaitayājuhuta ca yajata ca yasmai kāmāya samaindhiḍhvaṃ tat kurutety evaitad
āhāgnim prayatyadhvara ity adhvaro vai yajño 'gniṃ prayati yajña ityevaitad āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam ity eṣa hi havyavāhano yad agnis tasmād āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 39.2 adhvaro vai yajño devānyakṣi suyajñiyetyevaitadāha tvāṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty eṣa hi havyavāḍ yad agnis tasmādāha tvaṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty ā juhotā duvasyatāgnim prayatyadhvare vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanamiti sampreṣyaty evaitayājuhuta ca yajata ca yasmai kāmāya samaindhiḍhvaṃ tat kurutety evaitad āhāgnim prayatyadhvara ity adhvaro vai yajño 'gniṃ prayati yajña ityevaitad
āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam ity eṣa hi havyavāhano yad agnis tasmād āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 39.2 adhvaro vai yajño devānyakṣi suyajñiyetyevaitadāha tvāṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty eṣa hi havyavāḍ yad agnis tasmādāha tvaṃ hi havyavāḍ asīty ā juhotā duvasyatāgnim prayatyadhvare vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanamiti sampreṣyaty evaitayājuhuta ca yajata ca yasmai kāmāya samaindhiḍhvaṃ tat kurutety evaitad āhāgnim prayatyadhvara ity adhvaro vai yajño 'gniṃ prayati yajña ityevaitad āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam ity eṣa hi havyavāhano yad agnis tasmād
āha vṛṇīdhvaṃ havyavāhanam iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 2.2 brahma hyagnis
tasmādāha brāhmaṇeti bhāratetyeṣa hi devebhyo havyaṃ bharati tasmādbharato 'gnir ityāhur eṣa u vā imāḥ prajāḥ prāṇo bhūtvā bibharti tasmād v evāha bhārateti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 2.2 brahma hyagnis tasmādāha brāhmaṇeti bhāratetyeṣa hi devebhyo havyaṃ bharati tasmādbharato 'gnir
ityāhur eṣa u vā imāḥ prajāḥ prāṇo bhūtvā bibharti tasmād v evāha bhārateti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 2.2 brahma hyagnis tasmādāha brāhmaṇeti bhāratetyeṣa hi devebhyo havyaṃ bharati tasmādbharato 'gnir ityāhur eṣa u vā imāḥ prajāḥ prāṇo bhūtvā bibharti tasmād v
evāha bhārateti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 5.2 deveddho manviddha iti devā hyetam agra aindhata
tasmādāha deveddha iti manviddha iti manur hyetam agra ainddha tasmādāha manviddha iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 5.2 deveddho manviddha iti devā hyetam agra aindhata tasmādāha deveddha iti manviddha iti manur hyetam agra ainddha
tasmādāha manviddha iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 7.2 ete vai viprā yadṛṣaya ete hyetam anvamadaṃs
tasmādāha viprānumadita iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 8.2 ete vai kavayo yadṛṣaya ete hyetamaśaṃsaṃs
tasmādāha kaviśasta iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 10.2 etena vai sarvānyajñānpraṇayanti ye ca pākayajñā ye cetare tasmād
āha praṇīryajñānāmiti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 11.2 ratho ha vā eṣa bhūtvā devebhyo yajñaṃ vahati
tasmādāha rathīradhvarāṇāmiti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 12.2 na hyetaṃ rakṣāṃsi taranti tasmād
āhātūrto hoteti tūrṇir havyavāḍ iti sarvaṃ hyeṣa pāpmānaṃ tarati tasmādāha tūrṇir havyavāḍ iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 12.2 na hyetaṃ rakṣāṃsi taranti tasmād āhātūrto hoteti tūrṇir havyavāḍ iti sarvaṃ hyeṣa pāpmānaṃ tarati
tasmādāha tūrṇir havyavāḍ iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 14.2 camasena ha vā etena bhūtena devā bhakṣayanti
tasmādāha camaso devapāna iti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 15.2 yathārānnemiḥ sarvataḥ paribhūrevaṃ tvaṃ devāṃtsarvataḥ paribhūrasīty
evaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 16.2 tadasmai yajñāya devān āvoḍhavā
āhāgnimagna āvaheti tadāgneyāyājyabhāgāyāgnim āvoḍhavā āha somamāvaheti tatsaumyāyājyabhāgāya somam āvoḍhavā āhāgnimāvaheti tadya eṣa ubhayatrācyuta āgneyaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasmā agnimāvoḍhavā āha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 16.2 tadasmai yajñāya devān āvoḍhavā āhāgnimagna āvaheti tadāgneyāyājyabhāgāyāgnim āvoḍhavā
āha somamāvaheti tatsaumyāyājyabhāgāya somam āvoḍhavā āhāgnimāvaheti tadya eṣa ubhayatrācyuta āgneyaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasmā agnimāvoḍhavā āha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 16.2 tadasmai yajñāya devān āvoḍhavā āhāgnimagna āvaheti tadāgneyāyājyabhāgāyāgnim āvoḍhavā āha somamāvaheti tatsaumyāyājyabhāgāya somam āvoḍhavā
āhāgnimāvaheti tadya eṣa ubhayatrācyuta āgneyaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasmā agnimāvoḍhavā āha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 16.2 tadasmai yajñāya devān āvoḍhavā āhāgnimagna āvaheti tadāgneyāyājyabhāgāyāgnim āvoḍhavā āha somamāvaheti tatsaumyāyājyabhāgāya somam āvoḍhavā āhāgnimāvaheti tadya eṣa ubhayatrācyuta āgneyaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasmā agnimāvoḍhavā
āha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 17.2 devāṁ ājyapāṁ āvaheti tat prayājānuyājān āvoḍhavā
āha prayājānuyājā vai devā ājyapā agniṃ hotrāyāvaheti tadagniṃ hotrāyāvoḍhavā āha svaṃ mahimānamāvaheti tatsvam mahimānamāvoḍhavā āha vāg vā asya svo mahimā tad vācam āvoḍhavā āhā ca vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā ca yajeti tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā āha tā evaitad āhā cainā vahānuṣṭhyā ca yajeti yad āha suyajā ca yajeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 17.2 devāṁ ājyapāṁ āvaheti tat prayājānuyājān āvoḍhavā āha prayājānuyājā vai devā ājyapā agniṃ hotrāyāvaheti tadagniṃ hotrāyāvoḍhavā
āha svaṃ mahimānamāvaheti tatsvam mahimānamāvoḍhavā āha vāg vā asya svo mahimā tad vācam āvoḍhavā āhā ca vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā ca yajeti tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā āha tā evaitad āhā cainā vahānuṣṭhyā ca yajeti yad āha suyajā ca yajeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 17.2 devāṁ ājyapāṁ āvaheti tat prayājānuyājān āvoḍhavā āha prayājānuyājā vai devā ājyapā agniṃ hotrāyāvaheti tadagniṃ hotrāyāvoḍhavā āha svaṃ mahimānamāvaheti tatsvam mahimānamāvoḍhavā
āha vāg vā asya svo mahimā tad vācam āvoḍhavā āhā ca vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā ca yajeti tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā āha tā evaitad āhā cainā vahānuṣṭhyā ca yajeti yad āha suyajā ca yajeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 17.2 devāṁ ājyapāṁ āvaheti tat prayājānuyājān āvoḍhavā āha prayājānuyājā vai devā ājyapā agniṃ hotrāyāvaheti tadagniṃ hotrāyāvoḍhavā āha svaṃ mahimānamāvaheti tatsvam mahimānamāvoḍhavā āha vāg vā asya svo mahimā tad vācam āvoḍhavā
āhā ca vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā ca yajeti tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā āha tā evaitad āhā cainā vahānuṣṭhyā ca yajeti yad āha suyajā ca yajeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 17.2 devāṁ ājyapāṁ āvaheti tat prayājānuyājān āvoḍhavā āha prayājānuyājā vai devā ājyapā agniṃ hotrāyāvaheti tadagniṃ hotrāyāvoḍhavā āha svaṃ mahimānamāvaheti tatsvam mahimānamāvoḍhavā āha vāg vā asya svo mahimā tad vācam āvoḍhavā āhā ca vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā ca yajeti tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā
āha tā evaitad āhā cainā vahānuṣṭhyā ca yajeti yad āha suyajā ca yajeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 17.2 devāṁ ājyapāṁ āvaheti tat prayājānuyājān āvoḍhavā āha prayājānuyājā vai devā ājyapā agniṃ hotrāyāvaheti tadagniṃ hotrāyāvoḍhavā āha svaṃ mahimānamāvaheti tatsvam mahimānamāvoḍhavā āha vāg vā asya svo mahimā tad vācam āvoḍhavā āhā ca vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā ca yajeti tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā āha tā evaitad
āhā cainā vahānuṣṭhyā ca yajeti yad āha suyajā ca yajeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 17.2 devāṁ ājyapāṁ āvaheti tat prayājānuyājān āvoḍhavā āha prayājānuyājā vai devā ājyapā agniṃ hotrāyāvaheti tadagniṃ hotrāyāvoḍhavā āha svaṃ mahimānamāvaheti tatsvam mahimānamāvoḍhavā āha vāg vā asya svo mahimā tad vācam āvoḍhavā āhā ca vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā ca yajeti tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā āha tā evaitad āhā cainā vahānuṣṭhyā ca yajeti yad
āha suyajā ca yajeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 15.2 agne vājajidvājaṃ tvā sariṣyantaṃ tvā vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmīti yajñaṃ tvā vakṣyantaṃ yajñiyaṃ saṃmārjmīty evaitad
āhāthopariṣṭāt tūṣṇīṃ tris tad yathā yuktvā prājet prehi vahety evam evaitat kaśayopakṣipati prehi devebhyo yajñaṃ vaheti tasmād upariṣṭāttūṣṇīṃ tris tad yad etadantareṇa karma kriyate tasmād idam manaśca vākca samānam eva sannāneva //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 1.2 pūrveṇa srucāvañjaliṃ nidadhāti namo devebhyaḥ svadhā pitṛbhya iti tad devebhyaścaivaitatpitṛbhyaścārtvijyaṃ kariṣyannihnute suyame me bhūyāstamiti srucāvādatte subhare me bhūyāstam bhartuṃ vāṃ śakeyam ity evaitad
āhāskannam adya devebhya ājyaṃ saṃbhriyāsam ity avikṣubdham adya devebhyo yajñaṃ tanavā ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 1.2 pūrveṇa srucāvañjaliṃ nidadhāti namo devebhyaḥ svadhā pitṛbhya iti tad devebhyaścaivaitatpitṛbhyaścārtvijyaṃ kariṣyannihnute suyame me bhūyāstamiti srucāvādatte subhare me bhūyāstam bhartuṃ vāṃ śakeyam ity evaitad āhāskannam adya devebhya ājyaṃ saṃbhriyāsam ity avikṣubdham adya devebhyo yajñaṃ tanavā
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 2.2 yajño vai viṣṇustasmā evaitannihnute mā tvāvakramiṣam iti vasumatīm agne te chāyāmupastheṣamiti sādhvīmagne te chāyām upastheṣam ity
evaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 3.2 yajño vai viṣṇustasyeva hyetadantikaṃ tiṣṭhati
tasmādāha viṣṇo sthānam asītīta indro vīryamakṛṇodityato hīndrastiṣṭhandakṣiṇato nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyapāhaṃs tasmādāheta indro vīryamakṛṇodity ūrdhvo 'dhvara āsthād ity adhvaro vai yajña ūrdhvo yajña āsthādityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 3.2 yajño vai viṣṇustasyeva hyetadantikaṃ tiṣṭhati tasmādāha viṣṇo sthānam asītīta indro vīryamakṛṇodityato hīndrastiṣṭhandakṣiṇato nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyapāhaṃs
tasmādāheta indro vīryamakṛṇodity ūrdhvo 'dhvara āsthād ity adhvaro vai yajña ūrdhvo yajña āsthādityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 3.2 yajño vai viṣṇustasyeva hyetadantikaṃ tiṣṭhati tasmādāha viṣṇo sthānam asītīta indro vīryamakṛṇodityato hīndrastiṣṭhandakṣiṇato nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyapāhaṃs tasmādāheta indro vīryamakṛṇodity ūrdhvo 'dhvara āsthād ity adhvaro vai yajña ūrdhvo yajña
āsthādityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 4.2 ubhayaṃ vā etadagnirdevānāṃ hotā ca dūtaśca tadubhayaṃ viddhi yaddevānām asīty
evaitadāhāvatāṃ tvāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ava tvaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī iti nātra tirohitamivāsti sviṣṭakṛddevebhya indra ājyena haviṣābhūtsvāhetīndro vai yajñasya devatā tasmādāhendra ājyeneti vāce vā etamāghāram āghārayatīndro vāg ity u vā āhus tasmād v evāhendra ājyeneti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 4.2 ubhayaṃ vā etadagnirdevānāṃ hotā ca dūtaśca tadubhayaṃ viddhi yaddevānām asīty evaitadāhāvatāṃ tvāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ava tvaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī iti nātra tirohitamivāsti sviṣṭakṛddevebhya indra ājyena haviṣābhūtsvāhetīndro vai yajñasya devatā
tasmādāhendra ājyeneti vāce vā etamāghāram āghārayatīndro vāg ity u vā āhus tasmād v evāhendra ājyeneti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 4.2 ubhayaṃ vā etadagnirdevānāṃ hotā ca dūtaśca tadubhayaṃ viddhi yaddevānām asīty evaitadāhāvatāṃ tvāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ava tvaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī iti nātra tirohitamivāsti sviṣṭakṛddevebhya indra ājyena haviṣābhūtsvāhetīndro vai yajñasya devatā tasmādāhendra ājyeneti vāce vā etamāghāram āghārayatīndro vāg ity u vā
āhus tasmād v evāhendra ājyeneti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 4.2 ubhayaṃ vā etadagnirdevānāṃ hotā ca dūtaśca tadubhayaṃ viddhi yaddevānām asīty evaitadāhāvatāṃ tvāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ava tvaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī iti nātra tirohitamivāsti sviṣṭakṛddevebhya indra ājyena haviṣābhūtsvāhetīndro vai yajñasya devatā tasmādāhendra ājyeneti vāce vā etamāghāram āghārayatīndro vāg ity u vā āhus tasmād v
evāhendra ājyeneti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 5, 5.2 dhruvayā samanakti śiro vai yajñasyottara āghāra ātmā vai dhruvā tadātmany evaitacchiraḥ pratidadhāti śiro vai yajñasyottara āghāraḥ śrīrvai śiraḥ śrīrhi vai śiras tasmādyo 'rdhasya śreṣṭho bhavatyasāvamuṣyārdhasya śira
ityāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 5.2 agnirdevo daivyo hotety agnirhi devānāṃ hotā
tasmādāhāgnirdevo daivyo hoteti tadagnaye caiva devebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 5.2 agnirdevo daivyo hotety agnirhi devānāṃ hotā tasmādāhāgnirdevo daivyo hoteti tadagnaye caiva devebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre
'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 5.2 agnirdevo daivyo hotety agnirhi devānāṃ hotā tasmādāhāgnirdevo daivyo hoteti tadagnaye caiva devebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra
āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 6.2 eṣa vai devānanuvidvānyadagniḥ sa enānanuvidvān anuṣṭhyā yakṣad ity evaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 7.2 manurha vā agre yajñeneje tadanukṛtyemāḥ prajā yajante
tasmādāha manuṣvaditi manoryajña ity u vā āhus tasmād v evāha manuṣvaditi //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 7.2 manurha vā agre yajñeneje tadanukṛtyemāḥ prajā yajante tasmādāha manuṣvaditi manoryajña ity u vā
āhus tasmād v evāha manuṣvaditi //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 7.2 manurha vā agre yajñeneje tadanukṛtyemāḥ prajā yajante tasmādāha manuṣvaditi manoryajña ity u vā āhus tasmād v
evāha manuṣvaditi //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 8.2 eṣa hi devebhyo havyam bharati tasmādbharato
'gnirityāhureṣa u vā imāḥ prajāḥ prāṇo bhūtvā bibharti tasmād v evāha bharatavaditi //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 8.2 eṣa hi devebhyo havyam bharati tasmādbharato 'gnirityāhureṣa u vā imāḥ prajāḥ prāṇo bhūtvā bibharti tasmād v
evāha bharatavaditi //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 11.2 brahmaṇvaditi brahma hyagnis
tasmādāha brahmaṇvad ity ā ca vakṣaditi tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā āha tā evaitad āhā ca vakṣaditi //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 11.2 brahmaṇvaditi brahma hyagnis tasmādāha brahmaṇvad ity ā ca vakṣaditi tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā
āha tā evaitad āhā ca vakṣaditi //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 11.2 brahmaṇvaditi brahma hyagnis tasmādāha brahmaṇvad ity ā ca vakṣaditi tadyā evaitaddevatā āvoḍhavā āha tā evaitad
āhā ca vakṣaditi //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 12.2 ete vai brāhmaṇā yajñasya prāvitāro ye 'nūcānā ete hyenaṃ tanvata eta enaṃ janayanti tad u tebhyo nihnute
tasmādāha brāhmaṇā asya yajñasya prāvitāra iti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 15.1 tatra japati etat tvā deva savitarvṛṇata iti tatsavitāram prasavāyopadhāvati sa hi devānām prasavitāgniṃ hotrāyeti tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre
'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 15.1 tatra japati etat tvā deva savitarvṛṇata iti tatsavitāram prasavāyopadhāvati sa hi devānām prasavitāgniṃ hotrāyeti tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagra
āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 17.2 rudrāṇāmurvyāyāṃ svādityā aditaye syāmānehasa ityete vai trayā devā yadvasavo rudrā ādityā eteṣāmabhiguptau
syāmetyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 18.2 juṣṭamadya devebhyo 'nūcyāsam ity
evaitadāha taddhi samṛddhaṃ yo juṣṭaṃ devebhyo 'nubravat //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 19.2 juṣṭamadya brāhmaṇebhyo 'nūcyāsam ity
evaitadāha taddhi samṛddham yo juṣṭam brāhmaṇebhyo 'nubravat //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 20.2 prajā vai naras tat sarvābhyaḥ prajābhya
āha taddhi samṛddhaṃ yaśca veda yaśca na sādhvanvavocatsādhvanvavocadityeva visṛjyante yadadya hotṛvarye jihmaṃ cakṣuḥ parāpatat agniṣ ṭat punar ābhriyājjātavedā vicarṣaṇiriti yathā yānagre 'gnīnhotrāya prāvṛṇata te prādhanvannevaṃ yanme 'tra pravareṇāmāyi tanme punar āpyāyayetyevaitad āha tatho hāsyaitat punar āpyāyate //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 20.2 prajā vai naras tat sarvābhyaḥ prajābhya āha taddhi samṛddhaṃ yaśca veda yaśca na sādhvanvavocatsādhvanvavocadityeva visṛjyante yadadya hotṛvarye jihmaṃ cakṣuḥ parāpatat agniṣ ṭat punar ābhriyājjātavedā vicarṣaṇiriti yathā yānagre 'gnīnhotrāya prāvṛṇata te prādhanvannevaṃ yanme 'tra pravareṇāmāyi tanme punar āpyāyayetyevaitad
āha tatho hāsyaitat punar āpyāyate //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 22.2 ṣaṇmorvīr aṃhasas pāntvagniśca pṛthivī cāpaśca vājaścāhaśca rātriścetyetā mā devatā ārtter gopāyantv ity
evaitadāha tasyo hi na hvalāsti yametā devatā ārttergopāyeyuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 1.1 agnirhotā vettvagnerhotramiti agniridaṃ hotā
vettvityevaitadāhāgnerhotramiti tasyo hi hotraṃ vettu prāvitramiti yajño vai prāvitraṃ vettu yajñam ityevaitadāha sādhu te yajamāna devateti sādhu te yajamāna devatā yasya te 'gnirhotety evaitadāha ghṛtavatīmadhvaryo srucam āsyasveti tad adhvaryuṃ prasauti sa yadekāmivāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 1.1 agnirhotā vettvagnerhotramiti agniridaṃ hotā vettvityevaitadāhāgnerhotramiti tasyo hi hotraṃ vettu prāvitramiti yajño vai prāvitraṃ vettu yajñam
ityevaitadāha sādhu te yajamāna devateti sādhu te yajamāna devatā yasya te 'gnirhotety evaitadāha ghṛtavatīmadhvaryo srucam āsyasveti tad adhvaryuṃ prasauti sa yadekāmivāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 1.1 agnirhotā vettvagnerhotramiti agniridaṃ hotā vettvityevaitadāhāgnerhotramiti tasyo hi hotraṃ vettu prāvitramiti yajño vai prāvitraṃ vettu yajñam ityevaitadāha sādhu te yajamāna devateti sādhu te yajamāna devatā yasya te 'gnirhotety
evaitadāha ghṛtavatīmadhvaryo srucam āsyasveti tad adhvaryuṃ prasauti sa yadekāmivāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 1.1 agnirhotā vettvagnerhotramiti agniridaṃ hotā vettvityevaitadāhāgnerhotramiti tasyo hi hotraṃ vettu prāvitramiti yajño vai prāvitraṃ vettu yajñam ityevaitadāha sādhu te yajamāna devateti sādhu te yajamāna devatā yasya te 'gnirhotety evaitadāha ghṛtavatīmadhvaryo srucam āsyasveti tad adhvaryuṃ prasauti sa
yadekāmivāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 2.2 yo 'smā arātīyati sa upabhṛtamanu sa yaddve iva brūyādyajamānāya dviṣantam bhrātṛvyam pratyudyāminaṃ kuryād attaiva juhūmanvādya upabhṛtamanu sa yaddve iva brūyādattra ādyam pratyudyāminaṃ kuryāt
tasmādekāmivaivāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 3.2 upastautyevaināmetanmahayatyeva
yadāha devayuvaṃ viśvavārām itīḍāmahai devāṁ īḍenyān namasyāma namasyānyajāma yajñiyān itīḍāmahai tāndevānya īḍenyā namasyāma tānye namasyā yajāma yajñiyān iti manuṣyā vā īḍenyāḥ pitaro namasyā devā yajñiyāḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 8.2 samidho yajeti tadvasantaṃ saminddhe sa vasantaḥ samiddho 'nyān ṛtūnt saminddha ṛtavaḥ samiddhāḥ prajāśca prajanayantyoṣadhīśca pacanti tad v eva khalu sarvānṛtūnnirāhātha yaja yajety evottarān
āhājāmitāyai jāmi ha kuryād yat tanūnapātaṃ yajeḍo yajeti brūyāt tasmād yaja yajetyevottarānāha //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 8.2 samidho yajeti tadvasantaṃ saminddhe sa vasantaḥ samiddho 'nyān ṛtūnt saminddha ṛtavaḥ samiddhāḥ prajāśca prajanayantyoṣadhīśca pacanti tad v eva khalu sarvānṛtūnnirāhātha yaja yajety evottarān āhājāmitāyai jāmi ha kuryād yat tanūnapātaṃ yajeḍo yajeti brūyāt tasmād yaja
yajetyevottarānāha //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 22.2 tadenām pratyakṣamupahvayate tatuririti sarvaṃ hyeṣā pāpmānaṃ tarati
tasmādāha tatuririti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 26.2 manurhyetāmagre 'janayata
tasmādāha mānavīti ghṛtapadīti yadevāsyai ghṛtam pade samatiṣṭhata tasmādāha ghṛtapadīti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 26.2 manurhyetāmagre 'janayata tasmādāha mānavīti ghṛtapadīti yadevāsyai ghṛtam pade samatiṣṭhata
tasmādāha ghṛtapadīti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 28.2 ete vai yajñamavanti ye brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃso 'nūcānā ete hyenaṃ tanvata eta enaṃ janayanti tad u tebhyo nihnute vatsā u vai yajñapatiṃ vardhanti yasya hyete bhūyiṣṭhā bhavanti sa hi yajñapatirvardhate
tasmādāha ye ca yajñapatiṃ vardhāniti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 37.2 tasminnupahūta iti tadyajñasyaivaitat samṛddhim āśāste yaddhi devā havir juṣante tena hi mahajjayati
tasmādāha juṣantāmiti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 6.2 agne vājajidvājaṃ tvā sasṛvāṃsaṃ vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmīti sariṣyantamiti vā agra
āha sariṣyanniva hi tarhi bhavaty athātra sasṛvāṃsamiti sasṛveva hyatra bhavati tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 6.2 agne vājajidvājaṃ tvā sasṛvāṃsaṃ vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmīti sariṣyantamiti vā agra āha sariṣyanniva hi tarhi bhavaty athātra sasṛvāṃsamiti sasṛveva hyatra bhavati
tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 12.2 antarikṣaṃ vai narāśaṃsaḥ prajā vai naras tā imā antarikṣamanu vāvadyamānāḥ prajāścaranti yadvai vadati śaṃsatīti vai
tadāhus tasmādantarikṣaṃ narāśaṃso 'ntarikṣam u vai triṣṭup tat triṣṭubhaṃ dvitīyāmakurvan //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 14.2 devaṃ devamiti sarveṣu hotā devānāṃ vai devāḥ santi chandāṃsyeva paśavo hyeṣāṃ gṛhā hi paśavaḥ pratiṣṭho hi gṛhāś chandāṃsi vā anuyājās tasmād devānyajety
evādhvaryurāha devaṃ devam iti sarveṣu hotā //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 8.5 tasmād yo 'rdhasya śreṣṭho bhavaty asāv amuṣyārdhasya śira ity
āhuḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 9.3 yatra vā enaṃ tad avidhyaṃs tad iṣuṇā trikāṇḍenety
āhuḥ sa etaccharīram ajahāt /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 10.1 tad
āhur yan narcā na sāmnā na yajuṣāgnir ādhīyate 'tha kenādhīyata iti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.3 yadāha dyaur iva bhūmneti pṛthivīva varimṇeti yatheyaṃ pṛthivy urvy evam urur bhūyāsam ity evaitad āha /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.3 yadāha dyaur iva bhūmneti pṛthivīva varimṇeti yatheyaṃ pṛthivy urvy evam urur bhūyāsam ity evaitad
āha /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 20.1 atha svāhāgnim ity
āhāgneyam ājyabhāgaṃ svāhāgnim pavamānam iti yadi pavamānāya dhriyerant svāhāgnim indumantam iti yady agnaya indumate dhriyeran /
ŚBM, 2, 6, 2, 17.2 veṇuyaṣṭyāṃ vā kupe vobhayata ābadhyodaṅ paretya yadi vṛkṣaṃ vā sthāṇuṃ vā veṇuṃ vā valmīkaṃ vā vindet tasminnāsajaty etat te rudrāvasaṃ tena paro mūjavato 'tīhītyavasena vā adhvānaṃ yanti tad enaṃ sāvasam evānvavārjati yatra yatrāsya caraṇaṃ tadanvatra ha vā asya paro mūjavadbhyaścaraṇaṃ tasmād
āha paro mūjavato 'tīhīty avatatadhanvā pinākāvasa ity ahiṃsannaḥ śivo 'tīhīty evaitad āha kṛttivāsā iti niṣṭhāpayaty evainam etat svapannu hi na kaṃcana hinasti tasmādāha kṛttivāsā iti //
ŚBM, 2, 6, 2, 17.2 veṇuyaṣṭyāṃ vā kupe vobhayata ābadhyodaṅ paretya yadi vṛkṣaṃ vā sthāṇuṃ vā veṇuṃ vā valmīkaṃ vā vindet tasminnāsajaty etat te rudrāvasaṃ tena paro mūjavato 'tīhītyavasena vā adhvānaṃ yanti tad enaṃ sāvasam evānvavārjati yatra yatrāsya caraṇaṃ tadanvatra ha vā asya paro mūjavadbhyaścaraṇaṃ tasmād āha paro mūjavato 'tīhīty avatatadhanvā pinākāvasa ity ahiṃsannaḥ śivo 'tīhīty evaitad
āha kṛttivāsā iti niṣṭhāpayaty evainam etat svapannu hi na kaṃcana hinasti tasmādāha kṛttivāsā iti //
ŚBM, 2, 6, 2, 17.2 veṇuyaṣṭyāṃ vā kupe vobhayata ābadhyodaṅ paretya yadi vṛkṣaṃ vā sthāṇuṃ vā veṇuṃ vā valmīkaṃ vā vindet tasminnāsajaty etat te rudrāvasaṃ tena paro mūjavato 'tīhītyavasena vā adhvānaṃ yanti tad enaṃ sāvasam evānvavārjati yatra yatrāsya caraṇaṃ tadanvatra ha vā asya paro mūjavadbhyaścaraṇaṃ tasmād āha paro mūjavato 'tīhīty avatatadhanvā pinākāvasa ity ahiṃsannaḥ śivo 'tīhīty evaitad āha kṛttivāsā iti niṣṭhāpayaty evainam etat svapannu hi na kaṃcana hinasti
tasmādāha kṛttivāsā iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 11.2 śālāmadhyavasyati sa pūrvārdhyaṃ sthūṇārājam abhipadyaitad yajur
āhedam aganma devayajanam pṛthivyā yatra devāso ajuṣanta viśva iti tadasya viśvaiśca devairjuṣṭam bhavati ye ceme brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃso 'nūcānā yadahāsya te 'kṣibhyām īkṣante brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃsas tad ahāsya tairjuṣṭam bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 12.2 yatra devāso ajuṣanta viśva iti tadasya viśvair devair juṣṭam bhavaty ṛksāmābhyāṃ saṃtaranto yajurbhir ity ṛksāmābhyāṃ vai yajurbhir yajñasyodṛcaṃ gacchanti yajñasyodṛcaṃ gacchānīty evaitad
āha rāyaspoṣeṇa samiṣā mademeti bhūmā vai rāyaspoṣaḥ śrīrvai bhūmāśiṣam evaitad āśāste samiṣā mademetīṣam madatīti vai tam āhur yaḥ śriyam aśnute yaḥ paramatāṃ gacchati tasmād āha samiṣā mademeti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 12.2 yatra devāso ajuṣanta viśva iti tadasya viśvair devair juṣṭam bhavaty ṛksāmābhyāṃ saṃtaranto yajurbhir ity ṛksāmābhyāṃ vai yajurbhir yajñasyodṛcaṃ gacchanti yajñasyodṛcaṃ gacchānīty evaitad āha rāyaspoṣeṇa samiṣā mademeti bhūmā vai rāyaspoṣaḥ śrīrvai bhūmāśiṣam evaitad āśāste samiṣā mademetīṣam madatīti vai tam
āhur yaḥ śriyam aśnute yaḥ paramatāṃ gacchati tasmād āha samiṣā mademeti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 12.2 yatra devāso ajuṣanta viśva iti tadasya viśvair devair juṣṭam bhavaty ṛksāmābhyāṃ saṃtaranto yajurbhir ity ṛksāmābhyāṃ vai yajurbhir yajñasyodṛcaṃ gacchanti yajñasyodṛcaṃ gacchānīty evaitad āha rāyaspoṣeṇa samiṣā mademeti bhūmā vai rāyaspoṣaḥ śrīrvai bhūmāśiṣam evaitad āśāste samiṣā mademetīṣam madatīti vai tam āhur yaḥ śriyam aśnute yaḥ paramatāṃ gacchati tasmād
āha samiṣā mademeti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 6.2 imā āpaḥ śam u me santu devīriti sa
yadāhemā āpaḥ śam u me santu devīriti vajro vā āpo vajro hi vā āpas tasmādyenaitā yanti nimnaṃ kurvanti yatropatiṣṭhante nirdahanti tat tad etam evaitad vajraṃ śamayati tatho hainameṣa vajraḥ śānto na hinasti tasmād āhemā āpaḥ śam u me santu devīriti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 6.2 imā āpaḥ śam u me santu devīriti sa yadāhemā āpaḥ śam u me santu devīriti vajro vā āpo vajro hi vā āpas tasmādyenaitā yanti nimnaṃ kurvanti yatropatiṣṭhante nirdahanti tat tad etam evaitad vajraṃ śamayati tatho hainameṣa vajraḥ śānto na hinasti tasmād
āhemā āpaḥ śam u me santu devīriti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 11.2 āpo asmānmātaraḥ śundhayantviti ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ ghṛtenāpunaṃs
tasmādāha ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti yad vai viśvaṃ sarvaṃ tad yad amedhyaṃ ripraṃ tat sarvaṃ hyasmād amedhyam pravahanti tasmād āha viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 11.2 āpo asmānmātaraḥ śundhayantviti ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ ghṛtenāpunaṃs tasmādāha ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti yad vai viśvaṃ sarvaṃ tad yad amedhyaṃ ripraṃ tat sarvaṃ hyasmād amedhyam pravahanti tasmād
āha viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 20.2 dīkṣātapasos tanūrasīty adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre tanūr bhavaty athātra dīkṣātapasos
tasmādāha dīkṣātapasostanūrasīti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ śagmām paridadha iti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ sādhvīm paridadha ityevaitadāha bhadraṃ varṇam puṣyanniti pāpaṃ vā eṣo 'gre varṇam puṣyati yamamumadīkṣito 'thātra bhadraṃ tasmādāha bhadraṃ varṇaṃ puṣyanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 20.2 dīkṣātapasos tanūrasīty adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre tanūr bhavaty athātra dīkṣātapasos tasmādāha dīkṣātapasostanūrasīti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ śagmām paridadha iti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ sādhvīm paridadha
ityevaitadāha bhadraṃ varṇam puṣyanniti pāpaṃ vā eṣo 'gre varṇam puṣyati yamamumadīkṣito 'thātra bhadraṃ tasmādāha bhadraṃ varṇaṃ puṣyanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 20.2 dīkṣātapasos tanūrasīty adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre tanūr bhavaty athātra dīkṣātapasos tasmādāha dīkṣātapasostanūrasīti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ śagmām paridadha iti tāṃ tvā śivāṃ sādhvīm paridadha ityevaitadāha bhadraṃ varṇam puṣyanniti pāpaṃ vā eṣo 'gre varṇam puṣyati yamamumadīkṣito 'thātra bhadraṃ
tasmādāha bhadraṃ varṇaṃ puṣyanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 3.2 yāṃstvetaddevā ādityā ityācakṣate sapta haiva te 'vikṛtaṃ hāṣṭamaṃ janayāṃcakāra mārtāṇḍaṃ saṃdegho haivāsa yāvānevordhvastāvāṃstiryaṅ puruṣasaṃmita ity u haika
āhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 4.2 devā ādityā yadasmān anv ajanimā tadamuyeva bhūddhantemaṃ vikaravāmeti taṃ vicakrur yathāyam puruṣo vikṛtastasya yāni māṃsāni saṃkṛtya saṃnyāsus tato hastī samabhavat
tasmādāhur na hastinam pratigṛhṇīyāt puruṣājāno hi hastīti yam u ha tadvicakruḥ sa vivasvānādityastasyemāḥ prajāḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 9.2 śīrṣato 'gra ā pādābhyām anulomam mahīnām payo 'sīti mahya iti ha vā etāsāmekaṃ nāma yadgavāṃ tāsāṃ vā etatpayo bhavati
tasmādāha mahīnām payo 'sīti varcodā asi varco me dehīti nātra tirohitamivāsti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 10.2 arurvai puruṣasyākṣi praśānmameti ha
smāha yājñavalkyo durakṣa iva hāsa pūyo haivāsya dūṣīkā te evaitad anaruṣkaroti yadakṣyāvānakti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 22.2 citpatir mā punātviti prajāpatir vai citpatiḥ prajāpatir mā punātv ity evaitad
āha vākpatir mā punātviti prajāpatirvai vākpatiḥ prajāpatirmā punātv ityevaitad āha devo mā savitā punātv iti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ devaḥ savitāpunāt tasmād āha devo mā savitā punātv ity achidreṇa pavitreṇeti yo vā ayaṃ pavata eṣo 'chidraṃ pavitram etenaitad āha sūryasya raśmibhir ityete vai pavitāro yat sūryasya raśmayas tasmād āha sūryasya raśmibhir iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 22.2 citpatir mā punātviti prajāpatir vai citpatiḥ prajāpatir mā punātv ity evaitad āha vākpatir mā punātviti prajāpatirvai vākpatiḥ prajāpatirmā punātv ityevaitad
āha devo mā savitā punātv iti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ devaḥ savitāpunāt tasmād āha devo mā savitā punātv ity achidreṇa pavitreṇeti yo vā ayaṃ pavata eṣo 'chidraṃ pavitram etenaitad āha sūryasya raśmibhir ityete vai pavitāro yat sūryasya raśmayas tasmād āha sūryasya raśmibhir iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 22.2 citpatir mā punātviti prajāpatir vai citpatiḥ prajāpatir mā punātv ity evaitad āha vākpatir mā punātviti prajāpatirvai vākpatiḥ prajāpatirmā punātv ityevaitad āha devo mā savitā punātv iti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ devaḥ savitāpunāt tasmād
āha devo mā savitā punātv ity achidreṇa pavitreṇeti yo vā ayaṃ pavata eṣo 'chidraṃ pavitram etenaitad āha sūryasya raśmibhir ityete vai pavitāro yat sūryasya raśmayas tasmād āha sūryasya raśmibhir iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 22.2 citpatir mā punātviti prajāpatir vai citpatiḥ prajāpatir mā punātv ity evaitad āha vākpatir mā punātviti prajāpatirvai vākpatiḥ prajāpatirmā punātv ityevaitad āha devo mā savitā punātv iti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ devaḥ savitāpunāt tasmād āha devo mā savitā punātv ity achidreṇa pavitreṇeti yo vā ayaṃ pavata eṣo 'chidraṃ pavitram etenaitad
āha sūryasya raśmibhir ityete vai pavitāro yat sūryasya raśmayas tasmād āha sūryasya raśmibhir iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 22.2 citpatir mā punātviti prajāpatir vai citpatiḥ prajāpatir mā punātv ity evaitad āha vākpatir mā punātviti prajāpatirvai vākpatiḥ prajāpatirmā punātv ityevaitad āha devo mā savitā punātv iti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ devaḥ savitāpunāt tasmād āha devo mā savitā punātv ity achidreṇa pavitreṇeti yo vā ayaṃ pavata eṣo 'chidraṃ pavitram etenaitad āha sūryasya raśmibhir ityete vai pavitāro yat sūryasya raśmayas tasmād
āha sūryasya raśmibhir iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 23.2 pavitrapatirhi bhavati pavitrapūtasyeti pavitrapūto hi bhavati yatkāmaḥ pune tacchakeyamiti yajñasyodṛcaṃ
gacchānītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 1.2 udgṛbhṇīte vā eṣo 'smāllokāddevalokamabhi yo dīkṣata etaireva tadyajurbhir udgṛbhṇīte
tasmādāhuḥ sarvāṇi dīkṣāyā yajūṃṣyaudgrabhaṇānīti tata etāny avāntarām ācakṣata audgrabhaṇānīty āhutayo hyetā āhutirhi yajñaḥ parokṣaṃ vai yajurjapatyathaiṣa pratyakṣaṃ yajño yadāhutis tad etena yajñenodgṛbhṇīte 'smāllokād devalokamabhi //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 5.1 atha jaghanena kṛṣṇājine paścāt prāṅ jānvākna upaviśati sa yatra śuklānāṃ ca kṛṣṇānāṃ ca saṃdhirbhavati tadevam abhimṛśya japaty ṛksāmayoḥ śilpe stha iti yadvai pratirūpaṃ tacchilpam ṛcāṃ ca sāmnāṃ ca pratirūpe stha
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 7.2 te vāmārabha iti te vām
praviśāmītyevaitadāha te mā pātam āsya yajñasyodṛca iti te mā gopāyatam āsya yajñasya saṃsthāyā ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 7.2 te vāmārabha iti te vām praviśāmītyevaitadāha te mā pātam āsya yajñasyodṛca iti te mā gopāyatam āsya yajñasya saṃsthāyā
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 8.2 śarmāsi śarma me yaccheti carma vā etat kṛṣṇasya tadasya tanmānuṣaṃ śarma devatrā tasmād
āha śarmāsi śarma me yaccheti namaste astu mā mā hiṃsīriti śreyāṃsaṃ vā eṣa upādhirohati yo yajñaṃ yajño hi kṛṣṇājinaṃ tasmā evaitadyajñāya nihnute tatho hainameṣa yajño na hinasti tasmādāha namaste 'stu mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 8.2 śarmāsi śarma me yaccheti carma vā etat kṛṣṇasya tadasya tanmānuṣaṃ śarma devatrā tasmād āha śarmāsi śarma me yaccheti namaste astu mā mā hiṃsīriti śreyāṃsaṃ vā eṣa upādhirohati yo yajñaṃ yajño hi kṛṣṇājinaṃ tasmā evaitadyajñāya nihnute tatho hainameṣa yajño na hinasti
tasmādāha namaste 'stu mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 15.2 somasya nīvirasīty adīkṣitasya vā asyaiṣāgre nīvirbhavaty athātra dīkṣitasya somasya
tasmādāha somasya nīvirasīti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 17.2 viṣṇoḥ śarmāsi śarma yajamānasyety ubhayaṃ vā eṣo 'tra bhavati yo dīkṣate viṣṇuśca yajamānaśca yadaha dīkṣate tadviṣṇurbhavati yadyajate
tadyajamānastasmādāha viṣṇoḥ śarmāsi śarma yajamānasyeti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 29.2 uttāneva vai yonirgarbham bibhartyatha dakṣiṇām bhruvamuparyupari lalāṭamupaspṛśatīndrasya yonirasītīndrasya hyeṣā yonir ato vā hyenām praviśanpraviśatyato vā jāyamāno jāyate
tasmādāhendrasya yonirasīti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 35.2 ucchrayasva vanaspata ūrdhvo mā pāhyaṃhasa āsya yajñasyodṛca ityūrdhvo mā gopāyāsya yajñasya saṃsthāyā
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 39.2 dīkṣito 'yam brāhmaṇo dīkṣito 'yam brāhmaṇa iti niveditamevainametatsantaṃ devebhyo nivedayatyayam mahāvīryo yo yajñam prāpadity ayaṃ yuṣmākaiko 'bhūt taṃ gopāyatety
evaitadāha triṣkṛtva āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 39.2 dīkṣito 'yam brāhmaṇo dīkṣito 'yam brāhmaṇa iti niveditamevainametatsantaṃ devebhyo nivedayatyayam mahāvīryo yo yajñam prāpadity ayaṃ yuṣmākaiko 'bhūt taṃ gopāyatety evaitadāha triṣkṛtva
āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 40.2 anaddheva vā asyātaḥ purā jānam bhavatīdaṃ
hyāhū rakṣāṃsi yoṣitam anusacante taduta rakṣāṃsyeva reta ādadhatīty athātrāddhā jāyate yo brahmaṇo yo yajñājjāyate tasmādapi rājanyaṃ vā vaiśyaṃ vā brāhmaṇa ityeva brūyād brahmaṇo hi jāyate yo yajñājjāyate tasmādāhur na savanakṛtaṃ hanyād enasvī haiva savanakṛteti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 40.2 anaddheva vā asyātaḥ purā jānam bhavatīdaṃ hyāhū rakṣāṃsi yoṣitam anusacante taduta rakṣāṃsyeva reta ādadhatīty athātrāddhā jāyate yo brahmaṇo yo yajñājjāyate tasmādapi rājanyaṃ vā vaiśyaṃ vā brāhmaṇa ityeva brūyād brahmaṇo hi jāyate yo yajñājjāyate
tasmādāhur na savanakṛtaṃ hanyād enasvī haiva savanakṛteti //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 7.2 vrataṃ kṛṇuta vrataṃ kṛṇutāgnir brahmāgnir yajño vanaspatiryajñiya ity eṣa hyasyātra yajño bhavaty etaddhaviryathā purāgnihotraṃ tadyajñenaivaitadyajñaṃ saṃbhṛtya yajñe yajñam pratiṣṭhāpayati yajñena yajñaṃ saṃtanoti saṃtataṃ hyevāsyaitadvratam bhavaty ā sutyāyai triṣkṛtva
āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 1.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyāmādade nāryasīti samāna etasya yajuṣo bandhur yoṣo vā eṣā yad abhris
tasmādāha nāryasīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 5.2 dive tvāntarikṣāya tvā pṛthivyai tveti vajro vai yūpa eṣāṃ lokānām abhiguptyā eṣāṃ tvā lokānām abhiguptyai
prokṣāmītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 9.2 agreṇīrasi svāveśa unnetṝṇām iti purastād vā asmādeṣo 'pacchidyate tasmād
āhāgreṇīrasi svāveśa unnetṝṇām ity etasya vittādadhi tvā sthāsyatīty adhi hyenaṃ tiṣṭhati tasmādāhaitasya vittādadhi tvā sthāsyatīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 9.2 agreṇīrasi svāveśa unnetṝṇām iti purastād vā asmādeṣo 'pacchidyate tasmād āhāgreṇīrasi svāveśa unnetṝṇām ity etasya vittādadhi tvā sthāsyatīty adhi hyenaṃ tiṣṭhati
tasmādāhaitasya vittādadhi tvā sthāsyatīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 10.2 avaṭam abhijuhoti nedadhastānnāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyupottiṣṭhāniti vajro vā ājyaṃ tadvajreṇaivaitannāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyavabādhate tathādhastānnāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi nopottiṣṭhanty atha purastātparītyodaṅṅāsīno yūpamanakti sa
āha yūpāyājyamānāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 11.2 devastvā savitā madhvānaktviti savitā vai devānām prasavitā yajamāno vā eṣa nidānena yad yūpaḥ sarvaṃ vā idam madhu yadidaṃ kiṃ ca tadenamanena sarveṇa saṃsparśayati tadasmai savitā prasavitā prasauti
tasmādāha devastvā savitā madhvānaktviti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 13.2 yajamāno vā agniṣṭhā rasa ājyaṃ rasenaivaitadyajamānamanakti tasmād āntam agniṣṭhāmanakty atha parivyayaṇam pratisamantam parimṛśaty
athāhocchrīyamāṇāyānubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 17.3 indrasya yujyaḥ sakheti vajraṃ vā eṣa prāhārṣīd yo yūpam udaśiśriyad viṣṇor vijitiṃ paśyatety evaitad
āha yadāha viṣṇoḥ karmāṇi paśyata yato vratāni paspaśe /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 17.3 indrasya yujyaḥ sakheti vajraṃ vā eṣa prāhārṣīd yo yūpam udaśiśriyad viṣṇor vijitiṃ paśyatety evaitad āha
yadāha viṣṇoḥ karmāṇi paśyata yato vratāni paspaśe /
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 17.4 indrasya yujyaḥ sakhetīndro vai yajñasya devatā vaiṣṇavo yūpas taṃ sendraṃ karoti tasmād
āhendrasya yujyaḥ sakheti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 18.2 tadviṣṇoḥ paramam padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ divīva cakṣurātatamiti vajraṃ vai eṣa prāhārṣīdyo yūpam udaśiśriyat tāṃ viṣṇorvijitim
paśyatetyevaitadāha yadāha tadviṣṇoḥ paramam padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ divīva cakṣurātatamiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 18.2 tadviṣṇoḥ paramam padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ divīva cakṣurātatamiti vajraṃ vai eṣa prāhārṣīdyo yūpam udaśiśriyat tāṃ viṣṇorvijitim paśyatetyevaitadāha
yadāha tadviṣṇoḥ paramam padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ divīva cakṣurātatamiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 21.2 parivīrasi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇāmiti tadyajamānāyāśiṣamāśāste
yadāha parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 3.2 eṣa te pṛthivyāṃ loka āraṇyaste paśuriti paśuśca vai yūpaśca tadasmā āraṇyameva paśūnāmanudiśati teno eṣa paśumānbhavati tadvayaṃ yūpaikādaśinyai
sammayanamāhuḥ śvaḥsutyāyai ha nvevaike saṃminvanti prakubratāyai caiva śvaḥsutyāyai yūpam minvantīty u ca //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 9.2 upāvīrasīty upa hi dvitīyo 'vati tasmād
āhopāvīrasītyupa devān daivīr viśaḥ prāguriti daivyo vā etā viśo yat paśavo 'sthiṣata devebhya ityevaitadāha yadāhopa devān daivīr viśaḥ prāguriti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 9.2 upāvīrasīty upa hi dvitīyo 'vati tasmād āhopāvīrasītyupa devān daivīr viśaḥ prāguriti daivyo vā etā viśo yat paśavo 'sthiṣata devebhya
ityevaitadāha yadāhopa devān daivīr viśaḥ prāguriti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 9.2 upāvīrasīty upa hi dvitīyo 'vati tasmād āhopāvīrasītyupa devān daivīr viśaḥ prāguriti daivyo vā etā viśo yat paśavo 'sthiṣata devebhya ityevaitadāha
yadāhopa devān daivīr viśaḥ prāguriti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 11.2 tvaṣṭā vai paśūnāmīṣṭe paśavo vasu tānetaddevā atiṣṭhamānāṃs tvaṣṭāram abruvann upanimadeti
yadāha deva tvaṣṭarvasu rameti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 12.2 yadā vā eta etasmā adhriyanta yaddhavir abhaviṣyaṃs tasmād
āha havyā te svadantāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 13.2 revanto hi paśavas tasmād
āha revatī ramadhvamiti bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūnīti brahma vai bṛhaspatiḥ paśavo vasu tānetaddevā atiṣṭhamānān brahmaṇaiva parastāt paryadadhus tan nātyāyaṃs tatho evaināneṣa etad brahmaṇaiva parastāt paridadhāti tan nātiyanti tasmād āha bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūnīti pāśaṃ kṛtvā pratimuñcaty athāto niyojanasyaiva //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 13.2 revanto hi paśavas tasmād āha revatī ramadhvamiti bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūnīti brahma vai bṛhaspatiḥ paśavo vasu tānetaddevā atiṣṭhamānān brahmaṇaiva parastāt paryadadhus tan nātyāyaṃs tatho evaināneṣa etad brahmaṇaiva parastāt paridadhāti tan nātiyanti tasmād
āha bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūnīti pāśaṃ kṛtvā pratimuñcaty athāto niyojanasyaiva //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 2.2 na vā etamagre manuṣyo 'dhṛṣṇot sa yad evartasya pāśenaitaddevahaviḥ pratimuñcaty athainam manuṣyo dhṛṣṇoti tasmād
āha dharṣā mānuṣa iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 5.2 sa hi mātuścādhi pituśca jāyate tadyata eva jāyate tata evaitan medhyaṃ karoty anu bhrātā sagarbhyo 'nu sakhā sayūthya iti sa yat te janma tena tvānumatam ārabha ity evaitad
āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ tvā juṣṭam prokṣāmīti tad yābhyāṃ devatābhyām ārabhate tābhyām medhyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 8.2 saṃ te prāṇo vātena gacchatāmiti samaṅgāni yajatrair ityaṃsayoḥ saṃ yajñapatir āśiṣeti śroṇyoḥ sa yasmai kāmāya paśum ālabhante tat
prāpnuhītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 9.2 prāṇo vātam apipadyate tat prāpnuhi yat te prāṇo vātam apipadyātā ityevaitad
āha samaṅgāni yajatrair ity aṅgair vā asya yajante tat prāpnuhi yat te 'ṅgair yajāntā ity evaitad āha sa yajñapatirāśiṣeti yajamānasya vā etenāśiṣamāśāste tat prāpnuhi yat tvayā yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāsāntā ityevaitad āha sādayati srucāvatha pravarāyāśrāvayati so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 9.2 prāṇo vātam apipadyate tat prāpnuhi yat te prāṇo vātam apipadyātā ityevaitad āha samaṅgāni yajatrair ity aṅgair vā asya yajante tat prāpnuhi yat te 'ṅgair yajāntā ity evaitad
āha sa yajñapatirāśiṣeti yajamānasya vā etenāśiṣamāśāste tat prāpnuhi yat tvayā yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāsāntā ityevaitad āha sādayati srucāvatha pravarāyāśrāvayati so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 9.2 prāṇo vātam apipadyate tat prāpnuhi yat te prāṇo vātam apipadyātā ityevaitad āha samaṅgāni yajatrair ity aṅgair vā asya yajante tat prāpnuhi yat te 'ṅgair yajāntā ity evaitad āha sa yajñapatirāśiṣeti yajamānasya vā etenāśiṣamāśāste tat prāpnuhi yat tvayā yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāsāntā ityevaitad
āha sādayati srucāvatha pravarāyāśrāvayati so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.2 dvau hyatra hotārau bhavataḥ sa maitrāvaruṇāyāhaivāśrāvayati yajamānaṃ tveva pravṛṇīte 'gnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetety agnirhi devatānām mukhaṃ
tasmādāhāgnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetetyayaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti taṃ hi so 'nvardho bhavati yasminnardhe yajate tasmād āhāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvāyū iti tayor anārtāni gārhapatyāni śataṃ varṣāṇi santv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.2 dvau hyatra hotārau bhavataḥ sa maitrāvaruṇāyāhaivāśrāvayati yajamānaṃ tveva pravṛṇīte 'gnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetety agnirhi devatānām mukhaṃ tasmādāhāgnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetetyayaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti taṃ hi so 'nvardho bhavati yasminnardhe yajate tasmād
āhāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvāyū iti tayor anārtāni gārhapatyāni śataṃ varṣāṇi santv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.2 dvau hyatra hotārau bhavataḥ sa maitrāvaruṇāyāhaivāśrāvayati yajamānaṃ tveva pravṛṇīte 'gnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetety agnirhi devatānām mukhaṃ tasmādāhāgnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetetyayaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti taṃ hi so 'nvardho bhavati yasminnardhe yajate tasmād āhāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvāyū iti tayor anārtāni gārhapatyāni śataṃ varṣāṇi santv ity evaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 11.2 rādhāṃsyeva saṃpṛñcāthām nāpi tanūr ity
evaitadāha tau ha yat tanūrapi saṃpṛñcīyātām prāgniryajamānaṃ dahet sa yadagnau juhoti tad eṣo 'gnaye prayacchaty atha yāmevātrartvijo yajamānāyāśiṣamāśāsate tām asmai sarvām agniḥ samardhayati tad rādhāṃsyeva saṃpṛñcāte nāpi tanūs tasmād āha rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 11.2 rādhāṃsyeva saṃpṛñcāthām nāpi tanūr ity evaitadāha tau ha yat tanūrapi saṃpṛñcīyātām prāgniryajamānaṃ dahet sa yadagnau juhoti tad eṣo 'gnaye prayacchaty atha yāmevātrartvijo yajamānāyāśiṣamāśāsate tām asmai sarvām agniḥ samardhayati tad rādhāṃsyeva saṃpṛñcāte nāpi tanūs tasmād
āha rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 4.2 samidhaḥ preṣyeti preṣya preṣyeti caturthe caturthe prayāje samānayamāno daśabhiḥ prayājaiścarati daśa
prayājāniṣṭvāha śāsamāharetyasiṃ vai śāsa ityācakṣate //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 5.2 tāvagre juhvā aktvā paśor lalāṭam upaspṛśati ghṛtenāktau paśūṃs trāyethāmiti vajro vai yūpaśakalo vajraḥ śāso vajra ājyaṃ tamevaitatkṛtsnaṃ vajraṃ saṃbhṛtya tam asyābhigoptāraṃ karoti nedenaṃ nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi hinasanniti punar yūpaśakalam avagūhaty eṣā te prajñātāśrir astv ity
āha śāsam prayacchant sādayati srucau //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 11.2 dve tṛṇe adhvaryurādatte sa
āśrāvyāhopapreṣya hotar havyā devebhya ity etad u vaiśvadevam paśau //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 12.2 revati yajamāna iti vāgvai revatī sā yadvāgbahu vadati tena vāgrevatī priyaṃ dhā āviśety anārtim āviśety evaitad
āhoror antarikṣāt sajūr devena vātenety antarikṣaṃ vā anu rakṣaścaratyamūlamubhayataḥ paricchinnaṃ yathāyam puruṣo 'mūla ubhayataḥ paricchinno 'ntarikṣam anucarati tad vātenainaṃ saṃvidānāntarikṣād gopāyetyevaitad āha yad āhoror antarikṣāt sajūr devena vāteneti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 12.2 revati yajamāna iti vāgvai revatī sā yadvāgbahu vadati tena vāgrevatī priyaṃ dhā āviśety anārtim āviśety evaitad āhoror antarikṣāt sajūr devena vātenety antarikṣaṃ vā anu rakṣaścaratyamūlamubhayataḥ paricchinnaṃ yathāyam puruṣo 'mūla ubhayataḥ paricchinno 'ntarikṣam anucarati tad vātenainaṃ saṃvidānāntarikṣād gopāyetyevaitad
āha yad āhoror antarikṣāt sajūr devena vāteneti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 12.2 revati yajamāna iti vāgvai revatī sā yadvāgbahu vadati tena vāgrevatī priyaṃ dhā āviśety anārtim āviśety evaitad āhoror antarikṣāt sajūr devena vātenety antarikṣaṃ vā anu rakṣaścaratyamūlamubhayataḥ paricchinnaṃ yathāyam puruṣo 'mūla ubhayataḥ paricchinno 'ntarikṣam anucarati tad vātenainaṃ saṃvidānāntarikṣād gopāyetyevaitad āha yad
āhoror antarikṣāt sajūr devena vāteneti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 13.2 vācam evaitad
āhānārtasyāsya haviṣa ātmanā yajeti samasya tanvā bhaveti vācam evaitad āhānārtasyāsya haviṣastanvā saṃbhaveti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 13.2 vācam evaitad āhānārtasyāsya haviṣa ātmanā yajeti samasya tanvā bhaveti vācam evaitad
āhānārtasyāsya haviṣastanvā saṃbhaveti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 15.2 nedasya saṃjñapyamānasyādhyakṣā asāmeti tasya na kūṭena praghnanti mānuṣaṃ hi tan no eva paścākarṇaṃ pitṛdevatyaṃ hi tad apigṛhya vaiva mukhaṃ tamayanti veṣkaṃ vā kurvanti
tannāha jahi mārayeti mānuṣaṃ hi tat saṃjñapayānvaganniti taddhi devatrā sa yad āhānvagannityetarhi hyeṣa devān anugacchati tasmād āhānvaganniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 15.2 nedasya saṃjñapyamānasyādhyakṣā asāmeti tasya na kūṭena praghnanti mānuṣaṃ hi tan no eva paścākarṇaṃ pitṛdevatyaṃ hi tad apigṛhya vaiva mukhaṃ tamayanti veṣkaṃ vā kurvanti tannāha jahi mārayeti mānuṣaṃ hi tat saṃjñapayānvaganniti taddhi devatrā sa yad
āhānvagannityetarhi hyeṣa devān anugacchati tasmād āhānvaganniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 15.2 nedasya saṃjñapyamānasyādhyakṣā asāmeti tasya na kūṭena praghnanti mānuṣaṃ hi tan no eva paścākarṇaṃ pitṛdevatyaṃ hi tad apigṛhya vaiva mukhaṃ tamayanti veṣkaṃ vā kurvanti tannāha jahi mārayeti mānuṣaṃ hi tat saṃjñapayānvaganniti taddhi devatrā sa yad āhānvagannityetarhi hyeṣa devān anugacchati tasmād
āhānvaganniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 1.2 athādhvaryurāha neṣṭaḥ patnīm udānayety udānayati neṣṭā patnīm pānnejanam bibhratīm //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 2.2 namasta ātāneti yajño vā ātāno yajñaṃ hi tanvate tena yajña ātāno jaghanārdho vā eṣa yajñasya yatpatnī tāmetatprācīṃ yajñam prasādayiṣyanbhavati tasmā evaitadyajñāya nihnute tatho haināmeṣa yajño na hinasti
tasmādāha namasta ātāneti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 3.2 asapatnena prehīty evaitad
āha ghṛtasya kulyā upa ṛtasya pathyā anviti sādhūpety evaitad āha devīr āpaḥ śuddhā voḍhvaṃ supariviṣṭā deveṣu supariviṣṭā vayam pariveṣṭāro bhūyāsmety apa evaitatpāvayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 3.2 asapatnena prehīty evaitad āha ghṛtasya kulyā upa ṛtasya pathyā anviti sādhūpety evaitad
āha devīr āpaḥ śuddhā voḍhvaṃ supariviṣṭā deveṣu supariviṣṭā vayam pariveṣṭāro bhūyāsmety apa evaitatpāvayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 23.2 srucāv ādāyādhvaryur
atikramyāśrāvyāha svāhākṛtibhyaḥ preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 26.2 atha hiraṇyaśakalamavadadhātyatha vapām avadyann
āhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapāyai medaso 'nubrūhīty atha hiraṇyaśakalam avadadhāty athopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 27.2 ghnanti vā etat paśuṃ yad agnau juhvaty amṛtam āyurhiraṇyaṃ tad amṛta āyuṣi pratitiṣṭhati tathāta udeti tathā saṃjīvati tasmāddhiraṇyaśakalāvabhito bhavata
āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapām medaḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam ityāha prasute prasthitamiti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 2, 27.2 ghnanti vā etat paśuṃ yad agnau juhvaty amṛtam āyurhiraṇyaṃ tad amṛta āyuṣi pratitiṣṭhati tathāta udeti tathā saṃjīvati tasmāddhiraṇyaśakalāvabhito bhavata āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya vapām medaḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam
ityāha prasute prasthitamiti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 5.2 adhvaryur upaniṣkramya pṛcchati śṛtaṃ haviḥ śamitāriti śṛtam
ityāha tad devānām ity upāṃśvadhvaryuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 7.2 śṛtena pracarāṇīti tad yady aśṛtam bhavati śṛtameva devānāṃ havirbhavati śṛtaṃ yajamānasyānenā adhvaryurbhavati śamitari tadeno bhavati triṣkṛtvaḥ pṛcchati trivṛddhi yajño 'tha
yadāha tad devānāmiti taddhi devānāṃ yacchṛtaṃ tasmād āha tad devānāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 7.2 śṛtena pracarāṇīti tad yady aśṛtam bhavati śṛtameva devānāṃ havirbhavati śṛtaṃ yajamānasyānenā adhvaryurbhavati śamitari tadeno bhavati triṣkṛtvaḥ pṛcchati trivṛddhi yajño 'tha yadāha tad devānāmiti taddhi devānāṃ yacchṛtaṃ tasmād
āha tad devānāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 14.2 tad yan manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca
āha sarvā ha vai devatāḥ paśum ālabhyamānam upasaṃgacchante mama nāma grahīṣyati mama nāma grahīṣyatīti sarvāsāṃ hi devatānāṃ haviḥ paśus tāsāṃ sarvāsāṃ devatānām paśau manāṃsy otāni bhavanti tānyevaitat prīṇāti tatho hāmoghāya devatānām manāṃsy upasaṃgatāni bhavanti tasmān manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āha //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 14.2 tad yan manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca āha sarvā ha vai devatāḥ paśum ālabhyamānam upasaṃgacchante mama nāma grahīṣyati mama nāma grahīṣyatīti sarvāsāṃ hi devatānāṃ haviḥ paśus tāsāṃ sarvāsāṃ devatānām paśau manāṃsy otāni bhavanti tānyevaitat prīṇāti tatho hāmoghāya devatānām manāṃsy upasaṃgatāni bhavanti tasmān manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca
āha //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 20.2 reḍ asīti lelayeva hi yūs
tasmādāha reḍ asīty agniṣ ṭvā śrīṇātvity agnirhyetacchrapayati tasmād āhāgniṣ ṭvā śrīṇātvity āpas tvā samariṇann ity āpo hyetamaṅgebhyo rasaṃ saṃbharanti tasmād āhāpas tvā samariṇanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 20.2 reḍ asīti lelayeva hi yūs tasmādāha reḍ asīty agniṣ ṭvā śrīṇātvity agnirhyetacchrapayati tasmād
āhāgniṣ ṭvā śrīṇātvity āpas tvā samariṇann ity āpo hyetamaṅgebhyo rasaṃ saṃbharanti tasmād āhāpas tvā samariṇanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 20.2 reḍ asīti lelayeva hi yūs tasmādāha reḍ asīty agniṣ ṭvā śrīṇātvity agnirhyetacchrapayati tasmād āhāgniṣ ṭvā śrīṇātvity āpas tvā samariṇann ity āpo hyetamaṅgebhyo rasaṃ saṃbharanti tasmād
āhāpas tvā samariṇanniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 21.2 antarikṣaṃ vā ayamanupavate yo 'yam pavate 'ntarikṣāya vai gṛhṇāti
tasmādāha vātasya tvā dhrājyā iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 22.2 eṣa vai pūṣṇo raṃhir etasmā u hi gṛhṇāti tasmād
āha pūṣṇo raṃhyā iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 23.2 eṣa vā ūṣmaitasmā u hi gṛhṇāti tasmād
āhoṣmaṇo vyathiṣad ity athopariṣṭād dvirājyasyābhighārayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 29.2 anyatarām evāhutim ahauṣur anyatarām paryaśiṣanniti sa yām paryaśiṃṣaṃs tānīmānyavadānāni tato devāḥ sviṣṭakṛte tryaṅgāṇy apābhajaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgāṇy athāsurā avādyañchīrṣṇo 'ṃsayor anūkasyāparasakthayos tasmāt teṣāṃ nāvadyed yan nveva tvaṣṭānūkam abhyavamat tasmād anūkasya nāvadyed
athāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviṣo 'nubrūhīty āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam ityāha prasute prasthitam iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 29.2 anyatarām evāhutim ahauṣur anyatarām paryaśiṣanniti sa yām paryaśiṃṣaṃs tānīmānyavadānāni tato devāḥ sviṣṭakṛte tryaṅgāṇy apābhajaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgāṇy athāsurā avādyañchīrṣṇo 'ṃsayor anūkasyāparasakthayos tasmāt teṣāṃ nāvadyed yan nveva tvaṣṭānūkam abhyavamat tasmād anūkasya nāvadyed athāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviṣo 'nubrūhīty
āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam ityāha prasute prasthitam iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 29.2 anyatarām evāhutim ahauṣur anyatarām paryaśiṣanniti sa yām paryaśiṃṣaṃs tānīmānyavadānāni tato devāḥ sviṣṭakṛte tryaṅgāṇy apābhajaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgāṇy athāsurā avādyañchīrṣṇo 'ṃsayor anūkasyāparasakthayos tasmāt teṣāṃ nāvadyed yan nveva tvaṣṭānūkam abhyavamat tasmād anūkasya nāvadyed athāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviṣo 'nubrūhīty āśrāvyāhāgnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgasya haviḥ preṣyeti na prasthitam
ityāha prasute prasthitam iti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 33.2 vanaspataye 'nubrūhīty
āśrāvyāha vanaspataye preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti tad yad vanaspataye juhoty etam evaitad vajraṃ yūpam bhāginaṃ karoti somo vai vanaspatiḥ paśum evaitat somaṃ karoti tad yad antareṇobhe āhutī juhoti tayobhayaṃ vyāpnoti tasmād antareṇobhe āhutī juhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 34.2 tāni samānayamāna
āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīty āśrāvyāhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 34.2 tāni samānayamāna āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīty
āśrāvyāhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 10.2 yatra śuṣkasya cārdrasya ca saṃdhiḥ syāt tad upagūhed yady u abhyavāyanāya glāyedagreṇa yūpam udapātraṃ ninīya yatra śuṣkasya cārdrasya ca saṃdhir bhavati tadupagūhati nāpo nauṣadhīr hiṃsīriti tathā nāpo nauṣadhīr hinasti dhāmno dhāmno rājaṃstato varuṇa no muñca yad
āhur aghnyā iti varuṇeti śapāmahe tato varuṇa no muñceti tad enaṃ sarvasmād varuṇapāśāt sarvasmād varuṇyāt pramuñcati //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 19.2 indravāyū ime sutā upa prayobhirāgatam indavo vāmuśanti hi upayāmagṛhīto 'si vāyava indravāyubhyāṃ tvaiṣa te yoniḥ sajoṣobhyāṃ tveti sādayati sa
yadāha sajoṣobhyāṃ tveti yo vai vāyuḥ sa indro ya indraḥ sa vāyus tasmādāhaiṣa te yoniḥ sajoṣobhyāṃ tveti //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 19.2 indravāyū ime sutā upa prayobhirāgatam indavo vāmuśanti hi upayāmagṛhīto 'si vāyava indravāyubhyāṃ tvaiṣa te yoniḥ sajoṣobhyāṃ tveti sādayati sa yadāha sajoṣobhyāṃ tveti yo vai vāyuḥ sa indro ya indraḥ sa vāyus
tasmādāhaiṣa te yoniḥ sajoṣobhyāṃ tveti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 1.2 tāmālabhya saṃjñapayanti
saṃjñapyāha vapāmutkhidetyutkhidya vapām anumarśaṃ garbham eṣṭavai brūyāt sa yadi na vindanti kimādriyeran yady u vindanti tatra prāyaścittiḥ kriyate //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 3.2 yathaiva tasyai caraṇaṃ vapayā caritvādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca punaretaḥ sa
āhādhvaryur nirūhaitaṃ garbhamiti taṃ ha nodarato nirūhedārtāyā vai mṛtāyā udarato nirūhanti yadā vai garbhaḥ samṛddho bhavati prajananena vai sa tarhi pratyaṅṅaiti tamapi virujya śroṇī pratyañcaṃ nirūhitavai brūyāt //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 4.2 ejatu daśamāsyo garbho jarāyuṇā saheti sa
yadāhaijatviti prāṇam evāsminnetad dadhāti daśamāsya iti yadā vai garbhaḥ samṛddho bhavatyatha daśamāsyas tametadapy adaśamāsyaṃ santam brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā daśamāsyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 5.2 tadyathā daśamāsyo jarāyuṇā
saheyādevametadāha yathāyaṃ vāyurejati yathā samudra ejatīti prāṇamevāsminnetaddadhātyevāyaṃ daśamāsyo 'srajjarāyuṇā saheti tadyathā daśamāsyo jarāyuṇā saha sraṃsetaivametadāha //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 5.2 tadyathā daśamāsyo jarāyuṇā saheyādevametadāha yathāyaṃ vāyurejati yathā samudra ejatīti prāṇamevāsminnetaddadhātyevāyaṃ daśamāsyo 'srajjarāyuṇā saheti tadyathā daśamāsyo jarāyuṇā saha
sraṃsetaivametadāha //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 8.2 dakṣiṇato nidhāya pratiprasthātāvadyatyatha srucor upastṛṇīte 'tha manotāyai haviṣo 'nuvāca
āhāvadyanti vaśāyā avadānānāṃ yathaiva teṣāmavadānam //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 9.2 tasyām pratiprasthātā medhāyopastṛṇīte dviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanaktyavadāne athānuvāca
āhāśrāvyāha preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte 'dhvaryurjuhoty adhvaryoranu homaṃ juhoti pratiprasthātā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 9.2 tasyām pratiprasthātā medhāyopastṛṇīte dviravadyati sakṛdabhighārayati pratyanaktyavadāne athānuvāca
āhāśrāvyāha preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte 'dhvaryurjuhoty adhvaryoranu homaṃ juhoti pratiprasthātā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 11.2 vanaspatinādhvaryuścaritvā yānyupabhṛtyavadānāni bhavanti tāni samānayamāna
āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīty atyākrāmati pratiprasthātā sa etaṃ sarvameva medhaṃ gṛhṇīte 'thopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayaty āśrāvyāha preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte 'dhvaryurjuhoty adhvaryoranu homaṃ juhoti pratiprasthātā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 11.2 vanaspatinādhvaryuścaritvā yānyupabhṛtyavadānāni bhavanti tāni samānayamāna āhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhīty atyākrāmati pratiprasthātā sa etaṃ sarvameva medhaṃ gṛhṇīte 'thopariṣṭād dvir ājyasyābhighārayaty
āśrāvyāha preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte 'dhvaryurjuhoty adhvaryoranu homaṃ juhoti pratiprasthātā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 12.2 bahudāna iti
haitadyadāha purudasma iti viṣurūpa iti viṣurūpā iva hi garbhā indurantarmahimānamānañja dhīra ity antarhyeṣa mātaryakto bhavaty ekapadīṃ dvipadīṃ tripadīṃ catuṣpadīmaṣṭāpadīṃ bhuvanānu prathantāṃ svāheti prathayatyevainām etat subhūyo ha jayatyaṣṭāpadyeṣṭvā yad u cānaṣṭāpadyā //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 13.2 kvaitaṃ garbhaṃ kuryāditi vṛkṣa evainam uddadhyur antarikṣāyatanā vai garbhā antarikṣamivaitadyadvṛkṣas tadenaṃ sva evāyatane pratiṣṭhāpayati tad u vā
āhur ya enaṃ tatrānuvyāhared vṛkṣa enam mṛtam uddhāsyantīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 14.2 āpo vā asya sarvasya pratiṣṭhā tadenamapsveva pratiṣṭhāpayati tad u vā
āhur ya enaṃ tatrānuvyāharedapsveva mariṣyatīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 15.2 iyaṃ vā asya sarvasya pratiṣṭhā tad enam asyāmeva pratiṣṭhāpayati tad u vā
āhur ya enaṃ tatrānuvyāharet kṣipre 'smai mṛtāya śmaśānaṃ kariṣyantīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 16.2 ahutādo vai devānām maruto viḍ ahutamivaitad yad aśṛto garbha āhavanīyād vā eṣa āhṛto bhavati
paśuśrapaṇastathāha na bahirdhā yajñādbhavati na pratyakṣamivāhavanīye devānāṃ vai marutas tadenam marutsveva pratiṣṭhāpayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 8.2 yaṃ kaṃ ca lokam agan yajñas tato me bhadram abhūd ity evaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 9.1 taddha smaitad āruṇir
āha kiṃ sa yajeta yo yajñasya vyṛddhyā pāpīyān manyeta /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 6.3 tam evaitad riricānam punar āpyāyayati yad
āhājighra kalaśam mahy ā tvā viśantv indava iti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 7.2 tad v eva riricānam punar āpyāyayati yad
āha punar ūrjā nivartasveti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 8.2 tat sahasreṇa riricānam punar āpyāyayati yad
āha sā naḥ sahasraṃ dhukṣveti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 9.2 tad v eva riricānam punar āpyāyayati yad
āha punar māviśatād rayir iti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 10.4 sā yāni te devatrā nāmāni tair mā devebhyaḥ sukṛtam brūtād ity evaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 6, 6.1 sa
yatrāha brahmant stoṣyāmaḥ praśāstar iti tad brahmā japaty etaṃ te deva savitar yajñaṃ prāhur bṛhaspataye brahmaṇe /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 19.5 yadaivādhvaryur
āhānubrūhi yajety athaiva te kurvanti ya ṛcā kurvanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 7, 19.6 yadaivādhvaryur
āha somaḥ pavata upāvartadhvam ity athaiva te kurvanti ye sāmnā kurvanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 7.4 tair eva teṣām ulmukaiḥ praghnantīti sa
smāha yājñavalkyo ye tathā kurvantīti /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 1, 4.2 savitārameva prasavāyopādhāvat savitā vai devānām prasavitedam me prasuva tvatprasūta idam ujjayānīti tad asmai savitā prasavitā prāsuvat tat savitṛprasūta udajayat sa idaṃ sarvam abhavat sa idaṃ sarvamudajayat prajāpatiṃ hyudajayat sarvam u hyevedam prajāpatis teneṣṭvaitām evordhvāṃ diśam udakrāmat tasmād yaś ca veda yaśca naiṣordhvā bṛhaspater dig ity
evāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 1, 16.2 deva savitaḥ prasuva yajñam prasuva yajñapatim bhagāya divyo gandharvaḥ ketapūḥ ketaṃ naḥ punātu vācaspatir vājaṃ naḥ svadatu svāheti prajāpatirvai vācaspatir annaṃ vājaḥ prajāpatirna idamadyānnaṃ svadatv ity evaitad
āha sa etāmevāhutiṃ juhoty ā śvaḥsutyāyā etaddhyasyaitat karmārabdham bhavati prasanna etaṃ yajñam bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 3.2 indrasya vajro 'sīti vajro vai ratha indro vai yajamānas tasmād
āhendrasya vajro 'sīti vājasā iti vājasā hi rathas tvayāyaṃ vājaṃ sed ity annaṃ vai vājas tvayāyam annam ujjayatv ity evaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 3.2 indrasya vajro 'sīti vajro vai ratha indro vai yajamānas tasmād āhendrasya vajro 'sīti vājasā iti vājasā hi rathas tvayāyaṃ vājaṃ sed ity annaṃ vai vājas tvayāyam annam ujjayatv ity
evaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 4.2 vājasya nu prasave mātaram mahīm ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnasya nu prasave mātaram mahīm ityevaitad
āhāditiṃ nāma vacasā karāmaha itīyaṃ vai pṛthivy aditis tasmād āhāditiṃ nāma vacasā karāmaha iti yasyāmidaṃ viśvam bhuvanam āviveśety asyāṃ hīdaṃ sarvam bhuvanamāviṣṭaṃ tasyāṃ no devaḥ savitā dharma sāviṣaditi tasyāṃ no devaḥ savitā yajamānaṃ suvatām ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 4.2 vājasya nu prasave mātaram mahīm ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnasya nu prasave mātaram mahīm ityevaitad āhāditiṃ nāma vacasā karāmaha itīyaṃ vai pṛthivy aditis tasmād
āhāditiṃ nāma vacasā karāmaha iti yasyāmidaṃ viśvam bhuvanam āviveśety asyāṃ hīdaṃ sarvam bhuvanamāviṣṭaṃ tasyāṃ no devaḥ savitā dharma sāviṣaditi tasyāṃ no devaḥ savitā yajamānaṃ suvatām ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 4.2 vājasya nu prasave mātaram mahīm ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnasya nu prasave mātaram mahīm ityevaitad āhāditiṃ nāma vacasā karāmaha itīyaṃ vai pṛthivy aditis tasmād āhāditiṃ nāma vacasā karāmaha iti yasyāmidaṃ viśvam bhuvanam āviveśety asyāṃ hīdaṃ sarvam bhuvanamāviṣṭaṃ tasyāṃ no devaḥ savitā dharma sāviṣaditi tasyāṃ no devaḥ savitā yajamānaṃ suvatām
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 6.2 apsv antaram ṛtam apsu bheṣajam apām uta praśastiṣvaśvā bhavata vājina ityanenāpi devīr āpo yo va ūrmiḥ pratūrtiḥ kakunmān vājasās tenāyaṃ vājaṃ sed ity annaṃ vai vājas tenāyam annam ujjayatv ity
evaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 8.2 vāto vā mano veti na vai vātāt kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti na manasaḥ kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti
tasmādāha vāto vā mano veti gandharvāḥ saptaviṃśatis te 'gre 'śvam ayuñjanniti gandharvā ha vā agre 'śvaṃ yuyujus tad ye 'gre 'śvam ayuñjaṃs te tvā yuñjantv ity evaitad āha te asminjavam ādadhuriti tad ye 'sminjavam ādadhuste tvayi javam ādadhatv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 8.2 vāto vā mano veti na vai vātāt kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti na manasaḥ kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti tasmādāha vāto vā mano veti gandharvāḥ saptaviṃśatis te 'gre 'śvam ayuñjanniti gandharvā ha vā agre 'śvaṃ yuyujus tad ye 'gre 'śvam ayuñjaṃs te tvā yuñjantv ity evaitad
āha te asminjavam ādadhuriti tad ye 'sminjavam ādadhuste tvayi javam ādadhatv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 8.2 vāto vā mano veti na vai vātāt kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti na manasaḥ kiṃcanāśīyo 'sti tasmādāha vāto vā mano veti gandharvāḥ saptaviṃśatis te 'gre 'śvam ayuñjanniti gandharvā ha vā agre 'śvaṃ yuyujus tad ye 'gre 'śvam ayuñjaṃs te tvā yuñjantv ity evaitad āha te asminjavam ādadhuriti tad ye 'sminjavam ādadhuste tvayi javam ādadhatv ity evaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 9.2 vātaraṃhā bhava vājin yujyamāna iti vātajavo bhava vājin yujyamāna ityevaitad
āhendrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhīti yathendrasya dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaivaṃ yajamānasya śriyaidhīty evaitad āha yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasa iti yuñjantu tvā devā ity evaitad āha te tvaṣṭā patsu javaṃ dadhātviti nātra tirohitam ivāstyatha dakṣiṇāpraṣṭiṃ yunakti savyāpraṣṭiṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 9.2 vātaraṃhā bhava vājin yujyamāna iti vātajavo bhava vājin yujyamāna ityevaitad āhendrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhīti yathendrasya dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaivaṃ yajamānasya śriyaidhīty evaitad
āha yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasa iti yuñjantu tvā devā ity evaitad āha te tvaṣṭā patsu javaṃ dadhātviti nātra tirohitam ivāstyatha dakṣiṇāpraṣṭiṃ yunakti savyāpraṣṭiṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 9.2 vātaraṃhā bhava vājin yujyamāna iti vātajavo bhava vājin yujyamāna ityevaitad āhendrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhīti yathendrasya dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaivaṃ yajamānasya śriyaidhīty evaitad āha yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasa iti yuñjantu tvā devā ity evaitad
āha te tvaṣṭā patsu javaṃ dadhātviti nātra tirohitam ivāstyatha dakṣiṇāpraṣṭiṃ yunakti savyāpraṣṭiṃ vā agre mānuṣe 'thaivaṃ devatrā //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 10.2 javo yas te vājinnihito guhā yaḥ śyene parītto acaracca vāta iti javo yaste vājinn apy anyatrāpinihitas tena na imaṃ yajñam prajāpatim ujjayety evaitad
āha tena no vājin balavān balena vājajicca bhava samane ca pārayiṣṇur ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajicca na edhy asmiṃśca no yajñe devasamana imaṃ yajñam prajāpatim ujjayety evaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 10.2 javo yas te vājinnihito guhā yaḥ śyene parītto acaracca vāta iti javo yaste vājinn apy anyatrāpinihitas tena na imaṃ yajñam prajāpatim ujjayety evaitad āha tena no vājin balavān balena vājajicca bhava samane ca pārayiṣṇur ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajicca na edhy asmiṃśca no yajñe devasamana imaṃ yajñam prajāpatim ujjayety
evaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 15.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād
āha vājina iti vājajita ityannaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ityevaitadāha vājaṃ sariṣyanta ityājiṃ hi sariṣyanto bhavanti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmād āha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmam ujjayānīti tasmād vā aśvān avaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 15.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ityannaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita
ityevaitadāha vājaṃ sariṣyanta ityājiṃ hi sariṣyanto bhavanti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmād āha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmam ujjayānīti tasmād vā aśvān avaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 15.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ityannaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ityevaitadāha vājaṃ sariṣyanta ityājiṃ hi sariṣyanto bhavanti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmād
āha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmam ujjayānīti tasmād vā aśvān avaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 17.2 antevāsī vā brahmacārī vaitad yajur adhīyāt so 'nvāsthāya vācayati vājina iti vājino hy aśvās tasmād
āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitad āhādhvana skabhnuvanta ity adhvano hi skabhnuvanto dhāvanti yojanā mimānā iti yojanaśo hi mimānā adhvānaṃ dhāvanti kāṣṭhāṃ gacchateti yathainānantarā nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi na hiṃsyurevametadāha dhāvantyājimāghnanti dundubhīnabhi sāma gāyati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 17.2 antevāsī vā brahmacārī vaitad yajur adhīyāt so 'nvāsthāya vācayati vājina iti vājino hy aśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitad
āhādhvana skabhnuvanta ity adhvano hi skabhnuvanto dhāvanti yojanā mimānā iti yojanaśo hi mimānā adhvānaṃ dhāvanti kāṣṭhāṃ gacchateti yathainānantarā nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi na hiṃsyurevametadāha dhāvantyājimāghnanti dundubhīnabhi sāma gāyati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 17.2 antevāsī vā brahmacārī vaitad yajur adhīyāt so 'nvāsthāya vācayati vājina iti vājino hy aśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitad āhādhvana skabhnuvanta ity adhvano hi skabhnuvanto dhāvanti yojanā mimānā iti yojanaśo hi mimānā adhvānaṃ dhāvanti kāṣṭhāṃ gacchateti yathainānantarā nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi na
hiṃsyurevametadāha dhāvantyājimāghnanti dundubhīnabhi sāma gāyati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 26.2 ā mā vājasya prasavo jagamyād ity annaṃ vai vāja ā mānnasya prasavo jagamyād ity evaitad
āheme dyāvāpṛthivī viśvarūpe iti dyāvāpṛthivī hi prajāpatir ā mā gantām pitarāmātarā ceti māteva ca hi piteva ca prajāpatir ā mā somo amṛtatvena gamyāditi somo hi prajāpatiḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād
āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity
evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra
āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti
tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 27.2 vājina iti vājino hyaśvās tasmād āha vājina iti vājajita ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnajita ity evaitadāha vājaṃ sasṛvāṃsaṃ iti sariṣyanta iti vā agra āha sariṣyanta iva hi tarhi bhavanty athātra sasṛvāṃsa iti sasṛvāṃsa iva hyatra bhavanti tasmādāha sasṛvāṃsa iti bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti bṛhaspater hyeṣa bhāgo bhavati
tasmādāha bṛhaspater bhāgam avajighrateti nimṛjānā iti tad yajamāne vīryaṃ dadhāti tad yad aśvān avaghrāpayatīmamujjayānīti vā agre 'vaghrāpayaty athātremam udajaiṣamiti tasmād vā aśvānavaghrāpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad
āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 10.2 jāya ehi svo rohāveti
rohāvetyāha jāyā tad yaj jāyāmāmantrayate 'rdho ha vā eṣa ātmano yajjāyā tasmād yāvajjāyāṃ na vindate naiva tāvat prajāyate 'sarvo hi tāvad bhavaty atha yadaiva jāyāṃ vindate 'tha prajāyate tarhi hi sarvo bhavati sarva etāṃ gatiṃ gacchānīti tasmājjāyāmāmantrayate //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 25.2 iyaṃ te rāḍiti rājyam evāsminn etad dadhāty athainam āsādayati yantāsi yamana iti yantāramevainam etad yamanamāsām prajānāṃ karoti dhruvo 'si dharuṇa iti dhruvam evainam etad dharuṇam asmiṃlloke karoti kṛṣyai tvā kṣemāya tvā rayyai tvā poṣāya tveti sādhave tvety evaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 15.2 samrāḍ ayam asau samrāḍ ayam asāviti niveditam evainam etat santaṃ devebhyo nivedayaty ayam mahāvīryo yo 'bhyaṣecītyayaṃ yuṣmākaiko 'bhūt taṃ gopāyatety evaitad
āha triṣkṛtva āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 15.2 samrāḍ ayam asau samrāḍ ayam asāviti niveditam evainam etat santaṃ devebhyo nivedayaty ayam mahāvīryo yo 'bhyaṣecītyayaṃ yuṣmākaiko 'bhūt taṃ gopāyatety evaitad āha triṣkṛtva
āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 18.2 tad yad antareṇāhutī etat karma kriyata eṣa vai prajāpatir ya eṣa yajñas tāyate yasmādimāḥ prajāḥ prajātā etam v evāpy etarhyanu prajāyante tanmadhyata evaitat prajāpatim ujjayati tasmād antareṇāhutī etat karma kriyata
āśrāvyāhāgniṃ sviṣṭakṛtaṃ yajeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 16.2 agne sahasva pṛtanā iti yudho vai pṛtanā yudhaḥ sahasvety evaitad
āhābhimātīr apāsyeti sapatno vā abhimātiḥ sapatnam apajahīty evaitad āha duṣṭaras tarannarātīr iti dustaro hyeṣa rakṣobhir nāṣṭrābhis tarannarātīr iti sarvaṃ hyeṣa pāpmānaṃ tarati tasmād āha tarannarātīriti varco dhā yajñavāhasīti sādhu yajamāne dadhadity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 16.2 agne sahasva pṛtanā iti yudho vai pṛtanā yudhaḥ sahasvety evaitad āhābhimātīr apāsyeti sapatno vā abhimātiḥ sapatnam apajahīty evaitad
āha duṣṭaras tarannarātīr iti dustaro hyeṣa rakṣobhir nāṣṭrābhis tarannarātīr iti sarvaṃ hyeṣa pāpmānaṃ tarati tasmād āha tarannarātīriti varco dhā yajñavāhasīti sādhu yajamāne dadhadity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 16.2 agne sahasva pṛtanā iti yudho vai pṛtanā yudhaḥ sahasvety evaitad āhābhimātīr apāsyeti sapatno vā abhimātiḥ sapatnam apajahīty evaitad āha duṣṭaras tarannarātīr iti dustaro hyeṣa rakṣobhir nāṣṭrābhis tarannarātīr iti sarvaṃ hyeṣa pāpmānaṃ tarati tasmād
āha tarannarātīriti varco dhā yajñavāhasīti sādhu yajamāne dadhadity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 16.2 agne sahasva pṛtanā iti yudho vai pṛtanā yudhaḥ sahasvety evaitad āhābhimātīr apāsyeti sapatno vā abhimātiḥ sapatnam apajahīty evaitad āha duṣṭaras tarannarātīr iti dustaro hyeṣa rakṣobhir nāṣṭrābhis tarannarātīr iti sarvaṃ hyeṣa pāpmānaṃ tarati tasmād āha tarannarātīriti varco dhā yajñavāhasīti sādhu yajamāne dadhadity evaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 13.2 parivṛttyai gṛhānparetya nairṛtaṃ caruṃ nirvapati yā vā aputrā patnī sā parivṛttī sakṛṣṇānāṃ vrīhīṇāṃ nakhairnirbhidya taṇḍulānnairṛtaṃ caruṃ śrapayati sa juhotyeṣa te nirṛte bhāgastaṃ juṣasva svāheti yā vā aputrā patnī sā nirṛtigṛhītā tadyadevāsyā atra nairṛtaṃ rūpaṃ tad evaitacchamayati tatho hainaṃ sūyamānaṃ nirṛtirna gṛhṇāti tasya dakṣiṇā kṛṣṇā gauḥ parimūrṇī paryāriṇī sā hyapi nirṛtigṛhītā
tāmāha mā me 'dyeśāyāṃ vātsīditi tatpāpmānamapādatte //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 6.2 vināṭa āsicya rathaṃ yuktvābadhya dedīyitavā
āha tad yat svayamuditaṃ navanītaṃ tadājyam bhavati varuṇyaṃ vā etadyanmathitamathaitanmaitraṃ yatsvayamuditaṃ tasmātsvayamuditamājyam bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 8.2 tam maitreṇa pātreṇāpidadhāti tadājyamānayati tattaṇḍulānāvapati sa eṣa ūṣmaṇaiva śrapyate varuṇyo vā eṣa yo 'gninā śṛto 'thaiṣa maitro ya ūṣmaṇā śṛtastasmādūṣmaṇā śṛto bhavati
tayorubhayoravadyannāha mitrābṛhaspatibhyām anubrūhīty āśrāvyāha mitrābṛhaspatī yajeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 8.2 tam maitreṇa pātreṇāpidadhāti tadājyamānayati tattaṇḍulānāvapati sa eṣa ūṣmaṇaiva śrapyate varuṇyo vā eṣa yo 'gninā śṛto 'thaiṣa maitro ya ūṣmaṇā śṛtastasmādūṣmaṇā śṛto bhavati tayorubhayoravadyannāha mitrābṛhaspatibhyām anubrūhīty
āśrāvyāha mitrābṛhaspatī yajeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 12.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ
suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānāṃ rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyety evaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣyai putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmād brāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 12.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānāṃ rājyāyety evaitad
āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyety evaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣyai putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmād brāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 12.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānāṃ rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyety
evaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣyai putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmād brāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 12.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānāṃ rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyety evaitadāha
yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣyai putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmād brāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 12.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānāṃ rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyety evaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣyai putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata
evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmād brāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 15.2 tadyadantareṇāhutī etatkarma kriyata eṣa vai prajāpatirya eṣa yajñas tāyate yasmādimāḥ prajāḥ prajātā etam v evāpyetarhyanu prajāyante tad enam madhyata evaitasya prajāpaterdadhāti madhyataḥ suvati tasmād antareṇāhutī etatkarma kriyata
āśrāvyāhāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte preṣyeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 3.2 apo devā madhumatīr agṛbhṇann ity apo devā rasavatīragṛhṇann ityevaitad
āhorjasvatī rājasvaścitānā iti rasavatīrityevaitadāha yadāhorjasvatīriti rājasvaścitānā iti yāḥ prajñātā rājasva ityevaitadāha yābhirmitrāvaruṇāvabhyaṣiñcann ity etābhirhi mitrāvaruṇāvabhyaṣiñcanyābhir indram anayannatyarātīrityetābhirhīndraṃ nāṣṭrārakṣāṃsyatyanayaṃstābhirabhiṣiñcati vāgvai sarasvatī vācaivainametadabhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 3.2 apo devā madhumatīr agṛbhṇann ity apo devā rasavatīragṛhṇann ityevaitad āhorjasvatī rājasvaścitānā iti
rasavatīrityevaitadāha yadāhorjasvatīriti rājasvaścitānā iti yāḥ prajñātā rājasva ityevaitadāha yābhirmitrāvaruṇāvabhyaṣiñcann ity etābhirhi mitrāvaruṇāvabhyaṣiñcanyābhir indram anayannatyarātīrityetābhirhīndraṃ nāṣṭrārakṣāṃsyatyanayaṃstābhirabhiṣiñcati vāgvai sarasvatī vācaivainametadabhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 3.2 apo devā madhumatīr agṛbhṇann ity apo devā rasavatīragṛhṇann ityevaitad āhorjasvatī rājasvaścitānā iti rasavatīrityevaitadāha
yadāhorjasvatīriti rājasvaścitānā iti yāḥ prajñātā rājasva ityevaitadāha yābhirmitrāvaruṇāvabhyaṣiñcann ity etābhirhi mitrāvaruṇāvabhyaṣiñcanyābhir indram anayannatyarātīrityetābhirhīndraṃ nāṣṭrārakṣāṃsyatyanayaṃstābhirabhiṣiñcati vāgvai sarasvatī vācaivainametadabhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 3.2 apo devā madhumatīr agṛbhṇann ity apo devā rasavatīragṛhṇann ityevaitad āhorjasvatī rājasvaścitānā iti rasavatīrityevaitadāha yadāhorjasvatīriti rājasvaścitānā iti yāḥ prajñātā rājasva
ityevaitadāha yābhirmitrāvaruṇāvabhyaṣiñcann ity etābhirhi mitrāvaruṇāvabhyaṣiñcanyābhir indram anayannatyarātīrityetābhirhīndraṃ nāṣṭrārakṣāṃsyatyanayaṃstābhirabhiṣiñcati vāgvai sarasvatī vācaivainametadabhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpastā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 27.2 madhumatīrmadhumatībhiḥ pṛcyantāmiti rasavatī rasavatībhiḥ pṛcyantām ity
evaitadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya vanvānā iti tat parokṣaṃ yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāste yadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya vanvānā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 27.2 madhumatīrmadhumatībhiḥ pṛcyantāmiti rasavatī rasavatībhiḥ pṛcyantām ity evaitadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya vanvānā iti tat parokṣaṃ yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāste
yadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya vanvānā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 28.2 anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata sahaujasa ity anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata rakṣobhir ity
evaitadāha sahaujasa iti savīryā ityevaitadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya dadhatīr iti tatpratyakṣaṃ kṣatraṃ yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāste yadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya dadhatīriti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 28.2 anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata sahaujasa ity anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata rakṣobhir ity evaitadāha sahaujasa iti savīryā
ityevaitadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya dadhatīr iti tatpratyakṣaṃ kṣatraṃ yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāste yadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya dadhatīriti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 28.2 anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata sahaujasa ity anādhṛṣṭāḥ sīdata rakṣobhir ity evaitadāha sahaujasa iti savīryā ityevaitadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya dadhatīr iti tatpratyakṣaṃ kṣatraṃ yajamānāyāśiṣam āśāste
yadāha mahi kṣatraṃ kṣatriyāya dadhatīriti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 3.2 śārdūlacarmopastṛṇāti somasya tviṣirasīti yatra vai soma indramatyapavata sa yattataḥ śārdūlaḥ samabhavattena somasya
tviṣistasmādāha somasya tviṣirasīti taveva me tviṣirbhūyāditi śārdūlatviṣimevāsminnetaddadhāti tasmādāha taveva me tviṣirbhūyāditi //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 3.2 śārdūlacarmopastṛṇāti somasya tviṣirasīti yatra vai soma indramatyapavata sa yattataḥ śārdūlaḥ samabhavattena somasya tviṣistasmādāha somasya tviṣirasīti taveva me tviṣirbhūyāditi śārdūlatviṣimevāsminnetaddadhāti
tasmādāha taveva me tviṣirbhūyāditi //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 16.2 saviturvaḥ prasava utpunāmyachidreṇa pavitreṇa sūryasya raśmibhiriti so 'sāveva bandhur anibhṛṣṭamasi vāco bandhustapojā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha
rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yad āhānibhṛṣṭamasīti vāco bandhuriti yāvadvai prāṇeṣv āpo bhavanti tāvadvācā vadati tasmādāha vāco bandhuriti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 16.2 saviturvaḥ prasava utpunāmyachidreṇa pavitreṇa sūryasya raśmibhiriti so 'sāveva bandhur anibhṛṣṭamasi vāco bandhustapojā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yad
āhānibhṛṣṭamasīti vāco bandhuriti yāvadvai prāṇeṣv āpo bhavanti tāvadvācā vadati tasmādāha vāco bandhuriti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 16.2 saviturvaḥ prasava utpunāmyachidreṇa pavitreṇa sūryasya raśmibhiriti so 'sāveva bandhur anibhṛṣṭamasi vāco bandhustapojā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yad āhānibhṛṣṭamasīti vāco bandhuriti yāvadvai prāṇeṣv āpo bhavanti tāvadvācā vadati
tasmādāha vāco bandhuriti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 17.2 agnirvai dhūmo jāyate dhūmādabhramabhrādvṛṣṭiragnervā etā jāyante
tasmādāha tapojā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 18.2 yadā vā enametābhirabhiṣuṇvantyathāhutirbhavati
tasmādāha somasya dātramasīti svāhā rājasva iti tadenāḥ svāhākāreṇaivotpunāti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 19.2 sadhamādo dyumninīr āpa etā ity anatimāninya
ityevaitadāha yadāha sadhamāda iti dyumninīr āpa etā iti vīryavatya ityevaitadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā iti pastyāsu cakre varuṇaḥ sadhasthamiti viśo vai pastyā vikṣu cakre varuṇaḥ pratiṣṭhām ityevaitad āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar ityapāṃ vā eṣa śiśur bhavati yo rājasūyena yajate tasmād āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 19.2 sadhamādo dyumninīr āpa etā ity anatimāninya ityevaitadāha
yadāha sadhamāda iti dyumninīr āpa etā iti vīryavatya ityevaitadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā iti pastyāsu cakre varuṇaḥ sadhasthamiti viśo vai pastyā vikṣu cakre varuṇaḥ pratiṣṭhām ityevaitad āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar ityapāṃ vā eṣa śiśur bhavati yo rājasūyena yajate tasmād āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 19.2 sadhamādo dyumninīr āpa etā ity anatimāninya ityevaitadāha yadāha sadhamāda iti dyumninīr āpa etā iti vīryavatya
ityevaitadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā iti pastyāsu cakre varuṇaḥ sadhasthamiti viśo vai pastyā vikṣu cakre varuṇaḥ pratiṣṭhām ityevaitad āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar ityapāṃ vā eṣa śiśur bhavati yo rājasūyena yajate tasmād āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 19.2 sadhamādo dyumninīr āpa etā ity anatimāninya ityevaitadāha yadāha sadhamāda iti dyumninīr āpa etā iti vīryavatya ityevaitadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha
rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā iti pastyāsu cakre varuṇaḥ sadhasthamiti viśo vai pastyā vikṣu cakre varuṇaḥ pratiṣṭhām ityevaitad āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar ityapāṃ vā eṣa śiśur bhavati yo rājasūyena yajate tasmād āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 19.2 sadhamādo dyumninīr āpa etā ity anatimāninya ityevaitadāha yadāha sadhamāda iti dyumninīr āpa etā iti vīryavatya ityevaitadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha
yadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā iti pastyāsu cakre varuṇaḥ sadhasthamiti viśo vai pastyā vikṣu cakre varuṇaḥ pratiṣṭhām ityevaitad āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar ityapāṃ vā eṣa śiśur bhavati yo rājasūyena yajate tasmād āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 19.2 sadhamādo dyumninīr āpa etā ity anatimāninya ityevaitadāha yadāha sadhamāda iti dyumninīr āpa etā iti vīryavatya ityevaitadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā iti pastyāsu cakre varuṇaḥ sadhasthamiti viśo vai pastyā vikṣu cakre varuṇaḥ pratiṣṭhām ityevaitad
āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar ityapāṃ vā eṣa śiśur bhavati yo rājasūyena yajate tasmād āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 19.2 sadhamādo dyumninīr āpa etā ity anatimāninya ityevaitadāha yadāha sadhamāda iti dyumninīr āpa etā iti vīryavatya ityevaitadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā ityanādhṛṣṭā stha rakṣobhirityevaitadāha yadāhānādhṛṣṭā apasyo vasānā iti pastyāsu cakre varuṇaḥ sadhasthamiti viśo vai pastyā vikṣu cakre varuṇaḥ pratiṣṭhām ityevaitad āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar ityapāṃ vā eṣa śiśur bhavati yo rājasūyena yajate tasmād
āhāpāṃ śiśur mātṛtamāsvantar iti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 27.2 indrasya vārtraghnamasīti vārtraghnaṃ vai dhanur indro vai yajamāno dvayena vā eṣa indro bhavati yacca kṣatriyo yad u ca
yajamānastasmādāhendrasya vārtraghnamasīti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 28.2 mitrasyāsi varuṇasyāsīti bāhvorvai dhanur bāhubhyāṃ vai rājanyo maitrāvaruṇas
tasmādāha mitrasyāsi varuṇasyāsīti tadasmai prayacchati tvayāyaṃ vṛtram badhediti tvayāyaṃ dviṣantam bhrātṛvyam badhed ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 28.2 mitrasyāsi varuṇasyāsīti bāhvorvai dhanur bāhubhyāṃ vai rājanyo maitrāvaruṇas tasmādāha mitrasyāsi varuṇasyāsīti tadasmai prayacchati tvayāyaṃ vṛtram badhediti tvayāyaṃ dviṣantam bhrātṛvyam badhed
ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 11.2 somasya tviṣirasīti yatra vai soma indramatyapavata sa yattataḥ śārdūlaḥ samabhavat tena somasya tviṣis
tasmādāha somasya tviṣirasīti taveva me tviṣirbhūyāditi śārdūlatviṣimevāsminnetaddadhāti tasmādāha taveva me tviṣirbhūyāditi //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 11.2 somasya tviṣirasīti yatra vai soma indramatyapavata sa yattataḥ śārdūlaḥ samabhavat tena somasya tviṣis tasmādāha somasya tviṣirasīti taveva me tviṣirbhūyāditi śārdūlatviṣimevāsminnetaddadhāti
tasmādāha taveva me tviṣirbhūyāditi //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 15.3 ārohataṃ varuṇa mitra gartaṃ tataścakṣāthāmaditiṃ ditiṃ ceti bāhū vai mitrāvaruṇau puruṣo gartas
tasmādāhārohataṃ varuṇa mitra gartamiti tataścakṣāthām aditiṃ ditiṃ ceti tataḥ paśyataṃ svaṃ cāraṇaṃ cetyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 15.3 ārohataṃ varuṇa mitra gartaṃ tataścakṣāthāmaditiṃ ditiṃ ceti bāhū vai mitrāvaruṇau puruṣo gartas tasmādāhārohataṃ varuṇa mitra gartamiti tataścakṣāthām aditiṃ ditiṃ ceti tataḥ paśyataṃ svaṃ cāraṇaṃ
cetyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 2.2 vīryeṇaitadāhāgnerbhrājaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāha sūryasya varcaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāhendrasyendriyeṇeti vīryeṇaivaitadāha kṣatrāṇāṃ kṣatrapatiredhīti rājñāmadhirāja edhītyevaitadāhāti didyūnpāhītīṣavo vai didyava iṣuvadhamevainametad atinayati tasmādāhāti didyūnpāhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 2.2 vīryeṇaitadāhāgnerbhrājaseti
vīryeṇaivaitadāha sūryasya varcaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāhendrasyendriyeṇeti vīryeṇaivaitadāha kṣatrāṇāṃ kṣatrapatiredhīti rājñāmadhirāja edhītyevaitadāhāti didyūnpāhītīṣavo vai didyava iṣuvadhamevainametad atinayati tasmādāhāti didyūnpāhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 2.2 vīryeṇaitadāhāgnerbhrājaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāha sūryasya varcaseti
vīryeṇaivaitadāhendrasyendriyeṇeti vīryeṇaivaitadāha kṣatrāṇāṃ kṣatrapatiredhīti rājñāmadhirāja edhītyevaitadāhāti didyūnpāhītīṣavo vai didyava iṣuvadhamevainametad atinayati tasmādāhāti didyūnpāhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 2.2 vīryeṇaitadāhāgnerbhrājaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāha sūryasya varcaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāhendrasyendriyeṇeti
vīryeṇaivaitadāha kṣatrāṇāṃ kṣatrapatiredhīti rājñāmadhirāja edhītyevaitadāhāti didyūnpāhītīṣavo vai didyava iṣuvadhamevainametad atinayati tasmādāhāti didyūnpāhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 2.2 vīryeṇaitadāhāgnerbhrājaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāha sūryasya varcaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāhendrasyendriyeṇeti vīryeṇaivaitadāha kṣatrāṇāṃ kṣatrapatiredhīti rājñāmadhirāja
edhītyevaitadāhāti didyūnpāhītīṣavo vai didyava iṣuvadhamevainametad atinayati tasmādāhāti didyūnpāhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 2.2 vīryeṇaitadāhāgnerbhrājaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāha sūryasya varcaseti vīryeṇaivaitadāhendrasyendriyeṇeti vīryeṇaivaitadāha kṣatrāṇāṃ kṣatrapatiredhīti rājñāmadhirāja edhītyevaitadāhāti didyūnpāhītīṣavo vai didyava iṣuvadhamevainametad atinayati
tasmādāhāti didyūnpāhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 3.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ
suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānām rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyetyevaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣya putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmādbrāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 3.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānām rājyāyety evaitad
āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyetyevaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣya putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmādbrāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 3.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānām rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti
vīryāyetyevaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣya putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmādbrāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 3.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānām rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyetyevaitadāha
yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣya putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmādbrāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 3.2 asapatnaṃ suvadhvamitīmaṃ devā abhrātṛvyaṃ suvadhvamityevaitadāha mahate kṣatrāya mahate jyaiṣṭhyāyeti nātra tirohitamivāsti mahate jānarājyāyeti mahate janānām rājyāyety evaitad āhendrasyendriyāyeti vīryāyetyevaitadāha yadāhendrasyendriyāyetīmamamuṣya putramamuṣyai putramiti tadyadevāsya janma tata
evaitadāhāsyai viśa iti yasyai viśo rājā bhavatyeṣa vo 'mī rājā somo 'smākam brāhmaṇānāṃ rājeti tadasmā idaṃ sarvamādyaṃ karoti brāhmaṇam evāpoddharati tasmādbrāhmaṇo 'nādyaḥ somarājā hi bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 5.2 pra parvatasya vṛṣabhasya pṛṣṭhāditi yathāyam parvato 'tiṣṭhāvā yatharṣabhaḥ paśūn atiṣṭhāvaivaṃ vā eṣa idaṃ sarvam atitiṣṭhaty arvāgevāsmādidaṃ sarvam bhavati yo rājasūyena yajate
tasmādāha pra parvatasya vṛṣabhasya pṛṣṭhān nāvaścaranti svasica iyānās tā āvavṛtrannadharāgudaktā ahim budhnyamanu rīyamāṇā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 4.2 indrasya vajro 'sīti vajro vai ratha indro vai yajamāno dvayena vā eṣa indro bhavati yacca kṣatriyo yad u ca yajamānas
tasmādāhendrasya vajro 'sīti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 5.2 mitrāvaruṇayostvā praśāstroḥ praśiṣā yunajmīti bāhū vai mitrāvaruṇau bāhubhyāṃ vai rājanyo maitrāvaruṇas
tasmādāha mitrāvaruṇayostvā praśāstroḥ praśiṣā yunajmīti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 7.2 avyathāyai tvā svadhāyai tvetyanārtyai
tvetyevaitadāha yadāhāvyathāyai tveti svadhāyai tveti rasāya tvetyevaitad āhāriṣṭo arjuna ityarjuno ha vai nāmendro yadasya guhyaṃ nāma dvayena vā eṣa indro bhavati yacca kṣatriyo yad u ca yajamānas tasmādāhāriṣṭo arjuna iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 7.2 avyathāyai tvā svadhāyai tvetyanārtyai tvetyevaitadāha
yadāhāvyathāyai tveti svadhāyai tveti rasāya tvetyevaitad āhāriṣṭo arjuna ityarjuno ha vai nāmendro yadasya guhyaṃ nāma dvayena vā eṣa indro bhavati yacca kṣatriyo yad u ca yajamānas tasmādāhāriṣṭo arjuna iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 7.2 avyathāyai tvā svadhāyai tvetyanārtyai tvetyevaitadāha yadāhāvyathāyai tveti svadhāyai tveti rasāya tvetyevaitad
āhāriṣṭo arjuna ityarjuno ha vai nāmendro yadasya guhyaṃ nāma dvayena vā eṣa indro bhavati yacca kṣatriyo yad u ca yajamānas tasmādāhāriṣṭo arjuna iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 7.2 avyathāyai tvā svadhāyai tvetyanārtyai tvetyevaitadāha yadāhāvyathāyai tveti svadhāyai tveti rasāya tvetyevaitad āhāriṣṭo arjuna ityarjuno ha vai nāmendro yadasya guhyaṃ nāma dvayena vā eṣa indro bhavati yacca kṣatriyo yad u ca yajamānas
tasmādāhāriṣṭo arjuna iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 8.2 marutām prasavena jayeti viśo vai maruto viśā vai tatkṣatriyo jayati yajjigīṣati
tasmādāha marutām prasavena jayeti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 9.2 āpāma manaseti manasā vā idaṃ sarvamāptaṃ tanmanasaivaitatsarvamāpnoti tasmād
āhāpāma manaseti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 10.2 samindriyeṇetīndriyaṃ vai vīryaṃ gāva indriyamevaitadvīryam ātman dhatte
'thāha jināmīmāḥ kurva imā iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 12.2 na vā eṣa krūrakarmaṇe bhavati yadyajamānaḥ krūramiva vā etat karoti
yadāha jināmīmāḥ kurva imā iti tatho hāsyaitadakrūraṃ kṛtam bhavati tasmāt tāvanmātrīrvā bhūyasīrvā pratidadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 4.2 syonāmāsīda suṣadāmāsīdeti śivāṃ śagmāmāsīdety evaitad
āha kṣatrasya yonimāsīdeti tadyaiva kṣatrasya yonistasyāmevainametaddadhāti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 5.2 niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti dhṛtavrato vai rājā na vā eṣa sarvasmā iva vadanāya na sarvasmā iva karmaṇe yadeva sādhu vadedyatsādhu kuryāttasmai vā eṣa ca śrotriyaś caitau ha vai dvau manuṣyeṣu dhṛtavratau
tasmādāha niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti varuṇaḥ pastyāsv eti viśo vai pastyā vikṣv ety evaitadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti rājyāyetyevaitadāha yadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 5.2 niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti dhṛtavrato vai rājā na vā eṣa sarvasmā iva vadanāya na sarvasmā iva karmaṇe yadeva sādhu vadedyatsādhu kuryāttasmai vā eṣa ca śrotriyaś caitau ha vai dvau manuṣyeṣu dhṛtavratau tasmādāha niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti varuṇaḥ pastyāsv eti viśo vai pastyā vikṣv ety
evaitadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti rājyāyetyevaitadāha yadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 5.2 niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti dhṛtavrato vai rājā na vā eṣa sarvasmā iva vadanāya na sarvasmā iva karmaṇe yadeva sādhu vadedyatsādhu kuryāttasmai vā eṣa ca śrotriyaś caitau ha vai dvau manuṣyeṣu dhṛtavratau tasmādāha niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti varuṇaḥ pastyāsv eti viśo vai pastyā vikṣv ety evaitadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti
rājyāyetyevaitadāha yadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 5.2 niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti dhṛtavrato vai rājā na vā eṣa sarvasmā iva vadanāya na sarvasmā iva karmaṇe yadeva sādhu vadedyatsādhu kuryāttasmai vā eṣa ca śrotriyaś caitau ha vai dvau manuṣyeṣu dhṛtavratau tasmādāha niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti varuṇaḥ pastyāsv eti viśo vai pastyā vikṣv ety evaitadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti rājyāyetyevaitadāha
yadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 6.1 athāsmai pañcākṣānpāṇāvāvapati abhibhūrasyetāste pañca diśaḥ kalpantām ity eṣa vā ayān abhibhūr yat kalir eṣa hi sarvān ayān abhibhavati
tasmādāhābhibhūrasīty etās te pañca diśaḥ kalpantāmiti pañca vai diśastadasmai sarvā eva diśaḥ kalpayati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 23.2 svāhākṛtāḥ sūryasya raśmibhiryatadhvaṃ sajātānām madhyameṣṭhyāyety eṣa vā agniḥ pṛthur yad adhidevanaṃ tasyaite 'ṅgārā yad akṣās tamevaitena prīṇāti tasya ha vā eṣānumatā gṛheṣu hanyate yo vā rājasūyena yajate yo vaitadevaṃ
vedaiteṣvakṣeṣvāha gāṃ dīvyadhvamiti pūrvāgnivāhau dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 24.2 tadyadantareṇāhutī etatkarma kriyata eṣa vai prajāpatirya eṣa yajñastāyate yasmādimāḥ prajāḥ prajātā etam v evāpyetarhyanu prajāyante tadenam madhyata evaitasya prajāpaterdadhāti madhyataḥ suvati tasmādantareṇāhutī etatkarma kriyata
āśrāvyāhāgniṃ sviṣṭakṛtaṃ yajeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 2, 2.2 dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya tasmāddvādaśa bhavanti māsi māsi
yajetetyāhuḥ ko veda manuṣyasya tasmānna māsi māsi yajeta śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate prāṅ yān atha punarāvṛttaḥ śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 24.2 kuvidaṅga yavamanto yavaṃ cidyathā dāntyanupūrvaṃ viyūya ihehaiṣāṃ kṛṇuhi bhojanāni ye barhiṣo namauktiṃ yajanti upayāmagṛhīto 'sy aśvibhyāṃ tvā sarasvatyai tvendrāya tvā sutrāmṇa iti yady u trīn gṛhṇīyād etayaiva gṛhṇīyād upayāmais tu tarhi nānā gṛhṇīyād
athāhāśvibhyām sarasvatyā indrāya sutrāmṇe 'nubrūhīti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 25.2 yuvaṃ surāmam aśvinā namucāvāsure sacā vipipānā śubhaspatī indraṃ karmasv āvatam ity
āśrāvyāhāśvinau sarasvatīmindraṃ sutrāmāṇaṃ yajeti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 14.2 etayā vai bhadrasenam ājātaśatravam āruṇirabhicacāra kṣipraṃ kilāstṛṇuteti ha
smāha yājñavalkyo 'pi ha vā enayendro vṛtrasyāsthānamachinad api ha vā enayāsthānaṃ chinatti ya enayābhicarati tasmād u hainayāpyabhicaret //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 1.2 tad
āhuḥ kiṃ tad asad āsīd ity ṛṣayo vāva te 'gre sadāsīt tadāhuḥ ke ta ṛṣaya iti prāṇā vā ṛṣayas te yat purāsmāt sarvasmād idamicchantaḥ śrameṇa tapasāriṣaṃstasmādṛṣayaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 1.2 tad āhuḥ kiṃ tad asad āsīd ity ṛṣayo vāva te 'gre sadāsīt
tadāhuḥ ke ta ṛṣaya iti prāṇā vā ṛṣayas te yat purāsmāt sarvasmād idamicchantaḥ śrameṇa tapasāriṣaṃstasmādṛṣayaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 8.1 so 'yam puruṣaḥ prajāpatirakāmayata bhūyānt syām prajāyeyeti so 'śrāmyat sa tapo 'tapyata sa śrāntastepāno brahmaiva prathamam asṛjata trayīmeva vidyāṃ saivāsmai pratiṣṭhābhavat tasmād
āhur brahmāsya sarvasya pratiṣṭheti tasmād anūcya pratitiṣṭhati pratiṣṭhā hyeṣā yadbrahma tasyām pratiṣṭhāyām pratiṣṭhito 'tapyata //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 10.2 ābhyo 'dbhyo 'dhi prajāyeyeti so 'nayā trayyā vidyayā sahāpaḥ prāviśat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad astvity astu bhūyo 'stv ity eva tadabravīt tato brahmaiva prathamamasṛjyata trayyeva vidyā tasmād
āhur brahmāsya sarvasya prathamajamity api hi tasmāt puruṣād brahmaiva pūrvam asṛjyata tadasya tanmukham evāsṛjyata tasmād anūcānam āhur agnikalpa iti mukhaṃ hyetad agner yad brahma //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 10.2 ābhyo 'dbhyo 'dhi prajāyeyeti so 'nayā trayyā vidyayā sahāpaḥ prāviśat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad astvity astu bhūyo 'stv ity eva tadabravīt tato brahmaiva prathamamasṛjyata trayyeva vidyā tasmād āhur brahmāsya sarvasya prathamajamity api hi tasmāt puruṣād brahmaiva pūrvam asṛjyata tadasya tanmukham evāsṛjyata tasmād anūcānam
āhur agnikalpa iti mukhaṃ hyetad agner yad brahma //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 14.2 iyamasṛjyata
tasmādāhus trivṛd agnir itīyaṃ hyagnir asyai hi sarvo 'gniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 15.2 tadbhūmirabhavat tām aprathayat sā pṛthivyabhavat seyaṃ sarvā kṛtsnā manyamānāgāyad yad agāyat tasmād iyaṃ gāyatry atho
āhur agnir evāsyai pṛṣṭhe sarvaḥ kṛtsno manyamāno 'gāyad yad agāyat tasmād agnir gāyatra iti tasmād u haitadyaḥ sarvaḥ kṛtsno manyate gāyati vaiva gīte vā ramate //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 14.2 kasmiṃs tvopadhāsyāmīti hita evety abravīt prāṇo vai hitam prāṇo hi sarvebhyo bhūtebhyo hitas tad yad enaṃ hita upādadhāt tasmād
āhopadhāsyāmy upādhām iti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 31.2 katarata iṣṭakāyāḥ śira iti yata upaspṛśya yajur vadatīty u haika
āhuḥ sa svayam ātṛṇṇāyā evārdhādupaspṛśya yajurvadet tatho hāsyaitāḥ sarvāḥ svayamātṛṇṇām abhyāvṛttā bhavantīti na tathā kuryād aṅgāni vā asyaitāni parūṃṣi yadiṣṭakā yathā vā aṅge 'ṅge parvan parvañchiraḥ kuryāt tādṛk tad yo vāva cite 'gnir nidhīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 36.2 kasmai kāmāyāgniścīyata iti suparṇo mā bhūtvā divaṃ vahād ity u haika
āhur na tathā vidyād etadvai rūpaṃ kṛtvā prāṇāḥ prajāpatir abhavann etad rūpaṃ kṛtvā prajāpatir devān asṛjataitad rūpaṃ kṛtvā devā amṛtā abhavaṃs tad yad evaitena prāṇā abhavan yat prajāpatir yad devās tad evaitena bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 13.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarod vāyus tadrūpambhavad vāyurvā ugras tasmādyadā balavad vāty ugro
vātītyāhuḥ so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 14.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarod vidyut tad rūpamabhavad vidyudvā aśanis tasmādyaṃ vidyuddhanty aśanir avadhīd
ityāhuḥ so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 19.2 aṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī
tasmādāhur gāyatro 'gniriti so 'yaṃ kumāro rūpāṇyanuprāviśan na vā agniṃ kumāram iva paśyanty etānyevāsya rūpāṇi paśyanty etāni hi rūpāṇyanuprāviśat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 20.2 saṃvatsare 'nubrūyād dvayor ity u haika
āhuḥ saṃvatsare vai tadreto 'siñcant saṃvatsare kumāro 'jāyata tasmād dvayor eva cinuyād dvayor anubrūyāditi saṃvatsare tveva cinuyāt saṃvatsare 'nubrūyād yad vāva retaḥ siktaṃ tadeva jāyate tat tato vikriyamāṇameva vardhamānaṃ śete tasmāt saṃvatsara eva cinuyāt saṃvatsare 'nubrūyāt tasya citasya nāma karoti pāpmānam evāsya tad apahanti citranāmānaṃ karoti citro 'sīti sarvāṇi hi citrāṇyagniḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 10.2 tāsāmukto bandhur uktam v evānvṛcaṃ dvādaśāpriyas tāsāmukto bandhur uktam v evānvṛcam prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśo 'tro sa kāma upāpta iti ha
smāha māhitthir yaṃ carakāḥ prājāpatye paśāvāhuriti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 10.2 tāsāmukto bandhur uktam v evānvṛcaṃ dvādaśāpriyas tāsāmukto bandhur uktam v evānvṛcam prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśo 'tro sa kāma upāpta iti ha smāha māhitthir yaṃ carakāḥ prājāpatye
paśāvāhuriti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 16.2 amāvāsyāyām ālabhetety u haika
āhur asau vai candraḥ prajāpatiḥ sa etāṃ rātrim iha vasati tad yathopatiṣṭhantam ālabhetaivaṃ taditi //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 27.2 reto vā etad bhūtam ātmānaṃ siñcaty ukhāyāṃ yonau yaddīkṣate tasmā etam purastāllokaṃ karoti yaddīkṣito bhavati taṃ kṛtaṃ lokamabhi jāyate
tasmādāhuḥ kṛtaṃ lokam puruṣo 'bhi jāyata iti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 14.2 mana evaitadetasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte na hyayuktena manasā kiṃcana samprati śaknoti kartuṃ devasya savituḥ sava iti devena savitrā prasūtā ity etat svargyāya śaktyeti yathaitena karmaṇā svargaṃ lokamiyād
evametadāha śaktyeti śaktyā hi svargaṃ lokameti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 17.2 prāṇo vai brahma pūrvyam annaṃ namas tat tad eṣaivāhutir annam etayaiva tad āhutyaitenānnena prāṇān etasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte vi śloka etu pathyeva sūreriti yathobhayeṣu devamanuṣyeṣu kīrtiśloko yajamānasya syād evam etad
āha śṛṇvantu viśve amṛtasya putrā iti prajāpatirvā amṛtas tasya viśve devāḥ putrā ā ye dhāmāni divyāni tasthur itīme vai lokā divyāni dhāmāni tad ya eṣu lokeṣu devās tān etad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 17.2 prāṇo vai brahma pūrvyam annaṃ namas tat tad eṣaivāhutir annam etayaiva tad āhutyaitenānnena prāṇān etasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte vi śloka etu pathyeva sūreriti yathobhayeṣu devamanuṣyeṣu kīrtiśloko yajamānasya syād evam etad āha śṛṇvantu viśve amṛtasya putrā iti prajāpatirvā amṛtas tasya viśve devāḥ putrā ā ye dhāmāni divyāni tasthur itīme vai lokā divyāni dhāmāni tad ya eṣu lokeṣu devās tān etad
āha //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 19.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yajño bhagas tam etad
āha prasuva yajñam prasuva yajñapatim bhagāyeti divyo gandharvaḥ ketapūḥ ketaṃ naḥ punātvity asau vā ādityo divyo gandharvo 'nnaṃ keto 'nnapūrannaṃ naḥ punātv ity etad vācaspatir vācaṃ naḥ svadatv iti vāg vā idaṃ karma prāṇo vācaspatiḥ prāṇo na idaṃ karma svadatv ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 3.2 yuñjāthāṃ rāsabhaṃ yuvam ityadhvaryuṃ caitadyajamānaṃ
cāhāsmin yāme vṛṣaṇvasū ityasmin karmaṇi vṛṣaṇvasū ity etad agnim bharantam asmayum ityagnim bharantam asmatpreṣitam ity etat tad rāsabhe vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 12.2 etadvā enaṃ devāḥ procivāṃsaṃ vīryeṇa samārdhayaṃs tathaivainam ayam etat procivāṃsaṃ vīryeṇa samardhayati dyauste pṛṣṭham pṛthivī sadhastham ātmāntarikṣaṃ samudro yonir itīttham asīttham asīty
evaitadāha vikhyāya cakṣuṣā tvam abhitiṣṭha pṛtanyata iti vikhyāya cakṣuṣā tvam abhitiṣṭha sarvān pāpmana ity etan nopaspṛśati vajro vā aśvo nen māyaṃ vajro hinasaditi //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 5.2 vācā khanāmi khanāma
ityāha vāgvā abhrir ārambhāyaiveyaṃ vaiṇavī kriyate vācā vā etam abhryā devā akhanaṃs tathaivainam ayametad vācaivābhryā khanati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 8.2 apāṃ hyetatpṛṣṭhaṃ yonirhyetadagneḥ samudram abhitaḥ pinvamānamiti samudro hyetadabhitaḥ pinvate vardhamāno mahāṁ ā ca puṣkara iti vardhamāno mahīyasva puṣkara ityetaddivo mātrayā varimṇā prathasvetyanuvimārṣṭy asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir no haitamanyo divo varimā yantum arhati dyaur bhūtvainaṃ yacchetyevaitad
āha //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 11.2 samīcī urasā tmaneti saṃvasāthāmenaṃ svarvidā samīcī urasā cātmanā cetyetad agnim antarbhariṣyantī jyotiṣmantamajasramidityasau vā āditya eṣo 'gniḥ sa eṣa jyotiṣmānajasrastamete antarā bibhṛtas
tasmādāha jyotiṣmantam ajasramiditi //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 1.2 purīṣyo 'sīti paśavyo 'sītyetadviśvabharā ityeṣa hīdaṃ sarvam bibhartyatharvā tvā prathamo niramanthad agna iti prāṇo vā atharvā prāṇo vā etam agre niramanthat tad yo 'sāvagre 'gnir asṛjyata so 'sīti tad
āha tam evainam etat karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 10.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir amuṃ tadādityamita ūrdhvam prāñcaṃ dadhāti tasmādasāvāditya ita ūrdhvaḥ prāṅ dhīyata ūrdhva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaye tiṣṭhā devo na saviteti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhur ūrdhvo vājasya sanitetyūrdhvo vā eṣa tiṣṭhanvājamannaṃ sanoti yad añjibhir vāghadbhir vihvayāmaha iti raśmayo vā etasyāñjayo vāghatas tān etad
āha parobāhu pragṛhṇāti parobāhu hyeṣa ito 'thainam upāvaharati tam upāvahṛtyoparinābhi dhārayati tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 10.2 ṛtaṃ satyamṛtaṃ satyamityayaṃ vā agnirṛtamasāvādityaḥ satyaṃ yadi vāsāv ṛtam ayaṃ satyam ubhayam v etad ayamagnis
tasmādāhartaṃ satyamṛtaṃ satyamiti tadenamajena saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 10.2 yoṣā vai sinīvāly etad u vai yoṣāyai samṛddhaṃ rūpaṃ yat sukapardā sukurīrā svaupaśā samardhayatyevaināmetatsā tubhyamadite mahyokhāṃ dadhātu hastayoritīyaṃ vā aditir mahyasyai tad
āha //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 1.2 yāvantaṃ nidhaye 'laṃ manyate makhasya śiro 'sīti yajño vai makhas tasyaitacchira āhavanīyo vai yajñasya śira āhavanīyam u vā etaṃ ceṣyanbhavati
tasmādāha makhasya śiro 'sīti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 6.2 yathaiva yajustathā bandhur āsurī māyā svadhayā kṛtāsīti prāṇo vā asus tasyaiṣā māyā svadhayā kṛtā juṣṭaṃ devebhya idam astu havyam iti yā evaitasminnagnāvāhutīrhoṣyanbhavati tā etad
āhātho evaiva havyam ariṣṭā tvamudihi yajñe asminniti yathaivāriṣṭānārtaitasmin yajña udiyādevametadāha //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 6.2 yathaiva yajustathā bandhur āsurī māyā svadhayā kṛtāsīti prāṇo vā asus tasyaiṣā māyā svadhayā kṛtā juṣṭaṃ devebhya idam astu havyam iti yā evaitasminnagnāvāhutīrhoṣyanbhavati tā etad āhātho evaiva havyam ariṣṭā tvamudihi yajñe asminniti yathaivāriṣṭānārtaitasmin yajña
udiyādevametadāha //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 8.2 ahar ahar amattā āharanta ity etad aśvāyeva tiṣṭhate ghāsamasmā iti yathāśvāya tiṣṭhate ghāsam ity etad rāyaspoṣeṇa sam iṣā madanta iti rayyā ca poṣeṇa ca samiṣā madanta ity etad agne mā te prativeśā riṣāmeti yathaivāsya prativeśo na riṣyed evam etad
āha //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 15.2 ud eṣām bāhū atiram ud varco atho balam kṣiṇomi brahmaṇāmitrānunnayāmi svāṁ ahamiti yathaiva kṣiṇuyād amitrān unnayet svān evametad
āhobhe tv evaite ādadhyād ayaṃ vā agnirbrahma ca kṣatraṃ cemamevaitadagnimetābhyāmubhābhyāṃ saminddhe brahmaṇā ca kṣatreṇa ca //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 4.2 atha vrate nyajya samidhamādadhāti na vrate nyañjyād ity u haika
āhur āhutiṃ tajjuhuyād anavakᄆptaṃ vai tadyaddīkṣita āhutiṃ juhuyāditi //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 7.2 aśanapate 'śanasya no dehīty etad anamīvasya śuṣmiṇa ity anaśanāyasya śuṣmiṇa ity etat pra pra dātāraṃ tāriṣa iti yajamāno vai dātā pra yajamānaṃ tāriṣa ity etad ūrjaṃ dhehi dvipade catuṣpada ity āśiṣam āśāste yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittim
āhottarasmiṃstad anvākhyāna iti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 6.14 suparṇo 'si garutmān divaṃ gaccha svaḥ pateti tad enaṃ suparṇaṃ garutmantaṃ
kṛtvāha devān gaccha svargaṃ lokam pateti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 12.1 tad
āhuḥ yad ahar viṣṇukramā rātrir vātsapram athobhe evāhan bhavato na rātryām /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 10.6 purīṣavatīṃ citiṃ kṛtvopatiṣṭhetety u haika
āhus tatra hi sā sarvā kṛtsnā bhavatīti //
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 9.8 tasmād ye caitad vidur ye ca na hiraṇmayo 'gnicid amuṣmiṃl loke sambhavatīty
evāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 15.1 tad
āhuḥ yat trayodaśa puruṣā atiyanti katham ete sampado na cyavanta iti /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 3, 16.1 atho
āhuḥ prajāpatir evātmānaṃ vidhāya tasya yatra yatra nyūnam āsīt tad etaiḥ samāpūrayata teno evāpi sampanna iti //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 6.4 yad idam
āhur dīrghaṃ ta āyur astu sarvam āyur ihīty eṣa te loka etat te 'stv iti haivaitat //
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 14.1 etaddha sma vai tad vidvān priyavrato rauhiṇāyana
āha vāyuṃ vāntam ānandas ta ātmeto vā vāhīto veti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 10.1 etaddha sma vai tad vidvāñchyāparṇaḥ sāyakāyana
āha yad vai ma idaṃ karma samāpsyata mamaiva prajā salvānāṃ rājāno 'bhaviṣyan mama brāhmaṇā mama vaiśyāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 19.3 pakvasya pakteti ha
smāha bhāradvājo 'gnim amunā hi pakvam ayam pacatīti //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 5, 3.1 chelaka u ha
smāha śāṇḍilyāyana ima eva lokās tisraḥ svayamātṛṇṇavatyaś citayaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 1, 1.3 atha yan mānuṣyā
vācāhetīdaṃ kurutetīdaṃ kuruteti tad u ha tayā cīyate //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 2, 9.2 yat prājāpatyo 'śvo 'tha kathāpyanyābhyo devatābhyaḥ prokṣatīti sarvā vai devatā aśvamedhe'nvāyattā
yadāha sarvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ prokṣāmīti sarvā evāsmindevatā anvāyātayati tasmādaśvamedhe sarvā devatā anvāyattāḥ pāpmā vā etam bhrātṛvya īpsati yo 'śvamedhena yajeta vajro 'śvaḥ paro martaḥ paraḥ śveti śvānaṃ caturakṣaṃ hatvādhaspadam aśvasyopaplāvayati vajreṇaivainam avakrāmati nainaṃ pāpmā bhrātṛvya āpnoti //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 3, 6.2 anāhutir vai rūpāṇi naitā hotavyā ity atho
khalvāhuratra vā aśvamedhaḥ saṃtiṣṭhate yadrūpāṇi juhoti hotavyā eveti bahirdhā vā etamāyatanātkaroti bhrātṛvyamasmai janayati yasyānāyatane 'nyatrāgner āhutīrjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 3.0 tadāhuḥ pra vā etad aśvo mīyate yat parāṅeti na hyenam pratyāvartayantīti yat sāyaṃ dhṛtīrjuhoti kṣemo vai dhṛtiḥ kṣemo rātriḥ kṣemeṇaivainaṃ dādhāra tasmāt sāyam manuṣyāśca paśavaśca kṣemyā bhavanty atha yat prātariṣṭibhir yajata icchatyevainaṃ tat tasmād divā naṣṭaiṣa eti yad v eva sāyaṃ dhṛtīr juhoti prātariṣṭibhir yajate yogakṣemameva tad yajamānaḥ kalpayate tasmād yatraitena yajñena yajante kᄆptaḥ prajānāṃ yogakṣemo bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 5, 2.0 tadāhuḥ yadubhau brāhmaṇau gāyetām apāsmāt kṣatraṃ krāmed brahmaṇo vā etadrūpaṃ yadbrāhmaṇo na vai brahmaṇi kṣatraṃ ramata iti //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 5, 4.0 tadāhuḥ yadubhau divā gāyetām prabhraṃśukāsmācchrīḥ syād brahmaṇo vā etadrūpaṃ yad ahar yadā vai rājā kāmayate 'tha brāhmaṇaṃ jināti pāpīyāṃstu bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 1, 7.0 tadāhuḥ yadubhe divā vā naktaṃ vā juhuyādahorātre mohayed vyuṣṭyai svāhety anudita āditye juhoti svargāya svāhety udite 'horātrayoravyatimohāya //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 12.0 tadāhuḥ apāhaivaitaiḥ pāpmānaṃ hatā ity akṛtsnaṃ ca tvai prajāpatiṃ saṃskaroti na cedaṃ sarvamavarunddhe //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 14.0 tānkathamāprīṇīyādityāhuḥ samiddho añjankṛdaram matīnāmiti bārhadukthībhir āprīṇīyād bṛhaduktho ha vai vāmadevyo'śvo vā sāmudriraśvasyāprīrdadarśa tā etās tābhirevainametadāprīṇīma iti vadanto na tathā kuryājjāmadagnībhirevāprīṇīyāt prajāpatirvai jamadagniḥ so'śvamedhaḥ svayaivainaṃ devatayā samardhayati tasmājjāmadagnībhir evāprīṇīyāt //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 3.0 tadāhuḥ apaśurvā eṣa yadāraṇyo naitasya hotavyaṃ yajjuhuyātkṣipraṃ yajamānamaraṇyam mṛtaṃ hareyur araṇyabhāgā hyāraṇyāḥ paśavo yanna juhuyād yajñaveśasaṃ syād iti paryagnikṛtān evotsṛjanti tan naiva hutaṃ nāhutaṃ na yajamānamaraṇyam mṛtaṃ haranti na yajñaveśasam bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 5, 2.0 tadāhuḥ anavaruddho vā etasya saṃvatsaro bhavati yo'nyatra cāturmāsyebhyaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ tanuta ity eṣa vai sākṣāt saṃvatsaro yaccāturmāsyāni yaccāturmāsyānpaśūnālabhate sākṣādeva tatsaṃvatsaramavarunddhe vi vā eṣa prajayā paśubhir ṛdhyate 'pa svargaṃ lokaṃ rādhnoti yo'nyatraikādaśinebhyaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ tanuta ity eṣa vai saṃprati svargo loko yad ekādaśinī prajā vai paśava ekādaśinī yad aikādaśinān paśūn ālabhate na svargaṃ lokam aparādhnoti na prajayā paśubhir vyṛdhyate //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 6, 2.0 tadāhuḥ parāṅvā etasmādyajña eti yasya paśurupākṛto'nyatra vederetīty etaṃ stotaranena pathā punaraśvamāvartayāsi na iti vāyurvai stotā tamevāsmā etatparastāddadhāti tathā nātyeti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 11.0 svayaṃ vājiṃstanvaṃ kalpayasveti svayaṃ rūpaṃ kuruṣva yādṛśam icchasīty evainaṃ
tadāha svayaṃ yajasveti svārājyamevāsmindadhāti svayaṃ juṣasveti svayaṃ lokaṃ rocayasva yāvantam icchasīty evainaṃ tadāha mahimā te'nyena na saṃnaśa ity aśvameva mahimnā samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 11.0 svayaṃ vājiṃstanvaṃ kalpayasveti svayaṃ rūpaṃ kuruṣva yādṛśam icchasīty evainaṃ tadāha svayaṃ yajasveti svārājyamevāsmindadhāti svayaṃ juṣasveti svayaṃ lokaṃ rocayasva yāvantam icchasīty evainaṃ
tadāha mahimā te'nyena na saṃnaśa ity aśvameva mahimnā samardhayati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 13.0 agniḥ paśurāsīt tenāyajanta sa etaṃ lokamajayadyasminnagniḥ sa te loko bhaviṣyati taṃ jeṣyasi pibaitā apa iti yāvānagnervijayo yāvāṃlloko yāvadaiśvaryaṃ tāvāṃste vijayas tāvāṃllokastāvadaiśvaryam bhaviṣyatīty evainaṃ
tadāha //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 15.0 sūryaḥ paśurāsīt tenāyajanta sa etaṃ lokamajayad yasmint sūryaḥ sa te loko bhaviṣyati taṃ jeṣyasi pibaitā apa iti yāvāntsūryasya vijayo yāvāṃlloko yāvadaiśvaryaṃ tāvāṃste vijayas tāvāṃllokastāvadaiśvaryam bhaviṣyatīty evainaṃ
tadāha tarpayitvāśvam punaḥ saṃskṛtya prokṣaṇīr itarānpaśūnprokṣati tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 8, 5.0 apa vā etebhyaḥ prāṇāḥ krāmanti ye yajñe dhuvanaṃ tanvate nava kṛtvaḥ pariyanti nava vai prāṇāḥ prāṇān evātman dadhate naibhyaḥ prāṇā apakrāmanty āhamajāni garbhadham ā tvamajāsi garbhadhamiti prajā vai paśavo garbhaḥ prajāmeva paśūnātmandhatte tā ubhau caturaḥ padaḥ saṃprasārayāveti mithunasyāvaruddhyai svarge loke prorṇuvāthām ity eṣa vai svargo loko yatra paśuṃ saṃjñapayanti tasmād evam
āha vṛṣā vājī retodhā reto dadhātv iti mithunasyaivāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 2, 3.0 tadāhuḥ naite sarve paśavo yad ajāvayaś cāraṇyāś caite vai sarve paśavo yadgavyā iti gavyā uttame 'hann ālabhata ete vai sarve paśavo yadgavyāḥ sarvāneva paśūnālabhate vaiśvadevā bhavanti vaiśvadevo vā aśvo'śvasyaiva sarvatvāya bahurūpā bhavanti tasmādbahurūpāḥ paśavo nānārūpā bhavanti tasmānnānārūpāḥ paśavaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 3, 9.0 tadāhuḥ yaddvādaśo'gniḥ syādekādaśa yūpā yathā sthūriṇā yāyāt tādṛk tad ity ekaviṃśa evāgnirbhavaty ekaviṃśa stoma ekaviṃśatir yūpās tad yathā praṣṭibhir yāyāt tādṛktat //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 5, 2.0 tad
āhuḥ yad amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāheti juhvat saṃcakṣīta bahum mṛtyumamitraṃ kurvīta mṛtyava ātmānam apidadhyāditi mṛtyave svāhetyekasmā evaikāmāhutiṃ juhoty eko ha vā amuṣmiṃlloke mṛtyuraśanāyaiva tamevāmuṣmiṃlloke 'pajayati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 6, 4.0 tadāhuḥ aśvastomīyam pūrvaṃ hotavyāṃ3 dvipadā3 iti paśavo vā aśvastomīyam puruṣo dvipadā yad aśvastomīyaṃ hutvā dvipadā juhoti tasmātpuruṣa upariṣṭātpaśūnadhitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 6, 6.0 dvādaśa brahmaudanānutthāya nirvapati dvādaśabhirveṣṭibhiryajate
tadāhuryajñasya vā etadrūpaṃ yadiṣṭayo yadiṣṭibhiryajetopanāmuka enaṃ yajñaḥ syāt pāpīyāṃstu syād yātayāmāni vā etadījānasya chandāṃsi bhavanti tāni kimetāvadāśu prayuñjīta sarvā vai saṃsthite yajñe vāgāpyate sātrāptā yātayāmnī bhavati krūrīkṛteva hi bhavatyaruṣkṛtā vāgvai yajñas tasmānna prayuñjīteti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 2.0 tad
āhuḥ kasminn ṛtāvabhyārambha iti grīṣme'bhyārabhetety u haika āhur grīṣmo vai kṣatriyasyartuḥ kṣatriyayajña u vā eṣa yad aśvamedha iti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 2.0 tad āhuḥ kasminn ṛtāvabhyārambha iti grīṣme'bhyārabhetety u haika
āhur grīṣmo vai kṣatriyasyartuḥ kṣatriyayajña u vā eṣa yad aśvamedha iti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 7.0 athāsmā adhvaryur niṣkam pratimuñcan vācayati tejo'si śukram amṛtamiti tejo vai śukram amṛtaṃ hiraṇyaṃ teja evāsmiñchukram amṛtaṃ dadhāty āyuṣpā āyur me pāhīty āyur evāsmin dadhāty athainam
āha vācaṃ yaccheti vāgvai yajño yajñasyaivābhyārambhāya //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 15.0 tasyai saptadaśa sāmidhenyo bhavanti saptadaśo vai prajāpatiḥ prajāpatir aśvamedho 'śvamedhasyaivāptyai vṛdhanvantāv ājyabhāgau yajamānasyaiva vṛddhyai pūṣaṃs tava vrate vayam pathas pathaḥ paripatiṃ vacasyety upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye vratavatyanyā bhavati pathanvaty anyā vīryaṃ vai vrataṃ vīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā atha yat pathanvaty aśvāyaivaitat svastyayanaṃ karoty anuṣṭubhau saṃyājye vāg vā anuṣṭub vāg vai prajāpatiḥ prajāpatir aśvamedho 'śvamedhasyaivāptyai vāsaḥśataṃ dakṣiṇā rūpaṃ vā etat puruṣasya yad vāsas tasmād yam eva kaṃ ca suvāsasam
āhuḥ ko nvayam iti rūpasamṛddho hi bhavati rūpeṇaivainaṃ samardhayati śatam bhavati śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatendriya āyur evendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 16.0 sa
āha devā āśāpālāḥ etaṃ devebhyo 'śvam medhāya prokṣitaṃ rakṣatety uktā mānuṣā āśāpālā athaite daivā āpyāḥ sādhyā anvādhyā marutas tam eta ubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ saṃvidānā apratyāvartayantaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ rakṣanti tad yaṃ na pratyāvartayanty eṣa vā eṣa tapati ka u hyetam arhati pratyāvartayituṃ yaddhyenam pratyāvartayeyuḥ parāg evedaṃ sarvaṃ syāt tasmād apratyāvartayanto rakṣanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 17.0 sa
āhāśāpālāḥ ye vā etasyodṛcaṃ gamiṣyanti rāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanti rājāno bhaviṣyanty abhiṣecanīyā atha ya etasyodṛcaṃ na gamiṣyanty arāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanty arājāno bhaviṣyanti rājanyā viśo 'nabhiṣecanīyās tasmān mā pramadata snātvāccaivainam udakān nirundhīdhvaṃ vaḍavābhyaśca te yad yad brāhmaṇajātam upanigaccheta tat tat pṛccheta brāhmaṇāḥ kiyad yūyam aśvamedhasya vittheti te ye na vidyur jinīyāta tānt sarvaṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyaiṣa na veda yo brāhmaṇaḥ sann aśvamedhasya na veda so 'brāhmaṇo jyeya eva sa pānaṃ karavātha khādaṃ nivapāthātha yat kiṃ ca janapade kṛtānnaṃ sarvaṃ vas tat sutaṃ teṣāṃ rathakārakula eva vo vasatis taddhyaśvasyāyatanamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 3.0 manur vaivasvato rājety
āha tasya manuṣyā viśas ta ima āsata ity aśrotriyā gṛhamedhina upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśaty ṛco vedaḥ so 'yam ityṛcāṃ sūktaṃ vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved vīṇāgaṇagina upasametā bhavanti tān adhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati vīṇāgaṇagina ity āha purāṇair imaṃ yajamānaṃ rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ saṃgāyateti taṃ te tathā saṃgāyanti tad yad enam evaṃ saṃgāyanti purāṇair evainaṃ tad rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ salokaṃ kurvanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 3.0 manur vaivasvato rājety āha tasya manuṣyā viśas ta ima āsata ity aśrotriyā gṛhamedhina upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśaty ṛco vedaḥ so 'yam ityṛcāṃ sūktaṃ vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved vīṇāgaṇagina upasametā bhavanti tān adhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati vīṇāgaṇagina ity
āha purāṇair imaṃ yajamānaṃ rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ saṃgāyateti taṃ te tathā saṃgāyanti tad yad enam evaṃ saṃgāyanti purāṇair evainaṃ tad rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ salokaṃ kurvanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 6.0 atha śvo bhūte dvitīye 'han evam evaitāsu sāvitrīṣviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur yamo vaivasvato rājety
āha tasya pitaro viśas ta ima āsata iti sthavirā upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati yajūṃṣi vedaḥ so'yamiti yajuṣāmanuvākaṃ vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 7.0 atha tṛtīye 'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotarityevādhvaryurvaruṇa ādityo
rājetyāha tasya gandharvā viśas ta ima āsata iti yuvānaḥ śobhanā upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśaty atharvāṇo vedaḥ so 'yam ity atharvaṇām ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudravedevamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 8.0 atha caturthe'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotarityevādhvaryuḥ somo vaiṣṇavo
rājetyāha tasyāpsaraso viśas tā imā āsata iti yuvatayaḥ śobhanāḥ upasametā bhavanti tā upadiśaty aṅgiraso vedaḥ so 'yam ity aṅgirasām ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 9.0 atha pañcame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur arbudaḥ kādraveyo
rājetyāha tasya sarpā viśas ta ima āsata iti sarpāśca sarpavidaścopasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati sarpavidyā vedaḥ so'yamiti sarpavidyāyā ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 10.0 atha ṣaṣṭhe 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryaviti havai hotarityevādhvaryuḥ kubero vaiśravaṇo rājety
āha tasya rakṣāṃsi viśas tānīmānyāsata iti selagāḥ pāpakṛta upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati devajanavidyā vedaḥ so'yamiti devajanavidyāyā ekam parva vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved evamevādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 11.0 atha saptame'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsveṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur asito dhānvo
rājetyāha tasyāsurā viśas ta ima āsata iti kusīdina upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati māyā vedaḥ so'yamiti kāṃcin māyāṃ kuryād evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramān juhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 12.0 athāṣṭame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ity evādhvaryur matsyaḥ sāmmado
rājetyāha tasyodakecarā viśas ta ima āsata iti matsyāśca matsyahanaś copasametā bhavanti tān upadiśatītihāso vedaḥ so 'yamiti kaṃcid itihāsam ācakṣītaivam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 13.0 atha navame 'han evam evaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsveṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ityevādhvaryus tārkṣyo vaipaśyato
rājetyāha tasya vayāṃsi viśas tānīmānyāsata iti vayāṃsi ca vāyovidyikāś copasametā bhavanti tān upadiśati purāṇaṃ vedaḥ so'yamiti kiṃcit purāṇam ācakṣītaivam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramānjuhoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 14.0 atha daśame 'han evamevaitāsviṣṭiṣu saṃsthitāsv eṣaivāvṛd adhvaryav iti havai hotar ityevādhvaryur dharma indro
rājetyāha tasya devā viśas ta ima āsata iti śrotriyā apratigrāhakā upasametā bhavanti tānupadiśati sāmāni vedaḥ so 'yamiti sāmnāṃ daśatam brūyād evam evādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati na prakramān juhotīti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 1.0 saṃvatsare paryavete dīkṣā prājāpatyam ālabhyotsīdantīṣṭayaḥ purohitasyāgniṣu yajetety u haika
āhuḥ kim u dīkṣito yajeta dvādaśa dīkṣā dvādaśopasadas tisraḥ sutyās tat triṇavam abhisaṃpadyate vajro vai triṇavaḥ kṣatram aśvaḥ kṣatraṃ rājanyo vajreṇa khalu vai kṣatraṃ spṛtaṃ tad vajreṇaiva kṣatraṃ spṛṇoti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 2.0 dīkṣaṇīyāyāṃ saṃsthitāyām sāyaṃ vāci visṛṣṭāyāṃ vīṇāgaṇagina upasametā bhavanti tān adhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati vīṇāgaṇagina
ityāha devair imaṃ yajamānaṃ saṃgāyateti taṃ te tathā saṃgāyanti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 3.0 ekaviṃśatiḥ savanīyāḥ paśavaḥ sarva āgneyās teṣāṃ samānaṃ karmety u haika
āhur dve tvevaite ekādaśinyāv ālabheta ya evaikādaśineṣu kāmas tasya kāmasyāptyai //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 16.0 atha purā bahiṣpavamānāt aśvaṃ niktvodānayanti tena pāvamānāya sarpanti tasyoktam brāhmaṇaṃ stute bahiṣpavamāne 'śvam āstāvam ākramayanti sa yady ava vā jighred vi vā vartet samṛddho me yajña iti ha vidyāt tam upākṛtyādhvaryur
āha hotar abhiṣṭuhīti tam ekādaśabhir hotābhiṣṭauti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 1.0 ete uktvā yad adhrigoḥ pariśiṣṭam bhavati
tadāha vāso 'dhivāsaṃ hiraṇyam ity aśvāyopastṛṇanti tasminn enam adhi saṃjñapayanti saṃjñapteṣu paśuṣu patnyaḥ pānnejanair udāyanti catasraśca jāyāḥ kumārī pañcamī catvāri ca śatānyanucarīṇām //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 1.0 athāto vapānāṃ homaḥ nānaiva careyur ā vaiśvadevasya vapāyai vaiśvadevasya vapāyāṃ hutāyāṃ tad anv itarā juhuyur iti ha
smāha satyakāmo jābālo viśve vai sarve devās tad enān yathādevatam prīṇātīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 2.0 aindrāgnasya vapāyāṃ hutāyām tadanvitarā juhuyuriti ha
smāhatuḥ saumāpau mānutantavyāvindrāgnī vai sarve devās tad evainān yathādevatam prīṇātīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 3.0 kāyasya vapāyāṃ hutāyām tadanvitarā juhuyuriti ha
smāha śailāliḥ prajāpatir vai kaḥ prajāpatim u vā anu sarve devās tad evainān yathādevatam prīṇātīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 4.0 ekaviṃśatiṃ cāturmāsyadevatā anudrutya ekaviṃśatidhā kṛtvā pracareyuriti ha
smāha bhāllabeya etāvanto vai sarve devā yāvatyaś cāturmāsyadevatās tad evainānyathādevatam prīṇātīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 3, 11.0 ekaviṃśatiḥ savanīyāḥ paśavaḥ sarva āgneyās teṣāṃ samānaṃ karmety u haika
āhuś caturviṃśatim tvevaitān gavyān ālabhet dvādaśabhyo devatābhyo dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ sarvaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ sarvamaśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 9.0 yavamadhyaḥ pañcarātro bhavati ime vai lokāḥ puruṣamedha ubhayatojyotiṣo vā ime lokā agnineta ādityenāmutas tasmād ubhayatojyotir annam ukthya ātmātirātras tad yad etā ukthyāvatirātram abhito bhavatas tasmād ayam ātmānnena parivṛḍho 'tha yad eṣa varṣiṣṭho 'tirātro 'hnāṃ sa madhye tasmād yavamadhyo yute ha vai dviṣantam bhrātṛvyam ayam evāsti nāsya dviṣan bhrātṛvya ity
āhur ya evaṃ veda //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 7.0 aṣṭā uttamān ālabhate aṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī brahma gāyatrī tad brahmaivaitad asya sarvasyottamaṃ karoti tasmād brahmāsya sarvasyottamam ity
āhuḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 12.0 niyuktān puruṣān brahmā dakṣiṇataḥ puruṣeṇa nārāyaṇenābhiṣṭauti sahasraśīrṣā puruṣaḥ sahasrākṣaḥ sahasrapād ity etena ṣoḍaśarcena ṣoḍaśakalam vā idaṃ sarvaṃ sarvam puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyā ittham asīttham asīty upastauty evainam etan mahayaty evātho yathaiṣa tathainam etad
āha tat paryagnikṛtāḥ paśavo babhūvur asaṃjñaptāḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 4.1 atha kaṃcid
āha etām diśam anavānant sṛtvā kumbham prakṣīyānapekṣamāṇa ehīti /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 4, 11.3 kuryād āhitāgneḥ śarkarā ity u haika
āhur yā evāmūr agnyādheyaśarkarās tā etā iti /
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 7, 19.0 api vāvidann ṛṣidaivatacchandāṃsi tat savitur vareṇyam ity etāṃ paccho 'rdharcaśo 'navānam ity eṣeti samāpta
āhācāryaḥ //
ŚāṅkhGS, 4, 5, 3.0 akṣatasaktūnāṃ dhānānāṃ ca dadhighṛtamiśrāṇāṃ pratyṛcaṃ vedena juhuyād iti haika
āhuḥ //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 3.0 athainad urasā saṃspṛśya dakṣiṇaṃ bhāgam ātmano 'tiharañjapati arko 'si vasavastvā gāyatreṇa chandasārohantu te ta āroḍhāra ityeva tad
āha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 6.0 athottaraṃ bhāgam ātmano 'tiharañjapati rudrāstvā traiṣṭubhena chandasārohantu te ta āroḍhāra ityeva tad
āha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 9.0 atha dakṣiṇaṃ bhāgam ātmano 'tiharañjapati ādityāstvā jāgatena chandasārohantu te ta āroḍhāra ityeva tad
āha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 7, 12.0 athottaraṃ bhāgam ātmano 'tiharañjapati viśve tvā devā ānuṣṭubhena chandasārohantu te ta āroḍhāra ityeva tad
āha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 3, 33.0 yatraitat puruṣa ārto mariṣyann ābalyam etya saṃmoham eti tam
āhuḥ udakramīccittam //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 9.0 atha ha smāsya putra
āha dīrghaḥ manasā vā agre kīrtayati tad vācā vadati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 4, 15.0 evamiva ha sma sarvata ātmānam
anuvidhāyāha idam eva pūrvarūpam idam uttararūpaṃ mano vāk prāṇas tveva saṃhiteti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 10, 1.0 sa yadi prāṇaṃ vaṃśaṃ bruvantaṃ param upavadet śaknuvantaṃ cen manyeta prāṇaṃ vaṃśaṃ samadhitsiṣam prāṇaṃ vaṃśaṃ saṃdhitsituṃ na
śaknoṣītyāttha //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 13, 1.0 atha vai vayaṃ brūmo nirbhujavaktrāḥ sma iti ha
smāha hvastro māṇḍūkeyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 14, 1.0 atha ha smāsya putra
āha madhyamaḥ prātiyodhīputro magadhavāsī pūrvam evākṣaraṃ pūrvarūpam uttaram uttararūpam //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 4, 4.0 etām evānuvidyāṃ saṃhitāṃ saṃdhīyamānāṃ manya iti ha
smāha vātsyaḥ etam u haiva bahvṛcā mahadukthe mīmāṃsanta etam agnāv adhvaryava etaṃ mahāvrate chandogā etam asyām etam antarikṣa etaṃ divi etam agnāv etaṃ vāyāv etaṃ candramasy etaṃ nakṣatreṣv etam apsv etam oṣadhīṣv etaṃ sarveṣu bhūteṣv etam akṣareṣv etam eva brahmetyupāsate //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 6, 4.0 nāsyānūkte vāco bhāgo astīty eva tad
āha tan na parasmā etad ahaḥ śaṃset //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 11, 9.0 te yad vayam anusaṃhitam ṛco 'dhīmahe yacca māṇḍūkeyīyam adhyāyaṃ prabrūmastena no ṇakāraṣakārā upāptāviti ha
smāha hrasvo māṇḍūkeyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 11, 10.0 atha yad vayam anusaṃhitam ṛco 'dhīmahe yacca svādhyāyam adhīmahe tena no ṇakāraṣakārā upāptāv iti ha
smāha sthaviraḥ śākalyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 11, 11.0 etaddha sma vai tad vidvāṃsa
āhuḥ kāvaṣeyāḥ kimarthā vayaṃ yakṣyāmahe kimarthā vayam adhyeṣyāmahe vāci hi prāṇaṃ juhumaḥ prāṇe vācaṃ yo hy eva prabhavaḥ sa evāpyaya iti //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 24, 12.1 tad in naktaṃ tad divā mahyam
āhus tad ayaṃ keto hṛda ā vi caṣṭe /
ṚV, 1, 118, 3.2 kim aṅga vām praty avartiṃ
gamiṣṭhāhur viprāso aśvinā purājāḥ //
ṚV, 1, 162, 12.1 ye vājinam paripaśyanti pakvaṃ ya īm
āhuḥ surabhir nir hareti /
ṚV, 1, 163, 4.1 trīṇi ta
āhur divi bandhanāni trīṇy apsu trīṇy antaḥ samudre /
ṚV, 1, 163, 4.2 uteva me varuṇaś chantsy arvan yatrā ta
āhuḥ paramaṃ janitram //
ṚV, 1, 164, 12.1 pañcapādam pitaraṃ dvādaśākṛtiṃ diva
āhuḥ pare ardhe purīṣiṇam /
ṚV, 1, 164, 15.1 sākañjānāṃ saptatham
āhur ekajaṃ ṣaᄆ id yamā ṛṣayo devajā iti /
ṚV, 1, 164, 16.1 striyaḥ satīs tāṃ u me puṃsa
āhuḥ paśyad akṣaṇvān na vi cetad andhaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 164, 22.2 tasyed
āhuḥ pippalaṃ svādv agre tan non naśad yaḥ pitaraṃ na veda //
ṚV, 1, 164, 25.2 gāyatrasya samidhas tisra
āhus tato mahnā pra ririce mahitvā //
ṚV, 1, 164, 46.1 indram mitraṃ varuṇam agnim
āhur atho divyaḥ sa suparṇo garutmān /
ṚV, 1, 164, 46.2 ekaṃ sad viprā bahudhā vadanty agniṃ yamam mātariśvānam
āhuḥ //
ṚV, 2, 12, 5.1 yaṃ smā pṛcchanti kuha seti ghoram utem
āhur naiṣo astīty enam /
ṚV, 2, 28, 10.1 yo me rājan yujyo vā sakhā vā svapne bhayam bhīrave mahyam
āha /
ṚV, 3, 4, 7.2 ṛtaṃ śaṃsanta ṛtam it ta
āhur anu vrataṃ vratapā dīdhyānāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 7, 8.2 ṛtaṃ śaṃsanta ṛtam it ta
āhur anu vrataṃ vratapā dīdhyānāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 58, 3.2 kim aṅga vām praty avartiṃ
gamiṣṭhāhur viprāso aśvinā purājāḥ //
ṚV, 4, 23, 3.2 kā asya pūrvīr upamātayo ha kathainam
āhuḥ papuriṃ jaritre //
ṚV, 4, 25, 4.2 ya indrāya sunavāmety
āha nare naryāya nṛtamāya nṛṇām //
ṚV, 4, 33, 5.1 jyeṣṭha
āha camasā dvā kareti kanīyān trīn kṛṇavāmety āha /
ṚV, 4, 33, 5.1 jyeṣṭha āha camasā dvā kareti kanīyān trīn kṛṇavāmety
āha /
ṚV, 4, 33, 5.2 kaniṣṭha
āha caturas kareti tvaṣṭa ṛbhavas tat panayad vaco vaḥ //
ṚV, 4, 38, 9.2 utainam
āhuḥ samithe viyantaḥ parā dadhikrā asarat sahasraiḥ //
ṚV, 4, 43, 2.2 rathaṃ kam
āhur dravadaśvam āśuṃ yaṃ sūryasya duhitāvṛṇīta //
ṚV, 5, 11, 6.2 sa jāyase mathyamānaḥ saho mahat tvām
āhuḥ sahasas putram aṅgiraḥ //
ṚV, 5, 30, 2.2 apṛccham anyāṁ uta te ma
āhur indraṃ naro bubudhānā aśema //
ṚV, 5, 37, 1.2 tasmā amṛdhrā uṣaso vy ucchān ya indrāya sunavāmety
āha //
ṚV, 5, 44, 15.2 agnir jāgāra tam ayaṃ soma
āha tavāham asmi sakhye nyokāḥ //
ṚV, 6, 44, 10.2 nakir āpir dadṛśe martyatrā kim aṅga radhracodanaṃ
tvāhuḥ //
ṚV, 6, 52, 3.1 kim aṅga tvā brahmaṇaḥ soma gopāṃ kim aṅga
tvāhur abhiśastipāṃ naḥ /
ṚV, 7, 18, 4.2 tvām in me gopatiṃ viśva
āhā na indraḥ sumatiṃ gantv accha //
ṚV, 7, 26, 4.1 evā tam
āhur uta śṛṇva indra eko vibhaktā taraṇir maghānām /
ṚV, 7, 33, 13.2 tato ha māna ud iyāya madhyāt tato jātam ṛṣim
āhur vasiṣṭham //
ṚV, 7, 41, 2.2 ādhraś cid yam manyamānas turaś cid rājā cid yam bhagam bhakṣīty
āha //
ṚV, 7, 86, 3.2 samānam in me kavayaś cid
āhur ayaṃ ha tubhyaṃ varuṇo hṛṇīte //
ṚV, 7, 104, 15.2 adhā sa vīrair daśabhir vi yūyā yo mā moghaṃ yātudhānety
āha //
ṚV, 8, 1, 34.2 śaśvatī nāry
abhicakṣyāha subhadram arya bhojanam bibharṣi //
ṚV, 8, 96, 19.2 ya eka in nary apāṃsi kartā sa vṛtrahā pratīd anyam
āhuḥ //
ṚV, 8, 100, 3.2 nendro astīti nema u tva
āha ka īṃ dadarśa kam abhi ṣṭavāma //
ṚV, 9, 70, 9.2 purā no bādhād duritāti pāraya kṣetraviddhi diśa
āhā vipṛcchate //
ṚV, 9, 114, 1.2 tam
āhuḥ suprajā iti yas te somāvidhan mana indrāyendo pari srava //
ṚV, 10, 10, 12.1 na vā u te tanvā tanvaṃ sam papṛcyām pāpam
āhur yaḥ svasāraṃ nigacchāt /
ṚV, 10, 34, 4.2 pitā mātā bhrātara enam
āhur na jānīmo nayatā baddham etam //
ṚV, 10, 39, 3.2 andhasya cin nāsatyā kṛśasya cid yuvām id
āhur bhiṣajā rutasya cit //
ṚV, 10, 42, 3.1 kim aṅga tvā maghavan bhojam
āhuḥ śiśīhi mā śiśayaṃ tvā śṛṇomi /
ṚV, 10, 49, 7.2 yan mā sāvo manuṣa
āha nirṇija ṛdhak kṛṣe dāsaṃ kṛtvyaṃ hathaiḥ //
ṚV, 10, 54, 2.2 māyet sā te yāni yuddhāny
āhur nādya śatruṃ nanu purā vivitse //
ṚV, 10, 71, 5.1 uta tvaṃ sakhye sthirapītam
āhur nainaṃ hinvanty api vājineṣu /
ṚV, 10, 82, 2.2 teṣām iṣṭāni sam iṣā madanti yatrā saptaṛṣīn para ekam
āhuḥ //
ṚV, 10, 107, 6.1 tam eva ṛṣiṃ tam u brahmāṇam
āhur yajñanyaṃ sāmagām ukthaśāsam /
ṚV, 10, 114, 9.2 kam ṛtvijām aṣṭamaṃ śūram
āhur harī indrasya ni cikāya kaḥ svit //
ṚV, 10, 124, 9.1 bībhatsūnāṃ sayujaṃ haṃsam
āhur apāṃ divyānāṃ sakhye carantam /
Ṛgvedavedāṅgajyotiṣa
ṚVJ, 1, 8.1 dviguṇaṃ saptamaṃ
cāhur ayanādyaṃ trayodaśam /
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 1, 8.0 subrahmaṇyo3m subahmaṇyo3m subrahmaṇyo3m iti striyam iva trir
āha //
ṢB, 1, 1, 11.1 yad
āhendrāgacchety etad vā asya pratyakṣaṃ nāma tenaivainaṃ tad āhvayati //
ṢB, 1, 1, 25.7 sa yat tat gautamo vā bruvāṇaś cacāra gautamarūpeṇa vā tad etad
āha gautameti //
ṢB, 1, 2, 4.1 tad
āhuḥ strī subrahmaṇyā3 pumā3n napuṃsakā3m iti //
ṢB, 1, 2, 9.3 sāsi subrahmaṇye tasyās te 'ntarikṣaṃ pāda ity
āha /
ṢB, 1, 2, 13.1 atho khalv
āhur yac cāvagataṃ yac cānavagataṃ sarvasyaiṣaiva prāyaścittir iti tasmād evaṃvidaṃ subrahmaṇyaṃ kurvīta nānevaṃvidam //
ṢB, 1, 3, 16.1 yajño vā atha jajña ity
āhur eṣa vāva jāta eṣo 'valuptajarāyur eṣa ārtvijīno ya etaṃ vedam anubrūte yadā vā etaṃ vedam anubrūte atha hainaṃ śṛṇvanty asāv anvavocateti tad vai sa jāyate //
ṢB, 1, 3, 23.1 tad
āhuḥ savanānāṃ ca vā eta udānāḥ prāṇānāṃ cotsṛṣṭir iti //
ṢB, 1, 4, 1.1 adhvaryav ity
āhodgātā mā sma me 'nivedya hotre prātaranuvākam upākaror iti //
ṢB, 1, 4, 6.1 etaddha
smāha glāvo maitreyaḥ prāhṇe vā adyāhaṃ pāpavasīyasaṃ vyākariṣyāmīti sa ha sma sadasy evopavasathye 'hany udaṅ āsīno viśvarūpā gāyati //
ṢB, 1, 4, 9.1 sa brūyāj jyotis tena yena jyotiḥ jyotis tena yenarg jyotis tena yena gāyatrī jyotis tena yena chando jyotis tena yena sāma jyotis tena yena devatā jyotir evāham agāsiṣaṃ na tamo yuṣmāṃs tu pāpmanā tamasā vidhyānīty
āha pāpmanaivaināṃs tat tamasā vidhyati //
ṢB, 1, 6, 2.1 etaddha
smāhoddālaka āruṇiḥ kathaṃ te yajeran kathaṃ vā yājayeyur ye yajñasya vyṛddhena na nandanti /
ṢB, 1, 6, 5.1 etaddha sma vai tad vidvān
āha yāvad vā ṛcā hotā karoti hotṛṣv eva tāvad yajñaḥ /
ṢB, 2, 3, 10.1 tad u vidvāṃsam
āhur ati no 'vādīr iti tad anādṛtyam //
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 1, 4.2 bhagavān
āha dakṣiṇāgiriṣv ānanda janapade saṃpūrṇo nāma brāhmaṇamahāśālaḥ prativasati tatrāsmābhir gantavyam sajjībhavantu bhikṣava iti /
AvŚat, 1, 4.7 bhagavān
āha yadi te parityaktaṃ dīyatām asmin pātra iti /
AvŚat, 3, 7.9 evaṃ
cāha etu bhagavān svāgataṃ bhagavataḥ niṣīdatu bhagavān prajñapta evāsana iti /
AvŚat, 6, 5.5 atha vaḍikaḥ śreṣṭhiputro labdhaprasādo 'dhigatasamāśvāsa
āha praviśatu bhagavān svāgataṃ bhagavate ākāṅkṣāmi bhagavato darśanam iti /
AvŚat, 7, 5.1 anāthapiṇḍada
āha ahaṃ bhagavato buddhasyārthe iti /
AvŚat, 7, 5.2 ārāmika
āha ka eṣa buddho nāmeti tato 'nāthapiṇḍadena vistareṇāsya buddhaguṇā ākhyātāḥ /
AvŚat, 7, 5.3 tata ārāmiko 'nāthapiṇḍadam
āha gṛhapate ahaṃ svayam eva taṃ bhagavantam abhyarcayiṣya iti //
AvŚat, 9, 2.4 tatas tayoḥ parasparaṃ kathāsāṃkathyaviniścaye vartamāne pūraṇopāsaka
āha buddhāt pūraṇo viśiṣṭatara iti /
AvŚat, 9, 2.5 buddhopāsaka
āha bhagavān samyaksaṃbuddho viśiṣṭatara iti /
AvŚat, 11, 3.2 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaiva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni yena tathāgatasyaivaṃvidhā pūjā /
AvŚat, 11, 5.1 bhagavān
āha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena sārthavāho babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 12, 4.4 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaiva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni yena tathāgatasyaivaṃvidhā pūjā /
AvŚat, 12, 6.1 bhagavān
āha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikto babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 13, 2.2 sa tān vaṇija
āha bhavanto buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchantv iti /
AvŚat, 13, 6.4 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaiva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni /
AvŚat, 14, 4.2 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaivaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni /
AvŚat, 14, 6.1 bhagavān
āha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 15, 4.2 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni /
AvŚat, 15, 5.10 bhagavān
āha asti te mahārāja vijite kaścid vihāro yatrāgantukā gamikāś ca bhikṣavo vāsaṃ kalpayiṣyantīti rājovāca nāsti bhagavan kiṃ tarhi tiṣṭhatu bhagavān ahaṃ vihāraṃ kārayiṣyāmi yatrāgantukā gamikāś ca bhikṣavo vāsaṃ kalpayiṣyantīti /
AvŚat, 15, 6.1 bhagavān
āha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena rājā babhūva ahaṃ saḥ /
AvŚat, 16, 1.8 bhagavān
āha alpotsukastvam ānanda bhava tathāgatā evātra kālajñāḥ /
AvŚat, 16, 2.8 bhagavān
āha alaṃ kauśika kṛtam etad yāvad eva cittam abhiprasannam /
AvŚat, 16, 2.12 bhagavān
āha alaṃ kauśika kṛtam etad yāvaccittam abhiprasannam /
AvŚat, 16, 5.2 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaivaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni /
AvŚat, 17, 1.7 rājāha alpotsukā bhavantu bhavantaḥ vayam atra kālajñā bhaviṣyāma iti //
AvŚat, 17, 14.2 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni /
AvŚat, 18, 4.2 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaivaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni /
AvŚat, 19, 5.2 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaivaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni /
AvŚat, 20, 11.1 bhagavān
āha tathāgatenaivaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni /
AvŚat, 21, 1.3 bhagavān
āha candano nāma pratyekabuddho babhūva tasyeti /
AvŚat, 21, 1.5 bhagavān
āha icchatha yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ śrotuṃ yathā candanasya pratyekabuddhasyotpattir nāmābhinirvṛttiś ca evaṃ bhadanta /
AvŚat, 21, 4.6 bhagavān
āha ataś candanasya pratyekabuddhasyotpattirnāmābhinirvṛttiś ceti //
AvŚat, 21, 5.2 bhagavān
āha kāśyape bhagavati pravrajito babhūva tatrānena keśanakhastūpe gandhāvasekaḥ kṛtaḥ puṣpāṇi cāvaropitāni pratyekabodhau cānena mārgo bhāvitaḥ /
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 1, 4.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena bhagavantametadavocat
yadbhagavānevamāha pratibhātu te subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ prajñāpāramitāmārabhya yathā bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ niryāyuriti /
ASāh, 1, 6.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittam evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra yā acittatā tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā vidyate vā upalabhyate vā śāriputra
āha na hyetadāyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 6.2 subhūtirāha sacedāyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā na vidyate vā nopalabhyate vā api nu te yukta eṣa paryanuyogo bhavati yadāyuṣmān śāriputra evamāha asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittamiti evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kā punareṣā āyuṣman subhūte acittatā subhūtirāha avikārā āyuṣman śāriputra avikalpā acittatā //
ASāh, 1, 6.2 subhūtirāha sacedāyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā na vidyate vā nopalabhyate vā api nu te yukta eṣa paryanuyogo bhavati yadāyuṣmān śāriputra
evamāha asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittamiti evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kā punareṣā āyuṣman subhūte acittatā subhūtirāha avikārā āyuṣman śāriputra avikalpā acittatā //
ASāh, 1, 6.2 subhūtirāha sacedāyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā na vidyate vā nopalabhyate vā api nu te yukta eṣa paryanuyogo bhavati yadāyuṣmān śāriputra evamāha asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittamiti evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kā punareṣā āyuṣman subhūte acittatā
subhūtirāha avikārā āyuṣman śāriputra avikalpā acittatā //
ASāh, 1, 12.1 evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'tra śikṣiṣyate sa niryāsyati sarvajñatāyām āyuṣmān
subhūtirāha evametadāyuṣman śāriputra evam etat /
ASāh, 1, 13.1 punaraparamāyuṣmān subhūtir bodhisattvaṃ
mahāsattvamārabhyaivamāha sacedrūpe carati nimitte carati /
ASāh, 1, 15.1 buddhānubhāvena āyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthavira
evamāha vyākṛto 'yaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ pūrvakaistathāgatairarhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhairanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau yo 'nena samādhinā viharati /
ASāh, 1, 16.1 evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat katamenāyuṣman subhūte samādhinā viharan bodhisattvo mahāsattvastathāgatairarhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhairvyākriyate 'nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau śakyaḥ sa samādhirdarśayitum
subhūtirāha no hīdamāyuṣman śāriputra /
ASāh, 1, 16.3 āyuṣmān śāriputra
āha na jānāti na saṃjānīte ityāyuṣman subhūte vadasi āyuṣmān subhūtirāha na jānāti na saṃjānīte ityāyuṣman śāriputra vadāmi /
ASāh, 1, 16.3 āyuṣmān śāriputra āha na jānāti na saṃjānīte ityāyuṣman subhūte vadasi āyuṣmān
subhūtirāha na jānāti na saṃjānīte ityāyuṣman śāriputra vadāmi /
ASāh, 1, 18.3 āyuṣmān śāriputra
āha kathaṃ tarhi te bhagavan saṃvidyante bhagavānāha yathā śāriputra na saṃvidyante tathā saṃvidyante evamavidyamānāḥ /
ASāh, 1, 18.3 āyuṣmān śāriputra āha kathaṃ tarhi te bhagavan saṃvidyante
bhagavānāha yathā śāriputra na saṃvidyante tathā saṃvidyante evamavidyamānāḥ /
ASāh, 1, 19.1 evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat evaṃ śikṣamāṇo bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ sarvajñatāyāṃ śikṣate
bhagavānāha evaṃ śikṣamāṇaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ sarvajñatāyām api na śikṣate /
ASāh, 1, 20.6 anyā sā māyā anyattadvijñānam
subhūtirāha na hyetadbhagavan /
ASāh, 1, 21.1 bhagavānāha tatkiṃ manyase subhūte atraiṣāṃ saṃjñā samajñā prajñaptirvyavahāraḥ pañcasūpādānaskandheṣu yaduta bodhisattva iti evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat evametadbhagavan evametatsugata /
ASāh, 1, 21.10 bhagavānāha yadi subhūte navayānasamprasthitā bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ pāpamitrahastagatā bhaviṣyanti uttrasiṣyanti saṃtrasiṣyanti saṃtrāsamāpatsyante /
ASāh, 1, 22.1 evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat kāni punarbhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kalyāṇamitrāṇi veditavyāni
bhagavānāha ya enaṃ pāramitāsu avavadanti anuśāsati /
ASāh, 1, 22.7 evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat
yadbhagavānevamāha imāni subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddhasya mahāyānasamprasthitasya mahāyānasamārūḍhasya kalyāṇamitrāṇi veditavyānīti /
ASāh, 1, 22.12 subhūtirāha yatpunarbhagavānevamāha bodhisattvo mahāsattva iti kena kāraṇena bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate bhagavānāha mahataḥ sattvarāśermahataḥ sattvanikāyasya agratāṃ kārayiṣyati tenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate //
ASāh, 1, 22.12 subhūtirāha
yatpunarbhagavānevamāha bodhisattvo mahāsattva iti kena kāraṇena bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate bhagavānāha mahataḥ sattvarāśermahataḥ sattvanikāyasya agratāṃ kārayiṣyati tenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate //
ASāh, 1, 22.12 subhūtirāha yatpunarbhagavānevamāha bodhisattvo mahāsattva iti kena kāraṇena bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate
bhagavānāha mahataḥ sattvarāśermahataḥ sattvanikāyasya agratāṃ kārayiṣyati tenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate //
ASāh, 1, 23.2 bhagavānāha pratibhātu te śāriputra yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyase /
ASāh, 1, 23.3 āyuṣmān śāriputra
āha mahatyā ātmadṛṣṭyāḥ sattvadṛṣṭyāḥ jīvadṛṣṭyāḥ pudgaladṛṣṭyāḥ bhavadṛṣṭyāḥ vibhavadṛṣṭyāḥ ucchedadṛṣṭyāḥ śāśvatadṛṣṭyāḥ svakāyadṛṣṭyāḥ etāsāmevamādyānāṃ dṛṣṭīnāṃ prahāṇāya dharmaṃ deśayiṣyatīti tenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ityucyate /
ASāh, 1, 23.5 bhagavānāha pratibhātu te subhūte yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyase /
ASāh, 1, 23.6 subhūtirāha bodhisattvo mahāsattva iti bhagavannucyate /
ASāh, 1, 24.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kena kāraṇena āyuṣman subhūte tatrāpi citte asakto 'paryāpannaḥ
subhūtirāha acittatvādāyuṣman śāriputra tatrāpi citte asakto 'paryāpannaḥ //
ASāh, 1, 25.1 śāriputra
āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittam subhūtirāha kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā vidyate vā upalabhyate vā śāriputra āha no hīdamāyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 25.1 śāriputra āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittam
subhūtirāha kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā vidyate vā upalabhyate vā śāriputra āha no hīdamāyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 25.1 śāriputra āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittam subhūtirāha kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā vidyate vā upalabhyate vā śāriputra
āha no hīdamāyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 25.2 subhūtirāha tadyadi āyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā na vidyate vā nopalabhyate vā tatkatham āyuṣmān śāriputra evamāha asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittamiti śāriputra āha sādhu sādhu āyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 25.2 subhūtirāha tadyadi āyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā na vidyate vā nopalabhyate vā tatkatham āyuṣmān śāriputra
evamāha asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittamiti śāriputra āha sādhu sādhu āyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 25.2 subhūtirāha tadyadi āyuṣman śāriputra tatra acittatāyāmastitā vā nāstitā vā na vidyate vā nopalabhyate vā tatkatham āyuṣmān śāriputra evamāha asti taccittaṃ yaccittamacittamiti śāriputra
āha sādhu sādhu āyuṣman subhūte /
ASāh, 1, 27.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddho mahāyānasaṃnaddha iti yadidaṃ bhagavannucyate kiyatā bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddho bhavati
bhagavānāha iha subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyaivaṃ bhavati aprameyā mayā sattvāḥ parinirvāpayitavyā iti /
ASāh, 1, 27.9 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu tatra kenacitkaściddhato vā mṛto vā nāśito vā antarhito vā
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 1, 27.10 bhagavānāha evameva subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'prameyānasaṃkhyeyān sattvān parinirvāpayati /
ASāh, 1, 34.16 yadapyāyuṣman śāriputra
evamāha anutpādo bodhisattvo iti /
ASāh, 1, 35.1 śāriputra
āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattva evānutpādaḥ utāho bodhisattvadharmā apyanutpādaḥ subhūtirāha bodhisattvadharmā api āyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ śāriputra āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvadharmā evānutpādaḥ utāho sarvajñatāpyanutpādaḥ subhūtirāha sarvajñatāpyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.1 śāriputra āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattva evānutpādaḥ utāho bodhisattvadharmā apyanutpādaḥ
subhūtirāha bodhisattvadharmā api āyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ śāriputra āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvadharmā evānutpādaḥ utāho sarvajñatāpyanutpādaḥ subhūtirāha sarvajñatāpyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.1 śāriputra āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattva evānutpādaḥ utāho bodhisattvadharmā apyanutpādaḥ subhūtirāha bodhisattvadharmā api āyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ śāriputra
āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvadharmā evānutpādaḥ utāho sarvajñatāpyanutpādaḥ subhūtirāha sarvajñatāpyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.1 śāriputra āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattva evānutpādaḥ utāho bodhisattvadharmā apyanutpādaḥ subhūtirāha bodhisattvadharmā api āyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ śāriputra āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvadharmā evānutpādaḥ utāho sarvajñatāpyanutpādaḥ
subhūtirāha sarvajñatāpyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.2 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte sarvajñataivānutpādaḥ utāho sarvajñatādharmā apyanutpādaḥ āha sarvajñatādharmā apyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.2 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte sarvajñataivānutpādaḥ utāho sarvajñatādharmā apyanutpādaḥ
āha sarvajñatādharmā apyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.3 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte sarvajñatādharmā evānutpādaḥ utāho pṛthagjano 'pyanutpādaḥ āha pṛthagjano 'pyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.3 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte sarvajñatādharmā evānutpādaḥ utāho pṛthagjano 'pyanutpādaḥ
āha pṛthagjano 'pyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.4 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte pṛthagjana evānutpādaḥ utāho pṛthagjanadharmā apyanutpādaḥ āha pṛthagjanadharmā apyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.4 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte pṛthagjana evānutpādaḥ utāho pṛthagjanadharmā apyanutpādaḥ
āha pṛthagjanadharmā apyāyuṣman śāriputra anutpādaḥ /
ASāh, 1, 35.8 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte anutpannena dharmeṇa anutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyate utāho utpannena dharmeṇa anutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyate āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra anutpanno dharma utpannaḥ utāho anutpanna eva dharmo 'nutpannaḥ āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte utpāda eva dharmo 'nutpādaḥ utāho anutpādo dharma utpādaḥ āha utpādo dharmo 'nutpādo dharma ityāyuṣman śāriputra na pratibhāti jalpitum /
ASāh, 1, 35.8 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte anutpannena dharmeṇa anutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyate utāho utpannena dharmeṇa anutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyate
āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra anutpanno dharma utpannaḥ utāho anutpanna eva dharmo 'nutpannaḥ āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte utpāda eva dharmo 'nutpādaḥ utāho anutpādo dharma utpādaḥ āha utpādo dharmo 'nutpādo dharma ityāyuṣman śāriputra na pratibhāti jalpitum /
ASāh, 1, 35.8 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte anutpannena dharmeṇa anutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyate utāho utpannena dharmeṇa anutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyate āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra anutpanno dharma utpannaḥ utāho anutpanna eva dharmo 'nutpannaḥ
āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte utpāda eva dharmo 'nutpādaḥ utāho anutpādo dharma utpādaḥ āha utpādo dharmo 'nutpādo dharma ityāyuṣman śāriputra na pratibhāti jalpitum /
ASāh, 1, 35.8 āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte anutpannena dharmeṇa anutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyate utāho utpannena dharmeṇa anutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyate āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman śāriputra anutpanno dharma utpannaḥ utāho anutpanna eva dharmo 'nutpannaḥ āha kiṃ punarāyuṣman subhūte utpāda eva dharmo 'nutpādaḥ utāho anutpādo dharma utpādaḥ
āha utpādo dharmo 'nutpādo dharma ityāyuṣman śāriputra na pratibhāti jalpitum /
ASāh, 1, 35.9 āha anutpādo 'pi te āyuṣman subhūte pratibhāti jalpitum /
ASāh, 1, 36.7 katamaiṣā sarvadharmāniśritapāramitā bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām
subhūtirāha prajñāpāramitaiva āyuṣman śāriputra sārvayānikī sarvadharmāniśritatayā sarvadharmāniśritapāramitā ca /
ASāh, 2, 2.2 tatkathaṃ bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthātavyam kathaṃ śikṣitavyam kathaṃ yogamāpattavyam sthaviraḥ
subhūtirāha tena hi kauśika upadekṣyāmi te buddhānubhāvena buddhatejasā buddhādhiṣṭhānena /
ASāh, 2, 5.1 atha khalvāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaitadabhavat yadi buddho 'tikramya pṛthagjanabhūmimatikramya śrāvakabhūmimatikramya pratyekabuddhabhūmimaprameyāṇāmasaṃkhyeyānāṃ sattvānāmarthaṃ kṛtvā aprameyāṇyasaṃkhyeyāni sattvakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇi parinirvāpya aprameyānasaṃkhyeyān sattvān śrāvakapratyekabuddhasamyaksaṃbuddhatvaniyatān kṛtvā buddhabhūmau sthitvā buddhakṛtyaṃ kṛtvā anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau buddhaparinirvāṇena parinirvāsyati ityevamapyanena na sthātavyam tatkathaṃ punaranena sthātavyaṃ kathaṃ śikṣitavyamiti atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbuddhānubhāvena āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkamājñāya āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase āyuṣman śāriputra kva tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sthitaḥ āyuṣmān śāriputra
āha na kvacidāyuṣman subhūte tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sthitaḥ /
ASāh, 2, 10.12 atha khalu devaputrā āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocan samyaksaṃbuddho 'pyārya subhūte māyopamaḥ svapnopama iti vadasi samyaksaṃbuddhatvam api māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadasi
subhūtirāha nirvāṇam api devaputrā māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadāmi kiṃ punaranyaṃ dharmam /
ASāh, 2, 10.13 te devaputrā
āhuḥ nirvāṇamapyārya subhūte māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadasi āyuṣmān subhūtirāha tadyadi devaputrā nirvāṇādapyanyaḥ kaściddharmo viśiṣṭataraḥ syāt tamapyahaṃ māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadeyam /
ASāh, 2, 10.13 te devaputrā āhuḥ nirvāṇamapyārya subhūte māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadasi āyuṣmān
subhūtirāha tadyadi devaputrā nirvāṇādapyanyaḥ kaściddharmo viśiṣṭataraḥ syāt tamapyahaṃ māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadeyam /
ASāh, 2, 15.1 āyuṣmān
subhūtirāha evametadāyuṣman śāriputra evam etat /
ASāh, 2, 16.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat prajñāpāramitā ārya śāriputra bodhisattvena mahāsattvena kuto gaveṣitavyāḥ śāriputra
āha prajñāpāramitā kauśika bodhisattvena mahāsattvena āyuṣmataḥ subhūteḥ parivartād gaveṣitavyā /
ASāh, 2, 16.2 evamukte śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat kasyaiṣa ārya śāriputra anubhāvo veditavyaḥ kasyaitadadhiṣṭhānaṃ veditavyaṃ yadāryasubhūtiḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣate āyuṣmān śāriputra
āha tathāgatasyaiṣa kauśika anubhāvo veditavyaḥ /
ASāh, 2, 19.4 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat kathamāyuṣman subhūte sattvānantatayā anantapāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā sthaviraḥ
subhūtirāha na hi kauśika gaṇanāyogena vā gaṇanābahutvena vā sattvānantatayā anantapāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā //
ASāh, 2, 20.1 śakra
āha kathaṃ tarhīdānīmārya subhūte sattvānantatayā anantapāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā sthaviraḥ subhūtirāha tatkaṃ manyase kauśika katamasyaitaddharmasyādhivacanaṃ yaduta sattvaḥ sattva iti śakra āha naitadārya subhūte dharmasyādhivacanaṃ na adharmādhivacanaṃ yaduta sattvaḥ sattva iti /
ASāh, 2, 20.1 śakra āha kathaṃ tarhīdānīmārya subhūte sattvānantatayā anantapāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā sthaviraḥ
subhūtirāha tatkaṃ manyase kauśika katamasyaitaddharmasyādhivacanaṃ yaduta sattvaḥ sattva iti śakra āha naitadārya subhūte dharmasyādhivacanaṃ na adharmādhivacanaṃ yaduta sattvaḥ sattva iti /
ASāh, 2, 20.1 śakra āha kathaṃ tarhīdānīmārya subhūte sattvānantatayā anantapāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā sthaviraḥ subhūtirāha tatkaṃ manyase kauśika katamasyaitaddharmasyādhivacanaṃ yaduta sattvaḥ sattva iti śakra
āha naitadārya subhūte dharmasyādhivacanaṃ na adharmādhivacanaṃ yaduta sattvaḥ sattva iti /
ASāh, 2, 20.6 sthaviraḥ
subhūtirāha tatkiṃ manyase kauśika kācidatra sattvaparidīpanā kṛtā śakra āha no hīdamārya subhūte /
ASāh, 2, 20.6 sthaviraḥ subhūtirāha tatkiṃ manyase kauśika kācidatra sattvaparidīpanā kṛtā śakra
āha no hīdamārya subhūte /
ASāh, 2, 20.7 subhūtirāha yatra kauśika na kācitsattvaparidīpanā kṛtā tatra kā sattvānantatā sacetkauśika tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho 'nantavijñaptighoṣeṇa gambhīranirghoṣeṇa svareṇa gaṅgānadīvālukopamān kalpān api vitiṣṭhamānaḥ sattvaḥ sattva iti vācaṃ bhāṣeta api nu tatra kaścitsattva utpanno va utpatsyate vā utpadyate vā niruddho vā nirotsyate vā nirudhyate vā śakra āha no hīdamārya subhūte /
ASāh, 2, 20.7 subhūtirāha yatra kauśika na kācitsattvaparidīpanā kṛtā tatra kā sattvānantatā sacetkauśika tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho 'nantavijñaptighoṣeṇa gambhīranirghoṣeṇa svareṇa gaṅgānadīvālukopamān kalpān api vitiṣṭhamānaḥ sattvaḥ sattva iti vācaṃ bhāṣeta api nu tatra kaścitsattva utpanno va utpatsyate vā utpadyate vā niruddho vā nirotsyate vā nirudhyate vā śakra
āha no hīdamārya subhūte /
ASāh, 2, 20.9 subhūtirāha anenāpi kauśika paryāyeṇa evaṃ sattvānantatayā anantapāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 3, 8.1 bhagavānāha punaraparaṃ kauśika ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā udgrahīṣyati dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati paryavāpsyati pravartayiṣyati deśayiṣyati upadekṣyati uddekṣyati svādhyāsyati sacetkulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmevamudgṛhṇan dhārayan vācayan paryavāpnuvan pravartayan deśayan upadiśayan uddiśan svādhyāyan saṃgrāme vartamāne saṃgrāmaśirasi samārūḍhaḥ syāt /
ASāh, 3, 11.4 bhagavānāha tasmāttarhi kauśika nānenātmabhāvaśarīrapratilambhena tathāgatastathāgata iti saṃkhyāṃ gacchati /
ASāh, 3, 12.27 kārayitvā ca tān yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpair divyair dhūpair divyair gandhair divyair mālyair divyair vilepanair divyaiś cūrṇair divyair vastrair divyaiś chatrair divyair dhvajair divyābhir ghaṇṭābhiḥ divyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyābhiḥ pūjābhiḥ satkuryāt gurukuryāt mānayet pūjayet arcayet apacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.28 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayann adhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyād dhārayed vācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayed deśayedupadiśed uddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsām āpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayet sthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.32 sacetkauśika yāvantaś cāturmahādvīpake lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ teṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpair divyair dhūpair divyair gandhair divyairmālyairdivyaiścūrṇair divyairvastrairdivyaiśchatrair divyairdhvajair divyābhirghaṇṭābhir divyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca divyadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyābhiḥ pūjābhiḥ satkuryāt gurukuryāt mānayet pūjayet arcayet apacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu te sarvasattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.33 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayet vācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayet deśayet upadiśet uddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsām āpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayet sthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.37 yāvantaḥ kauśika sāhasre cūlikāyāṃ lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ teṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpairdivyairdhūpairdivyair gandhair divyairmālyair divyairvilepanair divyaiścūrṇairdivyairvastrair divyaiśchatrair divyairdhvajair divyābhirghaṇṭābhir divyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sarvasattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.38 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhadavakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayedupadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsām āpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo 'bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.41 tiṣṭhantu khalu punaḥ kauśika sāhasre cūlikāyāṃ lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ yāvantaḥ kauśika dvisāhasre madhyame lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ teṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpairdivyairdhūpair divyairgandhair divyairmālyair divyairvilepanair divyaiścūrṇair divyaiśchatrairdivyair dhvajair divyābhirghaṇṭābhirdivyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca divyadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyābhiḥ pūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu te sarvasattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.42 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyātpravartayed deśayedupadiśeduddiśetsvādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsām āpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.45 tiṣṭhantu khalu punaḥ kauśika dvisāhasre madhyame lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ yāvantaḥ kauśika trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ teṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpair divyairdhūpair divyairgandhairdivyairmālyair divyaiścūrṇair divyairvastrairdivyaiśchatrair divyairdhvajair divyābhirghaṇṭābhir divyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca divyadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyābhiḥ pūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu te sarvasattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.46 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayedupadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt manasānvavekṣet yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayetsthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 12.49 tiṣṭhantu khalu punaḥ kauśika trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ yeṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyābhiḥ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet ye 'pi kecitkauśika trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau sattvāḥ sacetpunaste sarve apūrvācaramaṃ mānuṣyakamātmabhāvaṃ pratilabheran parikalpamupādāya tata ekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet ekaikaś ca sattvastān sarvān stūpān kārayet kārayitvā ca tān pratiṣṭhāpya kalpaṃ vā kalpāvaśeṣaṃ vā sarvavādyaiḥ sarvagītaiḥ sarvanṛtyaiḥ sarvatūryatālāvacarairdivyaiḥ sarvapuṣpaiḥ sarvadhūpaiḥ sarvagandhaiḥ sarvamālyaiḥ sarvavilepanaiḥ sarvacūrṇaiḥ sarvavastrairdivyābhiḥ sarvacchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca sarvadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyamānuṣikībhiḥ sarvapūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet ete evaṃrūpayā puṇyakriyayā te sarve sattvāstānaprameyānasaṃkhyeyān stūpān pratiṣṭhāpya evaṃrūpāṃ pūjāṃ kārayeyuḥ tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu te sarve sattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.50 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhiśraddadhad avakalpayannadhimucya prasannacitto bodhāya cittamutpādya adhyāśayataḥ śṛṇuyādudgṛhṇīyāddhārayedvācayet paryavāpnuyāt pravartayeddeśayedupadiśeduddiśet svādhyāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayet arthamasyā vivṛṇuyāt manasānvavekṣeta yathādhikayā ca prajñayā atra parimīmāṃsāmāpadyeta antaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā dhārayet sthāpayet saddharmacirasthitihetoḥ mā buddhanetrīsamucchedo bhūt mā saddharmāntardhānam /
ASāh, 3, 17.2 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat katamaiḥ punarbhagavan dṛṣṭadhārmikairguṇaiḥ samanvāgatāste kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti
bhagavānāha na te kauśika kulaputrā vā kuladuhitaro vā viṣamāparihāreṇa kālaṃ kariṣyanti na viṣeṇa kālaṃ kariṣyanti na śastreṇa kālaṃ kariṣyanti nāgninā kālaṃ kariṣyati nodakena kālaṃ kariṣyanti na daṇḍena kālaṃ kariṣyanti na paripakrameṇa kālaṃ kariṣyanti /
ASāh, 3, 21.8 tatkiṃ manyase ānanda apariṇāmitaṃ dānaṃ sarvajñatāyāṃ dānapāramitānāmadheyaṃ labhate āyuṣmānānanda
āha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 3, 21.9 bhagavānāha tatkiṃ manyase ānanda apariṇāmitaṃ śīlam apariṇāmitā kṣāntir apariṇāmitaṃ vīryam apariṇāmitaṃ dhyānam tatkiṃ manyase ānanda apariṇāmitā prajñā sarvajñatāyāṃ prajñāpāramitānāmadheyaṃ labhate ānanda āha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 3, 21.9 bhagavānāha tatkiṃ manyase ānanda apariṇāmitaṃ śīlam apariṇāmitā kṣāntir apariṇāmitaṃ vīryam apariṇāmitaṃ dhyānam tatkiṃ manyase ānanda apariṇāmitā prajñā sarvajñatāyāṃ prajñāpāramitānāmadheyaṃ labhate ānanda
āha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 3, 21.10 bhagavānāha tatkiṃ manyase tvamānanda acintyā sā prajñā yā kuśalamūlāni sarvajñatāpariṇāmena pariṇāmayati ānanda āha evametadbhagavan evametatsugata /
ASāh, 3, 21.10 bhagavānāha tatkiṃ manyase tvamānanda acintyā sā prajñā yā kuśalamūlāni sarvajñatāpariṇāmena pariṇāmayati ānanda
āha evametadbhagavan evametatsugata /
ASāh, 3, 21.11 acintyā sā bhagavan prajñā paramācintyā sā bhagavan prajñā yā kuśalamūlāni sarvajñatāpariṇāmena pariṇāmayati
bhagavānāha tasmāttarhi ānanda paramatvātsā prajñā pāramitānāmadheyaṃ labhate yayā sarvajñatāyāṃ pariṇāmitāni kuśalamūlāni pāramitānāmadheyaṃ labhante /
ASāh, 4, 1.1 punaraparaṃ bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindramāmantrayate sma sacetkauśika ayaṃ te jambūdvīpaḥ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhas tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ dīyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvopanāmyeta tata ekatareṇa bhāgena pravāryamāṇo 'nayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayoḥ katamaṃ tvaṃ kauśika bhāgaṃ gṛhṇīyāḥ śakra
āha sacenme bhagavan ayaṃ jambūdvīpaḥ paripūrṇaścūlikābaddhas tathāgataśarīrāṇāṃ dīyeta iyaṃ ca prajñāpāramitā likhitvopanāmyeta tata ekatareṇa bhāgena pravāryamāṇo 'nayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayorimāmevāhaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāṃ parigṛhṇīyām /
ASāh, 4, 2.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandaḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat kiṃ punaḥ kauśika devaloka eva tāni maṇiratnāni santi uta jāmbūdvīpakānām api manuṣyāṇāṃ tāni maṇiratnāni santi śakra
āha deveṣvāryānanda tāni maṇiratnāni santi /
ASāh, 4, 6.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kiṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāyāmeva bodhisattvo mahāsattvaścarati nānyāsu pāramitāsu
bhagavānāha sarvāsu kauśika ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu bodhisattvo mahāsattvaścarati /
ASāh, 5, 1.9 katarastayordvayoḥ kulaputrayoḥ kuladuhitrorvā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet kiṃ yaḥ svayaṃ ca pūjayet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayeddadyāt saṃvibhajet kiṃ vā yaḥ svayameva pratyātmaṃ pūjayet śakra
āha yo bhagavan kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā svayaṃ ca tathāgataśarīraṃ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet parebhyaś ca vistareṇa saṃprakāśayeddadyātsaṃvibhajet vaistārikī pūjā bhaviṣyatīti sattvānāṃ cānukampāmupādāya ayam evānayor dvayoḥ kulaputrayoḥ kuladuhitrorvā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati /
ASāh, 5, 3.1 punaraparaṃ kauśika yaḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā ye jambūdvīpe sattvāstān sarvān daśasu kuśaleṣu karmapatheṣu samādāpayet pratiṣṭhāpayet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 5, 3.2 bhagavānāha ataḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet yaḥ imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhad abhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpyakilāsitayā sampādayet udyukto 'muṃ grāhayet saṃdarśayet samādāpayet samuttejayet saṃpraharṣayet vācā neṣyati vineṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 3.11 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata //
ASāh, 5, 4.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśaḥ likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā sampādayet udyukto 'muṃ grāhayet saṃdarśayet samādāpayet samuttejayet saṃpraharṣayet vācā neṣyati vineṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asmin eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 5.2 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata //
ASāh, 5, 6.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā sampādayet udyukto 'muṃ grāhayet saṃdarśayet samādāpayet samuttejayet saṃpraharṣayet vācā neṣyati vineṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asmin eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 6.9 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata //
ASāh, 5, 7.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā sampādayet udyukto 'muṃ grāhayet saṃdarśayet samādāpayet samuttejayet saṃpraharṣayet vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asmin eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 7.6 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata //
ASāh, 5, 8.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto 'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 8.9 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata //
ASāh, 5, 9.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimucyate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto 'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 13.2 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 5, 13.3 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhad abhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimuñcate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto 'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 18.2 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata //
ASāh, 5, 19.1 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimuñcate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāya adhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto 'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 20.2 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 5, 20.3 bhagavānāha ataḥ khalu punaḥ sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmantaśaḥ pustakagatām api kṛtvā abhiśraddadhadabhiśraddadhate avakalpayannavakalpayate adhimuñcannadhimuñcate prasannacittaḥ prasannacittāya adhyāśayasampanno 'dhyāśayasampannāya bodhāya cittamutpādya samutpāditabodhicittāya bodhisattvāyādhyāśayena dadyāt antaśo likhanāyāpi vācanāyāpi akilāsitayā saṃpādayiṣyati udyukto 'muṃ grāhayiṣyati saṃdarśayiṣyati samādāpayiṣyati samuttejayiṣyati saṃpraharṣayiṣyati vācā neṣyati vineṣyati anuneṣyati arthamasyā asmai saṃprakāśayiṣyati evaṃ cāsya cittaṃ viśodhayiṣyati nirvicikitsaṃ kariṣyati evaṃ cainaṃ vakṣyati ehi tvaṃ kulaputra asminn eva bodhisattvamārge śikṣasva /
ASāh, 5, 20.14 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasavet śakra
āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata //
ASāh, 6, 12.21 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu te bodhisattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ
subhūtirāha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 6, 16.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat
yadbhagavānevamāha atītānāgatapratyutpannānāṃ sarveṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ bodhisattvapratyekabuddhaśrāvakasaṃghānāṃ sarvasattvānāṃ ca atītānāgatapratyutpannaṃ yannāma kuśalamūlaṃ tatsarvamekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumodate agrayā anumodanayā /
ASāh, 7, 1.2 bhagavānāha evametacchāriputra evametadyathā vadasi /
ASāh, 7, 1.3 śāriputra
āha avabhāsakarī bhagavan prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 7, 4.1 evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat evamabhinirhāreṇa abhinirhṛtā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā katamaṃ dharmamarpayati
bhagavānāha evamabhinirhṛtā śāriputra prajñāpāramitā na kaṃciddharmamarpayati /
ASāh, 7, 5.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kimiyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā sarvajñatām api nārpayati
bhagavānāha yatkauśika evaṃ vadasi kimiyaṃ prajñāpāramitā sarvajñatām api nārpayatīti na yathopalambhastathā arpayati na yathā nāma tathārpayati na yathābhisaṃskārastathārpayati /
ASāh, 7, 5.2 śakra
āha kathaṃ tarhi bhagavannarpayati bhagavānāha yathā kauśika nārpayati tathārpayati /
ASāh, 7, 5.2 śakra āha kathaṃ tarhi bhagavannarpayati
bhagavānāha yathā kauśika nārpayati tathārpayati /
ASāh, 7, 5.3 śakra
āha āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvadiyaṃ prajñāpāramitā na kaṃciddharmamutpādayati na kaṃciddharmaṃ nirodhayati /
ASāh, 7, 7.1 sthaviraḥ
subhūtirāha mahāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yaduta prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 7, 7.2 bhagavānāha tatkiṃ manyase subhūte katamena paryāyeṇa mahāpāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā sthaviraḥ subhūtirāha na bhagavan rūpaṃ mahatkaroti nālpīkaroti na rūpaṃ saṃkṣipati na vikṣipati /
ASāh, 7, 7.2 bhagavānāha tatkiṃ manyase subhūte katamena paryāyeṇa mahāpāramiteyaṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitā sthaviraḥ
subhūtirāha na bhagavan rūpaṃ mahatkaroti nālpīkaroti na rūpaṃ saṃkṣipati na vikṣipati /
ASāh, 7, 9.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat śakyā punarbhagavan prajñāpāramitā śrotuṃ vā upalakṣayituṃ vā samanvāhartuṃ vā upapādayituṃ vā upadhārayituṃ vā iyaṃ sā prajñāpāramitā iha vā sā prajñāpāramitā amutra vā sā prajñāpāramitā anena vā ākāreṇa liṅgena nimitteneti śakyā nirdeṣṭuṃ vā śrotuṃ vā
bhagavānāha no hīdaṃ subhūte /
ASāh, 7, 10.1 sthaviraḥ
subhūtirāha kiyacciracaritāvī sa bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyo ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogamāpatsyate bhagavānāha vibhajya vyākaraṇīyametatsubhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāmindriyādhimātratayā /
ASāh, 7, 10.1 sthaviraḥ subhūtirāha kiyacciracaritāvī sa bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyo ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogamāpatsyate
bhagavānāha vibhajya vyākaraṇīyametatsubhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāmindriyādhimātratayā /
ASāh, 7, 11.14 śāriputra
āha na bhagavatā tasya pudgalasya tatropapannasya mahānirayagatasyātmabhāvasya pramāṇamākhyātam /
ASāh, 7, 11.15 bhagavānāha tiṣṭhatu śāriputra tasya pudgalasya tatropapannasya mahānirayagatasyātmabhāvasya pramāṇam /
ASāh, 7, 12.4 bhagavānāha eṣa eva śāriputra paścimāyā janatāyā ālokaḥ kṛto bhaviṣyati yadanena vāṅmanoduścaritena akuśalena karmābhisaṃskāreṇa abhisaṃskṛtena saṃcitenācitenopacitena iyacciraduḥkhaṃ pratyanubhaviṣyatīti /
ASāh, 7, 13.4 bhagavānāha evaṃrūpeṇa subhūte vāgdurbhāṣitena iyān mahāpuṇyaskandhaḥ prasūyate /
ASāh, 7, 14.1 evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat ko 'tra bhagavan hetuḥ kaḥ pratyayo yatsa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ pratibādhitavyāṃ maṃsyate
bhagavānāha mārādhiṣṭhito vā subhūte sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā bhaviṣyati /
ASāh, 8, 2.1 subhūtirāha kiyadgambhīrā bateyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā duradhimocatayā bhagavānāha rūpaṃ subhūte abaddhamamuktam /
ASāh, 8, 2.1 subhūtirāha kiyadgambhīrā bateyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā duradhimocatayā
bhagavānāha rūpaṃ subhūte abaddhamamuktam /
ASāh, 8, 3.1 subhūtirāha duradhimocā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā paramaduradhimocā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā anabhiyuktena anavaropitakuśalamūlena pāpamitrahastagatena māravaśagatena kusīdena hīnavīryeṇa muṣitasmṛtinā duṣprajñena /
ASāh, 8, 4.15 āha atyantānupapattirbhagavan prajñāpāramitā kāmadhāturūpadhātvārūpyadhātuṣu /
ASāh, 8, 4.17 āha na jānāti na saṃjānīte bhagavan prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 8, 4.19 āha kiṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā na jānāti na saṃjānīte bhagavānāha rūpaṃ śāriputra prajñāpāramitā na jānāti na saṃjānīte /
ASāh, 8, 4.19 āha kiṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā na jānāti na saṃjānīte
bhagavānāha rūpaṃ śāriputra prajñāpāramitā na jānāti na saṃjānīte /
ASāh, 8, 4.24 āha prajñāpāramitā bhagavan sarvajñatāyā nāpakāraṃ karoti nopakāraṃ karoti bhagavānāha viśuddhatvācchāriputra /
ASāh, 8, 4.24 āha prajñāpāramitā bhagavan sarvajñatāyā nāpakāraṃ karoti nopakāraṃ karoti
bhagavānāha viśuddhatvācchāriputra /
ASāh, 8, 4.25 āha prajñāpāramitā bhagavan na kaṃciddharmaṃ parigṛhṇāti na parityajati bhagavānāha viśuddhatvācchāriputra /
ASāh, 8, 4.25 āha prajñāpāramitā bhagavan na kaṃciddharmaṃ parigṛhṇāti na parityajati
bhagavānāha viśuddhatvācchāriputra /
ASāh, 8, 4.26 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan rūpaviśuddhiḥ
bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.27 āha ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskāraviśuddhiḥ /
ASāh, 8, 4.28 ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan vijñānaviśuddhiḥ
bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.29 āha ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan phalaviśuddhiḥ bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.29 āha ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan phalaviśuddhiḥ
bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.30 āha ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan sarvajñatāviśuddhiḥ bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.30 āha ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan sarvajñatāviśuddhiḥ
bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.31 āha ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan na prāptirnābhisamayo bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.31 āha ātmaviśuddhito bhagavan na prāptirnābhisamayo
bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.32 āha ātmāparyantatayā bhagavan rūpāparyantatā bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.32 āha ātmāparyantatayā bhagavan rūpāparyantatā
bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.33 āha ātmāparyantatayā bhagavan vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskāravijñānāparyantatā bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.33 āha ātmāparyantatayā bhagavan vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskāravijñānāparyantatā
bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.34 āha ya evamasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya bhagavan avabodhaḥ iyamasya prajñāpāramitā bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.34 āha ya evamasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya bhagavan avabodhaḥ iyamasya prajñāpāramitā
bhagavānāha atyantaviśuddhatvātsubhūte /
ASāh, 8, 4.35 āyuṣmān
subhūtirāha sā khalu punariyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā nāpare tīre na pare tīre nāpyubhayamantareṇa viprakṛtā sthitā /
ASāh, 8, 5.1 āyuṣmān
subhūtirāha evam api bhagavan saṃjñāsyate bodhisattvo mahāsattvo riñciṣyatīmāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ dūrīkariṣyatīmāṃ prajñāpāramitām /
ASāh, 8, 5.6 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat katame te āyuṣman subhūte saṅgāḥ
subhūtirāha rūpamāyuṣman śāriputra śūnyamiti saṅgaḥ /
ASāh, 8, 6.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat katamena ārya subhūte paryāyeṇa saṅgaḥ
subhūtirāha sacetkauśika tadbodhicittaṃ saṃjānīte idaṃ tatprathamaṃ bodhicittamiti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayāmīti pariṇāmayati /
ASāh, 8, 9.1 subhūtirāha gambhīrā bhagavan prakṛtirdharmāṇām /
ASāh, 8, 9.6 subhūtirāha prakṛtiviviktā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 8, 10.1 bhagavānāha sarvadharmā api subhūte prakṛtiviviktāḥ /
ASāh, 8, 10.4 subhūtirāha tasmāttarhi bhagavan sarvadharmā anabhisaṃbuddhās tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena bhagavānāha tathāhi subhūte prakṛtyaiva na te dharmāḥ kiṃcit /
ASāh, 8, 10.4 subhūtirāha tasmāttarhi bhagavan sarvadharmā anabhisaṃbuddhās tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena
bhagavānāha tathāhi subhūte prakṛtyaiva na te dharmāḥ kiṃcit /
ASāh, 8, 11.2 bhagavānāha ākāśagambhīratayā subhūte gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 8, 11.4 bhagavānāha tathā hi subhūte na kaścidabhisaṃbudhyate /
ASāh, 8, 11.6 bhagavānāha tathā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā na cittena jñātavyā na cittagamanīyā /
ASāh, 8, 11.8 bhagavānāha kārakānupalabdhitaḥ subhūte akṛtā prajñāpāramitā //
ASāh, 8, 12.1 āha tena hi bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ kathaṃ caritavyam bhagavānāha sacetsubhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caranna rūpe carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām /
ASāh, 8, 12.1 āha tena hi bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ kathaṃ caritavyam
bhagavānāha sacetsubhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caranna rūpe carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām /
ASāh, 8, 13.2 bhagavānāha rūpaṃ sasaṅgamasaṅgamiti subhūte na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām /
ASāh, 8, 14.1 subhūtirāha āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvadgambhīro 'yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ prajñāpāramitā nāma /
ASāh, 8, 15.1 sthaviraḥ
subhūtirāha duṣkarakārako bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo yo gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayan na saṃsīdati notplavate /
ASāh, 8, 17.1 atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat ya ārya subhūte atra prajñāpāramitāyāmeva yogamāpatsyate kva sa yogamāpatsyate
subhūtirāha ākāśe sa kauśika yogamāpatsyate yaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogamāpatsyate /
ASāh, 8, 18.3 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat samanupaśyasi tvaṃ kauśika taṃ dharmaṃ yasya dharmasya rakṣāvaraṇaguptiṃ kariṣyasi śakra
āha no hīdamārya subhūte /
ASāh, 8, 18.4 subhūtirāha evaṃ kauśika sacedbodhisattvo mahāsattvo yathānirdiṣṭāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthāsyati saiva tasya rakṣāvaraṇaguptirbhaviṣyati /
ASāh, 8, 18.7 tatkiṃ manyase kauśika pratibalastvaṃ pratiśrutkāyā rakṣāvaraṇaguptiṃ saṃvidhātum śakra
āha na hyetadārya subhūte /
ASāh, 8, 18.8 subhūtirāha evameva kauśika bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran viharan pratiśrutkopamāḥ sarvadharmā iti parijānāti /
ASāh, 9, 2.1 evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat pariśuddhā bateyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā
bhagavānāha rūpaviśuddhitaḥ subhūte pariśuddhā prajñāpāramitā /
ASāh, 10, 12.4 bhagavānāha tathā hi te subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bahujanahitāya pratipannā bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca /
ASāh, 10, 13.1 subhūtirāha iha bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carataḥ kathaṃ prajñāpāramitābhāvanā paripūriṃ gacchati bhagavānāha yadi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na rūpasya vṛddhiṃ samanupaśyati carati prajñāpāramitāyām /
ASāh, 10, 13.1 subhūtirāha iha bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carataḥ kathaṃ prajñāpāramitābhāvanā paripūriṃ gacchati
bhagavānāha yadi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na rūpasya vṛddhiṃ samanupaśyati carati prajñāpāramitāyām /
ASāh, 10, 15.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat ko'tra bhagavan adhimokṣayiṣyati evaṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
bhagavānāha yaḥ śāriputra caritāvī bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhaviṣyati prajñāpāramitāyām so'tra prajñāpāramitāyāmadhimokṣayiṣyati /
ASāh, 10, 15.2 āyuṣmān śāriputra
āha kathaṃ bhagavan caritāvī bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhaviṣyati kathaṃ caritāvīti nāmadheyaṃ labhate bhagavānāha iha śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo balāni na kalpayati vaiśāradyāni na kalpayati buddhadharmānapi na kalpayati sarvajñatāmapi na kalpayati /
ASāh, 10, 15.2 āyuṣmān śāriputra āha kathaṃ bhagavan caritāvī bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhaviṣyati kathaṃ caritāvīti nāmadheyaṃ labhate
bhagavānāha iha śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo balāni na kalpayati vaiśāradyāni na kalpayati buddhadharmānapi na kalpayati sarvajñatāmapi na kalpayati /
ASāh, 10, 17.2 bhagavānāha kiṃcāpi subhūte māraḥ pāpīyānudyogamāpatsyate antarāyakarmaṇaḥ asyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām udgṛhyamāṇāyāṃ dhāryamāṇāyāṃ vācyamānāyāṃ paryavāpyamānāyāṃ pravartyamānāyāṃ deśyamānāyām upadiśyamānāyām uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyyamānāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ ca atha ca punarna prasahiṣyate'cchidrasamādānasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyāntarāyaṃ kartum //
ASāh, 10, 21.1 śāriputra
āha iyamapi bhagavan prajñāpāramitā evaṃ gambhīrā paścime kāle paścime samaye vaistārikī bhaviṣyatyuttarasyāṃ diśi uttare digbhāge bhagavānāha ye tatra śāriputra uttarasyāṃ diśyuttare digbhāge imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā atra prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogamāpatsyante te vaistārikīṃ kariṣyati /
ASāh, 10, 21.1 śāriputra āha iyamapi bhagavan prajñāpāramitā evaṃ gambhīrā paścime kāle paścime samaye vaistārikī bhaviṣyatyuttarasyāṃ diśi uttare digbhāge
bhagavānāha ye tatra śāriputra uttarasyāṃ diśyuttare digbhāge imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā atra prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogamāpatsyante te vaistārikīṃ kariṣyati /
ASāh, 10, 22.1 śāriputra
āha kiyantaste bhagavan bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti uttarasyāṃ diśi uttare digbhāge bahava utāho alpakāḥ ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śroṣyanti likhiṣyanti udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti pravartayiṣyanti deśayiṣyanti upadekṣyantyuddekṣyanti svādhyāsyanti tathatvāya śikṣiṣyante tathatvāya pratipatsyante tathatvāya yogamāpatsyante bhagavānāha bahavaste śāriputra subahavaḥ uttarāpathe uttarasyāṃ diśyuttare digbhāge bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti /
ASāh, 10, 22.1 śāriputra āha kiyantaste bhagavan bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti uttarasyāṃ diśi uttare digbhāge bahava utāho alpakāḥ ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śroṣyanti likhiṣyanti udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti pravartayiṣyanti deśayiṣyanti upadekṣyantyuddekṣyanti svādhyāsyanti tathatvāya śikṣiṣyante tathatvāya pratipatsyante tathatvāya yogamāpatsyante
bhagavānāha bahavaste śāriputra subahavaḥ uttarāpathe uttarasyāṃ diśyuttare digbhāge bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti /
ASāh, 10, 24.1 evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantametadavocat ime eva kevalaṃ bhagavaṃsteṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṝṇāṃ ca ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāḥ sūtrāntā upapatsyante upanaṃsyante nānye
bhagavānāha ye cānye'pi śāriputra gambhīrā gambhīrāḥ sūtrāntā bhaviṣyanti te'pi teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṝṇāṃ ca svayamevopapatsyante svayamevopanaṃsyante ca /
ASāh, 11, 1.3 subhūtirāha kiyadrūpāṇi bhagavaṃsteṣāṃ bahūni mārakarmāṇy antarāyakarāṇyutpatsyante bhagavānāha teṣāṃ subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣamāṇānāṃ cireṇa pratibhānamutpatsyate /
ASāh, 11, 1.3 subhūtirāha kiyadrūpāṇi bhagavaṃsteṣāṃ bahūni mārakarmāṇy antarāyakarāṇyutpatsyante
bhagavānāha teṣāṃ subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣamāṇānāṃ cireṇa pratibhānamutpatsyate /
ASāh, 11, 1.50 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu sa paṇḍitajātīyaḥ puruṣo bhavet
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.51 bhagavānāha evameva subhūte tathārūpāste bodhisattvayānikāḥ pudgalā veditavyāḥ ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitām ajānānā aparipṛcchantastāṃ chorayitvā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃboddhukāmā ye te sūtrāntāḥ śrāvakabhūmimabhivadanti pratyekabuddhabhūmimabhivadanti tān paryeṣitavyān maṃsyante /
ASāh, 11, 1.56 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu sa paṇḍitajātīyaḥ puruṣo veditavyaḥ
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.57 bhagavānāha evameva subhūte tathārūpāste bodhisattvayānikāḥ pudgalā veditavyāḥ ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ labdhvāpyanavagāhamānā avijānantastakṣyanti /
ASāh, 11, 1.72 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte vaijayantaprāsādapramāṇaṃ prāsādaṃ kartukāmena nirmātukāmena sūryācandramasorvimānātpramāṇaṃ grahītavyaṃ bhavati
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.73 bhagavānāha evameva subhūte bhaviṣyantyanāgate 'dhvani eke bodhisattvayānikāḥ pudgalāḥ ye prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā prajñāpāramitāṃ labdhvā prajñāpāramitāṃ riñcitvā prajñāpāramitāmutsṛjya śrāvakapratyekabuddhabhūmipratisaṃyuktaiḥ sūtrāntaiḥ sarvajñatāṃ paryeṣitavyāṃ maṃsyante ye te sūtrāntā evamabhivadanti ekamātmānaṃ damayiṣyāmaḥ ekamātmānaṃ śamayiṣyāmaḥ ekamātmānaṃ parinirvāpayiṣyāma iti /
ASāh, 11, 1.75 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu te paṇḍitajātīyāḥ bodhisattvā veditavyāḥ
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.76 bhagavānāha idam api subhūte teṣāṃ mārakarma veditavyam /
ASāh, 11, 1.80 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu sa paṇḍitajātīyaḥ puruṣo veditavyo yaścakravartinaṃ koṭṭarājena samīkartavyaṃ manyeta
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.81 bhagavānāha evameva subhūte bhaviṣyantyanāgate 'dhvani eke bodhisattvayānikāḥ pudgalāḥ ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā prajñāpāramitāṃ labdhvā prajñāpāramitāṃ riñcitvā prajñāpāramitāmutsṛjya śrāvakapratyekabuddhabhūmipratisaṃyuktaiḥ sūtrāntaiḥ sarvajñatāṃ paryeṣitavyāṃ maṃsyante /
ASāh, 11, 1.87 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu paṇḍitajātīyāste bodhisattvāḥ pratibhānti ye avinivartanīyayānaṃ mahāyānamavāpya samāsādya punareva tadvivarjya vivartya hīnayānaṃ paryeṣitavyaṃ maṃsyante
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.88 bhagavānāha tadyathāpi nāma subhūte bubhukṣitaḥ puruṣaḥ śatarasaṃ bhojanaṃ labdhvā hitavipākaṃ sukhavipākaṃ yāvadāyuḥparyantaṃ kṣutpipāsānivartakam tadapāsya ṣaṣṭikodanaṃ paryeṣitavyaṃ manyeta /
ASāh, 11, 1.90 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu sa puruṣaḥ paṇḍitajātīyo bhavet
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.91 bhagavānāha evameva subhūte bhaviṣyantyanāgate 'dhvani eke bodhisattvāḥ ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā prajñāpāramitāṃ labdhvā prajñāpāramitāṃ riñciṣyanti prajñāpāramitāmutsrakṣyanti prajñāpāramitāṃ chorayiṣyanti prajñāpāramitāṃ dūrīkariṣyanti prajñāpāramitāṃ riñcitvā prajñāpāramitāmutsṛjya prajñāpāramitāṃ chorayitvā prajñāpāramitāṃ dūrīkṛtya tataḥ śrāvakapratyekabuddhayānapratisaṃyuktān sūtrāntān paryeṣitavyān maṃsyante /
ASāh, 11, 1.93 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu paṇḍitajātīyāste bodhisattvā veditavyāḥ
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.94 bhagavānāha idam api subhūte teṣāṃ mārakarma veditavyam /
ASāh, 11, 1.96 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu sa paṇḍitajātīyaḥ puruṣo veditavyaḥ
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.97 bhagavānāha evameva subhūte bhaviṣyantyanāgate 'dhvani eke bodhisattvayānikāḥ pudgalāḥ ya idaṃ gambhīraṃ prabhāsvaraṃ prajñāpāramitāratnaṃ labdhvā śrutvā śrāvakapratyekabuddhayānena samīkartavyaṃ maṃsyante śrāvakapratyekabuddhabhūmau ca sarvajñatāmupāyakauśalyaṃ ca paryeṣitavyaṃ maṃsyante /
ASāh, 11, 1.98 tatkiṃ manyase subhūte api nu paṇḍitajātīyāste bodhisattvā veditavyāḥ
subhūtirāha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
ASāh, 11, 1.99 bhagavānāha idam api subhūte teṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma veditavyam /
ASāh, 11, 2.1 evamukte āyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat śakyā punarbhagavan prajñāpāramitā likhitum
bhagavānāha no hīdaṃ subhūte /
ASāh, 12, 2.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtirbhagavantametadavocat
yadbhagavānevamāha prajñāpāramitā tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmasya lokasya saṃdarśayitrīti kathaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmasya lokasya saṃdarśayitrī katamaś ca bhagavan lokastathāgatairarhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhairākhyātaḥ evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat pañca subhūte skandhāḥ tathāgatena loka ityākhyātāḥ /
ASāh, 12, 3.1 subhūtirāha kathaṃ bhagavaṃstathāgatānāṃ prajñāpāramitayā pañca skandhā darśitāḥ kiṃ vā bhagavan prajñāpāramitayā darśitam evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat na lujyante na pralujyante iti subhūte pañca skandhā loka iti tathāgatānāṃ prajñāpāramitayā darśitāḥ /
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 63.2 yasyottamaṃ
bhāvinamāttha cārthaṃ taṃ prekṣya kasmāttava dhīra bāṣpaḥ //
BCar, 9, 33.1 maddhetukaṃ yattu narādhipasya śokaṃ
bhavānāha na tatpriyaṃ me /
BCar, 9, 55.1 punarbhavo 'stīti ca
kecidāhurnāstīti kecinniyatapratijñāḥ /
BCar, 9, 57.1 astīti
kecitparalokamāhurmokṣasya yogaṃ na tu varṇayanti /
BCar, 10, 30.2 dharmārthakāmādhigamaṃ hyanūnaṃ nṛṇāmanūnaṃ
puruṣārthamāhuḥ //
BCar, 11, 58.1 trivargasevāṃ nṛpa yattu kṛtsnataḥ paro manuṣyārtha iti
tvamāttha mām /
BCar, 11, 64.1 yadāttha cāpīṣṭaphalāṃ kulocitāṃ kuruṣva dharmāya makhakriyāmiti /
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 8, 4.1 atīndriyaṃ punarmanaḥ sattvasaṃjñakaṃ cetaḥ
ityāhureke tadarthātmasaṃpadāyattaceṣṭaṃ ceṣṭāpratyayabhūtamindriyāṇām //
Ca, Sū., 12, 5.0 tacchrutvā vākyaṃ kumāraśirā bharadvāja uvāca evametadyathā
bhagavānāha eta eva vātaguṇā bhavanti sa tv evaṃguṇair evaṃdravyair evamprabhāvaiśca karmabhirabhyasyamānair vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate samānaguṇābhyāso hi dhātūnāṃ vṛddhikāraṇamiti //
Ca, Sū., 12, 6.0 tacchrutvā vākyaṃ kāṅkāyano vāhlīkabhiṣag uvāca evametadyathā
bhagavānāha etānyeva vātaprakopaṇāni bhavanti ato viparītāni vātasya praśamanāni bhavanti prakopaṇaviparyayo hi dhātūnāṃ praśamakāraṇamiti //
Ca, Sū., 12, 7.1 tacchrutvā vākyaṃ baḍiśo dhāmārgava uvāca evametadyathā
bhagavānāha etānyeva vātaprakopapraśamanāni bhavanti /
Ca, Sū., 12, 8.1 tacchrutvā baḍiśavacanam avitatham ṛṣigaṇair anumatamuvāca vāyorvido rājarṣiḥ evametat sarvam anapavādaṃ yathā
bhagavānāha /
Ca, Sū., 12, 13.0 tacchrutvā kāpyavaco bhagavān punarvasurātreya uvāca sarva eva bhavantaḥ samyag
āhur anyatraikāntikavacanāt sarva eva khalu vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ prakṛtibhūtāḥ puruṣamavyāpannendriyaṃ balavarṇasukhopapannam āyuṣā mahatopapādayanti samyagevācaritā dharmārthakāmā iva niḥśreyasena mahatā puruṣamiha cāmuṣmiṃś ca loke vikṛtāstvenaṃ mahatā viparyayeṇopapādayanti kratavas traya iva vikṛtimāpannā lokamaśubhenopaghātakāla iti //
Ca, Sū., 30, 16.2 tatrāha kathaṃ tantrādīni vākyaśo vākyārthaśo 'rthāvayavaśaścoktāni bhavantīti //
Ca, Nid., 1, 32.3 tatra nijaṃ dvividhaṃ trividhaṃ caturvidhaṃ saptavidhaṃ
cāhurbhiṣajo vātādivikalpāt //
Ca, Nid., 3, 14.2 tasyāḥ śūlakāsātīsāracchardyarocakāvipākāṅgamardanidrālasyastaimityakaphaprasekāḥ samupajāyante stanayośca stanyam oṣṭhayoḥ stanamaṇḍalayośca kārṣṇyam atyarthaṃ glāniścakṣuṣoḥ mūrcchā hṛllāsaḥ dohadaḥ śvayathuśca pādayoḥ īṣaccodgamo romarājyāḥ yonyāś cāṭālatvam api ca yonyā daurgandhyamāsrāvaścopajāyate kevalaścāsyā gulmaḥ piṇḍita eva spandate tāmagarbhāṃ
garbhiṇīmityāhur mūḍhāḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 8.1 athādhyāpanavidhiḥ adhyāpane kṛtabuddhirācāryaḥ śiṣyamevāditaḥ parīkṣeta tad yathā praśāntam āryaprakṛtikam akṣudrakarmāṇam ṛjucakṣurmukhanāsāvaṃśaṃ tanuraktaviśadajihvam avikṛtadantauṣṭham aminminaṃ dhṛtimantam anahaṅkṛtaṃ medhāvinaṃ vitarkasmṛtisampannam udārasattvaṃ tadvidyakulajamathavā tadvidyavṛttaṃ tattvābhiniveśinam avyaṅgam avyāpannendriyaṃ nibhṛtam anuddhatam arthatattvabhāvakam akopanam avyasaninaṃ śīlaśaucācārānurāgadākṣyaprādakṣiṇyopapannam adhyayanābhikāmam arthavijñāne karmadarśane cānanyakāryam alubdham analasaṃ sarvabhūtahitaiṣiṇam ācāryasarvānuśiṣṭipratikaram anuraktaṃ ca evaṃguṇasamuditam adhyāpyam
āhuḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 15.2 tadvidyasaṃbhāṣā hi jñānābhiyogasaṃharṣakarī bhavati vaiśāradyamapi cābhinirvartayati vacanaśaktimapi cādhatte yaśaścābhidīpayati pūrvaśrute ca saṃdehavataḥ punaḥ śravaṇācchrutasaṃśayamapakarṣati śrute cāsaṃdehavato bhūyo 'dhyavasāyamabhinirvartayati aśrutamapi ca kaṃcid arthaṃ śrotraviṣayamāpādayati yaccācāryaḥ śiṣyāya śuśrūṣave prasannaḥ krameṇopadiśati guhyābhimatam arthajātaṃ tat paraspareṇa saha jalpan piṇḍena
vijigīṣurāha saṃharṣāt tasmāttadvidyasaṃbhāṣāmabhipraśaṃsanti kuśalāḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 18.4 parīkṣamāṇastu khalu parāvarāntaramimān jalpakaguṇāñ śreyaskarān doṣavataśca parīkṣeta samyak tadyathāśrutaṃ vijñānaṃ dhāraṇaṃ pratibhānaṃ vacanaśaktiriti etān guṇān
śreyaskarānāhuḥ imān punardoṣavataḥ tad yathā kopanatvam avaiśāradyaṃ bhīrutvamadhāraṇatvamanavahitatvamiti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 20.5 punaścāhūyamānaḥ prativaktavyaḥ parisaṃvatsaro bhavān śikṣasva tāvat na tvayā gururupāsito nūnam athavā paryāptametāvatte sakṛdapi hi parikṣepikaṃ nihataṃ
nihatamāhuriti nāsya yogaḥ kartavyaḥ kathaṃcit /
Ca, Vim., 8, 20.6 apyevaṃ śreyasā saha vigṛhya
vaktavyamityāhureke natvevaṃ jyāyasā saha vigrahaṃ praśaṃsanti kuśalāḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 52.2 yathā nityaḥ puruṣaḥ iti pratijñāte yat paraḥ ko hetuḥ
ityāha so 'nuyogaḥ //
Ca, Vim., 8, 56.4 sāmānyacchalaṃ nāma yathā vyādhipraśamanāyauṣadhamityukte paro brūyāt sat satpraśamanāyeti kiṃ nu
bhavānāha san hi rogaḥ sadauṣadhaṃ yadi ca sat satpraśamanāya bhavati tatra sat kāsaḥ sat kṣayaḥ satsāmānyāt kāsaste kṣayapraśamanāya bhaviṣyatīti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 57.3 saṃśayasamo nāmāheturya eva saṃśayahetuḥ sa eva saṃśayacchedahetuḥ yathāyam āyurvedaikadeśam
āha kiṃnvayaṃ cikitsakaḥ syānna veti saṃśaye paro brūyād yasmād ayam āyurvedaikadeśam āha tasmāccikitsako 'yamiti na ca saṃśayacchedahetuṃ viśeṣayati eṣa cāhetuḥ na hi ya eva saṃśayahetuḥ sa eva saṃśayacchedaheturbhavati /
Ca, Vim., 8, 57.3 saṃśayasamo nāmāheturya eva saṃśayahetuḥ sa eva saṃśayacchedahetuḥ yathāyam āyurvedaikadeśam āha kiṃnvayaṃ cikitsakaḥ syānna veti saṃśaye paro brūyād yasmād ayam āyurvedaikadeśam
āha tasmāccikitsako 'yamiti na ca saṃśayacchedahetuṃ viśeṣayati eṣa cāhetuḥ na hi ya eva saṃśayahetuḥ sa eva saṃśayacchedaheturbhavati /
Ca, Vim., 8, 61.1 atha pratijñāhāniḥ pratijñāhānirnāma sā pūrvaparigṛhītāṃ pratijñāṃ paryanuyukto yat parityajati yathā prāk pratijñāṃ kṛtvā nityaḥ puruṣa iti
paryanuyuktastvāha anitya iti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 63.1 atha hetvantaraṃ hetvantaraṃ nāma prakṛtahetau vācye
yadvikṛtahetumāha //
Ca, Śār., 3, 13.5 nānāvidhāni khalu sattvāni tāni sarvāṇyekapuruṣe bhavanti na ca bhavantyekakālam ekaṃ tu
prāyovṛttyāha //
Ca, Śār., 4, 25.1 tasminnekadivasātikrānte 'pi navamaṃ māsamupādāya prasavakālam
ityāhur ā daśamānmāsāt /
Ca, Śār., 6, 28.4 tatrāhurapare yo yadā mriyate sa tasya niyato mṛtyukālaḥ sa sarvabhūtānāṃ satyaḥ samakriyatvāditi /
Ca, Śār., 8, 31.1 tasya garbhaśalyasya jarāyuprapātanaṃ karma
saṃśamanamityāhureke mantrādikam atharvavedavihitam ityeke paridṛṣṭakarmaṇā śalyahartrā haraṇam ityeke /
Ca, Śār., 8, 32.5 aṣṭame tu māse kṣīrayavāgūṃ sarpiṣmatīṃ kāle kāle pibet tanneti bhadrakāpyaḥ paiṅgalyābādho hyasyā garbhamāgacchediti astvatra paiṅgalyābādha
ityāha bhagavān punarvasur ātreyaḥ na tvevaitanna kāryam evaṃ kurvatī hyarogārogyabalavarṇasvarasaṃhananasampadupetaṃ jñātīnāmapi śreṣṭhamapatyaṃ janayati /
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 3, 7.5 ye khalu punastasya maṇiratnasya sāmantake manuṣyāḥ prativasanti te tenāvabhāsenāsphuṭa samānā anyonyaṃ saṃjānanti anyonyaṃ paśyanti
anyonyamāhuḥ uttiṣṭha bhadramukhāḥ karmāntāni kārayata āpaṇāni prasārayata divā manyāmahe sūryamabhyudgatam /
LalVis, 3, 19.3 tatra
kecidāhuḥ idaṃ vaidehīkulaṃ magadheṣu janapadeṣu ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ subhikṣaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 20.1 apare
tvāhur idaṃ punaḥ kauśalakulaṃ mahāvāhanaṃ ca mahāparivāraṃ ca mahādhanaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 21.1 apare
tvāhuḥ idaṃ vaṃśarājakulaṃ ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 22.1 apare
'pyāhuḥ iyaṃ vaiśālī mahānagarī ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca subhikṣā ca ramaṇīyā cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca vitardiniryūhatoraṇagavākṣaharmyakūṭāgāraprāsādatalasamalaṃkṛtā ca puṣpavāṭikāvanarājisaṃkusumitā ca amarabhavanapuraprākāśyā /
LalVis, 3, 23.1 apare
tvevamāhuḥ idaṃ pradyotakulaṃ mahābalaṃ ca mahāvāhanaṃ ca paracamūśirasi vijayalabdhaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 24.1 apara
evamāhuḥ iyaṃ mathurā nagarī ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca subhikṣā cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca /
LalVis, 3, 25.1 apare
'pyāhuḥ ayaṃ hastināpure mahānagare rājā pāṇḍavakulavaṃśaprasūtaḥ śūro vīryavān varāṅgarūpasampannaḥ parasainyapramardakānāṃ tatkulaṃ pratirūpamasya bodhisattvasya garbhapratisaṃsthānāyeti /
LalVis, 3, 26.1 apara
āhuḥ iyaṃ mithilā nagarī atīva ramaṇīyā maithilasya rājñaḥ sumitrasya nivāsabhūmiḥ /
LalVis, 4, 4.1 atha bodhisattvaḥ punarapi tāṃ mahatīṃ
devaparṣadamāmantryaivamāha tena hi mārṣāḥ śṛṇuta cyutyākāraṃ devatāsaṃharṣaṇaṃ dharmālokamukhaṃ yadete bodhisattvā ebhyo devaputrebhyo bhāṣante /
LalVis, 5, 2.1 atha te tuṣitakāyikā devaputrā rudanto bodhisattvasya caraṇau
parigṛhyaivamāhur idaṃ khalu satpuruṣa tuṣitabhavanaṃ tvayā vihīnaṃ na bhrājiṣyate /
LalVis, 5, 2.2 atha bodhisattvastāṃ mahatīṃ
devaparṣadamevamāha ayaṃ maitreyo bodhisattvo yuṣmākaṃ dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati /
LalVis, 5, 3.1 atha bodhisattvo maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ tuṣitabhavane 'bhiniṣadya punarapi tāṃ mahatīṃ devaparṣadamāmantrayate sma kīdṛśenāhaṃ mārṣā rūpeṇa mātuḥ kukṣāvavakrāmeyaṃ tatra
kecidāhur mārṣā mānavakarūpeṇa /
LalVis, 5, 3.13 tatrogratejo nāma brahmakāyiko devaputraḥ pūrvarṣijanmacyuto 'vaivartiko 'nuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ sa
evamāha yathā brāhmaṇānāṃ mantravedaśāstrapāṭheṣvāgacchati tādṛśenaiva rūpeṇa bodhisattvo mātuḥ kukṣāvavakrāmitavyaḥ /
LalVis, 5, 27.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaścatvāro mahārājānaḥ śakraśca devānāmindraḥ suyāmaśca devaputraḥ saṃtuṣitaśca sunirmitaśca paranirmitavaśavartī ca sārthavāhaśca māraputrabrahmā ca sahāṃpatirbrahmottaraśca purohitaḥ subrahmā ca purohitaḥ prabhāvyūhābhāsvaraśca maheśvaraśca śuddhāvāsakāyikā niṣṭhāgataścākaniṣṭhaśca etāni cānyāni cānekāni devaśatasahasrāṇi saṃnipatya
anyonyamevāhur ayuktametanmārṣā asmākaṃ syādakṛtajñatā ca yadvayamekākinamadvitīyaṃ bodhisattvamutsṛjema /
LalVis, 5, 76.7 evaṃ
cāhur anye 'pi kila bhoḥ sattvā ihopapannāḥ kila bho iti //
LalVis, 6, 21.2 atha tatkṣaṇameva catvāro mahārājāno rājānaṃ
śuddhodanamupasaṃkramyaivamāhuḥ //
LalVis, 6, 39.5 bhagavānāha icchasi tvamānanda ratnavyūhaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ draṣṭuṃ yo mātuḥ kukṣigatasya bodhisattvasya paribhogo 'bhūt /
LalVis, 6, 39.6 ānanda
āha ayamasya bhagavan kālaḥ ayaṃ sugata samayaḥ yattathāgatastaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogamupadarśayed yaṃ dṛṣṭvā prītiṃ vetsyāmaḥ //
LalVis, 6, 40.7 bhagavānāha tena hi tvaṃ brahman upadarśaya taṃ daśamāsikaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ jñāsyanti kiyatsaṃskṛtamiti //
LalVis, 6, 47.1 atha khalu catvāro mahārājānaḥ śakraṃ
devānāmindramupasaṃkramyaivamāhuḥ kathaṃ devānāmindra kariṣyāmo na labhāmahe ratnavyūhaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ draṣṭum /
LalVis, 6, 47.4 te tadā
āhus tena hi devānāmindra tathā kuru yathāsya kṣipraṃ darśanaṃ bhavet /
LalVis, 6, 47.5 śakra
āha āgamayata mārṣā muhūrtaṃ yāvadatikrāntātikrāntatamā devaputrā bhagavantaṃ pratisaṃmodayante sma /
LalVis, 7, 37.1 ānanda
āha mā maivaṃrūpā bhagavan anāgate 'dhvani bhikṣavo bhaviṣyanti ya imāmevaṃ bhadrikāṃ sūtrāntāṃ pratikṣepsyanti pratipakṣaṃ pakṣanti ca //
LalVis, 7, 38.1 bhagavānāha evaṃrūpāśca te ānanda sūtrāntāṃ pratikṣepsyanti prativakṣyanti cānekaprakārān cānyān pāpakānabhisaṃskārānabhisaṃskariṣyanti /
LalVis, 7, 39.1 ānanda
āha kā punarbhagavan teṣāṃ tathārūpāṇāmasatpuruṣāṇāṃ gatirbhaviṣyati ko 'bhisaṃparāyaḥ /
LalVis, 7, 39.2 bhagavānāha yā gatir buddhabodhim antardhāyāpyatītānāgatapratyutpannāṃśca buddhān bhagavato 'tyākhyāya tāṃ te gatiṃ gamiṣyanti //
LalVis, 7, 84.2 te bodhisattvaṃ nagaraṃ praviśantaṃ svasvagṛhadvāramūle sthitvā kṛtāñjalipuṭā abhinatakāyāḥ sagauravā
evamāhur iha bhoḥ sarvārthasiddha praviśa /
LalVis, 7, 85.6 tatra mahallakamahallikāḥ śākyā
evamāhuḥ sarvā etā vadhūkā navā dahrāstaruṇyaḥ rūpayauvanamadamattāḥ /
LalVis, 7, 88.2 atha khalvasito
maharṣirdauvārikamupasaṃkramyaivamāha gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya nivedaya dvāre ṛṣirvyavasthita iti /
LalVis, 7, 88.4 upasaṃkramya kṛtāñjalipuṭo rājānaṃ
śuddhodanamevamāha yat khalu deva jānīyā ṛṣirjīrṇo vṛddho mahallako dvāre sthitaḥ /
LalVis, 7, 88.6 atha rājā śuddhodano 'sitasya maharṣerāsanaṃ prajñāpya taṃ
puruṣamevamāha praviśatu ṛṣiriti /
LalVis, 7, 88.7 atha sa puruṣo rājakulānniṣkramyāsitaṃ
maharṣimevamāha praviśeti //
LalVis, 7, 89.2 upasaṃkramya purataḥ sthitvā rājānaṃ
śuddhodanamevamāha jaya jaya mahārāja ciramāyuḥ pālaya dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayeti //
LalVis, 7, 90.2 sukhopaviṣṭaṃ cainaṃ jñātvā sagauravaḥ supratīta
evamāha na smarāmyahaṃ tava ṛṣe darśanam /
LalVis, 7, 96.1 evamukte 'sito maharṣī rājānaṃ
śuddhodanamevamāha nāhaṃ mahārāja kumārasyārthena rodimi nāpyasya kācidvipratipattiḥ /
LalVis, 7, 124.1 iti hi bhikṣavo jātamātrasya bodhisattvasya maheśvaro devaputraḥ śuddhāvāsakāyikān
devaputrānāmantryaivamāha yo 'sau mārṣā asaṃkhyeyakalpakoṭiniyutaśatasahasrasukṛtakarmadānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñopāyaśrattacaraṇavratatapaḥsucaritacaraṇaḥ mahāmaitrīmahākaruṇāmahāmuditāsamanvāgata upekṣāsamudgatacittaḥ sarvasattvahitasukhodyato dṛḍhavīryakavacasusaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ pūrvajinakṛtakuśalamūloditaḥ śatapuṇyalakṣaṇasamalaṃkṛtaḥ sukṛtaniścayaparākramaḥ paracakrapramathanaḥ suvimalaśuddhāśayasampannaḥ sucaritacaraṇo mahājñānaketudhvajaḥ mārabalāntakaraṇaḥ trisāhasramahāsāhasrasārthavāhaḥ devamanuṣyapūjitamahāyajñayaṣṭaḥ susamṛddhapuṇyanicayaniḥsaraṇābhiprāyo jātijarāmaraṇāntakaraḥ sujātajātaḥ ikṣvākurājakulasambhūto jagadvibodhayitā bodhisattvo mahāsattvo manuṣyaloka upapannaḥ /
LalVis, 8, 2.1 tadā ca bhikṣavo mahallakamahallikāḥ śākyāḥ saṃnipatya rājānaṃ
śuddhodanamupasaṃkramyaivamāhur yatkhalu deva jānīyāḥ devakulaṃ kumāra upanīyatāmiti /
LalVis, 8, 3.1 tato rājā śuddhodanaḥ svagṛhaṃ praviśya mahāprajāpatīṃ
gautamīmāmantryaivamāha alaṃkriyantāṃ kumāraḥ devakulamupaneṣyata iti /
LalVis, 8, 4.1 tataḥ kumāro maṇḍyamānaḥ prahasitavadano vyapagatabhṛkuṭikaḥ paramamadhurayā vācā
mātṛsvasāramevamāha amba kutrāhamupaneṣyata iti /
LalVis, 9, 1.1 atha khalu bhikṣava udayano nāma brāhmaṇo rājñaḥ purohita udāyinaḥ pitā sa pañcamātrairbrāhmaṇaśataiḥ parivṛto hastottare citrānakṣatre rājānaṃ
śuddhodanamupasaṃkramyaivamāha yatkhalu devo jānīyādābharaṇāni kumārāya kriyantāmiti /
LalVis, 9, 2.3 kārayitvā ca puṣyanakṣatrayogenānuyuktena te śākyā rājānaṃ
śuddhodanamupasaṃkramyaivamāhur hanta deva maṇḍyatāṃ kumāra iti /
LalVis, 9, 2.4 rājā
āha alamalaṃkṛtaśca pūjitaśca bhavadbhiḥ kumāraḥ /
LalVis, 10, 9.1 atha bodhisattva uragasāracandanamayaṃ lipiphalakamādāya divyārṣasuvarṇatirakaṃ samantānmaṇiratnapratyuptaṃ
viśvāmitramācāryamevamāha katamāṃ me bho upādhyāya lipiṃ śikṣāpayasi /
LalVis, 12, 1.3 tatra te mahallakamahallakāḥ śākyā rājānaṃ
śuddhodanamevamāhuḥ yatkhalu devo jānīyāt /
LalVis, 12, 2.1 tato rājā śuddhodana
evamāha yadyevaṃ tena hi vyavalokayata katamā kanyā kumārasyānurūpā syāt /
LalVis, 12, 21.5 atha sā dārikā purohitasya caraṇau gṛhītvā
evamāha kena te mahābrāhmaṇa kāryam /
LalVis, 12, 33.3 tadyadā bodhisattvena sarvāṇyaśokabhāṇḍāni dattāni tadā sā bodhisattvamupasaṃkramya prahasitavadanā
bodhisattvamevamāha kumāra kiṃ te mayāpanītaṃ yastvaṃ māṃ vimānayasi /
LalVis, 12, 33.4 āha nāhaṃ tvāṃ vimānayāmi api tu khalu punastvamabhipaścādāgateti /
LalVis, 12, 34.1 sā prāha idamahaṃ kumāra tavāntikādarhāmi
āha imāni madīyānyābharaṇāni gṛhyatām /
LalVis, 12, 34.2 sā
āha na vayaṃ kumāraṃ vyalaṃkariṣyāmaḥ alaṃkariṣyāmo vayaṃ kumāram /
LalVis, 12, 39.2 tāṃ śrutvā bodhisattva
āha deva asti punariha nagare kaścidyo mayā sārdhaṃ samarthaḥ śilpena śilpamupadarśayitum /
LalVis, 12, 39.3 tato rājā śuddhodanaḥ prahasitavadano
bodhisattvamevamāha śakyasi punastvaṃ putra śilpamupadarśayitum sa āha bāḍhaṃ śakyāmi deva /
LalVis, 12, 39.3 tato rājā śuddhodanaḥ prahasitavadano bodhisattvamevamāha śakyasi punastvaṃ putra śilpamupadarśayitum sa
āha bāḍhaṃ śakyāmi deva /
LalVis, 12, 59.1 atha sa rājā śuddhodano
bodhisattvamevamāha śakyasi putra arjunena gaṇakamahāmātreṇa sārdhaṃ saṃkhyājñānakauśalyagaṇanāgatim anupraveṣṭuṃ tena hi gaṇyatām /
LalVis, 12, 59.2 athārjuno gaṇakamahāmātro
bodhisattvamevamāha jānīṣe tvaṃ kumāra koṭiśatottarāṃ nāma gaṇanāgatiṃ bodhisattva āha śakyāmi deva /
LalVis, 12, 59.2 athārjuno gaṇakamahāmātro bodhisattvamevamāha jānīṣe tvaṃ kumāra koṭiśatottarāṃ nāma gaṇanāgatiṃ bodhisattva
āha śakyāmi deva /
LalVis, 12, 59.4 āha kathaṃ punaḥ koṭiśatottarā gaṇanāgatiranupraveṣṭavyā bodhisattva āha śataṃ koṭīnāmayutaṃ nāmocyate /
LalVis, 12, 59.4 āha kathaṃ punaḥ koṭiśatottarā gaṇanāgatiranupraveṣṭavyā bodhisattva
āha śataṃ koṭīnāmayutaṃ nāmocyate /
LalVis, 12, 60.1 arjuno 'vocat kathaṃ kumāra paramāṇurajaḥpraveśagaṇanānupraveṣṭavyā bodhisattva
āha sapta paramāṇurajāṃsyaṇuḥ /
LalVis, 12, 73.1 tatra śākyā
āhur yuddheṣu tāvatkumāro viśeṣayitavyo jijñāsyaśca /
LalVis, 12, 81.13 tato bodhisattva
āha astīha deva nagare kiṃcidanyaddhanuryanmamāropaṇaṃ saheta kāyabalasthāmaṃ ca rājāhāsti putra /
LalVis, 12, 81.13 tato bodhisattva āha astīha deva nagare kiṃcidanyaddhanuryanmamāropaṇaṃ saheta kāyabalasthāmaṃ ca
rājāhāsti putra /
LalVis, 12, 81.14 kumāra
āha kva taddeva rājā āha tava putra pitāmahaḥ siṃhahanurnāmābhūt tasya yaddhanustadeva tarhi devakule gandhamālyairmahīyate /
LalVis, 12, 81.14 kumāra āha kva taddeva rājā
āha tava putra pitāmahaḥ siṃhahanurnāmābhūt tasya yaddhanustadeva tarhi devakule gandhamālyairmahīyate /
LalVis, 12, 84.6 gaganatalagatāśca devaputrā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ taṃ ca mahāntaṃ
janakāyamevamāhuḥ ko 'tra vismayo manujāḥ /
LalVis, 14, 5.3 tataḥ sārathī rājānaṃ śuddhodanam
upasaṃkramyaivamāha deva kumāra udyānabhūmimabhiniryāsyatīti //
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 1, 119.2 yasyemāṃ gāṃ vikramam ekam
āhus tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya saṃjaya /
MBh, 1, 32, 20.2 yathāha devo varadaḥ prajāpatir mahīpatir bhūtapatir jagatpatiḥ /
MBh, 1, 40, 6.2 nṛpaṃ yam
āhus tam amitraghātinaṃ kurupravīraṃ janamejayaṃ janāḥ //
MBh, 1, 51, 6.3 sa rājānaṃ prāha pṛṣṭastadānīṃ
yathāhur viprāstadvad etan nṛdeva //
MBh, 1, 84, 4.2 pratikūlaṃ karmaṇāṃ pāpam
āhus tad vartate 'pravaṇe pāpalokyam /
MBh, 1, 87, 4.1 yad vai nṛśaṃsaṃ tad apathyam
āhur yaḥ sevate dharmam anarthabuddhiḥ /
MBh, 1, 87, 17.2 na madvidho dharmabuddhiḥ prajānan kuryād evaṃ kṛpaṇaṃ māṃ
yathāttha /
MBh, 2, 52, 15.2 iṣṭo hi putrasya pitā sadaiva tad asmi kartā
vidurāttha māṃ yathā //
MBh, 2, 53, 5.1 akṣaglahaḥ so 'bhibhavet paraṃ nas tenaiva kālo bhavatīdam
āttha /
MBh, 2, 57, 3.2 bhartṛghnatvānna hi pāpīya
āhus tasmāt kṣattaḥ kiṃ na bibheṣi pāpāt //
MBh, 2, 63, 23.2 bhīṣmadroṇau gautamaścāpi vidvān svasti svastītyapi
caivāhur uccaiḥ //
MBh, 3, 5, 17.1 idaṃ tvidānīṃ kuta eva niścitaṃ teṣām arthe pāṇḍavānāṃ yad
āttha /
MBh, 3, 6, 20.2 sahāyānām eṣa saṃgrahaṇe 'bhyupāyaḥ sahāyāptau pṛthivīprāptim
āhuḥ //
MBh, 3, 35, 11.2 vasema
ityāha purā sa rājā madhye kurūṇāṃ sa mayoktastatheti //
MBh, 3, 35, 16.2 prāptaṃ tu kālaṃ tvabhipadya paścāt kiṃ mām idānīm ativelam
āttha //
MBh, 3, 133, 7.2 na bāla ityavamantavyam
āhur bālo 'pyagnir dahati spṛśyamānaḥ //
MBh, 3, 134, 9.3 adhvaryavastriṣavaṇāni tanvate trayo lokās trīṇi jyotīṃṣi
cāhuḥ //
MBh, 3, 254, 14.2 yasyottamaṃ rūpam
āhuḥ pṛthivyāṃ yaṃ pāṇḍavāḥ parirakṣanti sarve //
MBh, 3, 281, 23.2 vijñānato dharmam udāharanti tasmāt santo dharmam
āhuḥ pradhānam //
MBh, 3, 281, 24.2 mā vai dvitīyaṃ mā tṛtīyaṃ ca vāñche tasmāt santo dharmam
āhuḥ pradhānam //
MBh, 4, 11, 8.2 janastu mām
āha sa cāpi pāṇḍavo yudhiṣṭhiro granthikam eva nāmataḥ //
MBh, 5, 16, 32.1 tataḥ śakraṃ jvalano
'pyāha bhāgaṃ prayaccha mahyaṃ tava sāhyaṃ kariṣye /
MBh, 5, 16, 32.2 tam
āha śakro bhavitāgne tavāpi aindrāgno vai bhāga eko mahākratau //
MBh, 5, 22, 1.2 prāptān
āhuḥ saṃjaya pāṇḍuputrān upaplavye tān vijānīhi gatvā /
MBh, 5, 26, 28.1 adyāpi tat tatra tathaiva vartatāṃ śāntiṃ gamiṣyāmi yathā tvam
āttha /
MBh, 5, 28, 1.2 asaṃśayaṃ saṃjaya satyam etad dharmo varaḥ karmaṇāṃ yat tvam
āttha /
MBh, 5, 29, 4.3 yathākhyātam āvasataḥ kuṭumbaṃ purākalpāt sādhu vilopam
āttha //
MBh, 5, 29, 5.2 karmaṇāhuḥ siddhim eke paratra hitvā karma vidyayā siddhim eke /
MBh, 5, 33, 92.2 na mūrchitaḥ
kaṭukānyāha kiṃcit priyaṃ sadā taṃ kurute jano 'pi //
MBh, 5, 33, 93.2 na durgato 'smīti karoti manyuṃ tam āryaśīlaṃ param
āhur agryam //
MBh, 5, 35, 35.2 rājadviṣṭaṃ strīpumāṃsor vivādaṃ
varjyānyāhur yaśca panthāḥ praduṣṭaḥ //
MBh, 5, 36, 12.1 avyāhṛtaṃ vyāhṛtācchreya
āhuḥ satyaṃ vaded vyāhṛtaṃ tad dvitīyam /
MBh, 5, 38, 3.2 lobhād bhayād arthakārpaṇyato vā tasyānarthaṃ jīvitam
āhur āryāḥ //
MBh, 5, 42, 6.1 yamaṃ tveke mṛtyum ato 'nyam
āhur ātmāvasannam amṛtaṃ brahmacaryam /
MBh, 5, 42, 17.2 yān imān
āhuḥ svasya dharmasya lokān dvijātīnāṃ puṇyakṛtāṃ sanātanān /
MBh, 5, 47, 44.2 yathāvidhaṃ yogam
āhuḥ praśastaṃ sarvair guṇaiḥ sātyakistair upetaḥ //
MBh, 6, 4, 16.3 puṇyā gandhāścāhutīnāṃ pravānti jayasyaitad bhāvino rūpam
āhuḥ //
MBh, 6, 4, 17.2 viśuddharaśmistapanaḥ śaśī ca jayasyaitad bhāvino rūpam
āhuḥ //
MBh, 6, 76, 13.1 sarvāṇi sainyāni tataḥ prahṛṣṭo
nirgacchatetyāha nṛpāṃśca sarvān /
MBh, 8, 49, 89.1 tam
āha kṛṣṇaḥ kim idaṃ punar bhavān vikośam ākāśanibhaṃ karoty asim /
MBh, 8, 49, 98.1 ity evam uktvā punar
āha pārtho yudhiṣṭhiraṃ dharmabhṛtāṃ variṣṭham /
MBh, 8, 64, 29.2 yathā bhavān
āha sakhe tathaiva tan mamāpi ca jñāpayato vacaḥ śṛṇu //
MBh, 12, 26, 32.1 dīkṣāṃ yajñe pālanaṃ yuddham
āhur yogaṃ rāṣṭre daṇḍanītyā ca samyak /
MBh, 12, 63, 27.2 sarvatyāgo rājadharmeṣu rājaṃs tyāge
cāhur dharmam agryaṃ purāṇam //
MBh, 12, 65, 6.1 sarvodyogair āśramaṃ dharmam
āhuḥ kṣātraṃ jyeṣṭhaṃ sarvadharmopapannam /
MBh, 12, 65, 7.1 nirmaryāde nityam arthe vinaṣṭān
āhustān vai paśubhūtānmanuṣyān /
MBh, 12, 65, 8.2 etat karma
brāhmaṇasyāhur agryam anyat kurvañ śūdravacchastravadhyaḥ //
MBh, 12, 74, 19.3 vātotpātaiḥ sadṛśaṃ rudram
āhur dāvair jīmūtaiḥ sadṛśaṃ rūpam asya //
MBh, 12, 139, 85.3 tasmād abhakṣye bhakṣaṇād vā dvijendra doṣaṃ na paśyāmi yathedam
āttha //
MBh, 12, 194, 10.2 yad yat priyaṃ yasya sukhaṃ tad
āhus tad eva duḥkhaṃ pravadantyaniṣṭam /
MBh, 12, 212, 50.2 na khalu mama tuṣo 'pi dahyate 'tra svayam idam
āha kila sma bhūmipālaḥ //
MBh, 12, 288, 12.2 śreṣṭhaṃ hyetat kṣamam
apyāhur āryāḥ satyaṃ tathaivārjavam ānṛśaṃsyam //
MBh, 12, 306, 89.2 tasthau brahmā tasthivāṃścāparo yas tasmai nityaṃ mokṣam
āhur dvijendrāḥ //
MBh, 13, 48, 5.1 paraṃ śavād brāhmaṇasyaiṣa putraḥ śūdrāputraṃ pāraśavaṃ tam
āhuḥ /
MBh, 13, 69, 8.1 tathā bruvāṇaṃ tu tam
āha mādhavaḥ śubhaṃ tvayā karma kṛtaṃ na pāpakam /
MBh, 13, 70, 17.1 yamo 'bravīnmāṃ na mṛto 'si saumya yamaṃ
paśyetyāha tu tvāṃ tapasvī /
MBh, 13, 72, 28.2 etat tulyaṃ phalam
asyāhur agryaṃ sarve santastvṛṣayo ye ca siddhāḥ //
MBh, 13, 72, 37.2 goṣu kṣāntaṃ nātitīkṣṇaṃ śaraṇyaṃ vṛttiglānaṃ tādṛśaṃ pātram
āhuḥ //
MBh, 13, 96, 9.1 tān
āha sarvān ṛṣimukhyān agastyaḥ kenādattaṃ puṣkaraṃ me sujātam /
MBh, 14, 9, 4.2 maruttam
āhur maghavan yakṣyamāṇaṃ mahāyajñenottamadakṣiṇena /
MBh, 16, 5, 6.1 tato dṛṣṭvā nihataṃ babhrum
āha kṛṣṇo vākyaṃ bhrātaram agrajaṃ tu /
Manusmṛti
Rāmāyaṇa
Saṅghabhedavastu
SBhedaV, 1, 41.1 tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kiṃcid eva svādu subhojanaṃ bhuktvā tad eva purāṇam akṣarapadavyañjanam anusmaranta evam
āhur aho rasa aho rasa iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 52.1 tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kenacid eva duḥkhadaurmanasyena spṛṣṭāḥ tāny eva purāṇāny akṣarapadavyañjanāny anuvyavaharanta evam
āhur aho bata aho bateti //
SBhedaV, 1, 62.1 evaṃ
cāhur apaihi purastād apaihi purastād iti [... au1 letterausjhjh] evam eva te sattvā antarhitāyāṃ vanalatāyāṃ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante //
SBhedaV, 1, 74.1 adrākṣur anye 'pi sattvāḥ sattvaṃ sattve vipratipannaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ pāṃsum api kṣipanti loṣṭam api śarkarā api kapālāny apyevaṃ
cāhuḥ dhig grāmyasattva akāryakāraka dhig grāmyasattva akāryakāraka katham idānīṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva sattvaṃ dūṣayasīti //
SBhedaV, 1, 78.1 evaṃ
cāhuḥ dhig grāmyasattva dhig grāmyasattva akāryakāraka katham idānīṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva sattvaṃ dūṣayasīti iti hi gautamā yat pūrvam adharmasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi dharmasaṃmatam yat pūrvam avinayasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi vinayasaṃmatam yat pūrvaṃ garhyasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi praśasyasaṃmatam //
SBhedaV, 1, 127.0 evaṃ
cāhuḥ ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva asmān nigṛhītavyāṃś ca nigṛhāṇa pragṛhītavyāṃś ca pragṛhāṇa yaccāsmākaṃ kṣetrebhyaḥ sampatsyate tatas te vayaṃ dharmyāṃ kṣitim anupradāsyāma iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 204.1 yo yuṣmākaṃ mārṣā amṛtenārthī sa madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu ṣaṭsu mahānagareṣv iryatha śakrasya devendrasyaitad abhavat ayaṃ bodhisatvo bhagavān mahāmāyāyāḥ devyāḥ kukṣau pratisandhiṃ grahītukāmaḥ yannv aham asyā ojopasaṃhāraṃ kuryāṃ kukṣiṃ ca viśodhayeyam iti viditvā śakreṇa devānām indreṇa mahāmāyāyā devyāḥ ojopasaṃhāraṃ kṛtavān kukṣiṃ ca śodhitavān tatas tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvaḥ pañcāvalokitāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvya gajanidarśanena rātryā madhyame yāme mahāmāyāyā devyāḥ kukṣim avakrāntaḥ
āha ca /
Śira'upaniṣad
ŚiraUpan, 1, 36.7 kṣamāṃ hitvā hetujālasya mūlaṃ buddhyā saṃcitaṃ sthāpayitvā tu rudro rudram ekatvam
āhuḥ /
ŚiraUpan, 1, 45.4 ā saptamāt puruṣayugān punātīty
āha bhagavān atharvaśiraḥ sakṛj japtvaiva śuciḥ sa pūtaḥ karmaṇyo bhavati /
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
ŚvetU, 3, 19.2 sa vetti vedyaṃ na ca tasyāsti vettā tam
āhur agryaṃ puruṣaṃ mahāntam //
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Amaruśataka
AmaruŚ, 1, 67.2 sakhyaivaṃ pratibodhitā
prativacastāmāha bhītānanā nīcaiḥ śaṃsa hṛdi sthito nanu sa me prāṇeśvaraḥ śroṣyati //
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
ASaṃ, 1, 12, 1.0 athāto dvividhauṣadhavijñānīyamadhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāma iti ha
smāhurātreyādayo maharṣayaḥ //
ASaṃ, 1, 22, 1.0 athāto rogabhedīyamadhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāma iti ha
smāhurātreyādayo maharṣayaḥ //
Bodhicaryāvatāra
BoCA, 1, 34.2 kaluṣodayasaṃkhyayā sa kalpān narakeṣvāvasatīti nātha
āha //
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
BKŚS, 7, 56.2 yat tvām
āha mahārājaḥ sabhṛtyaṃ tan nibodhyatām //
BKŚS, 21, 5.1 tam uktvā yuktam
āttheti taṃ cāmantrya prasannakam /
Daśakumāracarita
DKCar, 2, 4, 42.0 aurasa ivāsminvatse vatsalatā iti mayā vijñāpitaḥ
satyamāha varākī iti tanmūlām atimahatīṃ kathāmakarot //
DKCar, 2, 4, 59.0 so 'tibhīto mām
abhipraṇamyāha ahameva mūḍho 'parāddhaḥ yastava duhitṛsaṃsargānugrāhiṇo grahagrasta ivotkrāntasīmā bhavadadhīnam ityavādīt //
DKCar, 2, 8, 27.0 tamanye
parivāryāhuḥ ekāmapi kākiṇīṃ kārṣāpaṇalakṣamāpādayema śastrādṛte sarvaśatrūn ghātayema ekaśarīriṇamapi martyaṃ cakravartinaṃ vidadhīmahi yadyasmaduddiṣṭena mārgeṇācaryate iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 102.0 api ca māmanarheṣu karmasu niyuṅkte madāsanamanyair avaṣṭabhyamānam anujānāti madvairiṣu viśrambhaṃ darśayati maduktasyottaraṃ na dadāti matsamānadoṣān vigarhati marmaṇi mām upahasati svamatamapi mayā varṇyamānaṃ pratikṣipati mahārhāṇi vastūni matprahitāni nābhinandati nayajñānāṃ skhalitāni matsamakṣaṃ mūrkhair udghoṣayati satyam
āha cāṇakyaḥ cittajñānānuvartino 'narthā api priyāḥ syuḥ //
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 168.0 upasaṃkramyaivamāha bhoḥ puruṣa asti atra nagare pānīyam sa tūṣṇīṃ vyavasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 177.0 sa
cāha ke yūyaṃ bhavantaḥ kena vā karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ ta ūcuḥ śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 206.0 sa
cāha ahaṃ pratyakṣadarśī kathaṃ nābhiśraddadhāsye śroṇa ahaṃ vāsavagrāmake aurabhrika āsīt //
Divyāv, 1, 250.0 sa tamupasaṃkramya pṛcchati ko bhavān kena karmaṇā ihopapannaḥ sa
evamāha śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyāḥ nābhiśraddadhāsyasi //
Divyāv, 1, 292.0 sa
āha ke yūyam kena vā karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ tayoktam śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyā iti nābhiśraddadhāsyasi //
Divyāv, 1, 362.0 sa
cāha bhadramukha sacennābhiśraddadhāsi tava pitrā agniṣṭomasyādhastāt suvarṇasya kalaśaḥ pūrayitvā sthāpitaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 483.0 bhagavānāha bhūtapūrvam yāvat kāśyapo nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddho bhagavāñ śāstā loka utpannaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 533.0 bhikṣava ūcuḥ kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā śroṇena koṭikarṇena karma kṛtam yasya karmaṇo vipākena dṛṣṭa eva dharme apāyā dṛṣṭā
bhagavānāha yadanena māturantike kharavākkarma niścāritam tasya karmaṇo vipākena dṛṣṭa eva dharme apāyā dṛṣṭā iti //
Divyāv, 2, 204.0 te pūrṇasya sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayanti tavāsti gośīrṣacandanam sa
āha asti //
Divyāv, 2, 511.0 evaṃ bhadanteti āyuṣmānānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya bhikṣūṇāmārocayati āyuṣmantaḥ
bhagavānevamāha kiṃ cāpi uktaṃ mayā praticchannakalyāṇairvo bhikṣavo vihartavyamiti pūrvavat yāvat gatvā bhoktavyamiti //
Divyāv, 2, 565.0 bhagavānāha kim te kathayanti bhagavan puṣpaphalasalilasampannam āśramapadaṃ vinaṣṭam yathāpaurāṇaṃ bhavatu //
Divyāv, 2, 672.0 tato bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā pūrṇena karma kṛtam yenāḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātaḥ kiṃ karma kṛtam yena dāsyāḥ kukṣau upapannaḥ pravrajya ca sarvakleśaprahāṇādarhattvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam
bhagavānāha pūrṇena bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni labdhasambhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavatpratyupasthitāni avaśyambhāvīni //
Divyāv, 3, 26.0 bhagavānāha api bhikṣavo vītarāgatvādapi paryupāsitapūrvatvāt //
Divyāv, 3, 129.0 ko bhadanta hetuḥ kaḥ pratyayo dvayo ratnayoryugapalloke prādurbhāvāya
bhagavānāha praṇidhānavaśāt //
Divyāv, 5, 20.0 bhagavānāha na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'dhvani anenāhamekayā gāthayā stutaḥ mayā ca pañcasu grāmavareṣu pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ //
Divyāv, 7, 83.0 bhagavānāha tasmādanujānāmi piṇḍopadhānaṃ dhārayitavyamiti //
Divyāv, 7, 121.0 bhagavānāha icchasi tvamānanda rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kauśalasyālavaṇikāṃ kulmāṣapiṇḍakām ārabhya karmaplotiṃ śrotum etasya bhagavan kālaḥ etasya sugata samayaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 93.0 bhagavānāha na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'pyadhvani mayā asyaiva caurasahasrasya sakāśādanekabhāṇḍasahasraḥ sārtho niṣkrītaḥ na ca śakitāḥ saṃtarpayitum //
Divyāv, 8, 173.0 atha sā devatā tasya mahātmana udārapuṇyamaheśākhyasya dṛḍhodārapratijñasyodāravīryaparākramatām anikṣiptotsāhatāṃ viditvā upasaṃkramya
evamāha mā tvaṃ sārthavāha khedamāpadyasva //
Divyāv, 8, 312.0 udyāne sthitvā anyatamaṃ puruṣamāmantrayate kaścidbhoḥ puruṣa asmin rohitake mahānagare magho nāma sārthavāhaḥ parivasati sa
evamāha asti bhoḥ puruṣa //
Divyāv, 8, 503.0 sa ca
bālāho'śvarājaścarannevamāha kaḥ pāragāmī kaḥ pāragāmī kaṃ pāraṃ nayāmi svastikṣemābhyāṃ jambudvīpamanuprāpayāmi tataḥ supriyo mahāsārthavāho yena bālāho 'śvarājastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 540.0 bhagavānāha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau supriyo nāma mahāsārthavāhaḥ ahameva tena kālena tena samayena bodhisattvacaryāyāṃ vartitavān //
Divyāv, 9, 89.0 gṛhapate
bhagavānevamāha tvāmevāhamuddiśyāgataḥ tvaṃ ca dvāraṃ baddhvā avasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 9, 100.0 sa dṛṣṭasatyaḥ kathayati bhagavan kimeṣo 'pi bhadraṃkaranagaranivāsī janakāya evaṃvidhānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ lābhīti
bhagavānāha gṛhapate tvāmāgamya bhūyasā sarva eva janakāyo lābhīti //
Divyāv, 9, 116.0 sa kathayati bhagavan kimakāle kalpate
bhagavānāha ghṛtaguḍaśarkarāpānakāni ceti //
Divyāv, 10, 1.1 bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ kiṃ bhadanta meṇḍhakena meṇḍhakapatnyā meṇḍhakaputreṇa meṇḍhakasnuṣayā meṇḍhakadāsena meṇḍhakadāsyā karma kṛtam yena ṣaḍabhijñātā mahāpuṇyāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ bhagavato 'ntike satyāni dṛṣṭāni bhagavāṃścaibhirārāgito na virāgita iti
bhagavānāha ebhireva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni labdhasambhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavatpratyupasthitānyavaśyambhāvīni //
Divyāv, 11, 88.1 athāyuṣmānānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha kiṃ bhadanta anena govṛṣeṇa karma kṛtam yena tiryagyonāvupapannaḥ kiṃ karma kṛtam yena divyamānuṣasukhamanubhūya pratyekāṃ bodhimadhigamiṣyati
bhagavānāha anenaiva ānanda govṛṣeṇa karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni labdhasambhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavatpratyupasthitānyavaśyambhāvīni //
Divyāv, 12, 130.1 raktākṣasya parivrājakasyaitat prakaraṇaṃ vistareṇārocayanti evaṃ
cāhur yatkhalu raktākṣa jānīyāḥ śramaṇo gautamo 'smābhirṛddhyā āhūtaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 136.1 upasaṃkramya nānātīrthikaśramaṇabrāhmaṇacarakaparivrājakānām etatprakaraṇaṃ vistareṇārocayati evaṃ
cāha yatkhalu bhavanto jānīran śramaṇo gautamo 'smābhirṛddhyā āhūtaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 144.1 upasaṃkramya teṣāmetatprakaraṇaṃ vistareṇārocayati evaṃ
cāha yatkhalu bhavanto jānīran śramaṇo gautama ṛddhyā āhūtaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 153.1 upasaṃkramya etatprakaraṇaṃ vistareṇārocayati evaṃ
cāha yatkhalu subhadra jānīyāḥ śramaṇo gautamo 'smābhir ṛddhyā āhūtaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 197.1 upasaṃkramya kālasya rājakumārasya hastapādān yathāsthāne sthāpayitvā
evamāha ye kecit sattvā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuṣpadā vā bahupadā vā yāvannaivasaṃjñino nāsaṃjñinaḥ tathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddhasteṣāṃ sattvānāmagra ākhyātaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 227.1 evaṃ ca vada rājā bhadanta prasenajit kauśala
evamāha ime bhadanta tīrthyā āgatā yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyate //
Divyāv, 12, 232.1 rājā bhadanta prasenajit kauśala
evamāha ime bhadanta tīrthyā āgatā yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate //
Divyāv, 12, 359.1 evamukte tīrthyā anyonyaṃ vighaṭṭayanta
evāhuḥ tvamuttiṣṭha tvamuttiṣṭheti //
Divyāv, 13, 27.1 naimittikā
vicāryaikamatenāhur gṛhapate ya eṣa tava patnyāḥ kukṣimavakrāntaḥ asyaiṣa prabhāvaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 108.1 sa muhūrtaṃ tūṣṇīṃ sthitvā aśruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ kathayati putra tau tava mātāpitarau kālagatau te jñātayaḥ sa
āha teṣāmapi kecit kālagatāḥ kecidihaiva tiṣṭhanto vācamapi na prayacchanti //
Divyāv, 13, 242.1 bhagavānāha na tvayā ānanda mamājñā pratismṛtā api tu svāgatasyaiva tāni karmāṇi labdhasambhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayānyoghavatpratyupasthitānyavaśyabhāvīni yena tava vismṛtam //
Divyāv, 13, 252.1 bhagavānāha gaccha ānanda gatvā kathaya yo bodhasya gṛhapateḥ śuśumāragirīyasya putraḥ svāgataḥ sa āgacchatu iti //
Divyāv, 13, 300.1 tatastaṃ
bhagavānāha vatsa kiṃ na pravrajasīti sa kathayati pravrajāmi bhagavanniti //
Divyāv, 13, 312.1 te 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivādayanti śramaṇo bhavanto gautama
evamāha sāmantaprāsādikaṃ me śāsanamiti //
Divyāv, 13, 356.1 bhagavānāha gaccha ānanda svāgataṃ bhikṣumevaṃ vada duṣṭanāgo 'sau kāyendriyaṃ te rakṣitavyamiti //
Divyāv, 13, 358.1 upasaṃkramyāyuṣmantaṃ svāgatamidamavocat āyuṣman svāgata
bhagavānevamāha duṣṭanāgo 'sau kāyendriyaṃ te rakṣitavyamiti //
Divyāv, 13, 407.1 bhagavānāha mamāntikāccharaṇaśikṣāpadāni gṛhāṇa śuśumāragirīyakānāṃ ca brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāmabhayamanuprayaccheti //
Divyāv, 13, 411.1 ekāntaniṣaṇṇāḥ śuśumāragirīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavantamidamavocan bhagavatā bhadanta aśvatīrthiko nāgo vinīto
bhagavānāha na mayā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'śvatīrthako nāgo vinītaḥ api tu svāgatena bhikṣuṇā //
Divyāv, 13, 479.0 bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ kiṃ bhadantāyuṣmatā svāgatena karma kṛtaṃ yenāḍhye kule mahādhane mahābhoge jātaḥ kiṃ karma kṛtaṃ yena kroḍamallako jāto durāgata iti ca saṃjñā saṃvṛttā kiṃ karma kṛtam yena bhagavataḥ śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇādarhattvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam tejodhātuṃ samāpadyamānānāṃ cāgratāyāṃ nirdiṣṭo
bhagavānāha svāgatenaiva bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni labdhasambhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavatpratyupasthitānyavaśyabhāvīni svāgatena karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 13, 500.1 bhagavānāha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau gṛhapatireva asau svāgato bhikṣustena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 14, 2.1 athānyatamaścyavanadharmā devaputraḥ pṛthivyāmāvartate saṃparivartyaivaṃ
cāha hā mandākini hā puṣkariṇi hā vāpi hā caitraratha hā pāruṣyaka hā nandanavana hā miśrakāvana hā pāriyātraka hā pāṇḍukambalaśilā hā devasabhā hā sudarśana iti karuṇakaruṇaṃ paridevate sma //
Divyāv, 14, 22.1 tamenamevaṃ vadāmi kasmāt tvaṃ mārṣa atyarthaṃ śocasi paridevase krandasi urasi tāḍayasi saṃmohamāpadyasa iti sa
evamāha eṣo 'haṃ kauśika divyaṃ sukhamapahāya itaḥ saptame divase rājagṛhe nagare sūkarikāyāḥ kukṣau upapatsyāmi //
Divyāv, 14, 25.1 sa
evamāha eṣo 'haṃ kauśika buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dvipadānāmagryam dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi virāgāṇāmagryam saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi gaṇānāmagryam //
Divyāv, 14, 27.1 kutrāsau bhadanta devaputra upapanno
bhagavānāha tuṣitā nāma kauśika devāḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhayaḥ //
Divyāv, 14, 32.1 atha bhagavāñ śakrasya devānāmindrasya
bhāṣitamanusaṃvarṇayannevamāha evametat kauśika evametat //
Divyāv, 16, 32.0 tayorbhadanta kā gatiḥ kopapattiḥ ko 'bhisamparāyo
bhagavānāha tau bhikṣavaḥ śukaśāvakau tasya śaraṇagamanasya vipākena ṣaṭtriṃśatkṛtvaścāturmahārājakāyikeṣu deveṣūpapatsyete ṣaṭtriṃśatkṛtvastrāyastriṃśeṣu yāmeṣu tuṣiteṣu nirmāṇaratiṣu paranirmitavaśavartiṣu deveṣūpapatsyete //
Divyāv, 17, 27.1 bhagavānevamāha na tāvat pāpīyan parinirvāsyāmi yāvanna me śrāvakāḥ paṇḍitā bhaviṣyanti vyaktā vinītā viśāradāḥ alamutpannotpannānāṃ parapravādināṃ sahadharmeṇa nigrahītāraḥ alaṃ svasya vādasya paryavadāpayitāro bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇya upāsakā upāsikāḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 126.1 sthavirānandaḥ kathayati na bhagavannameghenaiva varṣāsu pravṛṣṭo
bhagavānāha vaiśālīvananivāsinībhirdaivatairmama viyogādaśrupātaḥ kṛtaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 260.1 bhūyaḥ sa rājā divaukasam yakṣamāmantrayati asti divaukasa kiṃcidanyadvīpo nājñāpitam divaukasa
āha asti deva aparagodānīyaṃ nāma dvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 481.1 bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchanti kāni bhadanta karmāṇi kṛtāni rājñā mūrdhātena yeṣāṃ karmaṇāṃ vipākena sahacittotpādādeva saptāhamantaḥpure hiraṇyavarṣaṃ vṛṣṭaṃ
bhagavānāha //
Divyāv, 17, 497.1 bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchanti kīdṛśaṃ bhadanta rājñā mūrdhātena karma kṛtam yasya karmaṇo vipākena caturṣu dvīpeṣu rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritaṃ devāṃstrāyastriṃśānadhirūḍho
bhagavānāha //
Divyāv, 17, 508.1 bhagavānāha yo 'sāvotkariko vaṇik ahameva tena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 18, 85.1 bhagavānāha yena mayendrāya balabodhyaṅgaratnānyadhigatāni kiṃ tathāgatasya bhūyaḥ prākṛtaratnaiḥ karaṇīyaṃ yadi cecchata asmacchāsane vatsāḥ pravrajitum āgacchatha //
Divyāv, 18, 90.1 yato bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchanti kīdṛśāni karmāṇi bhagavan ebhirvaṇigbhiḥ kṛtānyupacitāni yeṣāṃ karmaṇāṃ vipākena bhagavānārāgito na virāgito
bhagavānāha //
Divyāv, 18, 95.1 bhagavānāha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yāni tāni pañcabhikṣuśatānyatīte 'dhvanyāsan kāśyapasya samyaksambuddhasya śāsane pravrajitāni etāvantyetāni pañcabhikṣuśatāni //
Divyāv, 18, 228.1 yato
bhagavānāha gṛhāṇa madīyaṃ cīvarakarṇikam paścāt te 'haṃ mahāsamudraṃ darśayāmi //
Divyāv, 18, 264.1 ekāntaniṣaṇṇo bhagavatā abhihitaś cirasya dharmaruce
dharmarucirāha cirasya bhagavan //
Divyāv, 18, 265.1 bhagavānāha sucirasya dharmaruce dharmarucirāha sucirasya bhagavan //
Divyāv, 18, 265.1 bhagavānāha sucirasya dharmaruce
dharmarucirāha sucirasya bhagavan //
Divyāv, 18, 266.1 bhagavānāha suciracirasya dharmaruce dharmarucirāha suciracirasya bhagavan //
Divyāv, 18, 266.1 bhagavānāha suciracirasya dharmaruce
dharmarucirāha suciracirasya bhagavan //
Divyāv, 18, 346.1 yataḥ
sahasrayodhyāha tvayā punarmahāśreṣṭhin katamasyāṃ bodhau praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tena mahāśreṣṭhinoktam anuttarasyāṃ bodhau cittamutpāditam //
Divyāv, 18, 347.1 sahasrayodhyāha yadi tvayā anuttarasyāṃ bodhau cittamutpāditam ahaṃ tavaiva śrāvakaḥ syām //
Divyāv, 18, 353.1 bhagavānāha yo 'sau atīte 'dhvani śreṣṭhī abhūt ahameva sa tasmin samaye bodhisattvacaryāṃ vartāmi //
Divyāv, 18, 381.1 yataḥ sā kanyā sumatiṃ māṇavaṃ prāsādikamabhirūpaṃ dṛṣṭvā lubdhā snehotpannā taṃ sumatiṃ
māṇavamevamāha pratigṛhṇa māṃ brāhmaṇa //
Divyāv, 18, 393.1 sumatistasya ṛṣeḥ pratisaṃmodanaṃ kṛtvā
svapnānākhyāyāha kuruṣva me eṣāṃ svapnānāṃ nirṇayam //
Divyāv, 18, 403.1 mālākāra
āha adya rājñā sarvapuṣpāṇi gṛhītāni dīpaṃkaranagarapraveśasyārthe //
Divyāv, 18, 414.1 mālākāraḥ kathayati kathametāni praveśakāni bhaviṣyantyasaṃviditaṃ rājakulasya
dārikāhoddharatu bhavān //
Divyāv, 18, 429.1 evamuktvā taṃ sumatiṃ māṇavamuvāca kimebhiḥ kariṣyasi
sumatirāha buddhaṃ bhagavantamarcayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 18, 431.1 sumatirāha vayaṃ dānābhiratāḥ svagarbharūpaparityāgaṃ svamāṃsaparityāgaṃ ca kurmaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 495.1 bhagavānāha yo 'sau vāsavo rājābhūt tena kālena tena samayena sa rājā bimbisāraḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 508.1 sa ca gṛhapatistāṃ
patnīmevamāha jāto 'smākam ṛṇadharo dhanaharaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 517.1 tasyāḥ sā vṛddhā kathayati kena kāryeṇaiva mamānupradānādinā upakrameṇānupravṛttiṃ karoṣi sā tasyā vṛddhāyā viśvastā bhūtvā
evamāha amba śṛṇu vijñāpyam //
Divyāv, 18, 583.1 yadā tena dārakeṇa saṃlakṣitaṃ sarvatra ahamanena pitrā pratisaṃvedita iti tatastaṃ
pitaramāha tāta ambayā maṇḍilakāḥ praheṇakamanupreṣitam //
Divyāv, 18, 644.1 yato
bhagavānāha kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau atīte 'dhvani bhikṣus tripiṭa āsa ahameva sa tena kālena tena samayena //
Divyāv, 19, 13.1 bhagavānāha gṛhapate putraṃ janayiṣyati kulamuddyotayiṣyati divyamānuṣīṃ śriyaṃ pratyanubhaviṣyati mama śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇādarhattvaṃ sākṣātkariṣyati //
Divyāv, 19, 147.1 tataḥ samantato nirīkṣya kathayati bhagavan kiṃ bhavatu asya dārakasya nāmeti bhagavān
āha mahārāja yasmādayaṃ dārako jyotirmadhyāllabdhastasmādbhavati dārakasya jyotiṣka iti nāmeti //
Divyāv, 19, 248.1 bhagavānāha na bhikṣuṇā āgārikasya purastāt ṛddhirvidarśayitavyā //
Divyāv, 19, 449.1 bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā jyotiṣkeṇa karma kṛtam yena citāmāropitaḥ divyamānuṣī śrīḥ prādurbhūtā bhagavataḥ śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇādarhattvaṃ sākṣātkṛtamiti
bhagavānāha jyotiṣkeṇaiva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni labdhasaṃhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayānyoghavatpratyupasthitānyavaśyambhāvīni //
Divyāv, 20, 67.1 dvitīyo mahāmātra
evamāha naiṣa grāmaṇyo lohitapakṣaḥ śakuntaḥ rākṣasa eva ojohāra ihāgacchati //
Divyāv, 20, 75.1 aśrūṇi
pravartayannevamāha aho me dāridryam aho dāridryaṃ yatra hi nāma jambudvīpaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayitvā ekasyāpi ṛṣerasamarthaḥ piṇḍapātaṃ pratipādayitum //
Divyāv, 20, 79.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇaḥ koṣṭhāgārikaṃ puruṣamāmantrayate asti bhoḥ puruṣa mama niveśane kiṃcidbhaktaṃ yadahamasya ṛṣeḥ pradāsyāmi sa
evamāha yat khalu deva jānīyāḥ sarvajambudvīpādannādyaṃ parikṣīṇam anyatra devasyaikā mānikā bhaktasyāvaśiṣṭā //
Divyāv, 20, 92.1 ta
evamāhur yadā devasya śrīsaubhāgyasampadāsīt tadā vayaṃ devena sārdhaṃ krīḍatā ramatā kathaṃ punarvayamidānīṃ devaṃ paścime kāle paścime samaye parityakṣyāma iti //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 3, 20.1 anyonyam ūcus te sarve samyag
āha mahān ṛṣiḥ /
HV, 10, 57.2 ekaṃ vaṃśadharaṃ tv ekā tathety
āha tato muniḥ //
HV, 20, 40.2 pṛcchyamānā yadā devair
nāha sā sādhv asādhu vā /
Harṣacarita
Harṣacarita, 1, 56.1 etāni tānyātmapramādaskhalitavailakṣyāṇi yairyāpyatāṃ yātyavidagdho jana ityuktvā
punarāha vatse sarasvati viṣādaṃ mā gāḥ //
Harṣacarita, 2, 24.1 mekhalakas tv avādīd
evamāha medhāvinaṃ svāmī jānāty eva mānyo yathaikagotratā vā samānajñānatā vā samānajātitā vā sahasaṃvardhanaṃ vā ekadeśanivāso vā darśanābhyāso vā parasparānurāga śravaṇaṃ vā parokṣopakārakaraṇaṃ vā samānaśīlatā vā snehasya hetavaḥ //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 6, 35.1 uru sattvam
āha vipariśramatā paramaṃ vapuḥ prathayatīva jayam /
Kir, 13, 12.2 niyamena mayā nibarhaṇīyaḥ paramaṃ lābham arātibhaṅgam
āhuḥ //
Kir, 14, 18.1 yad
āttha kāmaṃ bhavatā sa yācyatām iti kṣamaṃ naitad analpacetasām /
Kumārasaṃbhava
KumSaṃ, 5, 65.1 athāha varṇī vidito maheśvaras tadarthinī tvaṃ punar eva vartase /
KumSaṃ, 5, 75.1 uvāca cainaṃ paramārthato haraṃ na vetsi nūnaṃ yata evam
āttha mām /
KumSaṃ, 7, 47.1 tasmai jayāśīḥ sasṛje purastāt saptarṣibhis tān smitapūrvam
āha /
KumSaṃ, 8, 50.2 pārvatīm avacanām asūyayā pratyupetya punar
āha sasmitam //
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
KāvĀ, 1, 32.2 apabhraṃśaś ca miśraṃ cety
āhur āryāś caturvidham //
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kāśikāvṛtti
Kūrmapurāṇa
KūPur, 1, 24, 63.1 sāṃkhyāstvāṃ
viguṇamathāhurekarūpaṃ yogāstvāṃ satatamupāsate hṛdistham /
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 1, 44.33 teṣāṃ kautūhalavinivṛttyarthaṃ bhagavantaṃ paripṛcchati sma kaḥ khalvatra hetuḥ kaḥ pratyayaḥ smitasya pravṛttaye
bhagavānāha sādhu sādhu mahāmate sādhu khalu punastvaṃ mahāmate lokasvabhāvamavalokya kudṛṣṭipatitānāṃ ca lokānāṃ traikālyacittāvabodhāya mā praṣṭumārabdhaḥ /
LAS, 1, 44.60 rākṣasendra
āha kirīṭāṅgadahāravajrasūtrāvabaddhābharaṇatanuśobhāśobhita dharmā eva prahātavyāḥ prāgevādharmāḥ /
LAS, 1, 44.62 tatkathaṃ teṣāṃ prahāṇam evaṃbhāvinām
bhagavānāha nanu laṅkādhipate dṛṣṭo ghaṭādīnāṃ bhedanātmakānāṃ vināśadharmiṇāṃ bālavikalpagocaraiḥ prativibhāgaḥ /
LAS, 2, 99.1 atha khalu mahāmatir bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhagavantametadavocatkatamadbhagavan aṣṭottarapadaśatam
bhagavānāha utpādapadam anutpādapadam nityapadamanityapadam lakṣaṇapadam alakṣaṇapadam sthityanyathātvapadam asthityanyathātvapadaṃ kṣaṇikapadam akṣaṇikapadaṃ svabhāvapadam asvabhāvapadam śūnyatāpadam aśūnyatāpadam ucchedapadam anucchedapadaṃ cittapadam acittapadam madhyamapadam amadhyamapadaṃ śāśvatapadam aśāśvatapadam pratyayapadam apratyayapadam hetupadamahetupadam kleśapadam akleśapadam tṛṣṇāpadam atṛṣṇāpadam upāyapadam anupāyapadam kauśalyapadam akauśalyapadam śuddhipadam aśuddhipadam yuktipadam ayuktipadam dṛṣṭāntapadam adṛṣṭāntapadam śiṣyapadam aśiṣyapadam gurupadam agurupadam gotrapadam agotrapadam yānatrayapadam ayānatrayapadam nirābhāsapadam anirābhāsapadam praṇidhānapadam apraṇidhānapadam trimaṇḍalapadam atrimaṇḍalapadam nimittapadam animittapadam sadasatpakṣapadam asadasatpakṣapadam ubhayapadam anubhayapadam svapratyātmāryajñānapadam asvapratyātmāryajñānapadam dṛṣṭadharmasukhapadam adṛṣṭadharmasukhapadam kṣetrapadam akṣetrapadam aṇupadam anaṇupadam jalapadam ajalapadam dhanvapadam adhanvapadam bhūtapadam abhūtapadam saṃkhyāgaṇitapadam asaṃkhyāgaṇitapadam abhijñāpadam anabhijñāpadam khedapadam akhedapadam ghanapadam aghanapadam śilpakalāvidyāpadam aśilpakalāvidyāpadam vāyupadam avāyupadam bhūmipadam abhūmipadam cintyapadam acintyapadam prajñaptipadam aprajñaptipadam svabhāvapadam asvabhāvapadam skandhapadam askandhapadam sattvapadam asattvapadam buddhipadam abuddhipadam nirvāṇapadam anirvāṇapadam jñeyapadamajñeyapadam tīrthyapadam atīrthyapadam ḍamarapadam aḍamarapadam māyāpadam amāyāpadam svapnapadamasvapnapadam marīcipadam amarīcipadam bimbapadam abimbapadam cakrapadam acakrapadam gandharvapadam agandharvapadam devapadamadevapadam annapānapadamanannapānapadam maithunapadam amaithunapadam dṛṣṭapadam adṛṣṭapadam pāramitāpadam apāramitāpadam śīlapadam aśīlapadam somabhāskaranakṣatrapadam asomabhāskaranakṣatrapadam satyapadamasatyapadam phalapadam aphalapadam nirodhapadam anirodhapadam nirodhavyutthānapadam anirodhavyutthānapadam cikitsāpadam acikitsāpadam lakṣaṇapadam alakṣaṇapadam aṅgapadam anaṅgapadam kalāvidyāpadam akalāvidyāpadam dhyānapadamadhyānapadam bhrāntipadam abhrāntipadam dṛśyapadam adṛśyapadam rakṣyapadam arakṣyapadam vaṃśapadam avaṃśapadam ṛṣipadam anarṣipadam rājyapadam arājyapadam grahaṇapadam agrahaṇapadam ratnapadam aratnapadam vyākaraṇapadam avyākaraṇapadam icchantikapadam anicchantikapadam strīpuṃnapuṃsakapadam astrīpuṃnapuṃsakapadam rasapadamarasapadam kriyāpadam akriyāpadam dehapadamadehapadam tarkapadam atarkapadam calapadam acalapadam indriyapadam anindriyapadam saṃskṛtapadam asaṃskṛtapadam hetuphalapadamahetuphalapadam kaniṣṭhapadamakaniṣṭhapadam ṛtupadam anṛtupadam drumagulmalatāvitānapadam adrumagulmalatāvitānapadam vaicitryapadam avaicitryapadaṃ deśanāvatārapadam adeśanāvatārapadam vinayapadam avinayapadaṃ bhikṣupadam abhikṣupadam adhiṣṭhānapadam anādhadhiṣṭhānapadam akṣarapadam anakṣarapadam /
LAS, 2, 100.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi bhagavantametadavocat katividho bhagavan vijñānānāmutpādasthitinirodho bhavati
bhagavānāha dvividho mahāmate vijñānānām utpattisthitinirodho bhavati na ca tārkikā avabudhyante yaduta prabandhanirodho lakṣaṇanirodhaśca /
LAS, 2, 101.39 tasmāttarhi mahāmate bodhisattvena mahāsattvena svasiddhāntakuśalena punarapi
mahāmatirāha deśayatu me bhagavān cittamanomanovijñānapañcadharmasvabhāvalakṣaṇakusumadharmaparyāyaṃ buddhabodhisattvānuyātaṃ svacittadṛśyagocaravisaṃyojanaṃ sarvabhāṣyayuktitattvalakṣaṇavidāraṇaṃ sarvabuddhapravacanahṛdayaṃ laṅkāpurigirimalaye nivāsino bodhisattvān ārabhyodadhitaraṃgālayavijñānagocaraṃ dharmakāyaṃ tathāgatānugītaṃ prabhāṣasva /
LAS, 2, 126.10 bhagavānāha iha mahāmate eke tīrthyātīrthyadṛṣṭayo nāstitvābhiniviṣṭā vikalpabuddhihetukṣayasvabhāvābhāvānnāsti śaśasya viṣāṇaṃ vikalpayanti /
LAS, 2, 126.19 bhagavānāha na hi mahāmate vikalpāpravṛttyapekṣaṃ tasya nāstitvam /
LAS, 2, 132.1 atha khalu mahāmatirbodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ punarapi svacittadṛśyadhārāviśuddhyarthaṃ bhagavantam adhyeṣate sma kathaṃ bhagavansvacittadṛśyadhārā viśudhyati yugapatkramavṛttyā vā
bhagavānāha kramavṛttyā mahāmate svacittadṛśyadhārā viśudhyati na yugapat /
LAS, 2, 132.34 nanu bhagavaṃstīrthakarā api nityācintyavādinaḥ kāraṇānām
bhagavānāha na mahāmate tīrthakarāṇāṃ kāraṇasya nityācintyatāṃ prāpnoti /
LAS, 2, 136.5 punarapi
mahāmatirāha katamo'tra bhagavan atyantato na parinirvāti bhagavānāha bodhisattvecchantiko'tra mahāmate ādiparinirvṛtān sarvadharmān viditvā atyantato na parinirvāti /
LAS, 2, 136.5 punarapi mahāmatirāha katamo'tra bhagavan atyantato na parinirvāti
bhagavānāha bodhisattvecchantiko'tra mahāmate ādiparinirvṛtān sarvadharmān viditvā atyantato na parinirvāti /
LAS, 2, 141.10 bhagavānāha na hi mahāmate tīrthakarātmavādatulyo mama tathāgatagarbhopadeśaḥ /
LAS, 2, 143.2 bhagavānāha caturbhirmahāmate dharmaiḥ samanvāgatā bodhisattvā mahāyogayogino bhavanti /
LAS, 2, 143.10 mahāmatirāha manomayakāya iti bhagavan kena kāraṇena bhagavānāha manomaya iti mahāmate manovad apratihataśīghragāmitvān manomaya ityucyate /
LAS, 2, 143.10 mahāmatirāha manomayakāya iti bhagavan kena kāraṇena
bhagavānāha manomaya iti mahāmate manovad apratihataśīghragāmitvān manomaya ityucyate /
LAS, 2, 143.18 bhagavānāha dviprakāraṃ mahāmate pratītyasamutpādahetulakṣaṇaṃ sarvadharmāṇāṃ yaduta bāhyaṃ ca ādhyātmikaṃ ca /
LAS, 2, 148.2 bhagavānāha tena hi mahāmate śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuru /
LAS, 2, 148.13 kutra kasmāt kathaṃ kena bhagavan nṛṇāṃ vāgvijñaptivikalpaḥ pravartate
bhagavānāha śira uronāsākaṇṭhatālvoṣṭhajihvādantasamavāyān mahāmate vāk pravartamānā pravartate /
LAS, 2, 148.14 mahāmatirāha kiṃ punarbhagavan vāg vikalpādanyā uta ananyā bhagavānāha na hi mahāmate vāg vikalpādanyā nānanyā /
LAS, 2, 148.14 mahāmatirāha kiṃ punarbhagavan vāg vikalpādanyā uta ananyā
bhagavānāha na hi mahāmate vāg vikalpādanyā nānanyā /
LAS, 2, 148.20 punarapi
mahāmatirāha kiṃ punarbhagavan vacanameva paramārthaḥ uta yadvacanenābhilapyate sa paramārthaḥ bhagavānāha na mahāmate vacanaṃ paramārthaḥ na ca yadvacanenābhilapyate sa paramārthaḥ /
LAS, 2, 148.20 punarapi mahāmatirāha kiṃ punarbhagavan vacanameva paramārthaḥ uta yadvacanenābhilapyate sa paramārthaḥ
bhagavānāha na mahāmate vacanaṃ paramārthaḥ na ca yadvacanenābhilapyate sa paramārthaḥ /
LAS, 2, 152.3 bhagavānāha sādhu sādhu mahāmate sādhu khalu punastvaṃ mahāmate yattvametamartham adhyeṣitavyaṃ manyase /
LAS, 2, 153.11 tatkiṃ manyase mahāmate api nu sa puruṣaḥ paṇḍitajātīyo bhavet yastadabhūtaṃ svapnavaicitryam anusmaret
āha no hīdaṃ bhagavan /
LAS, 2, 153.12 bhagavānāha evameva mahāmate bālapṛthagjanāḥ kudṛṣṭidaṣṭāstīrthyamatayaḥ svapnatulyātsvacittadṛśyabhāvānna prativijānante ekatvānyatvanāstyastitvadṛṣṭiṃ samāśrayante /
LAS, 2, 170.2 kasyaitadbhagavannadhivacanaṃ yaduta nirvāṇamiti
bhagavānāha sarvavijñānasvabhāvavāsanālayamanomanovijñānadṛṣṭivāsanāparāvṛttir nirvāṇamityucyate sarvabuddhair mayā ca nirvāṇagatisvabhāvaśūnyatāvastugocaram /
LAS, 2, 171.1 punaraparaṃ
mahāmatirāha kiṃ punarbhagavaṃstathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ samādhisamāpattyavasthānakāle viśeṣabhūmau ca abhiṣekādhiṣṭhānaṃ prakurvanti bhagavānāha mārakarmakleśaviyuktārthaṃ śrāvakadhyānabhūmyaprapatanatayā ca tathāgatabhūmipratyātmādhigamanatayā ca prāptadharmādhigamavivṛddhaye ca /
LAS, 2, 171.1 punaraparaṃ mahāmatirāha kiṃ punarbhagavaṃstathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ samādhisamāpattyavasthānakāle viśeṣabhūmau ca abhiṣekādhiṣṭhānaṃ prakurvanti
bhagavānāha mārakarmakleśaviyuktārthaṃ śrāvakadhyānabhūmyaprapatanatayā ca tathāgatabhūmipratyātmādhigamanatayā ca prāptadharmādhigamavivṛddhaye ca /
LAS, 2, 173.13 bhagavānāha na mahāmate mamāhetukakāraṇavādo hetupratyayasaṃkaraśca prasajyate asmin satīdaṃ bruvataḥ grāhyagrāhakābhāvāt svacittadṛśyamātrāvabodhāt /
LAS, 2, 174.1 punaraparaṃ
mahāmatirāha nanu bhagavan abhilāpasadbhāvātsanti sarvabhāvāḥ /
LAS, 2, 174.5 bhagavānāha asatāmapi mahāmate bhāvānāmabhilāpaḥ kriyate /
Liṅgapurāṇa
LiPur, 1, 93, 8.1 tataste samastāḥ surendrāḥ sasādhyāḥ sureśaṃ maheśaṃ
puretyāhurevam /
LiPur, 1, 97, 17.2 dakṣāndhakāntakapuratrayayajñahartā lokatrayāntakakaraḥ
prahasaṃtadāha //
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 31, 16.3 prāṇātyaye sarvadhanāpahāre
pañcānṛtānyāhur apātakāni //
MPur, 38, 4.2 pratikūlaṃ karmaṇāṃ
pāpamāhustadvartināṃ pravaṇaṃ pāpalokam /
MPur, 41, 4.1 yadvai nṛśaṃsaṃ
tadapathyamāhuryaḥ sevate dharmamanarthabuddhiḥ /
MPur, 41, 17.2 na madvidho dharmabuddhirhi rājā hy evaṃ kuryātkṛpaṇaṃ māṃ
yathāttha //
MPur, 154, 563.0 so'pi nirvartya sarvān gaṇān
sasmayamāha bālatvalīlārasāviṣṭadhīḥ //
MPur, 163, 99.2 paraṃ ca dharmaṃ paramaṃ ca viśvaṃ
tvāmāhuragryaṃ puruṣaṃ purāṇam //
MPur, 163, 100.2 paraṃ rahasyaṃ paramāṃ gatiṃ ca
tvāmāhuragryaṃ puruṣaṃ purāṇam //
MPur, 163, 101.2 paraṃ parasyāpi paraṃ ca bhūtaṃ
tvāmāhuragryaṃ puruṣaṃ purāṇam //
MPur, 163, 102.2 paraṃ parasyāpi paraṃ
mahadyattvāmāhuragryaṃ puruṣaṃ purāṇam //
MPur, 163, 103.2 paraṃ parasyāpi paraṃ ca dāntaṃ
tvāmāhuragryaṃ puruṣaṃ purāṇam //
Meghadūta
Megh, Uttarameghaḥ, 43.2 so 'tikrāntaḥ śravaṇaviṣayaṃ locanābhyām adṛṣṭas tvām utkaṇṭhāviracitapadaṃ manmukhenedam
āha //
Megh, Uttarameghaḥ, 52.1 bhūyaścāha tvam api śayane kaṇṭhalagnā purā me nidrāṃ gatvā kimapi rudatī sasvaraṃ viprabuddhā /
Megh, Uttarameghaḥ, 53.2 snehān
āhuḥ kimapi virahe dhvaṃsinas te tv abhogād iṣṭe vastuny upacitarasāḥ premarāśībhavanti //
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 11, 2.1 āha tasminn āyatane prativasatā kim ā dehapātād anirgacchataiva stheyaṃ dhyānaikaniṣṭhena śilāvad āhosvid dṛṣṭo 'syāyatanān nirgamaḥ bhasmabhaikṣyodakārjanādinimittaṃ grāmādipraveśo vā /
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 30, 10.0 āha kim āveśanamātra eva śakto yakṣarakṣaḥpiśācādivad uta prāṇair api viprayogaṃ yātanābhiś ca saṃyogaṃ kartuṃ śakto bhavatīti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 32, 10.0 āha kim asya siddhasyaitadaiśvaryaṃ nityam āhosvit pārthivāpyataijasavāyavyavyomamānasāhaṃkārikamahadātmakādivad anityam iti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 5, 27.0 āha vṛttyasaṃkaragrahaṇe dṛṣṭāntābhāvād ayuktam taducyate haridrodakavad vyāpyaṃ vyāpakaṃ ca tadyathā haridrodake snigdhatvaśaityādidharmair apāṃ grahaṇaṃ gandhavarṇaghanakṣāratvādibhir haridrāyāḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 3, 6, 9.0 āha kimavamānaḥ paribhavaśca kāyikaṃ mānasaṃ sādhanadvayamevāsya pāpakṣayaśuddhihetuḥ āhosvid vācikamapyasti neti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 4, 8, 15.0 āha vratādīni gopayitvā samyaksādhanaprayoge utsṛṣṭopayoge ca tataḥ ko guṇaḥ yaṃ guṇaṃ jñātvā avyaktapretonmattādyā vādā niṣpādyā iti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 19, 9.0 yasmādāha gomṛgayor akuśaladharmapratiṣedhaṃ kuśaladharme ca niyogaṃ siddhaśaktipraśaṃsayā asiddhaśaktipratiṣedhaṃ ca vakṣyāmaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 28, 13.0 āha śūnyāgāraguhāyāṃ yadā jitānīndriyāṇi devanityatā ca prāptā bhavati tadā kiṃ tadeva bhaikṣyaṃ vṛttimāsthāya tatraivānena duḥkhāntaprāpteḥ stheyam //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 44, 1.0 atra yeṣāṃ sādhikāratvād anatiprasannas teṣāmaśivatvaṃ dṛṣṭvā duḥkhāntaṃ gateṣu ca śivatvaṃ dṛṣṭvā
āha śivo me astu iti //
Ratnaṭīkā
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 5.1, 15.0 jayacchedāvasthayor apy avyaktāvasthātvaprasaṅga iti cen nānayor gopananiyamānabhyupagamān niṣṭhāvasthām anabhyupagamya siddhāvasthāṃ pañcamīm
āhuḥ //
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 7.2, 45.0 tatra dīrghocchvāsatrayaṃ yāvaddhasitaṃ daṇḍakatrirāvartanaṃ yāvadgītanṛtye gambhīrahuḍukkāratrayaṃ ṣaṣṭi namaskārān pañcapavitrāṇāṃ trir āvartanaṃ
kuryādityāha bhagavānācāryaḥ svāmī mama yenāhamajñānārṇavāduttāritaḥ //
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 12, 7.1 tatra
dvividhamagnikarmāhureke tvagdagdhaṃ māṃsadagdhaṃ ca iha tu sirāsnāyusaṃdhyasthiṣvapi na pratiṣiddho 'gniḥ //
Su, Sū., 21, 3.2 tair evāvyāpannair adhomadhyordhvasaṃniviṣṭaiḥ śarīramidaṃ dhāryate 'gāram iva sthūṇābhis tisṛbhir ataś ca
tristhūṇamāhureke /
Su, Sū., 36, 5.1 atra
kecidāhurācāryāḥ prāvṛḍvarṣāśaraddhemantavasantagrīṣmeṣu yathāsaṃkhyaṃ mūlapatratvakkṣīrasāraphalāny ādadīteti tattu na samyak saumyāgneyatvājjagataḥ /
Su, Sū., 40, 4.1 netyāhuranye rasāstu pradhānaṃ kasmāt āgamāt āgamo hi śāstram ucyate śāstre hi rasā adhikṛtāḥ yathā rasāyatta āhāra iti tasmiṃś ca prāṇāḥ upadeśāc ca upadiśyante hi rasāḥ yathā madhurāmlalavaṇā vātaṃ śamayanti anumānācca rasena hyanumīyate dravyaṃ yathā madhuramiti ṛṣivacanācca ṛṣivacanaṃ vedo yathā kiṃcidijyārthaṃ madhuramāharediti tasmād rasāḥ pradhānaṃ raseṣu guṇasaṃjñā /
Su, Sū., 40, 5.5 kecidaṣṭavidhamāhuḥ śītamuṣṇaṃ snigdhaṃ rūkṣaṃ viśadaṃ picchilaṃ mṛdu tīkṣṇaṃ ceti /
Su, Sū., 40, 10.6 madhuro madhurasyāmlo 'mlasyaivaṃ sarveṣāmiti
kecidāhuḥ dṛṣṭāntaṃ copadiśanti yathā tāvat kṣīram ukhāgataṃ pacyamānaṃ madhuram eva syāttathā śāliyavamudgādayaḥ prakīrṇāḥ svabhāvamuttarakāle 'pi na parityajanti tadvaditi /
Su, Sū., 42, 7.1 kecidāhuragnīṣomīyatvājjagato rasā dvividhāḥ saumyā āgneyāś ca /
Su, Nid., 2, 5.1 tatra sthūlāntrapratibaddham ardhapañcāṅgulaṃ
gudamāhus tasmin valayastisro 'dhyardhāṅgulāntarasambhūtāḥ pravāhaṇī visarjanī saṃvaraṇī ceti caturaṅgulāyatāḥ sarvāstiryagekāṅgulocchritāḥ //
Su, Nid., 10, 3.2 kurvanti vistṛtamanunnatam āśu śophaṃ taṃ sarvato visaraṇācca
visarpamāhuḥ //
Su, Śār., 3, 32.1 garbhasya khalu sambhavataḥ pūrvaṃ śiraḥ
sambhavatītyāha śaunakaḥ śiromūlatvāt pradhānendriyāṇāṃ hṛdayamiti kṛtavīryo buddhermanasaś ca sthānatvāt nābhir iti pārāśaryas tato hi vardhate deho dehinaḥ pāṇipādamiti mārkaṇḍeyas tanmūlatvācceṣṭāyā garbhasya madhyaśarīramiti subhūtir gautamas tannibaddhatvāt sarvagātrasambhavasya tattu na samyak sarvāṇyaṅgapratyaṅgāni yugapat sambhavantītyāha dhanvantarir garbhasya sūkṣmatvānnopalabhyante vaṃśāṅkuravac cūtaphalavacca tadyathā cūtaphale paripakve kesaramāṃsāsthimajjānaḥ pṛthak pṛthag dṛśyante kālaprakarṣāt tānyeva taruṇe nopalabhyante sūkṣmatvāt teṣāṃ sūkṣmāṇāṃ kesarādīnāṃ kālaḥ pravyaktatāṃ karoti etenaiva vaṃśāṅkuro 'pi vyākhyātaḥ /
Su, Śār., 3, 32.1 garbhasya khalu sambhavataḥ pūrvaṃ śiraḥ sambhavatītyāha śaunakaḥ śiromūlatvāt pradhānendriyāṇāṃ hṛdayamiti kṛtavīryo buddhermanasaś ca sthānatvāt nābhir iti pārāśaryas tato hi vardhate deho dehinaḥ pāṇipādamiti mārkaṇḍeyas tanmūlatvācceṣṭāyā garbhasya madhyaśarīramiti subhūtir gautamas tannibaddhatvāt sarvagātrasambhavasya tattu na samyak sarvāṇyaṅgapratyaṅgāni yugapat
sambhavantītyāha dhanvantarir garbhasya sūkṣmatvānnopalabhyante vaṃśāṅkuravac cūtaphalavacca tadyathā cūtaphale paripakve kesaramāṃsāsthimajjānaḥ pṛthak pṛthag dṛśyante kālaprakarṣāt tānyeva taruṇe nopalabhyante sūkṣmatvāt teṣāṃ sūkṣmāṇāṃ kesarādīnāṃ kālaḥ pravyaktatāṃ karoti etenaiva vaṃśāṅkuro 'pi vyākhyātaḥ /
Su, Śār., 4, 80.1 prakṛtimiha narāṇāṃ bhautikīṃ
kecidāhuḥ pavanadahanatoyaiḥ kīrtitāstāstu tisraḥ /
Su, Śār., 6, 16.1 tatra sadyaḥprāṇaharāṇyāgneyāni agniguṇeṣvāśu kṣīṇeṣu kṣapayanti kālāntaraprāṇaharāṇi saumyāgneyāni agniguṇeṣvāśu kṣīṇeṣu krameṇa ca somaguṇeṣu kālāntareṇa kṣapayanti viśalyaprāṇaharāṇi vāyavyāni śalyamukhāvaruddho yāvadantarvāyustiṣṭhati tāvajjīvati uddhṛtamātre tu śalye marmasthānāśrito vāyurniṣkrāmati tasmāt saśalyo jīvatyuddhṛtaśalyo mriyate pākātpatitaśalyo vā jīvati vaikalyakarāṇi saumyāni somo hi sthiratvācchaityāc ca trāṇāvalambanaṃ karoti rujākarāṇyagnivāyuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāni viśeṣataśca tau rujākarau pāñcabhautikīṃ ca
rujāmāhureke //
Su, Śār., 6, 17.1 kecidāhurmāṃsādīnāṃ pañcānām api samastānāṃ vivṛddhānāṃ ca samavāyāt sadyaḥprāṇaharāṇi ekahīnānāmalpānāṃ vā kālāntaraprāṇaharāṇi dvihīnānāṃ viśalyaprāṇaharāṇi trihīnānāṃ vaikalyakarāṇi ekasminneva rujākarāṇīti /
Su, Śār., 9, 3.2 tatra
kecidāhuḥ sirādhamanīsrotasāmavibhāgaḥ sirāvikārā eva hi dhamanyaḥ srotāṃsi ceti /
Su, Śār., 10, 57.4 śukraśoṇitaṃ vāyunābhiprapannam avakrāntajīvam ādhmāpayatyudaraṃ taṃ kadācid yadṛcchayopaśāntaṃ naigameṣāpahṛtamiti bhāṣante tam eva kadācit pralīyamānaṃ
nāgodaramityāhuḥ tatrāpi līnavat pratīkāraḥ //
Su, Cik., 31, 6.2 tatra
kecidāhuḥ tvakpatraphalamūlādīnāṃ bhāgastaccaturguṇaṃ jalaṃ caturbhāgāvaśeṣaṃ niṣkvāthyāpaharedityeṣa kaṣāyapākakalpaḥ snehaprasṛteṣu ṣaṭsu caturguṇaṃ dravamāvāpya caturaścākṣasamān bheṣajapiṇḍānityeṣa snehapākakalpaḥ /
Su, Utt., 19, 13.2 āścyotane ca hitamatra ghṛtaṃ guḍūcīsiddhaṃ
tathāhurapi ca triphalāvipakvam //
Su, Utt., 40, 6.2 vṛddho 'tīvādhaḥ saratyeṣa yasmādvyādhiṃ ghoraṃ taṃ
tvatīsāramāhuḥ //
Su, Utt., 53, 5.2 sarvātmake bhavati sarvavikārasaṃpadavyaktatā ca
vacasastamasādhyamāhuḥ //
Sāṃkhyakārikā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
STKau zu SāṃKār, 1.2, 2.21 tasmād vaidikasya tāpatrayapratīkārahetor muhūrtayāmāhorātramāsasaṃvatsarādinirvartanīyatayānekajanmaparaṃparāyāsasaṃpādanīyād vivekajñānād īṣatkaratvāt punar api vyarthā
jijñāsetyāśaṅkyāha //
STKau zu SāṃKār, 5.2, 3.3 sa eva viṣayatayā yasyāstyanumānasya taccheṣavad yad
āhuḥ prasaktapratiṣedhe 'nyatrāprasaṅgācchiṣyamāṇe saṃpratyaya iti /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 9.2, 2.41 na punar asatām utpādaḥ satāṃ vā nirodho
yathāha bhagavān kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaḥ nāsato vidyate bhāvo nābhāvo vidyate sata iti /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 9.2, 2.65 tad evaṃ pradhānasādhanānuguṇaṃ satkāryam upapādya yādṛśaṃ tat pradhānaṃ sādhanīyaṃ tādṛśam ādarśayituṃ vivekajñānopayogi vyaktāvyaktavairūpyaṃ tāvad
āha //
STKau zu SāṃKār, 11.2, 1.7 ye
tvāhur vijñānam eva harṣaviṣādaśabdādyākāram na punar ito 'nyastaddharmeti tān pratyāha viṣaya iti /
Sūryasiddhānta
Tantrākhyāyikā
TAkhy, 1, 7.1 ekas tu tatrāsannavināśaś cāpalād upaviśya stambhe yantracāram uddiśyedam
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 71.1 dūtikā tu kṛtanigrahā nāsikāṃ darśayantī sāmarṣam
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 87.1 atha tasyā bhartā nāpito rājakulāt pratyūṣasy āgatya tāṃ bhāryām
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 191.1 asāv api kṣutkṣāmakaṇṭhaḥ krodhasaṃraktanayanaḥ sphuradvadanadaśanasaṃgharṣadaṃṣṭrākarālo lāṅgūlāsphālanākārabhayakṛt tam
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 239.1 asāv api pārthiva ulmukadagdha iva saṃlīnakukṣipradeśaḥ sasambhramam
utthāyāha //
TAkhy, 1, 424.1 atha ṭīṭibhī śūnyam apatyasthānaṃ dṛṣṭvā paramāvignahṛdayā bhartāram
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 446.1 kadācid asau vanyadviparadanakoṭipāṭitavakṣā ekadeśasthaḥ kṣutkṣāmatanuḥ kṣudhā parigatān tān sacivān
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 479.1 atrāntare siṃhaḥ samprāpto yāvat paśyati sakalaṃ jaṭharapiśitam upabhuktam tataś caturakam
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 490.1 tasya ca sārthāgresaraṃ kaṭāhena galabaddhena karabham āgacchantaṃ dṛṣṭvā kṛtakaviṣādo jambukas taṃ siṃham
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 517.1 atha duṣṭabuddhir antaḥkaṭhinahṛdayaḥ svārthasiddhaye tam
āha //
TAkhy, 1, 626.1 tac chrutvā paramāvigno nirdayībhūtaś ca taṃ bāhau gṛhītvā dharmasthānaṃ nītavān
āha ca //
Tattvavaiśāradī
Tattvavaiśāradī zu YS, 4, 1.1, 5.1 tatra prathamaṃ siddhacitteṣu kaivalyabhāgīyaṃ cittaṃ nirdhārayitukāmaḥ pañcatayīṃ siddhim
āha janmauṣadhimantratapaḥsamādhijāḥ siddhayaḥ //
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 2, 5.0 rātrau nāśnīyād adhastād darbhāṃs tṛṇāni parṇāni vāstīrya suvrataḥ suvratāṃ patnīṃ vinaikaḥ śayīta sāsya śuśrūṣāṃ karoty enāṃ nopagacchet mātṛvan niṣkāmaḥ prekṣetordhvaretā jitendriyo darśapūrṇamāsau cāturmāsyaṃ nakṣatreṣṭim āgrayaṇeṣṭiṃ ca vanyauṣadhībhiḥ pūrvavad yajed anukramān mūlaiḥ phalaiḥ pattraiḥ puṣpair vā tattatkālena pakvaiḥ svayam eva saṃśīrṇaiḥ prāṇaṃ pravartayann uttarottare 'py adhikaṃ tapaḥsaṃyogaṃ phalādiviśiṣṭam ācared atha vāhitāgniḥ sarvān agnīn araṇyām āropya sarvaiḥ saṃvāpamantraiḥ pārthivān vānaspatyāṃś ca sarvān samūhya nirmanthyaitena vidhināgnim agnyādheyavidhānena ca mantraiḥ sarvaiḥ sabhyāgnyāyatane śrāmaṇakāgnim ādhāyāharet sabhyasya bhedaḥ śrāmaṇakāgnir ity
āhuḥ apatnīkaś ca bhikṣuvad agnau homaṃ hutvāraṇyādipātrāṇi ca prakṣipya putre bhāryāṃ nidhāya tathāgnīn ātmany āropya valkalopavītādīn bhikṣāpātraṃ ca saṃgṛhyānagnir adāro gatvā vane nivaset tapasāṃ śramaṇam etan mūlaṃ tasmād etadvidhānam enam agniṃ ca śrāmaṇakam ity āha vikhanāḥ //
VaikhDhS, 2, 5.0 rātrau nāśnīyād adhastād darbhāṃs tṛṇāni parṇāni vāstīrya suvrataḥ suvratāṃ patnīṃ vinaikaḥ śayīta sāsya śuśrūṣāṃ karoty enāṃ nopagacchet mātṛvan niṣkāmaḥ prekṣetordhvaretā jitendriyo darśapūrṇamāsau cāturmāsyaṃ nakṣatreṣṭim āgrayaṇeṣṭiṃ ca vanyauṣadhībhiḥ pūrvavad yajed anukramān mūlaiḥ phalaiḥ pattraiḥ puṣpair vā tattatkālena pakvaiḥ svayam eva saṃśīrṇaiḥ prāṇaṃ pravartayann uttarottare 'py adhikaṃ tapaḥsaṃyogaṃ phalādiviśiṣṭam ācared atha vāhitāgniḥ sarvān agnīn araṇyām āropya sarvaiḥ saṃvāpamantraiḥ pārthivān vānaspatyāṃś ca sarvān samūhya nirmanthyaitena vidhināgnim agnyādheyavidhānena ca mantraiḥ sarvaiḥ sabhyāgnyāyatane śrāmaṇakāgnim ādhāyāharet sabhyasya bhedaḥ śrāmaṇakāgnir ity āhuḥ apatnīkaś ca bhikṣuvad agnau homaṃ hutvāraṇyādipātrāṇi ca prakṣipya putre bhāryāṃ nidhāya tathāgnīn ātmany āropya valkalopavītādīn bhikṣāpātraṃ ca saṃgṛhyānagnir adāro gatvā vane nivaset tapasāṃ śramaṇam etan mūlaṃ tasmād etadvidhānam enam agniṃ ca śrāmaṇakam ity
āha vikhanāḥ //
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṃśatikāvṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 4, 1, 59.1 tataḥ sa bhagavān kiṃcidavanamrakandharaṃ kṛtāñjalibhūtaṃ sarvalokagurur abjayonir
āha //
ViPur, 4, 2, 29.1 atra hi pīte rājño yuvanāśvasya patnī mahābalaparākramaṃ putraṃ janayiṣyatīty ityākarṇya sa rājā ajānatā mayā pītam
ityāha //
ViPur, 4, 2, 67.1 apyatra vatse bhavatyāḥ sukham uta kiṃcid asukham api te maharṣiḥ snehavān uta saṃsmaryate 'smadgṛhavāsasyety uktā tattanayā pitaram
āha //
ViPur, 4, 3, 5.3 āha bhagavān anādipuruṣaḥ puruṣottamo yauvanāśvasya māndhātuḥ purukutsanāmā putras tam aham anupraviśya tān aśeṣaduṣṭagandharvān upaśamaṃ nayiṣyāmīti //
ViPur, 4, 4, 15.1 atyārtajagatparitrāṇāya ca bhagavato 'tra śarīragrahaṇam ity ākarṇya bhagavān
āhālpair eva dinair vinaṅkṣyantīti //
ViPur, 4, 4, 28.1 tad ākarṇya taṃ ca bhagavān
āha uktam evaitan mayādya pautraste tridivād gaṅgāṃ bhuvam ānayiṣyatīti //
ViPur, 4, 4, 79.1 anantaraṃ ca tairuktaṃ muhūrtam ekaṃ pramāṇaṃ tavāyurityukto 'thāskhalitagatinā vimānena laghimādiguṇo martyalokam āgamyedam
āha //
ViPur, 4, 5, 3.1 tam
āha vasiṣṭho 'ham indreṇa pañcavarṣaśatayāgārthaṃ prathamaṃ vṛtaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 6, 31.1 athāha bhagavān pitāmahaḥ taṃ kumāraṃ saṃnivārya svayam apṛcchat tāṃ tārām //
ViPur, 4, 6, 32.1 kathaya vatse kasyāyam ātmajaḥ somasya vā bṛhaspater vā ityuktā
lajjamānāha somasyeti //
ViPur, 4, 6, 41.1 bhavatvevaṃ yadi me samayaparipālanaṃ bhavān karotītyākhyāte punar api tām
āha //
ViPur, 4, 7, 25.1 āha cainām atipāpe kim idam akāryaṃ bhavatyā kṛtam atiraudraṃ te vapur lakṣyate //
ViPur, 4, 7, 30.1 bhagavan mayaitad ajñānād anuṣṭhitaṃ prasādaṃ me kuru maivaṃvidhaḥ putro bhavatu kāmam evaṃvidhaḥ pautro bhavatv ity ukte munir apy
āha //
ViPur, 4, 9, 10.1 atha jitāripakṣaś ca devendro rajicaraṇayugalam ātmanaḥ śirasā
nipīḍyāha //
ViPur, 4, 12, 30.2 ity ātmerṣyākopakaluṣitavacanamuṣitaviveko bhayād duruktaparihārārtham idam avanīpatir
āha //
ViPur, 4, 12, 31.1 yas te janiṣyaty ātmajas tasyeyam anāgatasyaiva bhāryā nirūpitety ākarṇyodbhūtamṛduhāsā tathety
āha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 16.1 kṛtapraṇipātastavādikaṃ ca satrājitam
āha bhagavān ādityaḥ sahasradīdhitiḥ varam asmatto 'bhimataṃ vṛṇīṣveti //
ViPur, 4, 13, 20.1 dvārakāvāsī janas tu tam āyāntam avekṣya bhagavantam ādipuruṣaṃ puruṣottamam avanibhārāvataraṇāyāṃśena mānuṣarūpadhāriṇaṃ
praṇipatyāha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 68.0 tad alam anena jīvatā ghātayitvainaṃ tan mahāratnaṃ syamantakākhyaṃ tvayā kiṃ na gṛhyate vayam abhyupapatsyāmo yady acyutas tavopari vairānubandhaṃ kariṣyatīty evam uktas tathety
asāvapyāha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 72.1 tad iyaṃ tvadīyāpahāsanā tad ālocya yad atra yuktaṃ tat kriyatām iti kṛṣṇam
āha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 98.1 taccharīrāmbarādiṣu ca bahuprakāram anvicchann api syamantakamaṇiṃ nāvāpa yadā tadopagamya balabhadram
āha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 99.1 vṛthaivāsmābhiḥ śatadhanur ghātitaḥ na prāptam akhilajagatsārabhūtaṃ tan mahāratnaṃ syamantakākhyam ity ākarṇyodbhūtakopo baladevo vāsudevam
āha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 137.1 tatra copaviṣṭeṣv akhileṣu yaduṣu pūrvaṃ prayojanam upanyasya paryavasite ca tasmin prasaṅgāntaraparihāsakathām akrūreṇa kṛtvā janārdanas tam akrūram
āha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 139.1 kim atrānuṣṭheyam anyathā ced bravīmy ahaṃ tat kevalāmbaratirodhānam anviṣyanto ratnam ete drakṣyanti ativirodho na kṣama iti saṃcintya tam akhilajagatkāraṇabhūtaṃ nārāyaṇam
āhākrūraḥ //
ViPur, 4, 13, 147.1 athāhākrūraḥ sa eṣa maṇiḥ śatadhanvanāsmākaṃ samarpitaḥ yasyāyaṃ sa enaṃ gṛhṇātu iti //
ViPur, 4, 13, 159.1 tvaddhṛtaṃ cāsya rāṣṭrasyopakārakaṃ tad bhavān aśeṣarāṣṭranimittam etat pūrvavad dhārayatvanyan na vaktavyam ity ukto dānapatis tathety
āha jagrāha ca tan mahāratnam //
Viṣṇusmṛti
ViSmṛ, 29, 10.2 yaste na druhyet katamacca
nāha tasmai māṃ brūyā nidhipāya brahman //
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 1, 31.1, 1.9 athaite vikṣepāḥ samādhipratipakṣās tābhyām evābhyāsavairāgyābhyāṃ niroddhavyāḥ tatrābhyāsasya viṣayam upasaṃharann idam
āha //
Śatakatraya
ŚTr, 2, 10.1 nūnaṃ hi te kavivarā viparītavāco ye nityam
āhur abalā iti kāminīs tāḥ /
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Ṭikanikayātrā
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Ayurvedarasāyana
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
BhāgPur, 1, 2, 3.2 saṃsāriṇāṃ
karuṇayāha purāṇaguhyaṃ taṃ vyāsasūnum upayāmi guruṃ munīnām //
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 4.1 atrerapatyam abhikāṅkṣata
āha tuṣṭo datto mayāham iti yadbhagavān sa dattaḥ /
Bhāratamañjarī
Dhanvantarinighaṇṭu
Garuḍapurāṇa
Gītagovinda
GītGov, 1, 44.2 murārim ārāt upadarśayantī asau sakhī samakṣam punaḥ
āha rādhikām //
GītGov, 8, 1.2 anunayavacanam vadantam agre praṇatam api priyam
āha sābhyasūyam //
Gṛhastharatnākara
GṛRĀ, Āsuralakṣaṇa, 14.0 adhirathaṃ rathādhikaṃ śatamiti gośataṃ iti ha śabdena krayabodhikā śrutirdyotyate sā ca yā patyuḥ krītā satyanyathā anyaiś
caratītyāha cāturmāsye //
GṛRĀ, Āsuralakṣaṇa, 32.0 ānṛśaṃsyamanukanyādānaṃ vikrayadharmmaścāpatyasya na vidyate ityabhihitaṃ tat kathamārṣe vivāhe kanyāpitre gomithunadānādikam
āśaṅkyāha //
Haṃsasaṃdeśa
Haṃsasaṃdeśa, 1, 6.1 vedodanvadvibhajanavido vaṃśajaṃ viśvamūrter
āhuḥ siddhāḥ kamalavasater aupavāhyaṃ bhavantam /
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 1, 23.1 etad vacanaṃ śrutvā kaścit kapotaḥ sadarpam
āhāḥ kim evam ucyate vṛddhasya vacanaṃ grāhyam āpatkāle hy upasthite /
Hitop, 1, 50.4 tato hiraṇyakaḥ sarvān sādaraṃ sampūjya
āha sakhe citragrīva sarvathātra jālabandhanavidhau sati doṣam āśaṅkya ātmani avajñā na kartavyā /
Hitop, 1, 54.1 atha laghupatanakanāmā kākaḥ sarvavṛttāntadarśī sāścaryam idam
āhāho hiraṇyaka ślāghyo 'si ato 'ham api tvayā saha maitrīṃ kartum icchāmi /
Hitop, 1, 54.3 etac chrutvā hiraṇyako 'pi vivarābhyantarād
āha kas tvam sa brūte laghupatanakanāmā vāyaso 'ham /
Hitop, 1, 54.4 hiraṇyako
vihasyāha kā tvayā saha maitrī yataḥ yad yena yujyate loke budhas tat tena yojayet /
Hitop, 1, 57.7 tac chrutvā jaradgavena uktaṃ ko 'yam āyāti dīrghakarṇo gṛdhram avalokya sabhayam
āha hā hato 'smi yato 'yaṃ māṃ vyāpādayiṣyati /
Hitop, 1, 70.7 ity ākarṇya sa jambukaḥ sakopam
āha mṛgasya prathamadarśanadine bhavān api ajñātakulaśīla eva āsīt /
Hitop, 1, 98.2 ityādi tadvacanam ākarṇya hiraṇyako bahiḥ
niḥsṛtyāhāpyāyito 'haṃ bhavatām etena vacanāmṛtena /
Hitop, 1, 103.4 ekadā laghupatanako hiraṇyakam
āha sakhe vāyasasya kaṣṭataralabhyāhāram idaṃ sthānam /
Hitop, 1, 115.3 tato mantharaḥ sādaraṃ hiraṇyakaṃ
sampūjyāha bhadra ātmano nirjanavanāgamanakāraṇam ākhyātum arhasi /
Hitop, 1, 117.3 vīṇākarṇo nāgadantam
avalokyāha katham ayaṃ mūṣikaḥ svalpabalo 'py etāvad dūram utpatati tad atra kenāpi kāraṇena bhavitavyam /
Hitop, 1, 186.8 tac chrutvā kūrmaḥ sabhayam
āha mitra jalāśayāntaraṃ gacchāmi /
Hitop, 1, 200.1 iti bahu vilapya hiraṇyakaś citrāṅgalaghupatanakāv
āha yāvad ayaṃ vyādho vanān na niḥsarati tāvan mantharaṃ mocayituṃ yatnaḥ kriyatām /
Hitop, 2, 20.5 taṃ tathāvidhaṃ dṛṣṭvā damanakaḥ karaṭakam
āha sakhe karaṭaka kim ity ayam udakārthī svāmī pānīyam apītvā sacakito mandaṃ mandam avatiṣṭhate /
Hitop, 2, 32.8 atha gardabhaḥ śvānam
āha sakhe bhavatas tāvad ayaṃ vyāpāraḥ /
Hitop, 2, 35.9 damanakaḥ saroṣam
āha katham āhārārthī bhavān kevalaṃ rājānaṃ sevate etad ayuktam uktaṃ tvayā /
Hitop, 2, 49.4 sa
āhāyaṃ tāvat svāmī piṅgalakaḥ kuto 'pi kāraṇāt sacakitaḥ parivṛtyopaviṣṭaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 59.2 sa
āha śṛṇu kim anurakto virakto vā mayi svāmīti jñāsyāmi /
Hitop, 2, 81.2 damanakaḥ punar
āha svagatamanyathā rājyasukhaṃ parityajya sthānāntaraṃ gantuṃ kathaṃ māṃ sambhāṣase /
Hitop, 2, 81.6 karaṭako gacchan damanakam
āha sakhe kiṃ śaktyapratīkāro bhayahetur aśakyapratīkāro veti na jñātvā bhayopaśamaṃ pratijñāya katham ayaṃ mahāprasādo gṛhītaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 87.1 atha saṃjīvakaḥ sāśaṅkam
āha senāpate kiṃ mayā kartavyam /
Hitop, 2, 121.5 tataḥ punar garbhavatī vāyasī vāyasam
āha nātha tyajyatām ayaṃ vṛkṣaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 122.4 vāyasy
āha katham etena balavatā sārdhe bhavān vigrahītuṃ samarthaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 127.5 damanakaḥ punar
āha deva sarvāmātyaparityāgaṃ kṛtvaika evāyaṃ yat tvāṃ sarvādhikārī kṛtaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 132.1 siṃho
vimṛśyāha bhadra yadyapy evaṃ tathāpi saṃjīvakena saha mama mahān snehaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 150.4 tatra cāsannaprasavā ṭiṭṭibhī bhartāram
āha nātha prasavayogyasthānaṃ nibhṛtam anusaṃdhīyatām /
Hitop, 2, 150.8 ṭiṭṭibhī
vihasyāha svāmin tvayā samudreṇa ca mahad antaram /
Hitop, 2, 152.3 tataṣ ṭiṭṭibhī śokārtā bhartāram
āha nātha kaṣṭam āpatitam /
Hitop, 2, 156.3 damanakaḥ sunibhṛtam
āha yadyapi rājaviśvāso na kathanīyas tathāpi bhavān asmadīyapratyayād āgataḥ /
Hitop, 2, 156.9 saṃjīvakaḥ kṣaṇaṃ
vimṛśyāha svagataṃ suṣṭhu khalv idam ucyate /
Hitop, 3, 15.2 kadācid varṣāsv api vṛṣṭer abhāvāt tṛṣārto gajayūtho yūthapatim
āha nātha ko 'bhyupāyo 'smākaṃ jīvanāya nāsti kṣudrajantūnāṃ api nimajjanasthānam /
Hitop, 3, 17.5 evam uktavati dūte yūthapatir bhayād idam
āha praṇidhe idam ajñānataḥ kṛtam /
Hitop, 3, 33.6 cakravāko
vihasyāha deva bakena tāvad deśāntaram api gatvā yathāśakti rājakāryam anuṣṭhitam /
Hitop, 3, 59.4 rājāha kākaḥ prājño bahudṛśvā ca tad bhavati sa saṃgrāhyaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 62.2 rājāha yady evaṃ tathāpi dṛśyatāṃ tāvad ayaṃ dūrād āgataḥ /
Hitop, 3, 63.4 rājā sakopam
āha āḥ sabhāyām asmākaṃ na ko 'pi vidyate ya enaṃ galahastayati tata utthāya meghavarṇo brūte deva ājñāpaya hanmi cainaṃ duṣṭaśukam /
Hitop, 3, 66.10 āha ca tānsamprati kartavye vigrahe yathākartavyam upadeśaṃ brūta /
Hitop, 3, 104.14 atha prabhāte vīravaro dvārasthaḥ punar bhūpālena pṛṣṭaḥ sann
āha deva sā rudatī mām avalokyādṛśyābhavat /
Hitop, 3, 114.3 tataś citravarṇo viṣaṇṇaḥ svamantriṇaṃ dūradarśinam
āha tāta kim ity asmadupekṣā kriyate kiṃ kvāpy avinayo mamāsti tathā coktam /
Hitop, 3, 122.2 atha rājā baddhāñjalir
āha tāta asty ayaṃ mamāparādhaḥ idānīṃ yathāham avaśiṣṭabalasahitaḥ pratyāvṛttya vindhyācalaṃ gacchāmi tathopadiśa /
Hitop, 3, 128.1 rājāha katham iha samaye'tivyayo yujyate uktaṃ cāpadarthe dhanaṃ rakṣed iti /
Hitop, 3, 142.3 hiraṇyagarbhaḥ sārasam
āha senāpate sārasa mamānurodhād ātmānaṃ kathaṃ vyāpādayasi /
Hitop, 4, 6.7 tad ākarṇya kūrmo haṃsāv
āha suhṛdau śruto 'yaṃ dhīvarālāpaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 9.2 tataḥ sā bandhakī satvaraṃ bhartuḥ samīpaṃ
matvāha nātha etasya sevakasya mahatī nikṛtiḥ /
Hitop, 4, 11.8 kūrma
āha yathāhaṃ bhavadbhyāṃ sahākāśavartmanā yāmi tathā vidhīyatām /
Hitop, 4, 66.6 atha citrakarṇo 'pi jātaviśvāsas tathaivātmadehadānam
āha tatas tadvacanāt tena vyāghreṇāsau kukṣiṃ vidārya vyāpāditaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 66.12 rājāha meghavarṇa kathaṃ śatrumadhye tvayā suciram uṣitam kathaṃ vā teṣām anunayaḥ kṛtaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 68.6 sarpo 'vadad gaccha bhadra kiṃ te mama mandabhāgyasya vṛttāntapraśnena tataḥ saṃjātakautukaḥ sa ca bhekaḥ sarvathā kathyatām ity
āha /
Hitop, 4, 68.7 sarpo 'py
āha bhadra puravāsinaḥ śrotriyasya kauṇḍinyasya putro viṃśativarṣadeśīyaḥ sarvaguṇasampanno durdaivān mayā nṛśaṃsena daṣṭaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 99.20 rājā sakopam
āha āstāṃ tāvad ayaṃ gatvā tam eva samūlam unmūlayāmi /
Kathāsaritsāgara
Mahācīnatantra
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 4.2, 3.0 codaneti kriyāyāḥ pravartakaṃ vacanam
āhuḥ tadāmnāto dharmaḥ kim iti nānuṣṭhīyate codanaiva hi dharme pramāṇaṃ pramāṇam eva codanā ity evam anyayogāyogavyavacchedanena tataḥ pravartamānānām aihikasyāmutrikasya ca phalasyāvisaṃvādāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 9.2, 15.0 atha sakalalokasiddhā prasiddhir anapahnavanīyā vidyate yat sarvo hy ayam āvidvadaṅganābālo janaḥ parameśvarasyecchāvidhipreritaḥ pravartate daivam evātra kāraṇam iti bruvāṇo dṛśyate ca upākhyānāni ca dakṣamakhamathanakāladamanakāmadāhāndhakavadhatrailokyākramaṇādyuparacitāni bahuśaḥ paṭhantaḥ kathayantaḥ śṛṇvantaś copalabhyante taduddeśena cārthaviniyoganiyamajapatapaḥprabhṛtikleśakāriṇīm api karmapaddhatim anutiṣṭhanto 'smān avagamayanti yad uta santi devatāviśeṣā ity
āha //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 17.2, 1.0 uktavaddevatāstitvaprastāvāyāyātaparameśvarapraśaṃsāharṣapravṛttānandāśruvaśād avispaṣṭagirastān bharadvājādīn dṛṣṭvā indras tān prati paraṃ tutoṣa ity evaṃ hārītamuniḥ svaśiṣyān
āha //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 20.2, 1.4 sa tu tadabhyarthitaṃ jñānopadeśaṃ dātuṃ tān prativacanaṃ śrūyatām ity
āha kiṃ tu mamaika eva bhavatāṃ madhyāt sakalaśrotṛjanābhimato yathāvasaram anuktavastunaḥ praṣṭā bhavatu sarvaiś caiva bhavadbhiḥ śrūyatām iti //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 29.2, 1.0 tatrāpi arthavādānuvādarūpaṃ vistaraṃ tyaktvā sārārthābhidhāyibhir bāhulyena kvacit taduktaiḥ kvacic cātmīyair nirākulaṃ kramaṃ jñānaṃ śāstram abhidhāsye itīndro munīn
āheti hārītaḥ svaśiṣyān brūte //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 1.2, 15.0 kīdṛśasyāṇor ity
āha pūrvavyatyāsitasyeti pūrvair anādikālīnair malakarmamāyāparameśvaranirodhaśaktyākhyair yathāsaṃbhavaṃ hetutayā sthitair vyatyāsitasya parameśvarād vaisādṛśyaṃ prāpitasya tatpreryasya bandhāntarayoginaś ca //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 6.2, 7.0 atha muktāv eva tathāvidhacaitanyaśruteḥ pūrvaṃ ca tadanupalambhād anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ saṃsārāvasthāyāṃ sarvatomukhatvaṃ caitanyasya kuta ity
āśaṅkānirāsāyāha sad apy abhāsamānatvād ityādi //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 6.1, 13.0 idamidānīṃ vivicyate yadi tāvat parameśvaraḥ kāruṇyāt saṃsārijanojjihīrṣayā jagatāṃ sthitijanmādau pravartate tatkimarthaṃ pratyuta sāṃsārikeṣu duḥkheṣu varākānimān prāṇino niyojayati atha tasyaivaṃvidha eva svabhāvaḥ tanmuktamapi jantuṃ kiṃ na
saṃsārayatītyāha muktasya śiva eva saḥ satyaṃ kāruṇyādeva bhagavān prāṇino'nugrahītuṃ pravartate //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 6.2, 1.0 nanv asya sthitijanmādeḥ kāryasyāvinābhāvalakṣaṇasambandho yadi kadācij jagatkartrā saha kenacidapi gṛhītaḥ syāt tadaitad anumānaṃ sidhyet sambandhasyaiva tu agrahaṇāt kathaṃ nāsya bādheti yadi kasyacin mataṃ syāt tadidam apyasau pratyanuyojya
ityāha //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 3, 8.1, 3.0 kuta
ityāha mūlādyasaṃbhavād iti mūlaṃ malaḥ sarvānarthamūlatvāt avidyāvṛtirugglānipāpamūlakṣayādibhiḥ paryāyair vakṣyamāṇatvāc ca ādigrahaṇāt karmāṇi rodhaśaktiśca tadasaṃbhavāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 8, 6.2, 4.0 kuta
ityāha sadyanna muktaye yasmāt puṇyātmakam api karma sat vidyamānaṃ na muktaye nāpavargāya api tu tatpratibandhāyaiva kalpate yat karmakṣayāt tatsāmyād vā śaktipātānusārasamāsāditānugrahāṇām eva kaivalyam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 9, 9.2, 6.0 nanu yatas tāvanmātāpitṛsambandhibhyo dehendriyādibhyas tattatsvasadṛśaśarīrakaraṇādi utpadyamānam upalabhyate tataḥ kim adṛṣṭena māyādinā kāraṇena
kᄆptenetyāśaṅkyāha //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 10, 14.2, 5.0 kīdṛśaṃ paśuṃ
kalayannityāha ā samutthānānniyatyā niyataṃ niyateḥ samutthānaṃ svakāraṇād abhivyaktiḥ tata ārabhya yāvat saṃhāramasau paśuṃ karmajanite sukhaduḥkhopabhoge niyacchati //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 10, 19.2, 2.0 kīdṛgityāha saptagranthinidānasya ityādi yatpradhānaṃ mahadahaṃkārayos tanmātrapañcakasyetyevaṃ saptānāṃ granthīnāṃ kāryayonīnām udbhavahetor gauṇasya tattvasya kāraṇam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 10, 21.2, 3.0 ityādau bhinnameṣāṃ sattvādīnāṃ kāryaṃ śrūyate na tv aviyogād ekam etat tattvam
ityāha ekaikaśrutir ityādi eṣāṃ guṇānām idaṃ sāttvikam idaṃ rājasam idaṃ tāmasamityādikā ekaikaśrutir vṛttyādhikyahetukī //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 10, 30.2, 2.0 kiṃ
kimityatrāha vaśyākrāntirityādi vaśyākrāntiḥ sāṃsiddhikād dharmāt tatparijñānayogas tādṛgvidhājjñānāt bhogeṣvanabhilāṣo vairāgyāt vighnasamūhāpagama aiśvaryāt bhogeṣvāsaktiḥ sāṃsiddhikād adharmāt nyakkṛtir nyakkāras tathāvidhād ajñānāt dehalabdhir avairāgyāt kāryeṣu vighno'naiśvaryāditi //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 11, 15.2, 4.0 kiṃ
tadvaidharmyamityāha tacca bhogyatvamiti avairāgyalakṣaṇo buddhidharmaḥ srakcandanavanitādirvā viṣaya evaṃ bahiṣṭho yaḥ pareṣāṃ rāgatveneṣṭaḥ tasyaitadeva vaidharmyaṃ yadbhogyatvam //
Nibandhasaṃgraha
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 24.1, 1.0 vedotpattimadhyāyaṃ
matāntaram darśayannāha kramaniṣpattyā pāñcabhautikatvaṃ saumyarasasambhūtayor rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi srāvaṇaviṣayam śoṇitamevādhikartumāha vyādhibhedaṃ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena darśayannāha akālaśabda śukrārtavayoḥ rasādhīnatvād aviśiṣṭakāraṇād daurhṛdaviśeṣair cikitsārthamāha sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena śoṇitamevādhikartumāha saumyarasasambhūtayor rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena śoṇitamevādhikartumāha rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 24.1, 1.0 vedotpattimadhyāyaṃ
matāntaram darśayannāha kramaniṣpattyā pāñcabhautikatvaṃ saumyarasasambhūtayor rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi srāvaṇaviṣayam śoṇitamevādhikartumāha vyādhibhedaṃ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena darśayannāha akālaśabda śukrārtavayoḥ rasādhīnatvād aviśiṣṭakāraṇād daurhṛdaviśeṣair cikitsārthamāha sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena śoṇitamevādhikartumāha saumyarasasambhūtayor rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena śoṇitamevādhikartumāha rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 3.1, 1.0 stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena
eva śukrārtavayoḥ rasādhīnatvād darśayannāha garbhasya upadiśannāha cikitsārthamāha saptavidhavyādhīnāṃ vyādhibhedaṃ pratipādayannāha yogavāhitāṃ sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena khalvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 3.1, 1.0 stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena
eva śukrārtavayoḥ rasādhīnatvād darśayannāha garbhasya upadiśannāha cikitsārthamāha saptavidhavyādhīnāṃ vyādhibhedaṃ pratipādayannāha yogavāhitāṃ sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena khalvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 24.1, 1.0 vedotpattimadhyāyaṃ
matāntaram darśayannāha kramaniṣpattyā pāñcabhautikatvaṃ saumyarasasambhūtayor rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi srāvaṇaviṣayam śoṇitamevādhikartumāha vyādhibhedaṃ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena darśayannāha akālaśabda śukrārtavayoḥ rasādhīnatvād aviśiṣṭakāraṇād daurhṛdaviśeṣair cikitsārthamāha sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena śoṇitamevādhikartumāha saumyarasasambhūtayor rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena śoṇitamevādhikartumāha rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 24.1, 1.0 vedotpattimadhyāyaṃ
matāntaram darśayannāha kramaniṣpattyā pāñcabhautikatvaṃ saumyarasasambhūtayor rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi srāvaṇaviṣayam śoṇitamevādhikartumāha vyādhibhedaṃ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena darśayannāha akālaśabda śukrārtavayoḥ rasādhīnatvād aviśiṣṭakāraṇād daurhṛdaviśeṣair cikitsārthamāha sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena śoṇitamevādhikartumāha saumyarasasambhūtayor rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena sadyogṛhītagarbhalakṣaṇaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sarvendriyādhiṣṭhānatvena śoṇitamevādhikartumāha rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ stanyadarśanādilakṣaṇena rasasyopacayakaratvādvṛddhenāpi sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ śukrārtavamūlatvācchukrārtavayoḥ sukhasādhyatvādikarmabodhārthaṃ ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 1.0 etajjñāpayati viśiṣṭakāryotpāda
lakṣaṇam strīpuṃnapuṃsakalakṣaṇāni ityādiślokena guṇaviśeṣākrāntānām āha kālaṃ nirdiśannāha adhikṛtyāha tadduṣṭam copadiśannāha caiṣāṃ nirdiśannāha sāmarthyādviṣamānnahetavaḥ mānasāstvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ
prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena vyākhyāsyāma api rasagatiṃ śoṇitaṃ atideśena māsena janayannekaikasmin teṣām āha rasam vardhitavyam athāvisrāvyā darśayannāha kurvannāha prādhānyaṃ āha āha spaṣṭīkurvannāha rasaḥ dhātūnāṃ vaktumāha sukhabodhārthaṃ sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha prasaratāṃ ca svarūpam garbhāśayāprāptiṃ svarūpamāha nirdiśannāha lakṣaṇam yasmin śukraśoṇitaśuddhyanantaraṃ vartane devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ
prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena vyākhyāsyāma api rasagatiṃ śoṇitaṃ atideśena māsena janayannekaikasmin teṣām āha rasam vardhitavyam athāvisrāvyā darśayannāha kurvannāha prādhānyaṃ āha āha spaṣṭīkurvannāha rasaḥ dhātūnāṃ vaktumāha sukhabodhārthaṃ sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha prasaratāṃ ca svarūpam garbhāśayāprāptiṃ svarūpamāha nirdiśannāha lakṣaṇam yasmin śukraśoṇitaśuddhyanantaraṃ vartane devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ
prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena vyākhyāsyāma api rasagatiṃ śoṇitaṃ atideśena māsena janayannekaikasmin teṣām āha rasam vardhitavyam athāvisrāvyā darśayannāha kurvannāha prādhānyaṃ āha āha spaṣṭīkurvannāha rasaḥ dhātūnāṃ vaktumāha sukhabodhārthaṃ sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha prasaratāṃ ca svarūpam garbhāśayāprāptiṃ svarūpamāha nirdiśannāha lakṣaṇam yasmin śukraśoṇitaśuddhyanantaraṃ vartane devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 1.0 nirdiśannāha tadduṣṭam
copadiśannāha tatra adhikṛtyāha caiṣāṃ doṣāṇāṃ nirdiśannāha krameṇa sāmarthyādviṣamānnahetavaḥ āha mānasāstvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 1.0 ityādiślokena svarūpamāha
viśiṣṭakāryotpāda guṇaviśeṣākrāntānām nirdiśannāha strīpuṃnapuṃsakalakṣaṇāni garbhāśayāprāptiṃ śukraśoṇitaśuddhyanantaraṃ copadiśannāha sāmarthyādviṣamānnahetavaḥ mānasāstvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 1.0 ityādiślokena svarūpamāha
viśiṣṭakāryotpāda guṇaviśeṣākrāntānām nirdiśannāha strīpuṃnapuṃsakalakṣaṇāni garbhāśayāprāptiṃ śukraśoṇitaśuddhyanantaraṃ copadiśannāha sāmarthyādviṣamānnahetavaḥ mānasāstvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena
nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ rasagatiṃ darśayannāha vaktumāha athāvisrāvyā janayannekaikasmin sukhabodhārthaṃ kurvannāha spaṣṭīkurvannāha sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha etajjñāpayati devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena
nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ rasagatiṃ darśayannāha vaktumāha athāvisrāvyā janayannekaikasmin sukhabodhārthaṃ kurvannāha spaṣṭīkurvannāha sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha etajjñāpayati devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena
nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ rasagatiṃ darśayannāha vaktumāha athāvisrāvyā janayannekaikasmin sukhabodhārthaṃ kurvannāha spaṣṭīkurvannāha sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha etajjñāpayati devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena
nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ rasagatiṃ darśayannāha vaktumāha athāvisrāvyā janayannekaikasmin sukhabodhārthaṃ kurvannāha spaṣṭīkurvannāha sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha etajjñāpayati devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 1.0 etajjñāpayati viśiṣṭakāryotpāda
lakṣaṇam strīpuṃnapuṃsakalakṣaṇāni ityādiślokena guṇaviśeṣākrāntānām āha kālaṃ nirdiśannāha adhikṛtyāha tadduṣṭam copadiśannāha caiṣāṃ nirdiśannāha sāmarthyādviṣamānnahetavaḥ mānasāstvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena
nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ rasagatiṃ darśayannāha vaktumāha athāvisrāvyā janayannekaikasmin sukhabodhārthaṃ kurvannāha spaṣṭīkurvannāha sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha etajjñāpayati devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 1.0 etajjñāpayati viśiṣṭakāryotpāda
lakṣaṇam strīpuṃnapuṃsakalakṣaṇāni ityādiślokena guṇaviśeṣākrāntānām āha kālaṃ nirdiśannāha adhikṛtyāha tadduṣṭam copadiśannāha caiṣāṃ nirdiśannāha sāmarthyādviṣamānnahetavaḥ mānasāstvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 1.0 etajjñāpayati viśiṣṭakāryotpāda
lakṣaṇam strīpuṃnapuṃsakalakṣaṇāni ityādiślokena guṇaviśeṣākrāntānām āha kālaṃ nirdiśannāha adhikṛtyāha tadduṣṭam copadiśannāha caiṣāṃ nirdiśannāha sāmarthyādviṣamānnahetavaḥ mānasāstvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 35.3, 1.0 darśayannāha prāṇādhiṣṭhānatvena
nikhilavyādhiniścayacikitsālakṣaṇāṃ rasagatiṃ darśayannāha vaktumāha athāvisrāvyā janayannekaikasmin sukhabodhārthaṃ kurvannāha spaṣṭīkurvannāha sarvavyādhyuparodha bheṣajāśritānāṃ nirdiśannāha etajjñāpayati devatetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 1.0 ityādiślokena svarūpamāha
viśiṣṭakāryotpāda guṇaviśeṣākrāntānām nirdiśannāha strīpuṃnapuṃsakalakṣaṇāni garbhāśayāprāptiṃ śukraśoṇitaśuddhyanantaraṃ copadiśannāha sāmarthyādviṣamānnahetavaḥ mānasāstvityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 21.2, 1.0 tridhā darśayannāha svabhāvabhedaṃ
indragopakapratīkāśam śukrībhavati rasād ityāha rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām pratyekaṃ sthānasaṃśrayasya kālabalapravṛttā nirdiśannāha ityāha kāle'patyaphalaprado āha tatra nirdiśannāha bhavantītyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 30.1, 1.0 kāle'patyaphalaprado nirdiśannāha ityāha
rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām kālabalapravṛttā kāle'patyaphalaprado rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām kāle'patyaphalaprado ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 21.2, 1.0 indragopakapratīkāśam darśayannāha ityāha
svabhāvabhedaṃ rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām ityāha sthānasaṃśrayasya kālabalapravṛttā garbhāvakramaṇaṃ nirdiśannāha darśayannāha bhavantītyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 30.1, 1.0 kāle'patyaphalaprado nirdiśannāha ityāha
rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām kālabalapravṛttā kāle'patyaphalaprado rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām kāle'patyaphalaprado ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 21.2, 1.0 indragopakapratīkāśam darśayannāha ityāha
svabhāvabhedaṃ rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām ityāha sthānasaṃśrayasya kālabalapravṛttā garbhāvakramaṇaṃ nirdiśannāha darśayannāha bhavantītyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 21.2, 1.0 indragopakapratīkāśam darśayannāha ityāha
svabhāvabhedaṃ rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām ityāha sthānasaṃśrayasya kālabalapravṛttā garbhāvakramaṇaṃ nirdiśannāha darśayannāha bhavantītyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 21.2, 1.0 indragopakapratīkāśam darśayannāha ityāha
svabhāvabhedaṃ rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām ityāha sthānasaṃśrayasya kālabalapravṛttā garbhāvakramaṇaṃ nirdiśannāha darśayannāha bhavantītyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 21.2, 1.0 indragopakapratīkāśam darśayannāha ityāha
svabhāvabhedaṃ rasavīryavipākaprabhāvāṇām ityāha sthānasaṃśrayasya kālabalapravṛttā garbhāvakramaṇaṃ nirdiśannāha darśayannāha bhavantītyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 12.3, 1.0 yoṣitāṃ vikāraparimāṇaṃ nirdiśannāha ityāha sthāpakamaprāptaprāpakaṃ prāktanaślokābhihitaguṇāguṇopapattiṃ sthāpakamaprāptaprāpakaṃ prāktanaślokābhihitaguṇāguṇopapattiṃ cetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 12.3, 1.0 yoṣitāṃ vikāraparimāṇaṃ nirdiśannāha ityāha sthāpakamaprāptaprāpakaṃ prāktanaślokābhihitaguṇāguṇopapattiṃ sthāpakamaprāptaprāpakaṃ prāktanaślokābhihitaguṇāguṇopapattiṃ cetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 8.4, 3.0 samudrasyeva
ityatrādiśabdenāptejovāyvākāśā ityāha svaśabdo śoṇitamadhikṛtaṃ kāraṇādityāha nātyacchaṃ pāṇḍurogyādīnāṃ jīvaccharīre vātādiliṅgatvāt //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.2, 3.0 ityāha vedanāviśeṣaḥ
mātur kadācid lakṣaṇam sātiśayo caturvidhasyeti bījaṃ pitṛprabhṛtibhyaḥ madhye ityāha vargaścaturvidhaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 24.1, 3.0 sravati ca nirdiśannāha puruṣalakṣaṇaṃ aṅgapratyaṅgapravyaktībhāvāttu
madhurādirasabhedena dhātuvāhīni yogavāhitvaṃ tatrāpi natu rajaḥsaṃjñaṃ vraṇaśothā nirdiśannāha madhurādirasabhedena aṅgapratyaṅgapravyaktībhāvāttu puruṣalakṣaṇaṃ aṅgapratyaṅgapravyaktībhāvāttu madhurādirasabhedena aṅgapratyaṅgapravyaktībhāvāttu madhurādirasabhedena dharmaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 28.2, 4.0 prākkila ityāha
vayaḥsthāpanaṃ caiva punarbhāvaśabdam śiṣyasyaivedaṃ videhādhipaproktayā pūrvajanmanyamṛtoddharaṇāt apīṣad sarvadhātuṣu vātādīnāṃ pūrvoddhṛtānnapānauṣadhibhir prabhṛtīti śukrabāhulyāt vaidyakriyādoṣaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.3, 4.0 vātādikṛtyaṃ śukraśoṇitadoṣānvayā iti ityeṣāṃ
tāruṇyaṃ icchanti tu ityāhuḥ vyañjanaiḥ pañcāśataḥ kāścit visratādayaḥ yāti tejobhūto rasenaiva agnīṣomīyo etena tathā yathāsvaṃ kathaṃ bhayaṃ kaphānilayor ātmano ārtavabāhulyāt vāyur samantato bruvanti dhātugrahaṇaśabde vātādikṛtyaṃ śukraśoṇitadoṣānvayā ityeṣāṃ ityāhuḥ rasenaiva tejobhūto visratādayaḥ kaphānilayor ārtavabāhulyāt dhātugrahaṇaśabde vātādikṛtyaṃ śukraśoṇitadoṣānvayā visratādayaḥ śukraśoṇitadoṣānvayā naiva jijñāsitam iti bahukālaṃ grahaṇamakṛtvā paṭhanti //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 17.1, 4.0 ā punarapi yathānnam tattaddravyaṃ dhanvantaripraśiṣyeṣu sādhyāsādhyakrameṇa athavā
anye āha atra vaco svabalaguṇotkarṣāt //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 25.2, 4.0 prakṛtibhāvānupapatteḥ bhūyo pradhānahetustathā kalpata tannecchati tasmād ghṛtamāhuḥ prakṣālyamānam daivavyapāśrayaṃ śukrasya
svābhāvikaprakṛtibhāve bhayaṃ iti pradhānahetustathā tannecchati ghṛtamāhuḥ daivavyapāśrayaṃ svābhāvikaprakṛtibhāve pradhānahetustathā tannecchati svābhāvikaprakṛtibhāve bahutaramiti nānye //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 3.4, 5.0 vātādivyādher nirdiśannāha
aṅgānām cyutamiti yeṣvindriyārtheṣu yā aṃśatvāt aṇunā droṇī prāguktaṃ bhaumāpyāgneyavāyavyāḥ vātādīnāṃ nānāprakārā hetupūrvarūpopaśayasaṃprāptibhiḥ svabalotkarṣāt viḍādimalarahita vātādivyādher nirdiśannāha aṃśatvāt yeṣvindriyārtheṣu bhaumāpyāgneyavāyavyāḥ cyutamiti hetupūrvarūpopaśayasaṃprāptibhiḥ viḍādimalarahita svabalotkarṣāt vātādivyādher bhaumāpyāgneyavāyavyāḥ hetupūrvarūpopaśayasaṃprāptibhiḥ viḍādimalarahita bhaumāpyāgneyavāyavyāḥ samyakpreritaṃ vyādherāgantuprabhṛtibhiḥ ete kuṣṭhārśaḥprabhṛtaya jijñāsyate saṃnipātāntānāṃ cakāreṇa rogā yathaiva tapojñānabāhulyād rasādayo svaprabhāvotkarṣād 'nalasa māsi na ityarthaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Utt., 1, 9.2, 5.0 suśrutamukhenedam kramaśabdenaiva rasādraktavat te cikitsitaṃ āha bhavati saṃtatyā māṣādayaḥ
saptame iti karmaṇā tasmiṃs māṣādayaḥ tathoktāḥ gṛhṇanti //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 33.2, 6.0 bhuktamātra mātṛjā tacca āśramasthaṃ videhādhipakīrtitā yuktimāha paramasūkṣma ārtavaśoṇitaṃ tadvarṣād praśastadeśe āgamācca daivabalapravṛttā rasadoṣajā anyatrāpyuktaṃ sattvetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 26.1, 7.0 prāguktaprakāravisarpitenārtavena
kiṃcinmāṃsaspṛg dūṣyaśoṇitagrahaṇe vārāṇasījanapadanṛpatiṃ śabdasaṃtānavadityanena raktajānabhidhātumāha prāguktaprakāravisarpitenārtavena dhāraṇasaṃhananapariṇāmavyūhāvakāśadānaiḥ śabdasaṃtānavadityanena raktajānabhidhātumāha prāguktaprakāravisarpitenārtavena dhāraṇasaṃhananapariṇāmavyūhāvakāśadānaiḥ śabdasaṃtānavadityanena dhāraṇasaṃhananapariṇāmavyūhāvakāśadānaiḥ 'bhiṣyandapūrvakaḥ ityarthaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 9.2, 7.0 vyākhyānayanti darśayannāha
pṛthaktvaṃ heturvaktavyaḥ vistarato kāśirājasya mukulāvasthāyāmeva rūkṣam māsenārtavasya tiryaggāmitvaṃ āha anuṣṇaśītam ityāha kuṣṭhetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 3.4, 7.0 ityāha bhūṣaṇādiṣu
parasparamupakārastasmāt mukulāvasthāyāmeva parasparamupakārastasmāt timiraṃ yathā vikārā janmabalapravṛttā ucyate dṛṣṭā nirvāṇapadābhilāṣitvāttatputratvamāpannamiti bhavanamupacayo'bhipretaḥ tasyetyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 11.2, 7.0 ca ityāha pṛthivyākhyaṃ paṭhanti tu
prādurbhāvaśabdo ghaṭakumbhakārayoḥ upadravarūpatayā śalyatantraṃ pārvatakajīvakabandhakaprabhṛtibhiḥ ityanenordhvagāmitvaṃ ityāha pṛthivyākhyaṃ ghaṭakumbhakārayoḥ pārvatakajīvakabandhakaprabhṛtibhiḥ ityanenordhvagāmitvaṃ pārvatakajīvakabandhakaprabhṛtibhiḥ ityanenordhvagāmitvaṃ 'dhimanthatimirābhyāṃ tṛṭchardiprabhṛtayaḥ kuṇḍalasuvarṇakārayorityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 9.2, 8.1 svāgnibhiḥ
raktajānuktvā garbhaḥ svāgnibhiḥ raktajānuktvā pacyamāneṣu māṃsajānāha puṣyati māṃsajānāha malaḥ adhimāṃsetyādi /
NiSaṃ zu Su, Utt., 1, 8.1, 9.0 triṃśaddināni
eva kriyāṃ rasaḥ peyādisaṃsarjanakrameṇa jagadrūpeṇa iti kathayitvā tu puruṣaḥ āśrame samādhānamāha jvarādayaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 7.5, 9.0 medojānāha tapasvinām
bhojadarśanāt pramadā ekasminnaṅge atrocyata tatsthānadevāḥ asyādau nirdiśannāha medojānāha ṛṣīṇāmākrośajāḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 11.2, 10.0 pratyākhyāyeti dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāśceti āgantavaḥ utpattiratrābhivyaktiḥ sarvajanaprasiddhaṃ askandi ākṛṣṭāṇḍakoṣasya svatantraparatantrayor tena evaṃ tarpayatīti praśastāstithayo na ātharvaṇakṛtā medojānuktvāsthijānāha śukraśoṇitayoḥ saṃyatātmānaṃ anvakṣaṃ yathā pratyākhyāyeti dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāśceti utpattiratrābhivyaktiḥ sarvajanaprasiddhaṃ tarpayatīti svatantraparatantrayor ākṛṣṭāṇḍakoṣasya praśastāstithayo ātharvaṇakṛtā medojānuktvāsthijānāha śukraśoṇitayoḥ saṃyatātmānaṃ dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāśceti utpattiratrābhivyaktiḥ sarvajanaprasiddhaṃ medojānuktvāsthijānāha dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāśceti medojānuktvāsthijānāha dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāśceti medojānuktvāsthijānāha garbhānubhāvānmātuś parityajyetyarthaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 3.1, 11.0 romarājyādayaś 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha sa aparā paṭhanti ceti 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha ceti 'stītyāśaṅkānirākaraṇāyāha
atha ca vyutpattir kṛtsnaṃ cakāro ca pūrṇo vistarabhayānna narīṇāṃ śarīram vistarabhayānna na na likhitā //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 9.2, 12.0 amānuṣopasargādayaḥ copacīyamāne karotītyāha
ityanarthakaṃ tiryakpatantī bhautikaśarīreṇa sabhāpuruṣeṣūpamā amānuṣopasargādayaḥ karotītyāha sabhāpuruṣeṣūpamā abhivyāptau te ūcuḥ śanaiḥ māsena majjñaḥ adṛṣṭahetukena ityarthaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 3.4, 13.0 iti ete karotīti ebhya karotīti śiṣyāḥ pṛṣṭa evopadhātavaḥ pṛṣṭa
evopadhātavaḥ prajāhitārtham āha āha svabhāvād prajāhitārtham triṣaṣṭī āyurvedaṃ adṛṣṭahetukena utpadyante adṛṣṭahetukena rasasaṃsargā guruṃ na karmaṇeti //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 3.4, 13.0 iti ete karotīti ebhya karotīti śiṣyāḥ pṛṣṭa evopadhātavaḥ pṛṣṭa
evopadhātavaḥ prajāhitārtham āha āha svabhāvād prajāhitārtham triṣaṣṭī āyurvedaṃ adṛṣṭahetukena utpadyante adṛṣṭahetukena rasasaṃsargā guruṃ na karmaṇeti //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 7.5, 21.0 kaphavat pittavad
saṃyamanamāha jātā ghṛtādistho nāmabhir mahāśūkaraḥ pittavad kaphavat saṃyamanamāha ghṛtādistho mahāśūkaraḥ ghṛtādistho raktenātikṛṣṇam athavā vāgyataḥ ityarthaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 9.2, 26.0 abhidhāyendriyāyatanadoṣān karmapuruṣasyānādhārāṃ
abhidhāyendriyāyatanadoṣān āha iti sthitiṃ indriyāṇām ete nirākurvannāha kṣutpipāsādayo apravṛttir puruṣa kṣutpipāsādayo daivam ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 9.2, 26.0 abhidhāyendriyāyatanadoṣān karmapuruṣasyānādhārāṃ abhidhāyendriyāyatanadoṣān
āha iti sthitiṃ indriyāṇām ete nirākurvannāha kṣutpipāsādayo apravṛttir puruṣa kṣutpipāsādayo daivam ityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Cik., 29, 12.32, 27.0 sukṛtiphalabhoktṛtvaṃ śayīteti
sukṛtiphalabhoktṛtvaṃ tena ādhidaivikāḥ darśayannāha divā ityamuṃ sraṣṭetyādi ityamuṃ sraṣṭetyādi svāpaniṣedhaḥ //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 7.5, 29.0 sarvavyādhyuparodhaṃ mithyāprayuktāni sarvavyādhyuparodhaṃ snehādīni darśayannāha
snehādīni darśayannāha atra ca sarvavyādhyuparodha jvare sarvavyādhyuparodha tadyathā iti //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 4.1, 33.0 svarūpopetaḥ paramarṣibhirabhidhīyate tat kathaṃ kleśakāriṇi garbhāśaye tiṣṭhatītyāśaṅkyāha daivasaṃyogād
iti daivasya prāktanajanmakarmaṇo dharmādharmābhidhānasya sambandhāt //
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 1.0 eva kramahetum abhidhāya rasaviṣayaṃ
lakṣaṇasūtramāha vibhāvānubhāvavyabhicārisaṃyogād rasaniṣpattiḥ //
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 54.0 tathāhi anukaraṇarūpo rasa iti yaducyate tatkiṃ sāmājikapratītyabhiprāyeṇa uta naṭābhiprāyeṇa kiṃ vā vastuvṛttavivecakavyākhyātṛbuddhisamavalambanena
yathāhurvyākhyātāraḥ khalvevaṃ vivecayanti iti //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
RPSudh, 6, 56.2 tat kṛṣṇapītaṃ bhavatīva recanaṃ
tṛtīyamāhurvibudhā bhiṣagvarāḥ //
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
RCint, 3, 100.1 garbhadrutim antareṇa jāraṇaiva na
syādatastallakṣaṇamāha /
Rasendrasārasaṃgraha
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 242.2, 4.0 thūthānāgarājīnāṃ
phalamāha rājyabhyucchritalohānām ityādi catasṛṇāmapi rājīnāṃ lohasya cūrṇaṃ kṛtvaikaikarājiḥ //
Ratnadīpikā
Rājamārtaṇḍa
RājMār zu YS, 3, 43.1, 6.1 tadevaṃ pūrvāntaviṣayā aparāntaviṣayā madhyabhāvāśca siddhīḥ pratipādyānantaraṃ bhuvanajñānādirūpā bāhyāḥ kāyavyūhādirūpā ābhyantarāḥ parikarmaniṣpannabhūtāś ca maitryādiṣu balāni ityevamādyāḥ samādhyupayoginīś cāntaḥkaraṇabahiḥkaraṇalakṣaṇendriyabhāvāḥ prāṇādivāyubhāvāś ca siddhīś cittadārḍhyāya samādheḥ samāśvāsotpattaye pratipādya idānīṃ svadarśanopayogisabījanirbījasamādhisiddhaye
vividhopāyapradarśanāyāha //
Rājanighaṇṭu
RājNigh, 2, 28.1 dravyaṃ yad aṅkūrajam
āhur āryās tat te punaḥ pañcavidhaṃ vadanti /
RājNigh, 2, 35.2 sadā ca sarvatra pumān prayuktau guṇāvahaś ceti ca kecid
āhuḥ //
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 9, 27.1, 4.0 anye prabhāvalakṣaṇam
anyathāha prativastu svasaṃjñāpravṛttinimittalakṣaṇo yo dharmas tv atalādipratyayapratītisamadhigamyaḥ sa prabhāvaḥ //
Skandapurāṇa
Smaradīpikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 1.2, 4.0 iha parameśvaraḥ prakāśātmā mahādevaḥ śabdarāśiparamārthapūrṇāhantāparāmarśasāratvāt sadaivānandaghanasphurattātmakobhayavisargāraṇiparāśaktyātmakapūrṇasvātantryasvarūpas tata eva citsvābhāvyād acalasyāpi śrībhagavataḥ svātantryaśaktir avibhaktāpy aśeṣasargasaṃhārādiparamparāṃ darpaṇanagaravatsvabhittāv eva bhāviyuktyānadhikām apy adhikām iva darśayantī kiṃcic calattātmakadhātvarthānugamāt spanda ity abhihitā tena bhagavān sadāspandatattvasatattvo na tv aspandaḥ yad
āhuḥ kecit aspandaṃ paraṃ tattvam iti //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 7.2, 16.0 yad apyuktaṃ tat tattvaṃ prayatnena parīkṣyam iti tadapi kathaṃ yato 'smākam icchā bahir evānudhāvati na tu tattvaparīkṣāyāṃ pravartitum utsahata ity
āśaṅkyāha //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 10.2, 2.0 kuta etad abhivyajyata
ityāha yatastadā paramapadapraveśasamaye sarvam īpsitamiti yadyaj jijñāsitaṃ cikīrṣitaṃ vāsya tat pravivikṣāyām abhūt tattaj jānāti ca karoti ca //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 10.2, 3.0 cakārāv atra yaugapadyam
āhatuḥ na tu yathaike cakārābhyāṃ jñānakriyayor aikātmyaṃ sūcayatīti taddhi jñatvakartṛtvalakṣaṇa ity anenaivaikadharmaviśeṣaṇena sambandhinirdeśena vāstavasvarūpābhidhāyinoktam //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 10.2, 4.0 atha yataḥ karaṇeti nijāśuddhīti sūtrapratipāditonmeṣakramasamādhānasākṣātkṛtasya spandatattvasya dṛḍhāvaṣṭambhād vyutthānamapi samādhyekarasaṃ kurvato bhavocchedo
bhavatītyāha //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 13.2, 41.0 nanu yatra sthitamityādau cidrūpasyaiva viśvakāryarūpatāgrāhitvamuktaṃ taddhyānotthāpitaṃ kṛtrimamabhāvātmakaṃ rūpaṃ te naiva gṛhītamiti katham asyānavacchinnacamatkārarūpam amūḍhatvam ityāśaṅkāyām
āha //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 21.2, 3.0 yathāsyodyuktasya balavadālambanavaśoditānāyāsatadanyasakalavṛttikṣayamayīṣu niyatāsu yāsvavasthāsu spandanidhānam unmudritam abhimukhībhūtam āste tā etāḥ prathamam udyogasya viṣayā ityupadeṣṭum
āha //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, Tṛtīyo niḥṣyandaḥ, 11.2, 2.0 tasyopalabdhiḥ satatam iti pratijñāya tadanantaram upapāditam upāyajātaṃ pariśīlayataḥ satataṃ spandatattvasamāviṣṭatvaṃ suprabuddhasya bhavatīti tadanantaprameyasaṃbhinnatvād upadeśyahṛdaye smārayann
anupraveśayuktyupasaṃhārabhaṅgyāha //
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
TantraS, 4, 39.0 yad
āhuḥ śrībhūtirājaguravaḥ kṣepāj jñānāc ca kālī kalanavaśatayātha iti //
TantraS, 8, 79.0 antaḥ prāṇāśrayakarmānusaṃdhes tu vāgindriyam tena indriyādhiṣṭhāne haste yat gamanaṃ tad api pādendriyasyaiva karma iti mantavyam tena karmānantyam api na indriyānantyam āvahet iyati rājasasya upaśleṣakatvam ity
āhuḥ //
TantraS, 9, 40.0 yad
āha śrīkallaṭaḥ tuṭipāta iti atra pātaśabdaṃ saiva bhagavatī śrīmatkālī mātṛsadbhāvo bhairavaḥ pratibhā ity alaṃ rahasyārahasyanena //
TantraS, 9, 53.0 svarūpaṃ pralayākala ityādikrameṇa trayodaśabhede svarūpaṃ vijñānākalaśaktiḥ vijñānākala ity ekādaśabhede svarūpaṃ mantrāḥ tadīśāḥ maheśāḥ śivaḥ iti navabhede svarūpaṃ mantreśāḥ maheśaḥ śaktiḥ śiva iti saptabhede svarūpaṃ maheśaśaktiḥ maheśaḥ śaktiḥ śiva iti pañcabhede svarūpaṃ kriyāśaktiḥ jñānaśaktiḥ icchāśaktiḥ śiva iti tribhede abhinne 'pi śivatattve kriyājñānecchānandacidrūpakᄆptyā prasaṃkhyānayogadhanāḥ pañcapadatvam
āhuḥ //
TantraS, 11, 3.0 tatra kecit
āhuḥ jñānābhāvāt ajñānamūlaḥ saṃsāraḥ tadapagame jñānodayāt śaktipāta iti teṣāṃ samyak jñānodaya eva vikṛta iti vācyam karmajanyatve karmaphalavat bhogatvaprasaṅge bhogini ca śaktipātābhyupagatau atiprasaṅgaḥ īśvarecchānimittatve tu jñānodayasya anyonyāśrayatā vaiyarthyaṃ ca īśvare rāgādiprasaṅgaḥ viruddhayoḥ karmaṇoḥ samabalayoḥ anyonyapratibandhe karmasāmyaṃ tataḥ śaktipāta iti cet na kramikatve virodhāyogāt virodhe 'pi anyasya aviruddhasya karmaṇo bhogadānaprasaṅgāt aviruddhakarmāpravṛttau tadaiva dehapātaprasaṅgāt jātyāyuṣpradaṃ karma na pratibadhyate bhogapradam eva tu pratibadhyate iti cet kutaḥ tatkarmasadbhāve yadi śaktiḥ patet tarhi sā bhogapradāt kiṃ bibhiyāt //
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 1, 332.2 yastvāmāha jaḍaṃ jaḍaḥ sahṛdayaṃmanyatvaduḥśikṣito manye 'muṣya jaḍātmatā stutipadaṃ tvatsāmyasaṃbhāvanāt //
TĀ, 3, 12.1 yastvāha netratejāṃsi svacchātpratiphalantyalam /
TĀ, 3, 54.2 pratibimbātmatāmāhuḥ khaḍgādarśatalādivat //
TĀ, 3, 121.1 sūryaṃ
pramāṇamityāhuḥ somaṃ meyaṃ pracakṣate /
TĀ, 4, 14.1 tāmenāṃ
bhāvanāmāhuḥ sarvakāmadughāṃ budhāḥ /
TĀ, 6, 12.1 tenāhuḥ kila saṃvitprākprāṇe pariṇatā tathā /
TĀ, 6, 89.2 śrīsantānagurustvāha sthānaṃ buddhāprabuddhayoḥ //
TĀ, 6, 241.2 rātrau ca hrāsavṛddhyatra
kecidāhurna ke 'pi tu //
TĀ, 8, 60.2 caitrarathanandanākhye vaibhrājaṃ pitṛvanaṃ
vanānyāhuḥ //
TĀ, 8, 445.2 anye 'haṅkārāntastanmātrāṇīndriyāṇi
cāpyāhuḥ //
TĀ, 11, 4.1 kecidāhuḥ punaryāsau śaktirantaḥ susūkṣmikā /
TĀ, 16, 195.2 abhinavaguptaguruḥ
punarāha hi sati vittadeśakālādau //
TĀ, 16, 231.2 tattvakramoditamapi nyāsaṃ
punarāha tadviruddhamapi //
TĀ, 19, 20.1 na tasya kuryātsaṃskāraṃ
kaṃcidityāha gahvare /
TĀ, 21, 50.1 śrīmān dharmaśivo
'pyāha pārokṣyāṃ karmapaddhatau /
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
VNSūtraV zu VNSūtra, 13.1, 16.0 tathā cānyad vyākhyāntaram
āha kathanaṃ tāvat ṣaḍdarśanacaturāmnāyamelāpakramasamūheṣu pūjanakramoditaniyatāniyatadevatācakrāvalambanena sphurati //
Ānandakanda
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 2, 1.0 nanu kathamagniveśaḥ sakalapadārthāśeṣaviśeṣajñānavyākhyeyam āyurvedaṃ vyākhyāsyati yato na tāvad bheṣajādīnām aśeṣaviśeṣapratyakṣajñeyaḥ sarvapadārthānāṃ viśeṣāṇāṃ pratyakṣāviṣayatvāt anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ tu sarvapadārthāvadhāraṇaṃ duṣkarameva yata ekam eva madhu svarūpeṇa jīvayati mārayati coṣṇaṃ samaghṛtaṃ ca kaphaprakṛterhitamahitaṃ vātaprakṛteḥ anūpe sātmyamasātmyaṃ marau śīte sevyamasevyaṃ grīṣme hitam avṛddhe vṛddhe cāhitam alpaṃ guṇakaram ābādhakaram atyupayuktam āmatāṃ gatam udare upakramavirodhitvād ativibhramakaraṃ kākamācīyuktaṃ pakvanikucena ca sahopayuktaṃ maraṇāya athavā balavarṇavīryatejaupaghātāya bhavati ityevamādi tattad yuktaṃ tattacchataśaḥ karoti ata evaikasyaiva madhuno rūpaṃ yadānena prakāreṇa duradhigamaṃ tadātra kaiva kathā nikhilapadārthāśeṣaviśeṣajñānasya ajānaṃś ca vyācakṣāṇaḥ kathamupādeyavacana iti kṛtvā guror āptāt pratipannaṃ pratipādayiṣyāma iti darśayan tāmimāṃ śaṅkāṃ nirācikīrṣur gurūktānuvādarūpatāṃ svagranthasya
darśayannāha iti ha smāha bhagavānātreya iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 2, 1.0 nanu kathamagniveśaḥ sakalapadārthāśeṣaviśeṣajñānavyākhyeyam āyurvedaṃ vyākhyāsyati yato na tāvad bheṣajādīnām aśeṣaviśeṣapratyakṣajñeyaḥ sarvapadārthānāṃ viśeṣāṇāṃ pratyakṣāviṣayatvāt anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ tu sarvapadārthāvadhāraṇaṃ duṣkarameva yata ekam eva madhu svarūpeṇa jīvayati mārayati coṣṇaṃ samaghṛtaṃ ca kaphaprakṛterhitamahitaṃ vātaprakṛteḥ anūpe sātmyamasātmyaṃ marau śīte sevyamasevyaṃ grīṣme hitam avṛddhe vṛddhe cāhitam alpaṃ guṇakaram ābādhakaram atyupayuktam āmatāṃ gatam udare upakramavirodhitvād ativibhramakaraṃ kākamācīyuktaṃ pakvanikucena ca sahopayuktaṃ maraṇāya athavā balavarṇavīryatejaupaghātāya bhavati ityevamādi tattad yuktaṃ tattacchataśaḥ karoti ata evaikasyaiva madhuno rūpaṃ yadānena prakāreṇa duradhigamaṃ tadātra kaiva kathā nikhilapadārthāśeṣaviśeṣajñānasya ajānaṃś ca vyācakṣāṇaḥ kathamupādeyavacana iti kṛtvā guror āptāt pratipannaṃ pratipādayiṣyāma iti darśayan tāmimāṃ śaṅkāṃ nirācikīrṣur gurūktānuvādarūpatāṃ svagranthasya darśayannāha iti ha
smāha bhagavānātreya iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 2, 3.0 atra
smāha iti smaśabdaprayogena bhūtamātra eva liḍarthe laṭ sme iti laṭ na bhūtānadyatanaparokṣe ātreyopadeśasyāgniveśaṃ pratyaparokṣatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 2, 12.2 itiśabdena ca prakāravācinā dīrghaṃjīvitīyaṃ vyākhyāsyāma iti parāmṛśyate
tenāha smeti bhūtānadyatanaparokṣa eva bhavati pratisaṃskartāraṃ pratyātreyopadeśasya parokṣatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 2, 22.0 yadapi iti ha
smāha ityatra itiśabdena pūrvasūtraṃ parāmṛśyate tanna yena dīrghaṃjīvitīyādisūtramātrasya tadarthasya vā gurūktatvapratipādane sati naivottaratrābhidheyābhidhānena nikhilatantrasya gurūktānuvādarūpatayā karaṇaṃ śrotṛśraddhākaraṇaṃ pratipāditaṃ bhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 23.2, 10.0 kasmāt padair alpair
uvācetyāha matiṃ buddhvā vipulām iti yasmād vipulamatiṃ bharadvājaṃ pratipannavān tasmāt padair alpair uvāceti bhāvaḥ matiś ca bahuviṣayatvenopacārād vipulety ucyate sā ca matiḥ śuśrūṣāśravaṇagrahaṇadhāraṇohāpohatattvābhiniveśavatīha vipulā boddhavyā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 6, 8.3, 1.0 samprati śiśirādau balahrāsaḥ pratipādito varṣādau ca balotkarṣas tatra śiśire durbalā varṣāsu balavantaḥ prāṇino bhavantītyādidurgrahaṃ niṣeddhum
āha ādāvante cetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 10.0 kiṃbhūtā bhaumādayo bhūtavikārā āśrayā
ityāha prakṛtivikṛtivicāradeśakālavaśā iti vaśaśabdo 'dhīnārthaḥ sa ca prakṛtyādibhiḥ pratyekaṃ yojyaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 19.0 hetvantaram
āha dravyaṃ tadanekarasotpannam iti anekarasebhyo muṣkakāpāmārgādibhya utpannam anekarasotpannaṃ yataś cānekarasotpannam ata evānekarasaṃ kāraṇaguṇānuvidhāyitvāt kāryaguṇasyeti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 24.0 hetvantaramāha karaṇābhinirvṛttamiti karaṇena bhasmaparisrāvaṇādinābhinirvṛttaṃ kṛtam ityarthaḥ na raso 'nena prakāreṇa kriyata iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 43.0 nanu maivaṃ bhavatv aparisaṃkhyeyatvaṃ rasānāṃ parasparasaṃyogāt tu ya āsvādaviśeṣaḥ sa kāryaviśeṣakaro 'pi na hi yanmadhurāmlena kriyate tanmadhureṇa vāmlena vā śakyam atastena parasparasaṃyogenāparisaṃkhyeyatvaṃ
bhaviṣyatītyāha parasparetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 48.0 yata eva heto rasānāṃ saṃsṛṣṭānāṃ nānye guṇakarmaṇī bhavataḥ ata eva saṃsṛṣṭānāṃ rasānāṃ pṛthakkarma śāstrāntare 'pi noktam
ityāha tasmād ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 13, 1.0 pārthivādidravyāṇāṃ gurukharādiguṇayogād bheṣajatvam uktaṃ tena guṇaprabhāvādeva bheṣajaṃ syāditi śaṅkāṃ nirasyann
āha na tu kevalam ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 26.2, 3.0 etadeva saṃyuktāsaṃyuktarasakalpanaṃ bhinnarasadravyamelakād vānekarasaikadravyaprayogād ekarasadravyaprayogādvā bhavatīti
darśayannāha dravyāṇītyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 28.2, 5.0 anye tv
āhuḥ śuṣkasya cetyanena yasya dravyasya śuṣkasya cārdrasya copayogaḥ tatra śuṣkāvasthāyāṃ yo 'vyaktaḥ sa rasa ucyate yastvārdrāvasthāyāṃ vyaktaḥ san śuṣkāvasthāyāṃ nānuyāti nāsau rasaḥ kiṃtv anurasaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 36.2, 1.0 samprati rasānāṃ parasparasaṃyogo guṇa uktaḥ tathāgre ca snigdhatvādirguṇo vācyaḥ sa ca guṇarūparase na sambhavatīti yathā rasānāṃ guṇanirdeśo boddhavyas
tadāha guṇā ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 60.2, 1.0 samprati vakṣyamāṇavipākalakṣaṇe madhurāmlapākayor vātamūtrapurīṣān avarodhakatve tathā kaṭorvipākasya vātamūtrapurīṣavibandhakatve hetum
āha madhura ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 1.0 samprati yathoktavipākalakṣaṇānāṃ dravyabhede kvacidalpatvaṃ kvacinmadhyatvaṃ kvacic cotkṛṣṭatvaṃ yathā bhavati tad
āha vipāketyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 37.1, 3.0 vṛkaḥ kukkurānukārī paśuśatruḥ tarakṣuḥ vyāghrabhedaḥ taraccha iti khyātaḥ babhruḥ atilomaśaḥ kukkuraḥ parvatopakaṇṭhe bhavati kecid bṛhannakulam
āhuḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 18.0 anye tv
āhuḥ kedārīkulyānyāyena rasasya dhātupoṣaṇaṃ tatrānnādutpanno raso dhāturūpaṃ rasamadhigamya kiyatāpyaṃśena taṃ rasaṃ vardhayati aparaśca rasarāśistatra gataḥ san śoṇitagandhavarṇayuktatvācchoṇitam iva bhūtvā kiyatāpi śoṇitasamānenāṃśena dhāturūpaṃ śoṇitaṃ puṣṇāti śeṣaśca bhāgo māṃsaṃ yāti tatrāpi śoṇitavadvyavasthā tathā medaḥprabhṛtiṣvapīti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 21.0 anye tv
āhuḥ khalekapotanyāyenāyam annarasaḥ pṛthak pṛthag dhātumārge gataḥ san rasādīn poṣayati na tv asya dhātupoṣako rasabhāgo dhātvantareṇa samaṃ sambandham apyanubhavati rasādipoṣakāni srotāṃsyuttarottaraṃ sūkṣmamukhāni dīrghāṇi ca tenaiva rasapoṣakarasabhāgo rasamārgacāritvād rasaṃ poṣayati evaṃ rasapoṣaṇakālād uttarakālaṃ raktapoṣako rasabhāgo raktaṃ poṣayati tathā śoṇitapoṣaṇakālād uttarakālaṃ māṃsapoṣako rasabhāgo māṃsaṃ poṣayati vidūrasūkṣmamārgacāritvāt evaṃ medaḥprabhṛtipoṣaṇe'pi jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 7.9, 32.0 etad evāpathyāhāradoṣaśarīrāṇām evābalavattvabalavattvābhyāṃ lakṣaṇaviśeṣaṃ yathāyogyatayā mṛdvādivyādhikāraṇatvenopasaṃharann
āha ebhyaś caivetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 42.2, 2.0 āhārasya vidhau vidhāne'ṣṭau viśeṣāḥ prakṛtikaraṇasaṃyogādayo rasavimāne vaktavyā hetusaṃjñakāḥ kva hetusaṃjñakā
ityāha śubhetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 44.2, 1.0 nanu pathyasevāyāṃ kriyamāṇāyām api balavatprāktanādharmavaśādapi vyādhayo bhavanti tat kim anena
pathyasevanenetyāha parihāryāṇītyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 30, 12.1, 15.0 dvitīyāṃ
niruktimāha bahudhā vā tāḥ phalantīti tā hṛdayāśritā daśadhamanyo bahudhā anekaprakāraṃ phalantīti niṣpadyante etena mūle hṛdaye daśarūpāḥ satyo mahāsaṃkhyāḥ śarīre pratānabhedādbhavantītyuktam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Nid., 1, 6, 1.0 idānīṃ vyādherjanakahetumabhidhāya tathā taddhetujanyaṃ ca vyādhim uktvā tasya vyādher jñānopāyam
āha tasyetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 14.4, 4.0 nanu viruddhaguṇayor madhye bhūyasālpaṃ jīyate tat kathaṃ tailaṃ vātaṃ jayati na hy asya vātaṃ prati bhūyastvaṃ
yuktamityāha satatam abhyasyamānam iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 19.2, 5.0 tacca kāraṇaṃ manorūpaṃ yadyātmavadyugapat sarvendriyavyāpakaṃ svīkriyate kiṃvā anekasaṃkhyam indriyavat svīkriyate tadā punarapi yugapad indriyārthasaṃbandhe pañcabhir jñānair bhavitavyaṃ vibhunā vā manasā anekair vā manobhir yugapad adhiṣṭhitatvād indriyāṇāṃ na ca bhavanti yugapajjñānāni tasmādyugapajjñānānudayāl liṅgānmano'ṇurūpamekaṃ ca
sidhyatītyāha aṇutvamityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 21.2, 12.0 indriyābhigrahaḥ indriyādhiṣṭhānaṃ manasaḥ karma tathā svasya nigraho manasaḥ karma mano hy aniṣṭaviṣayaprasṛtaṃ manasaiva niyamyate manaśca guṇāntarayuktaṃ sadviṣayāntarān niyamayati
ityāhureke //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 27.2, 1.0 sampratyuddeśakramānurodhādarthe 'bhidhātavye 'rthānāṃ prakṛtigrahaṇagṛhītapañcabhūtaguṇatayā parādhīnatvād aṣṭadhātuprakṛtigṛhītāni bhūtānyeva
tāvadāha mahābhūtānītyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 34.2, 10.0 anena dṛṣṭāntena
śabdadvayamāha aṅgulyaṅguṣṭhatalajaśabda ekaḥ ayaṃ cāṅguṣṭhayantritamadhyamāṅgulyāḥ karatalasaṃyogājjāyamānatalaśabda ucyate tantrīvīṇānakhodbhavaśca vīṇāśabda ekaḥ anye tvekam evāṅgulyādijaṃ vīṇāśabdaṃ varṇayanti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 58.2, 2.0 eko bhāvaḥ kāraṇarūpaḥ sahakārikāraṇāntararahito na kāryakaraṇe vartata ityarthaḥ evaṃ tāvadekaṃ kāraṇaṃ kārye na vartate kāryaṃ ca hetuṃ vinā na
bhavatītyāha vartate nāpyahetuka iti hetuṃ vinā bhāva utpattidharmā na vartate na bhavatītyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 85.2, 7.0 nanvevamapi caturviṃśatyantarniviṣṭasya bhūtātmano'pi vedanākṛtaviśeṣeṇa bhavitavyaṃ yataḥ samudāyadharmaḥ samudāyināmeva bhavati yathā māṣarāśer gurutvaṃ pratyekaṃ māṣāṇāmeva gauraveṇa
bhavatītyāha vedanetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 99.2, 3.0 atha kathamayaṃ buddhivibhraṃśaśabdenocyata
ityāha samaṃ buddhir hi paśyati ucitā buddhiḥ samaṃ yathābhūtaṃ yasmāt paśyati tasmādasamadarśanaṃ buddhivibhraṃśa ucita evetyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 131.2, 1.0 saṃprati samyagyogasyopādeyatām ayogādīnāṃ ca heyatāṃ darśayituṃ yogameva caturvidhaṃ kāraṇatvena
darśayannāha nendriyāṇītyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 135.2, 8.0 atha na bhavatvarthasparśaḥ tataḥ
kimityāha nāspṛṣṭo vetti vedanā iti arthasparśaśūnyaḥ san na sukhaduḥkhe anutpannatvādeva vettītyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Indr., 1, 7.6, 18.0 evaṃ bhūyaśca ityādinā dhīrāḥ ityantena nimittānurūpavikṛtiviśeṣasya kāryaviśeṣaṃ maraṇalakṣaṇam abhidhāya punaḥ sāmānyenānimittāyā
dharmāntaramāha yām adhikṛtyetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 24.2, 13.0 yadyapīha saṃśodhanair iti bahuvacanaprayogāt sarvāṇyeva saṃśodhanāni saṃmatāni tathāpīha rasāyane viśeṣeṇa yaugikatvāddharītakyādiprayoga evoktaḥ anye tu harītakyādiprayogeṇaiva paraṃ saṃśodhanaṃ kartavyam
ityāhuḥ saṃśodhanair iti bahuvacanaṃ punar yāvacchuddher harītakyādiprayogasyaiva karaṇaṃ darśayati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 40.2, 1.0 yadyapi himavān auṣadhabhūmīnām ityuktaṃ tathāpi rasāyane himavatprabhavāṇyeva bheṣajāni grāhyāṇīti darśayitum auṣadhīnām
ityāhābhidhānam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 10.2, 3.0 ye tu mukhaśoṣādīni
lakṣaṇānyāhustanmate tṛṣṇopadravānām abhidhānaṃ na syāt upadravāścādhyāyasaṃgrahe saṃgṛhītāḥ tenātiśayavṛddhā mukhaśoṣādaya upadravāḥ vṛddhāstu liṅgam iti vyavasthā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 14.2, 2.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāśarīre pittamāpyam uktaṃ yad dravasarasnigdhamandamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittasvedādi tad āpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca ityanena tathā tatraiva yat pittasya yo yā ca śarīre bhāḥ tat sarvam āgneyam ityanena dvayātmakatvaṃ pittasya yadyapyuktaṃ tathāpyāgneyākāratvād bāhulyāt pittam āgneyam eveti
darśayannāha pittaṃ matam āgneyam iti dvayātmakatve 'pi ca pittasyāgneyāṃśaprādhānyād anyatrāpi saumyāgneyavāyavyavikārabhede paittikavikārā āgneyatvena gṛhītā eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Si., 12, 41.1, 1.0 etacchāstrasaṃskāropapattyupadarśanapūrvakaṃ śāstrasya saṃskārakau carakadṛḍhabalau
darśayannāha dṛḍhabalaḥ vistārayatītyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 4, 51.2, 8.0 stotrāṇi stavāḥ stāvakavācaḥ śastrāṇīti kecit saṃśasyate 'neneti kṛtvā sāmaṛgvyatiriktaṃ
stotramāhuḥ śastrāṇi astrāṇyeva vaṣaḍyuktāni śastrāṇi ca yajñe kalpyanta eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 2, 2, 9.2, 5.0 prakṣepyacūrṇapramāṇam
āha yaiḥ sa sāndrībhaved rasa iti yāvanmānena cūrṇena rasasya sāndratā bhavati tāvanmātraṃ cūrṇaṃ grāhyam //
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 1, 3.1 sa prāha kathametat śuka
āha asti pañcapuraṃ nāma nagaram /
Śusa, 1, 8.6 sā ca śukavacanaṃ śakunamiti kṛtvā prahasya
tamāha he śukarāja narāntarāsvādaṃ vijñātuṃ pracalitāsmi /
Śusa, 2, 3.4 sā
āha suhṛdāṃ sādhvasādhvapi śrotavyameva ityanujñātaḥ śukaḥ āha asti nandanaṃ nāma nagaram /
Śusa, 2, 3.4 sā āha suhṛdāṃ sādhvasādhvapi śrotavyameva ityanujñātaḥ śukaḥ
āha asti nandanaṃ nāma nagaram /
Śusa, 2, 3.10 sa ca mātrā yaśodevyā pṛṣṭaḥ sansagadgadaṃ
kāraṇamāha sā ca rājakanyā durlabhā /
Śusa, 2, 3.13 śukaḥ yadi prabhāvati adya na yāsi tadā kathayāmi ityukte sā
āha kathayeti /
Śusa, 4, 6.20 tatastayā pṛṣṭaḥ śuka
āha mantriṇoktam kiyanti dināni saṅgamasya yuṣmākaṃ prayāṇe /
Śusa, 5, 2.6 sā
āha svāmin nāhametānpuruṣānavalokayitumapi samarthā kiṃ punaḥ sparśanam /
Śusa, 5, 2.13 uttaramapyāha śukaḥ sa brāhmaṇo viṣādāpannaḥ putryā bālapaṇḍitayā babhāṣe tāta kathamudvignacitta iva lakṣyase /
Śusa, 6, 1.3 śuka
āha nṛpaḥ ślokārtham ajānan na nidrāṃ lebhe /
Śusa, 6, 8.1 tataḥ
padminyāha madīyaḥ patiridaṃ guhyaṃ mamāgre kathamapi na brūte mayā śataśaḥ pṛṣṭo 'pi /
Śusa, 6, 8.3 tataḥ padminī patiṃ pṛcchati kathaṃ maṇḍakaprāptiḥ
patirāha vidheḥ prasādāt /
Śusa, 6, 10.2 patirāha asminkathite mahatī hāniḥ paścāttāpaśca bhaviṣyati /
Śusa, 7, 1.2 śukaḥ prāha prātaḥ punarbālapaṇḍitām ākārayitvā rājā prāha kiṃ tanmatsyahāsyakāraṇam brūhi śīghraṃ bālike sā
cāha /
Śusa, 9, 4.11 mantryāha svāmin yadidaṃ dvijaputryā gūḍhārthaṃ matsyahāsyakāraṇaṃ niveditaṃ tanmayā prakaṭīkṛtam /
Śusa, 10, 2.1 prabhāvatyāha kathametat śuka āha asti rājapuraṃ nāma sthānam /
Śusa, 10, 2.1 prabhāvatyāha kathametat śuka
āha asti rājapuraṃ nāma sthānam /
Śusa, 10, 3.2 tadā sā kathaṃ bhavatviti praśnaḥ
uttaramāha śukaḥ tataḥ śṛṅgāradevyā sā nagnīkṛtya gṛhādbahirniṣkāsitā /
Śusa, 11, 4.1 prabhāvatyāha kathametat śuka āha asti dābhilākhyo grāmaḥ /
Śusa, 11, 4.1 prabhāvatyāha kathametat śuka
āha asti dābhilākhyo grāmaḥ /
Śusa, 11, 9.1 tataḥ sa tadantikamāgatya jagāda bhadre kiṃ vidheyam
sāha tvayā mama pṛṣṭhalagnena asmadgṛhaṃ samāgantavyaṃ mama patyuśca namaskāro vidheyaḥ /
Śusa, 12, 3.5 sā
āha ayaṃ śatrubhirabhibhūto 'dhovastram api tyaktvā vavvūlamadhirūḍhaḥ /
Śusa, 26, 2.8 tadā kimuttaram śuka
āha tatastayā kṛtasaṃjño gṛhādaṅgulyā tarjayannayāt /
Śusa, 28, 2.10 sāha he prabhor īdṛśa eva vṛkṣaḥ atrārūḍhairmithunaṃ dṛśyate /
Śāktavijñāna
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 11, 35.2, 30.0 atha ca māritasyāsya śuddhyarthaṃ
vidhimapyāha svāṃgaśītalamuddhṛtyetyādi tattāmraṃ svāṅgaśītalaṃ saṃgṛhya paścāt sūraṇadravaiḥ kṛtvā dinamekaṃ saṃmardya paścādgolakaṃ kṛtvā saghṛtenārdhagandhakakalkena golakaṃ lepayitvā tadanu mūṣāntardhṛtvā nirodhya ca gajapuṭe pacet //
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 12, 106.2, 14.0 paścātkāryam
āha tata uddhṛtyetyādi tatsarvaṃ dravyaṃ gandhakena samaṃ kṛtvā paścādārdrakarasena citrakajaṭāsvarasena ca saṃmardya tena piṣṭadravyeṇa varāṭakān pūrayet paścāttanmukhāni ṭaṅkaṇaviṣaṃ sehuṇḍadugdhena piṣṭvā tena mudrayet ṭaṅkaṇamānaṃ pūrvadravyasambhārād aṣṭamāṃśaṃ grāhyaṃ viṣaṃ tu ṭaṅkaṇārdham ityarthaḥ //
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 12, 194.1, 14.0 atha
paścātkāryamāha evaṃ niṣpanno'yaṃ rasaḥ saṃcūrṇya paścāt kāṣṭhodumbarikādīnāṃ kvāthena bhāvayet tena siddho bhavati dinaikamiti pratyekaṃ dravyamekaikaṃ dinaṃ bhāvayet //
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 12, 194.1, 17.0 asyānupānam
āha khadirasya khadirasārasya kaṣāyeṇa kvathitarūpeṇa samena vākucīphalacūrṇasamānamānena saha paripācitaṃ taditi vākucīcūrṇaṃ tacca triśāṇaṃ ṭaṅkatrayaṃ saṃgṛhya gavāṃ kṣīraiḥ traiphalaiḥ kvāthairvā pibet //
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 12, 267.1, 8.0 siddharasasya bhāvanārthaṃ
dravyāṇyāha arkadugdham arkabhavaṃ kṣīraṃ kākolī prasiddhā vānarī kapikacchūḥ muśalī kandaviśeṣaḥ ikṣukaḥ kokilākṣaḥ tālamūlī padmakandaḥ kamalakandaḥ kaseruko'pi vikhyātaḥ kāśatṛṇasaṃjñaḥ prasiddhaḥ //
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 12, 275.1, 14.0 anupānamāha dvipalaṃ kṣīraṃ pibet kathambhūtam sitādīnāṃ dravyatrayāṇāṃ cūrṇaṃ melayitvā karṣamātraṃ saṃgṛhya karṣamānena ca ghṛtena saha saṃmardya tanmiśritam //
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Bhāvaprakāśa
BhPr, 6, 8, 187.1 kiṃ ratnaṃ kasya grahasya prītikāritvena doṣaharaṃ bhavatīti praśne
taduttaramāha ratnamālāyām /
BhPr, 7, 3, 134.1 tatra prathamatastasya bahirmalamapākartuṃ kevalajalena prakṣālanaṃ kartavyaṃ tatas tadantargatamṛttikāsikatādidoṣadūrīkaraṇāya vakṣyamāṇakvāthena tatra bhāvanā deyetyatra vāgbhaṭasya
matamāha /
BhPr, 7, 3, 140.1 evaṃ bhāvanāṃ dattvā saṃśoṣya kevalena jalena śodhanaṃ kartavyaṃ
tatprakāramāhāgniveśaḥ /
Carakatattvapradīpikā
CaTPra zu Ca, Sū., 26, 47.2, 1.0 samprati madhuratiktakaṣāyāṇāṃ śītatvaṃ tathā kaṭvamlalavaṇānāṃ coṣṇatvaṃ tathā kaṭutiktakaṣāyāṇāṃ cāvṛṣyatvamityādayo rasadvāreṇa dravyāṇāṃ ye guṇā uktāstadapavādam
āha teṣāmityādi //
Commentary on the Kādambarīsvīkaraṇasūtramañjarī
Dhanurveda
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
GherS, 2, 26.2 yatnena pādau ca dhṛtau karābhyāṃ yogendrapīṭhaṃ paścimatānam
āhuḥ //
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
GokPurS, 1, 30.1 tatheti tāṃ samāśvāsyāṅguṣṭhamātravapurdharaḥ ūrdhvam
etyāha giriśo bhadre matsaṅgamā tvayi /
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
HBhVil, 5, 201.1 idānīṃ krameṇa vittadharmamokṣakāmākhyapuruṣārthacatuṣṭayasya tathā sarvataḥ śreṣṭhasya pañcamapuruṣārtharūpāyā bhakteś ca vāñchāyāḥ pradānāṃ devādīnāṃ dhyānam
āha gopeti pañcabhiḥ /
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Hārāṇacandara on Suśr
Janmamaraṇavicāra
JanMVic, 1, 97.1 tad etat vibhāgena bībhatsadarśanaṃ vairāgyamunibhir agāyi tathā
cāhuḥ /
JanMVic, 1, 111.0 ityādi ayaṃ tu uktayātanasya niyogaḥ advayarūpasya ātmanaḥ kutastyo 'yaṃ bhedaḥ iti cet māyāmahāmohavikalpakalpita ity
āha ākāśam ekaṃ hi yathā ghaṭādiṣu pṛthag bhavet //
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 76.1 tasmād
āhus sahorjo bhāgenopa mehīndrāśvinā madhunas sāraghasya gharmaṃ pāta vasavo yajata vaḍ iti /
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 98.0 yad
āhāgnaye tvā vasumate svāheti devatā eva bhāginīḥ karoty ātmano 'hiṃsāyai //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 102.0 yad
āha divi dhā divaṃ gacchāntarikṣaṃ gaccha pṛthivīṃ gaccha pañca pradiśo gacchetīmān eva lokān diśaś ca gharme tarpayati //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 1, 39.0 etad vā etasya priyaṃ dhāma tenaivainaṃ samardhayati yad
āha cakṣur mayi dhehīti //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 1, 43.0 etad vā etasya priyaṃ dhāma tenaivainaṃ samardhayati yad
āhorjam mayi dhehīti //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 2, 24.0 tasmād
āhur adhvaryur vā adhvaraṃ vedādhvaryur anyeṣām agraṇīr bhavati //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 224.0 nāsmād u [...
au1 letterausjhjh] āhus te bhaga cakṣuṣī tābhyāṃ vipaśya mām abhīti //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 229.0 tasya ta ṛcaś ca yajūṃṣi sāmāni cety ṛco yajūṃṣi sāmānīty evaitad
āha //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 349.0 tad
āhur ṛṅmayo yajurmayas sāmamayo gharma iti yasyaiṣa pravṛjyamānaḥ pravargyaḥ //
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 5, 50.2, 1.0 nāgena
bījakaraṇamāha ujjvalahemavare svarṇaśreṣṭhe āvartye samyagdrute nāgaṃ śuddhasīsakaṃ āvartyaṃ pradrāvyaṃ kiṃ kṛtvā samaṃ svarṇasamabhāgakṣepaṃ kṣiptvā punarnāgopari triguṇaśilāprativāpaṃ triguṇā yā śilā tasyā nirvāpaṃ kuryāt //
MuA zu RHT, 16, 18.2, 3.0 taccāha pūrvoktāyāmantaḥpraviṣṭāyāṃ saptāṅgulāyāṃ sūtaṃ tailasaṃyuktaṃ sāraṇatailasahitaṃ prakṣipya niruddhatāṃ ca kṛtvā nirdhūmaṃ yathā syāt tathā karṣāgnau mūṣāṃ sthāpya punaḥ kiṃ kṛtvā susaṃdhitāṃ sandhimudritāṃ kṛtvā pūrvavatsārayedityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 16, 21.2, 5.0 taccāha pūrvaṃ prathamaṃ sūtaṃ yantre pūrvokte sāraṇatailānvitaṃ dattvā bhuvi nidhāpya tasyāṃ uktāyāṃ uttānāyāṃ mūṣāyāṃ bījaṃ mahābījaṃ samāvṛtya dravīkṛtya dattvetyarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 4.2, 3.0 anyasaṃyogamāha tadanu ghṛtasaindhavānantaraṃ ketakītanujaṃ kvāthaṃ ketakyāḥ tanuḥ śarīraṃ tasmājjātaṃ ketakīmūlasaṃbhavam ityarthaḥ aṅge'pyanukte vihitaṃ tu mūlaṃ iti nyāyāt tridinaṃ prayuñjīyādityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 26.2, 4.0 kāṣṭhe sthitam api ghanapaṭalamadhye'pi abhre'bhrasattvaṃ sthitaṃ
tadāha abhrasatvaṃ ghanasāraṃ ghanapaṭale sthitamapi nijakāryaṃ svakīyakṛtyaṃ tathā na kurute vahniragniḥ //
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasakāmadhenu
RKDh, 1, 1, 224.1 rasapaddhatiṭīkākārastvāha vālukāyantrakūpaṃ tu mṛttikayā dṛḍhāgnisahaṃ kāryam /
Rasaratnasamuccayabodhinī
RRSBoṬ zu RRS, 8, 89.2, 1.0 sāraṇālakṣaṇe vedhādhikyakaram ityuktaṃ kastāvat vedha
ityapekṣāyāmāha vyavāyīti nāgavallīkumārikādhustūrādivyavāyiguṇavadbheṣajasaṃyuktaḥ ityarthaḥ //
Rasaratnasamuccayadīpikā
RRSDīp zu RRS, 8, 74, 1.0 jāraṇāṃ vivakṣuḥ prathamaṃ tadbhedān
āha varavārtikaiḥ śreṣṭharasaśāstratattvajñair iti trirūpā tribhedā jāraṇā nirdiṣṭā proktā //
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 3, 130.2, 1.0 trividhasya tasya
svarūpamāha yaḥ kiṃcit pītavarṇo vikaṭakarāla āhataḥ saṃcūrṇarūpo bhavati sa gaurīpāṣāṇa ityucyate //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 5, 84.1, 1.0 tasya cokto vyastaḥ samasto vā bhedo'yaṃ jāraṇāyāṃ sakaladhātubhakṣaṇārthaṃ pāradasya mukharūpo
bhavatītyāha ekadvitrīti //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 30.2, 3.0 tatra lohe taddhānyaṃ kathaṃ tarati
tadupamayāha yathā jale haṃsaviśeṣāstaranti tadvat tathā dhānyabhārasahaṃ tanmṛtaloham uttamam iti nāmnā śāstre kīrtitam //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 64.2, 1.0 ato mardanapūrvakam agniyogena nāśaṃ kṛtvā pāradasya yat piṣṭatvotpādanaṃ
tanmūrchanasaṃskāranāmnāha mardanādiṣṭeti //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 89.2, 1.0 atha krāmaṇasya dravyasya sarvadā vedhasahopayogitvena samāsato viśeṣaṇamukhena krāmaṇalakṣaṇasahitaṃ vedhalakṣaṇam ekena
ślokenāha vyavāyīti //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 10, 32.2, 2.0 saṃprati prabhūtāgnisādhyasya dravyapākasya sādhanārthaṃ vividhāḥ koṣṭhīr vaktukāmaḥ prathamaṃ tāsāṃ
prayojanamāha sattvānāmiti //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 10, 38.2, 22.0 kiṃ kṛtvā ruddhvā
dhamettadāha prathamaṃ śikhitrān kokilān dhmānārham abhrakādidravaṃ cordhvadvāreṇa krameṇa nikṣipet //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 10, 46.3, 1.0 atha siddharasānāṃ khoṭabaddhādīnām abhrakādisattvānāṃ ca kācaṭaṅkaṇasauvīrādinā śodhayituṃ sādhanabhūtāṃ
koṣṭhīmāha dvādaśāṅguleti //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 10, 52.3, 1.0 saṃprati gartāviśeṣaṃ
mahāpuṭamāha bhūmimadhya iṣṭikādibhiḥ kṛte kuḍye kuḍyamaye garte gāmbhīryavistārābhyāṃ dvihaste tathā catuṣkoṇe tādṛggarte vanyacchagaṇaiḥ sahasrasaṃkhyākaiḥ pūrite sati śarāvasaṃpuṭitaṃ bheṣajaṃ piṣṭikopari pūritacchagaṇopari sthāpayet //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 11, 60.3, 9.0 etadviruddhamiva bhātītyāśaṅkya cāñcalyadurgrahatvābhāvarūpasāmānyasya sarvabandheṣu sattve'pi bandhajanakakāraṇabhedānurodhena bandhabhedo'pi vārtikairādṛta
ityāha yena yeneti //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 11, 67.2, 1.0 ābhāsalakṣaṇamāha yaḥ pārado dhātubhir manaḥśilāgandhakādibhistathā mūlikādyaiḥ sarpākṣyādimūlikābhiḥ patrapuṣpādibhiśca saha bhāvito dravaṃ dattvā marditastato bhūdharayantre puṭena puṭito bhasmīkṛtaḥ svabhāvataḥ svabhāvaṃ cāñcalyadurgrahatvādi muktvā dhātvādiyogaṃ yāti tattadroganāśakayogaguṇaṃ ca yāti guṇaprado bhavati //
Rasasaṃketakalikā
Rasikasaṃjīvanī
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 8, 90.1 upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādayoḥ śirobhirnipatya
evamāhuḥ /
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
SātT, 9, 22.2 netrair nirjharavāripūram iva me gātre ca harṣas tato vāṇyāṃ gadgadatāṃ vilokya bhagavān mām
āha bhaktapriyaḥ //
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 6, 4.4 sa ca sampretya ceṣṭāyāṃ lakṣyate tasyāḥ kiṃ nāma tasya ca kā jijñāsā yathāpad ucyate
cāhus tataḥ pañcatattvāni paṭhyante /
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 5, 11, 1.0 upasadyāyeti pūrvāhṇe tisraḥ sāmidhenīr anavānam ekaikāṃ sapraṇavāṃ tris trir
āha //